Title: The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
Subject:
Author: Vicente Blasco Ibanez
Keywords:
Creator:
PDF Version: 1.2
Page No 1
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
Vicente Blasco Ibanez
Page No 2
Table of Contents
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse .............................................................................................................1
Vicente Blasco Ibanez ..............................................................................................................................1
PART I .....................................................................................................................................................1
CHAPTER I. THE TRYST.....................................................................................................................1
CHAPTER II. MADARIAGA, THE CENTAUR.................................................................................17
CHAPTER III. THE DESNOYERS FAMILY ......................................................................................36
CHAPTER IV. THE COUSIN FROM BERLIN ...................................................................................53
CHAPTER V. IN WHICH APPEAR THE FOUR HORSEMEN .........................................................65
PART II ..................................................................................................................................................79
CHAPTER I. WHAT DON MARCELO ENVIED ...............................................................................80
CHAPTER II. NEW LIFE.....................................................................................................................88
CHAPTER III. THE RETREAT ............................................................................................................98
CHAPTER IV. NEAR THE SACRED GROTTO..............................................................................115
CHAPTER V. THE INVASION.........................................................................................................128
CHAPTER VI. THE BANNER OF THE RED CROSS.....................................................................155
PART III..............................................................................................................................................169
CHAPTER I. AFTER THE MARNE..................................................................................................169
CHAPTER II. IN THE STUDIO .........................................................................................................175
CHAPTER III. WAR ...........................................................................................................................183
CHAPTER IV. "NO ONE WILL KILL HIM" ....................................................................................197
CHAPTER V. THE BURIAL FIELDS...............................................................................................205
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
i
Page No 3
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
Vicente Blasco Ibanez
Translated by Charlotte Brewster Jordan
PART I
Chapter I
I. THE TRYSTIN THE GARDEN OF THE EXPIATORY CHAPEL
II. MADARIAGA, THE CENTAUR
III. THE DESNOYERS FAMILY
IV. THE COUSIN FROM BERLIN
V. IN WHICH APPEAR THE FOUR HORSEMEN
PART II
I. WHAT DON MARCELO ENVIED
II. NEW LIFE
III. THE RETREAT
IV. NEAR THE SACRED GROTTO
V. THE INVASION
VI. THE BANNER OF THE RED CROSS
PART III
I. AFTER THE MARNE
II. IN THE STUDIO
III. WAR
IV. "NO ONE WILL KILL HIM"
V. THE BURIAL FIELDS
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
(Los Cuatro Jinettes del Apocalipsis)
by Vicente Blasco Ibanez
PART I
CHAPTER I. THE TRYST
(In the Garden of the Chapelle Expiatoire)
They were to have met in the garden of the Chapelle Expiatoire at five o'clock in the afternoon, but Julio
Desnoyers with the impatience of a lover who hopes to advance the moment of meeting by presenting himself
before the appointed time, arrived an half hour earlier. The change of the seasons was at this time greatly
confused in his mind, and evidently demanded some readjustment.
Five months had passed since their last interview in this square had afforded the wandering lovers the refuge
of a damp, depressing calmness near a boulevard of continual movement close to a great railroad station. The
hour of the appointment was always five and Julio was accustomed to see his beloved approaching by the
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse 1
Page No 4
reflection of the recently lit street lamps, her figure enveloped in furs, and holding her muff before her face as
if it were a half mask. Her sweet voice, greeting him, had breathed forth a cloud of vapor, white and
tenuous, congealed by the cold. After various hesitating interviews, they had abandoned the garden. Their
love had acquired the majestic importance of acknowledged fact, and from five to seven had taken refuge in
the fifth floor of the rue de la Pompe where Julio had an artist's studio. The curtains well drawn over the
double glass windows, the cosy hearthfire sending forth its ruddy flame as the only light of the room, the
monotonous song of the samovar bubbling near the cups of teaall the seclusion of life isolated by an
idolizing lovehad dulled their perceptions to the fact that the afternoons were growing longer, that outside
the sun was shining later and later into the pearlcovered depths of the clouds, and that a timid and pallid
Spring was beginning to show its green finger tips in the buds of the branches suffering the last nips of
Winterthat wild, black boar who so often turned on his tracks.
Then Julio had made his trip to Buenos Aires, encountering in the other hemisphere the last smile of Autumn
and the first icy winds from the pampas. And just as his mind was becoming reconciled to the fact that for
him Winter was an eternal seasonsince it always came to meet him in his change of domicile from one
extreme of the planet to the otherlo, Summer was unexpectedly confronting him in this dreary garden!
A swarm of children was racing and screaming through the short avenues around the monument. On entering
the place, the first thing that Julio encountered was a hoop which came rolling toward his legs, trundled by a
childish hand. Then he stumbled over a ball. Around the chestnut trees was gathering the usual
warmweather crowd, seeking the blue shade perforated with points of light. Many nursemaids from the
neighboring houses were working and chattering here, following with indifferent glances the rough games of
the children confided to their care. Near them were the men who had brought their papers down into the
garden under the impression that they could read them in the midst of peaceful groves. All of the benches
were full. A few women were occupying camp stools with that feeling of superiority which ownership always
confers. The iron chairs, "payseats," were serving as resting places for various suburban dames, loaded
down with packages, who were waiting for straggling members of their families in order to take the train in
the Gare Saint Lazare. . . .
And Julio, in his special delivery letter, had proposed meeting in this place, supposing that it would be as
little frequented as in former times. She, too, with the same thoughtlessness, had in her reply, set the usual
hour of five o'clock, believing that after passing a few minutes in the Printemps or the Galeries on the pretext
of shopping, she would be able to slip over to the unfrequented garden without risk of being seen by any of
her numerous acquaintances.
Desnoyers was enjoying an almost forgotten sensation, that of strolling through vast spaces, crushing as he
walked the grains of sand under his feet. For the past twenty days his rovings had been upon planks,
following with the automatic precision of a riding school the oval promenade on the deck of a ship. His feet
accustomed to insecure ground, still were keeping on terra firma a certain sensation of elastic unsteadiness.
His goings and comings were not awakening the curiosity of the people seated in the open, for a common
preoccupation seemed to be monopolizing all the men and women. The groups were exchanging impressions.
Those who happened to have a paper in their hands, saw their neighbors approaching them with a smile of
interrogation. There had suddenly disappeared that distrust and suspicion which impels the inhabitants of
large cities mutually to ignore one another, taking each other's measure at a glance as though they were
enemies.
"They are talking about the war," said Desnoyers to himself. "At this time, all Paris speaks of nothing but the
possibility of war."
Outside of the garden he could see also the same anxiety which was making those around him so fraternal
and sociable. The venders of newspapers were passing through the boulevard crying the evening editions,
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse 2
Page No 5
their furious speed repeatedly slackened by the eager hands of the passersby contending for the papers.
Every reader was instantly surrounded by a group begging for news or trying to decipher over his shoulder
the great headlines at the top of the sheet. In the rue des Mathurins, on the other side of the square, a circle of
workmen under the awning of a tavern were listening to the comments of a friend who accompanied his
words with oratorical gestures and wavings of the paper. The traffic in the streets, the general bustle of the
city was the same as in other days, but it seemed to Julio that the vehicles were whirling past more rapidly,
that there was a feverish agitation in the air and that people were speaking and smiling in a different way. The
women of the garden were looking even at him as if they had seen him in former days. He was able to
approach them and begin a conversation without experiencing the slightest strangeness.
"They are talking of the war," he said again but with the commiseration of a superior intelligence which
foresees the future and feels above the impressions of the vulgar crowd.
He knew exactly what course he was going to follow. He had disembarked at ten o'clock the night before, and
as it was not yet twentyfour hours since he had touched land, his mentality was still that of a man who
comes from afar, across oceanic immensities, from boundless horizons, and is surprised at finding himself in
touch with the preoccupations which govern human communities. After disembarking he had spent two hours
in a cafe in Boulogne, listlessly watching the middleclass families who passed their time in the monotonous
placidity of a life without dangers. Then the special train for the passengers from South America had brought
him to Paris, leaving him at four in the morning on a platform of the Gare du Nord in the embrace of Pepe
Argensola, the young Spaniard whom he sometimes called "my secretary" or "my valet" because it was
difficult to define exactly the relationship between them. In reality, he was a mixture of friend and parasite,
the poor comrade, complacent and capable in his companionship with a rich youth on bad terms with his
family, sharing with him the ups and downs of fortune, picking up the crumbs of prosperous days, or
inventing expedients to keep up appearances in the hours of poverty.
"What about the war?" Argensola had asked him before inquiring about the result of his trip. "You have come
a long ways and should know much."
Soon he was sound asleep in his dear old bed while his "secretary" was pacing up and down the studio talking
of Servia, Russia and the Kaiser. This youth, too, skeptical as he generally was about everything not
connected with his own interests, appeared infected by the general excitement.
When Desnoyers awoke he found her note awaiting him, setting their meeting at five that afternoon and also
containing a few words about the threatened danger which was claiming the attention of all Paris. Upon going
out in search of lunch the concierge, on the pretext of welcoming him back, had asked him the war news. And
in the restaurant, the cafe and the street, always war . . . the possibility of war with Germany. . . .
Julio was an optimist. What did all this restlessness signify to a man who had just been living more than
twenty days among Germans, crossing the Atlantic under the flag of the Empire?
He had sailed from Buenos Aires in a steamer of the Hamburg line, the Koenig Frederic August. The world
was in blessed tranquillity when the boat left port. Only the whites and halfbreeds of Mexico were
exterminating each other in conflicts in order that nobody might believe that man is an animal degenerated by
peace. On the rest of the planet, the people were displaying unusual prudence. Even aboard the transatlantic
liner, the little world of passengers of most diverse nationalities appeared a fragment of future society
implanted by way of experiment in modern timesa sketch of the hereafter, without frontiers or race
antagonisms.
One morning the ship band which every Sunday had sounded the Choral of Luther, awoke those sleeping in
the firstclass cabins with the most unheardof serenade. Desnoyers rubbed his eyes believing himself under
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse 3
Page No 6
the hallucinations of a dream. The German horns were playing the Marseillaise through the corridors and
decks. The steward, smiling at his astonishment, said, "The fourteenth of July!" On the German steamers they
celebrate as their own the great festivals of all the nations represented by their cargo and passengers. Their
captains are careful to observe scrupulously the rites of this religion of the flag and its historic
commemoration. The most insignificant republic saw the ship decked in its honor, affording one more
diversion to help combat the monotony of the voyage and further the lofty ends of the Germanic propaganda.
For the first time the great festival of France was being celebrated on a German vessel, and whilst the
musicians continued escorting a racy Marseillaise in double quick time through the different floors, the
morning groups were commenting on the event.
"What finesse!" exclaimed the South American ladies. "These Germans are not so phlegmatic as they seem. It
is an attention . . . something very distinguished. . . . And is it possible that some still believe that they and the
French might come to blows?"
The very few Frenchmen who were travelling on the steamer found themselves admired as though they had
increased immeasurably in public esteem. There were only three;an old jeweller who had been visiting his
branch shops in America, and two demimondaines from the rue de la Paix, the most timid and
wellbehaved persons aboard, vestals with bright eyes and disdainful noses who held themselves stiffly aloof
in this uncongenial atmosphere.
At night there was a gala banquet in the dining room at the end of which the French flag and that of the
Empire formed a flaunting, conspicuous drapery. All the German passengers were in dress suits, and their
wives were wearing lownecked gowns. The uniforms of the attendants were as resplendent as on a day of a
grand review.
During dessert the tapping of a knife upon a glass reduced the table to sudden silence. The Commandant was
going to speak. And this brave mariner who united to his nautical functions the obligation of making
harangues at banquets and opening the dance with the lady of most importance, began unrolling a string of
words like the noise of clappers between long intervals of silence. Desnoyers knew a little German as a
souvenir of a visit to some relatives in Berlin, and so was able to catch a few words. The Commandant was
repeating every few minutes "peace" and "friends." A table neighbor, a commercial commissioner, offered
his services as interpreter to Julio, with that obsequiousness which lives on advertisement.
"The Commandant asks God to maintain peace between Germany and France and hopes that the two peoples
will become increasingly friendly."
Another orator arose at the same table. He was the most influential of the German passengers, a rich
manufacturer from Dusseldorf who had just been visiting his agents in America. He was never mentioned by
name. He bore the title of Commercial Counsellor, and among his countrymen was always Herr
Comerzienrath and his wife was entitled Frau Rath. The Counsellor's Lady, much younger than her important
husband, had from the first attracted the attention of Desnoyers. She, too, had made an exception in favor of
this young Argentinian, abdicating her title from their first conversation. "Call me Bertha," she said as
condescendingly as a duchess of Versailles might have spoken to a handsome abbot seated at her feet. Her
husband, also protested upon hearing Desnoyers call him "Counsellor," like his compatriots.
"My friends," he said, "call me 'Captain.' I command a company of the Landsturm." And the air with which
the manufacturer accompanied these words, revealed the melancholy of an unappreciated man scorning the
honors he has in order to think only of those he does not possess.
While he was delivering his discourse, Julio was examining his small head and thick neck which gave him a
certain resemblance to a bull dog. In imagination he saw the high and oppressive collar of a uniform making
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse 4
Page No 7
a double roll of fat above its stiff edge. The waxed, upright moustaches were bristling aggressively. His voice
was sharp and dry as though he were shaking out his words. . . . Thus the Emperor would utter his harangues,
so the martial burgher, with instinctive imitation, was contracting his left arm, supporting his hand upon the
hilt of an invisible sword.
In spite of his fierce and oratorical gesture of command, all the listening Germans laughed uproariously at his
first words, like men who knew how to appreciate the sacrifice of a Herr Comerzienrath when he deigns to
divert a festivity.
"He is saying very witty things about the French," volunteered the interpreter in a low voice, "but they are not
offensive."
Julio had guessed as much upon hearing repeatedly the word Franzosen. He almost understood what the
orator was saying "Franzosengreat children, lighthearted, amusing, improvident. The things that they
might do together if they would only forget past grudges!" The attentive Germans were no longer laughing.
The Counsellor was laying aside his irony, that grandiloquent, crushing irony, weighing many tons, as
enormous as a ship. Then he began unrolling the serious part of his harangue, so that he himself, was also
greatly affected.
"He says, sir," reported Julio's neighbor, "that he wishes France to become a very great nation so that some
day we may march together against other enemies . . . against OTHERS!"
And he winked one eye, smiling maliciously with that smile of common intelligence which this allusion to
the mysterious enemy always awakened.
Finally the CaptainCounsellor raised his glass in a toast to France. "Hoch!" he yelled as though he were
commanding an evolution of his soldierly Reserves. Three times he sounded the cry and all the German
contingent springing to their feet, responded with a lusty Hoch while the band in the corridor blared forth the
Marseillaise.
Desnoyers was greatly moved. Thrills of enthusiasm were coursing up and down his spine. His eyes became
so moist that, when drinking his champagne, he almost believed that he had swallowed some tears. He bore a
French name. He had French blood in his veins, and this that the gringoes were doingalthough generally
they seemed to him ridiculous and ordinarywas really worth acknowledging. The subjects of the Kaiser
celebrating the great date of the Revolution! He believed that he was witnessing a great historic event.
"Very well done!" he said to the other South Americans at the near tables. "We must admit that they have
done the handsome thing."
Then with the vehemence of his twentyseven years, he accosted the jeweller in the passage way,
reproaching him for his silence. He was the only French citizen aboard. He should have made a few words of
acknowledgment. The fiesta was ending awkwardly through his fault.
"And why have you not spoken as a son of France?" retorted the jeweller.
"I am an Argentinian citizen," replied Julio.
And he left the older man believing that he ought to have spoken and making explanations to those around
him. It was a very dangerous thing, he protested, to meddle in diplomatic affairs. Furthermore, he had not
instructions from his government. And for a few hours he believed that he had been on the point of playing a
great role in history.
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse 5
Page No 8
Desnoyers passed the rest of the evening in the smoking room attracted thither by the presence of the
Counsellor's Lady. The Captain of the Landsturm, sticking a preposterous cigar between his moustachios,
was playing poker with his countrymen ranking next to him in dignity and riches. His wife stayed beside him
most of the time, watching the goings and comings of the stewards carrying great bocks, without daring to
share in this tremendous consumption of beer. Her special preoccupation was to keep vacant near her a seat
which Desnoyers might occupy. She considered him the most distinguished man on board because he was
accustomed to taking champagne with all his meals. He was of medium height, a decided brunette, with a
small foot, which obliged her to tuck hers under her skirts, and a triangular face under two masses of hair,
straight, black and glossy as lacquer, the very opposite of the type of men about her. Besides, he was living in
Paris, in the city which she had never seen after numerous trips in both hemispheres.
"Oh, Paris! Paris!" she sighed, opening her eyes and pursing her lips in order to express her admiration when
she was speaking alone to the Argentinian. "How I should love to go there!"
And in order that he might feel free to tell her things about Paris, she permitted herself certain confidences
about the pleasures of Berlin, but with a blushing modesty, admitting in advance that in the world there was
moremuch morethat she wished to become acquainted with.
While pacing around the Chapelle Expiatoire, Julio recalled with a certain remorse the wife of Counsellor
Erckmann. He who had made the trip to America for a woman's sake, in order to collect money and marry
her! Then he immediately began making excuses for his conduct. Nobody was going to know. Furthermore
he did not pretend to be an ascetic, and Bertha Erckmann was certainly a tempting adventure in mid ocean.
Upon recalling her, his imagination always saw a race horselarge, spare, roan colored, and with a long
stride. She was an uptodate German who admitted no defect in her country except the excessive weight of
its women, combating in her person this national menace with every known system of dieting. For her every
meal was a species of torment, and the procession of bocks in the smoking room a tantalizing agony. The
slenderness achieved and maintained by will power only made more prominent the size of her frame, the
powerful skeleton with heavy jaws and large teeth, strong and dazzling, which perhaps suggested Desnoyers'
disrespectful comparison. "She is thin, but enormous, nevertheless!" was always his conclusion.
But then, he considered her, notwithstanding, the most distinguished woman on boarddistinguished for the
seaelegant in the style of Munich, with clothes of indescribable colors that suggested Persian art and the
vignettes of mediaeval manuscripts. The husband admired Bertha's elegance, lamenting her childlessness in
secret, almost as though it were a crime of high treason. Germany was magnificent because of the fertility of
its women. The Kaiser, with his artistic hyperbole, had proclaimed that the true German beauty should have a
waist measure of at least a yard and a half.
When Desnoyers entered into the smoking room in order to take the seat which Bertha had reserved for him,
her husband and his wealthy hangerson had their pack of cards lying idle upon the green felt. Herr Rath was
continuing his discourse and his listeners, taking their cigars from their mouths, were emitting grunts of
approbation. The arrival of Julio provoked a general smile of amiability. Here was France coming to
fraternize with them. They knew that his father was French, and that fact made him as welcome as though he
came in direct line from the palace of the Quai d'Orsay, representing the highest diplomacy of the Republic.
The craze for proselyting made them all promptly concede to him unlimited importance.
"We," continued the Counsellor looking fixedly at Desnoyers as if he were expecting a solemn declaration
from him, "we wish to live on good terms with France."
The youth nodded his head so as not to appear inattentive. It appeared to him a very good thing that these
peoples should not be enemies, and as far as he was concerned, they might affirm this relationship as often as
they wished: the only thing that was interesting him just at that time was a certain knee that was seeking his
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse 6
Page No 9
under the table, transmitting its gentle warmth through a double curtain of silk.
"But France," complained the manufacturer, "is most unresponsive towards us. For many years past, our
Emperor has been holding out his hand with noble loyalty, but she pretends not to see it. . . . That, you must
admit, is not as it should be."
Just here Desnoyers believed that he ought to say something in order that the spokesman might not divine his
more engrossing occupation.
"Perhaps you are not doing enough. If, first of all, you would return that which you took away from France!"
. . .
Stupefied silence followed this remark, as if the alarm signal had sounded through the boat. Some of those
who were about putting their cigars in their mouths, remained with hands immovable within two inches of
their lips, their eyes almost popping out of their heads. But the Captain of the Landsturm was there to
formulate their mute protest.
"Return!" he said in a voice almost extinguished by the sudden swelling of his neck. "We have nothing to
return, for we have taken nothing. That which we possess, we acquire by our heroism."
The hidden knee with its agreeable friction made itself more insinuating, as though counselling the youth to
greater prudence.
"Do not say such things," breathed Bertha, "thus only the republicans, corrupted by Paris, talk. A youth so
distinguished who has been in Berlin, and has relatives in Germany!" . . .
But Desnoyers felt a hereditary impulse of aggressiveness before each of her husband's statements,
enunciated in haughty tones, and responded coldly:
"It is as if I should take your watch and then propose that we should be friends, forgetting the occurrence.
Although you might forget, the first thing for me to do would be to return the watch."
Counsellor Erckmann wished to retort with so many things at once that he stuttered horribly, leaping from
one idea to the other. To compare the reconquest of Alsace to a robbery. A German country! The race . . . the
language . . . the history! . . .
"But when did they announce their wish to be German?" asked the youth without losing his calmness. "When
have you consulted their opinion?"
The Counsellor hesitated, not knowing whether to argue with this insolent fellow or crush him with his scorn.
"Young man, you do not know what you are talking about," he finally blustered with withering contempt.
"You are an Argentinian and do not understand the affairs of Europe."
And the others agreed, suddenly repudiating the citizenship which they had attributed to him a little while
before. The Counsellor, with military rudeness, brusquely turned his back upon him, and taking up the pack,
distributed the cards. The game was renewed. Desnoyers, seeing himself isolated by the scornful silence, felt
greatly tempted to break up the playing by violence; but the hidden knee continued counselling selfcontrol,
and an invisible hand had sought his right, pressing it sweetly. That was enough to make him recover his
serenity. The Counsellor's Lady seemed to be absorbed in the progress of the game. He also looked on, a
malignant smile contracting slightly the lines of his mouth as he was mentally ejaculating by way of
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse 7
Page No 10
consolation, "Captain, Captain! . . . You little know what is awaiting you!"
On terra firma, he would never again have approached these men; but life on a transatlantic liner, with its
inevitable promiscuousness, obliges forgetfulness. The following day the Counsellor and his friends came in
search of him, flattering his sensibilities by erasing every irritating memory. He was a distinguished youth
belonging to a wealthy family, and all of them had shops and business in his country. The only thing was that
he should be careful not to mention his French origin. He was an Argentinian; and thereupon, the entire
chorus interested itself in the grandeur of his country and all the nations of South America where they had
agencies or investmentsexaggerating its importance as though its petty republics were great powers,
commenting with gravity upon the deeds and words of its political leaders and giving him to understand that
in Germany there was no one who was not concerned about the future of South America, predicting for all its
divisions most glorious prosperitya reflex of the Empire, always, provided, of course, that they kept under
Germanic influence.
In spite of these flatteries, Desnoyers was no longer presenting himself with his former assiduity at the hour
of poker. The Counsellor's wife was retiring to her stateroom earlier than usual their approach to the
Equator inducing such an irresistible desire for sleep, that she had to abandon her husband to his card playing.
Julio also had mysterious occupations which prevented his appearance on deck until after midnight. With the
precipitation of a man who desires to be seen in order to avoid suspicion, he was accustomed to enter the
smoking room talking loudly as he seated himself near the husband and his boon companions.
The game had ended, and an orgy of beer and fat cigars from Hamburg was celebrating the success of the
winners. It was the hour of Teutonic expansion, of intimacy among men, of heavy, sluggish jokes, of
offcolor stories. The Counsellor was presiding with much majesty over the diableries of his chums, prudent
business men from the Hanseatic ports who had big accounts in the Deutsche Bank or were shopkeepers
installed in the republic of the La Plata, with an innumerable family. He was a warrior, a captain, and on
applauding every heavy jest with a laugh that distended his fat neck, he fancied that he was among his
comrades at arms.
In honor of the South Americans who, tired of pacing the deck, had dropped in to hear what the gringoes
were saying, they were turning into Spanish the witticisms and licentious anecdotes awakened in the memory
by a superabundance of beer. Julio was marvelling at the ready laugh of all these men. While the foreigners
were remaining unmoved, they would break forth into loud horselaughs throwing themselves back in their
seats. And when the German audience was growing cold, the storyteller would resort to an infallible
expedient to remedy his lack of success:
"They told this yarn to the Kaiser, and when the Kaiser heard it he laughed heartily."
It was not necessary to say more. They all laughed then. Ha, ha, ha! with a spontaneous roar but a short one, a
laugh in three blows, since to prolong it, might be interpreted as a lack of respect to His Majesty.
As they neared Europe, a batch of news came to meet the boat. The employees in the wireless telegraphy
office were working incessantly. One night, on entering the smoking room, Desnoyers saw the German
notables gesticulating with animated countenances. They were no longer drinking beer. They had had bottles
of champagne uncorked, and the Counsellor's Lady, much impressed, had not retired to her stateroom.
Captain Erckmann, spying the young Argentinian, offered him a glass.
"It is war," he shouted with enthusiasm. "War at last. . . . The hour has come!"
Desnoyers made a gesture of astonishment. War! . . . What war? . . . Like all the others, he had read on the
news bulletin outside a radiogram stating that the Austrian government had just sent an ultimatum to Servia;
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse 8
Page No 11
but it made not the slightest impression on him, for he was not at all interested in the Balkan affairs. Those
were but the quarrels of a miserable little nation monopolizing the attention of the world, distracting it from
more worthwhile matters. How could this event concern the martial Counsellor? The two nations would soon
come to an understanding. Diplomacy sometimes amounted to something.
"No," insisted the German ferociously. "It is war, blessed war. Russia will sustain Servia, and we will support
our ally. . . . What will France do? Do you know what France will do?" . . .
Julio shrugged his shoulders testily as though asking to be left out of all international discussions.
"It is war," asserted the Counsellor, "the preventive war that we need. Russia is growing too fast, and is
preparing to fight us. Four years more of peace and she will have finished her strategic railroads, and her
military power, united to that of her allies, will be worth as much as ours. It is better to strike a powerful blow
now. It is necessary to take advantage of this opportunity. . . . War. Preventive war!"
All his clan were listening in silence. Some did not appear to feel the contagion of his enthusiasm. War! . . .
In imagination they saw their business paralyzed, their agencies bankrupt, the banks cutting down credit . . . a
catastrophe more frightful to them than the slaughters of battles. But they applauded with nods and grunts all
of Erckmann's ferocious demonstrations. He was a Herr Rath, and an officer besides. He must be in the
secrets of the destiny of his country, and that was enough to make them drink silently to the success of the
war.
Julio thought that the Counsellor and his admirers must be drunk. "Look here, Captain," he said in a
conciliatory tone, "what you say lacks logic. How could war possibly be acceptable to industrial Germany?
Every moment its business is increasing, every month it conquers a new market and every year its
commercial balance soars upward in unheard of proportions. Sixty years ago, it had to man its boats with
Berlin hack drivers arrested by the police. Now its commercial fleets and war vessels cross all oceans, and
there is no port where the German merchant marine does not occupy the greatest part of the docks. It would
only be necessary to continue living in this way, to put yourselves beyond the exigencies of war! Twenty
years more of peace, and the Germans would be lords of the world's commerce, conquering England, the
former mistress of the seas, in a bloodless struggle. And are they going to risk all thislike a gambler who
stakes his entire fortune on a single cardin a struggle that might result unfavorably?" . . .
"No, war," insisted the Counsellor furiously, "preventive war. We live surrounded by our enemies, and this
state of things cannot go on. It is best to end it at once. Either they or we! Germany feels herself strong
enough to challenge the world. We've got to put an end to this Russian menace! And if France doesn't keep
herself quiet, so much the worse for her! . . . And if anyone else . . . ANYONE dares to come in against us, so
much the worse for him! When I set up a new machine in my shops, it is to make it produce unceasingly. We
possess the finest army in the world, and it is necessary to give it exercise that it may not rust out."
He then continued with heavy emphasis, "They have put a band of iron around us in order to throttle us. But
Germany has a strong chest and has only to expand in order to burst its bands. We must awake before they
manacle us in our sleep. Woe to those who then oppose us! . . ."
Desnoyers felt obliged to reply to this arrogance. He had never seen the iron circle of which the Germans
were complaining. The nations were merely unwilling to continue living, unsuspecting and inactive, before
boundless German ambition. They were simply preparing to defend themselves against an almost certain
attack. They wished to maintain their dignity, repeatedly violated under most absurd pretexts.
"I wonder if it is not the others," he concluded, "who are obliged to defend themselves because you represent
a menace to the world!"
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse 9
Page No 12
An invisible hand sought his under the table, as it had some nights before, to recommend prudence; but now
he clasped it forcibly with the authority of a right acquired.
"Oh, sir!" sighed the sweet Bertha, "to talk like that, a youth so distinguished who has . . ."
She was not able to finish, for her husband interrupted. They were no longer in American waters, and the
Counsellor expressed himself with the rudeness of a master of his house.
"I have the honor to inform you, young man," he said, imitating the cutting coldness of the diplomats, "that
you are merely a South American and know nothing of the affairs of Europe."
He did not call him an "Indian," but Julio heard the implication as though he had used the word itself. Ah, if
that hidden handclasp had not held him with its sentimental thrills! . . . But this contact kept him calm and
even made him smile. "Thanks, Captain," he said to himself. "It is the least you can do to get even with me!"
Here his relations with the German and his clientele came to an end. The merchants, as they approached
nearer and nearer to their native land, began casting off that servile desire of ingratiating themselves which
they had assumed in all their trips to the new world. They now had more important things to occupy them.
The telegraphic service was working without cessation. The Commandant of the vessel was conferring in his
apartment with the Counsellor as his compatriot of most importance. His friends were hunting out the most
obscure places in order to talk confidentially with one another. Even Bertha commenced to avoid Desnoyers.
She was still smiling distantly at him, but that smile was more of a souvenir than a reality.
Between Lisbon and the coast of England, Julio spoke with her husband for the last time. Every morning was
appearing on the bulletin board the alarming news transmitted by radiograph. The Empire was arming itself
against its enemies. God would punish them, making all manner of troubles fall upon them. Desnoyers was
motionless with astonishment before the last piece of news"Three hundred thousand revolutionists are now
besieging Paris. The suburbs are beginning to burn. The horrors of the Commune have broken out again."
"My, but these Germans have gone mad!" exclaimed the disgusted youth to the curious group surrounding the
radiosheet. "We are going to lose the little sense that we have left! . . . What revolutionists are they talking
about? How could a revolution break out in Paris if the men of the government are not reactionary?"
A gruff voice sounded behind him, rude, authoritative, as if trying to banish the doubts of the audience. It was
the Herr Comerzienrath who was speaking.
"Young man, these notices are sent us by the first agencies of Germany . . . and Germany never lies."
After this affirmation, he turned his back upon them and they saw him no more.
On the following morning, the last day of the voyage. Desnoyers' steward awoke him in great excitement.
"Herr, come up on deck! a most beautiful spectacle!"
The sea was veiled by the fog, but behind its hazy curtains could be distinguished some silhouettes like
islands with great towers and sharp, pointed minarets. The islands were advancing over the oily waters slowly
and majestically, with impressive dignity. Julio counted eighteen. They appeared to fill the ocean. It was the
Channel Fleet which had just left the English coast by Government order, sailing around simply to show its
strength. Seeing this procession of dreadnoughts for the first time, Desnoyers was reminded of a flock of
marine monsters, and gained a better idea of the British power. The German ship passed among them,
shrinking, humiliated, quickening its speed. "One might suppose," mused the youth, "that she had an uneasy
conscience and wished to scud to safety." A South American passenger near him was jesting with one of the
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse 10
Page No 13
Germans, "What if they have already declared war! . . . What if they should make us prisoners!"
After midday, they entered Southampton roads. The Frederic August hurried to get away as soon as possible,
and transacted business with dizzying celerity. The cargo of passengers and baggage was enormous. Two
launches approached the transatlantic and discharged an avalanche of Germans residents in England who
invaded the decks with the joy of those who tread friendly soil, desiring to see Hamburg as soon as possible.
Then the boat sailed through the Channel with a speed most unusual in these places.
The people, leaning on the railing, were commenting on the extraordinary encounters in this marine
boulevard, usually frequented by ships of peace. Certain smoke lines on the horizon were from the French
squadron carrying President Poincare who was returning from Russia. The European alarm had interrupted
his trip. Then they saw more English vessels patrolling the coast line like aggressive and vigilant dogs. Two
North American battleships could be distinguished by their mastheads in the form of baskets. Then a
Russian battleship, white and glistening, passed at full steam on its way to the Baltic. "Bad!" said the South
American passengers regretfully. "Very bad! It looks this time as if it were going to be serious!" and they
glanced uneasily at the neighboring coasts on both sides. Although they presented the usual appearance,
behind them, perhaps, a new period of history was in the making.
The transatlantic was due at Boulogne at midnight where it was supposed to wait until daybreak to discharge
its passengers comfortably. It arrived, nevertheless, at ten, dropped anchor outside the harbor, and the
Commandant gave orders that the disembarkation should take place in less than an hour. For this reason they
had quickened their speed, consuming a vast amount of extra coal. It was necessary to get away as soon as
possible, seeking the refuge of Hamburg. The radiographic apparatus had evidently been working to some
purpose.
By the glare of the bluish searchlights which were spreading a livid clearness over the sea, began the
unloading of passengers and baggage for Paris, from the transatlantic into the tenders. "Hurry! Hurry!" The
seamen were pushing forward the ladies of slow step who were recounting their valises, believing that they
had lost some. The stewards loaded themselves up with babies as though they were bundles. The general
precipitation dissipated the usual exaggerated and oily Teutonic amiability. "They are regular bootlickers,"
thought Desnoyers. "They believe that their hour of triumph has come, and do not think it necessary to
pretend any longer." . . .
He was soon in a launch that was bobbing up and down on the waves near the black and immovable hulk of
the great liner, dotted with many circles of light and filled with people waving handkerchiefs. Julio
recognized Bertha who was waving her hand without seeing him, without knowing in which tender he was,
but feeling obliged to show her gratefulness for the sweet memories that now were being lost in the mystery
of the sea and the night. "Adieu, Frau Rath!"
The distance between the departing transatlantic and the lighters was widening. As though it had been
awaiting this moment with impunity, a stentorian voice on the upper deck shouted with a noisy guffaw, "See
you later! Soon we shall meet you in Paris!" And the marine band, the very same band that three days before
had astonished Desnoyers with its unexpected Marseillaise, burst forth into a military march of the time of
Frederick the Greata march of grenadiers with an accompaniment of trumpets.
That had been the night before. Although twentyfour hours had not yet passed by, Desnoyers was already
considering it as a distant event of shadowy reality. His thoughts, always disposed to take the opposite side,
did not share in the general alarm. The insolence of the Counsellor now appeared to him but the boastings of
a burgher turned into a soldier. The disquietude of the people of Paris, was but the nervous agitation of a city
which lived placidly and became alarmed at the first hint of danger to its comfort. So many times they had
spoken of an immediate war, always settling things peacefully at the last moment! . . . Furthermore he did not
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse 11
Page No 14
want war to come because it would upset all his plans for the future; and the man accepted as logical and
reasonable everything that suited his selfishness, placing it above reality.
"No, there will not be war," he repeated as he continued pacing up and down the garden. "These people are
beside themselves. How could a war possibly break out in these days?" . . .
And after disposing of his doubts, which certainly would in a short time come up again, he thought of the joy
of the moment, consulting his watch. Five o'clock! She might come now at any minute! He thought that he
recognized her afar off in a lady who was passing through the grating by the rue Pasquier. She seemed to him
a little different, but it occurred to him that possibly the Summer fashions might have altered her appearance.
But soon he saw that he had made a mistake. She was not alone, another lady was with her. They were
perhaps English or North American women who worshipped the memory of Marie Antoinette and wished to
visit the Chapelle Expiatoire, the old tomb of the executed queen. Julio watched them as they climbed the
flights of steps and crossed the interior patio in which were interred the eight hundred Swiss soldiers killed in
the attack of the Tenth of August, with other victims of revolutionary fury.
Disgusted at his error, he continued his tramp. His ill humor made the monument with which the Bourbon
restoration had adorned the old cemetery of the Madeleine, appear uglier than ever to him. Time was passing,
but she did not come. Every time that he turned, he looked hungrily at the entrances of the garden. And then
it happened as in all their meetings. She suddenly appeared as if she had fallen from the sky or risen up from
the ground, like an apparition. A cough, a slight rustling of footsteps, and as he turned, Julio almost collided
with her.
"Marguerite! Oh, Marguerite!" . . .
It was she, and yet he was slow to recognize her. He felt a certain strangeness in seeing in full reality the
countenance which had occupied his imagination for three months, each time more spirituelle and shadowy
with the idealism of absence. But his doubts were of short duration. Then it seemed as though time and space
were eliminated, that he had not made any voyage, and but a few hours had intervened since their last
interview.
Marguerite divined the expansion which might follow Julio's exclamations, the vehement handclasp,
perhaps something more, so she kept herself calm and serene.
"No; not here," she said with a grimace of repugnance. "What a ridiculous idea for us to have met here!"
They were about to seat themselves on the iron chairs, in the shadow of some shrubbery, when she rose
suddenly. Those who were passing along the boulevard might see them by merely casting their eyes toward
the garden. At this time, many of her friends might be passing through the neighborhood because of its
proximity to the big shops. . . . They, therefore, sought refuge at a corner of the monument, placing
themselves between it and the rue des Mathurins. Desnoyers brought two chairs near the hedge, so that when
seated they were invisible to those passing on the other side of the railing. But this was not solitude. A few
steps away, a fat, nearsighted man was reading his paper, and a group of women were chatting and
embroidering. A woman with a red wig and two dogs some housekeeper who had come down into the
garden in order to give her pets an airingpassed several times near the amorous pair, smiling discreetly.
"How annoying!" groaned Marguerite. "Why did we ever come to this place!"
The two scrutinized each other carefully, wishing to see exactly what transformation Time had wrought.
"You are darker than ever," she said. "You look like a man of the sea."
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse 12
Page No 15
Julio was finding her even lovelier than before, and felt sure that possessing her was well worth all the
contrarieties which had brought about his trip to South America. She was taller than he, with an elegantly
proportioned slenderness. "She has the musical step," Desnoyers had told himself, when seeing her in his
imagination; and now, on beholding her again, the first thing that he admired was her rhythmic tread, light
and graceful as she passed through the garden seeking another seat. Her features were not regular but they
had a piquant fascinationa true Parisian face. Everything that had been invented for the embellishment of
feminine charm was used about her person with the most exquisite fastidiousness. She had always lived for
herself. Only a few months before had she abdicated a part of this sweet selfishness, sacrificing reunions,
teas, and calls in order to give Desnoyers some of the afternoon hours.
Stylish and painted like a priceless doll, with no loftier ambition than to be a model, interpreting with
personal elegance the latest confections of the modistes, she was at last experiencing the same preoccupations
and joys as other women, creating for herself an inner life. The nucleus of this new life, hidden under her
former frivolity, was Desnoyers. Just as she was imagining that she had reorganized her existenceadjusting
the satisfactions of worldly elegance to the delights of love in intimate secrecya fulminating catastrophe
(the intervention of her husband whose possible appearance she seemed to have overlooked) had disturbed
her thoughtless happiness. She who was accustomed to think herself the centre of the universe, imagining that
events ought to revolve around her desires and tastes, had suffered this cruel surprise with more astonishment
than grief.
"And you, how do you think I look?" Marguerite queried.
"I must tell you that the fashion has changed. The sheath skirt has passed away. Now it is worn short and with
more fullness."
Desnoyers had to interest himself in her apparel with the same devotion, mixing his appreciation of the latest
freak of the fashionmonger with his eulogies of Marguerite's beauty.
"Have you thought much about me?" she continued. "You have not been unfaithful to me a single time? Not
even once? . . . Tell me the truth; you know I can always tell when you are lying."
"I have always thought of you," he said putting his hand on his heart, as if he were swearing before a judge.
And he said it roundly, with an accent of truth, since in his infidelitiesnow completely forgottenthe
memory of Marguerite had always been present.
"But let us talk about you!" added Julio. "What have you been doing all the time?"
He had brought his chair nearer to hers, and their knees touched. He took one of her hands, patting it and
putting his finger in the glove opening. Oh, that accursed garden which would not permit greater intimacy
and obliged them to speak in a low tone, after three months' absence! . . . In spite of his discretion, the man
who was reading his paper raised his head and looked irritably at them over his spectacles as though a fly
were distracting him with its buzzing. . . . The very idea of talking lovenonsense in a public garden when all
Europe was threatened with calamity!
Repelling the audacious hand, Marguerite spoke tranquilly of her existence during the last months.
"I have passed my life the best I could, but I have been greatly bored. You know that I am now living with
mama, and mama is a lady of the old regime who does not understand our tastes. I have been to the theatres
with my brother. I have made many calls on the lawyer in order to learn the progress of my divorce and hurry
it along . . . and nothing else."
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse 13
Page No 16
"And your husband?"
"Don't let's talk about him. Do you want to? I pity the poor man! So good . . . so correct. The lawyer assures
me that he agrees to everything and will not impose any obstacles. They tell me that he does not come to
Paris, that he lives in his factory. Our old home is closed. There are times when I feel remorseful over the
way I have treated him."
"And I?" queried Julio, withdrawing his hand.
"You are right," she returned smiling. "You are Life. It is cruel but it is human. We have to live our lives
without taking others into consideration. It is necessary to be selfish in order to be happy."
The two remained silent. The remembrance of the husband had swept across them like a glacial blast. Julio
was the first to brighten up.
"And you have not danced in all this time?"
"No, how could I? The very idea, a woman in divorce proceedings! . . . I have not been to a single chic party
since you went away. I wanted to preserve a certain decorous mourning fiesta. How horrible it was! . . . It
needed you, the Master!"
They had again clasped hands and were smiling. Memories of the previous months were passing before their
eyes, visions of their life from five to seven in the afternoon, dancing in the hotels of the Champs Elysees
where the tango had been inexorably associated with a cup of tea.
She appeared to tear herself away from these recollections, impelled by a tenacious obsession which had
slipped from her mind in the first moments of their meeting.
"Do you know much about what's happening? Tell me all. People talk so much. . . . Do you really believe that
there will be war? Don't you think that it will all end in some kind of settlement?"
Desnoyers comforted her with his optimism. He did not believe in the possibility of a war. That was
ridiculous.
"I say so, too! Ours is not the epoch of savages. I have known some Germans, chic and welleducated
persons who surely must think exactly as we do. An old professor who comes to the house was explaining
yesterday to mama that wars are no longer possible in these progressive times. In two months' time, there
would scarcely be any men left, in three, the world would find itself without money to continue the struggle. I
do not recall exactly how it was, but he explained it all very clearly, in a manner most delightful to hear."
She reflected in silence, trying to coordinate her confused recollections, but dismayed by the effort required,
added on her own account.
"Just imagine what war would meanhow horrible! Society life paralyzed. No more parties, nor clothes, nor
theatres! Why, it is even possible that they might not design any more fashions! All the women in mourning.
Can you imagine it? . . . And Paris deserted. . . . How beautiful it seemed as I came to meet you this
afternoon! . . . No, no, it cannot be! Next month, you know, we go to Vichy. Mama needs the waters. Then to
Biarritz. After that, I shall go to a castle on the Loire. And besides there are our affairs, my divorce, our
marriage which may take place the next year. . . . And is war to hinder and cut short all this! No, no, it is not
possible. My brother and others like him are foolish enough to dream of danger from Germany. I am sure that
my husband, too, who is only interested in serious and bothersome matters, is among those who believe that
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse 14
Page No 17
war is imminent and prepare to take part in it. What nonsense! Tell me that it is all nonsense. I need to hear
you say it."
Tranquilized by the affirmations of her lover, she then changed the trend of the conversation. The possibility
of their approaching marriage brought to mind the object of the voyage which Desnoyers had just made.
There had not been time for them to write to each other during their brief separation.
"Did you succeed in getting the money? The joy of seeing you made me forget all about such things. . . ."
Adopting the air of a business expert, he replied that he had brought back less than he expected, for he had
found the country in the throes of one of its periodical panics; but still he had managed to get together about
four hundred thousand francs. In his purse he had a check for that amount. Later on, they would send him
further remittances. A ranchman in Argentina, a sort of relative, was looking after his affairs. Marguerite
appeared satisfied, and in spite of her frivolity, adopted the air of a serious woman.
"Money, money!" she exclaimed sententiously. "And yet there is no happiness without it! With your four
hundred thousand and what I have, we shall be able to get along. . . . I told you that my husband wishes to
give me back my dowry. He has told my brother so. But the state of his business, and the increased size of his
factory do not permit him to return it as quickly as he would like. I can't help but feel sorry for the poor man .
. . so honorable and so upright in every way. If he only were not so commonplace! . . ."
Again Marguerite seemed to regret these tardy spontaneous eulogies which were chilling their interview. So
again she changed the trend of her chatter.
"And your family? Have you seen them?" . . .
Desnoyers had been to his father's home before starting for the Chapelle Expiatoire. A stealthy entrance into
the great house on the avenue Victor Hugo, and then up to the first floor like a tradesman. Then he had slipt
into the kitchen like a soldier sweetheart of the maids. His mother had come there to embrace him, poor Dona
Luisa, weeping and kissing him frantically as though she had feared to lose him forever. Close behind her
mother had come Luisita, nicknamed Chichi, who always surveyed him with sympathetic curiosity as if she
wished to know better a brother so bad and adorable who had led decent women from the paths of virtue, and
committed all kinds of follies. Then Desnoyers had been greatly surprised to see entering the kitchen with the
air of a tragedy queen, a noble mother of the drama, his Aunt Elena, the one who had married a German and
was living in Berlin surrounded with innumerable children.
"She has been in Paris a month. She is going to make a little visit to our castle. And it appears that her eldest
sonmy cousin, 'The Sage,' whom I have not seen for yearsis also coming here."
The home interview had several times been interrupted by fear. "Your father is at home, be careful," his
mother had said to him each time that he had spoken above a whisper. And his Aunt Elena had stationed
herself at the door with a dramatic air, like a stage heroine resolved to plunge a dagger into the tyrant who
should dare to cross the threshold. The entire family was accustomed to submit to the rigid authority of Don
Marcelo Desnoyers. "Oh, that old man!" exclaimed Julio, referring to his father. "He may live many years
yet, but how he weighs upon us all!"
His mother, who had never wearied of looking at him, finally had to bring the interview to an end, frightened
by certain approaching sounds. "Go, he might surprise us, and he would be furious." So Julio had fled the
paternal home, caressed by the tears of the two ladies and the admiring glances of Chichi, by turns ashamed
and proud of a brother who had caused such enthusiasm and scandal among her friends.
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse 15
Page No 18
Marguerite also spoke of Senor Desnoyers. A terrible tyrant of the old school with whom they could never
come to an understanding.
The two remained silent, looking fixedly at each other. Now that they had said the things of greatest urgency,
present interests became more absorbing. More immediate things, unspoken, seemed to well up in their timid
and vacillating eyes, before escaping in the form of words. They did not dare to talk like lovers here. Every
minute the cloud of witnesses seemed increasing around them. The woman with the dogs and the red wig was
passing with greater frequency, shortening her turns through the square in order to greet them with a smile of
complicity. The reader of the daily paper was now exchanging views with a friend on a neighboring bench
regarding the possibilities of war. The garden had become a thoroughfare. The modistes upon going out from
their establishments, and the ladies returning from shopping, were crossing through the square in order to
shorten their walk. The little avenue was a popular short cut. All the pedestrians were casting curious
glances at the elegant lady and her companion seated in the shadow of the shrubbery with the timid yet
wouldbe natural look of those who desire to hide themselves, yet at the same time feign a casual air.
"How exasperating!" sighed Marguerite. "They are going to find us out!"
A girl looked at her so searchingly that she thought she recognized in her an employee of a celebrated
modiste. Besides, some of her personal friends who had met her in the crowded shops but an hour ago might
be returning home by way of the garden.
"Let us go," she said rising hurriedly. "If they should spy us here together, just think what they might say! . . .
and just when they are becoming a little forgetful!"
Desnoyers protested crossly. Go away? . . . Paris had become a shrunken place for them nowadays because
Marguerite refused to go to a single place where there was a possibility of their being surprised. In another
square, in a restaurant, wherever they might gothey would run the same risk of being recognized. She
would only consider meetings in public places, and yet at the same time, dreaded the curiosity of the people.
If Marguerite would like to go to his studio of such sweet memories! . . .
"To your home? No! no indeed!" she replied emphatically "I cannot forget the last time I was there."
But Julio insisted, foreseeing a break in that firm negative. Where could they be more comfortable? Besides,
weren't they going to marry as soon as possible? . . .
"I tell you no," she repeated. "Who knows but my husband may be watching me! What a complication for my
divorce if he should surprise us in your house!"
Now it was he who eulogized the husband, insisting that such watchfulness was incompatible with his
character. The engineer had accepted the facts, considering them irreparable and was now thinking only of
reconstructing his life.
"No, it is better for us to separate," she continued. "Tomorrow we shall see each other again. You will hunt a
more favorable place. Think it over, and you will find a solution for it all."
But he wished an immediate solution. They had abandoned their seats, going slowly toward the rue des
Mathurins. Julio was speaking with a trembling and persuasive eloquence. Tomorrow? No, now. They had
only to call a taxicab. It would be only a matter of a few minutes, and then the isolation, the mystery, the
return to a sweet pastto that intimacy in the studio where they had passed their happiest hours. They would
believe that no time had elapsed since their first meetings.
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse 16
Page No 19
"No," she faltered with a weakening accent, seeking a last resistance. "Besides, your secretary might be there,
that Spaniard who lives with you. How ashamed I would be to meet him again!"
Julio laughed. . . . Argensola! How could that comrade who knew all about their past be an obstacle? If they
should happen to meet him in the house, he would be sure to leave immediately. More than once, he had had
to go out so as not to be in the way. His discretion was such that he had foreseen events. Probably he had
already left, conjecturing that a near visit would be the most logical thing. His chum would simply go
wandering through the streets in search of news.
Marguerite was silent, as though yielding on seeing her pretexts exhausted. Desnoyers was silent, too,
construing her stillness as assent. They had left the garden and she was looking around uneasily, terrified to
find herself in the open street beside her lover, and seeking a hidingplace. Suddenly she saw before her the
little red door of an automobile, opened by the hand of her adorer.
"Get in," ordered Julio.
And she climbed in hastily, anxious to hide herself as soon as possible. The vehicle started at great speed.
Marguerite immediately pulled down the shade of the window on her side, but, before she had finished and
could turn her head, she felt a hungry mouth kissing the nape of her neck.
"No, not here," she said in a pleading tone. "Let us be sensible!"
And while he, rebellious at these exhortations, persisted in his advances, the voice of Marguerite again
sounded above the noise of the rattling machinery of the automobile as it bounded over the pavement.
"Do you really believe that there will be no war? Do you believe that we will be able to marry? . . . Tell me
again. I want you to encourage me . . . I need to hear it from your lips."
CHAPTER II. MADARIAGA, THE CENTAUR
In 1870 Marcelo Desnoyers was nineteen years old. He was born in the suburbs of Paris, an only child; his
father, interested in little building speculations, maintained his family in modest comfort. The mason wished
to make an architect of his son, and Marcelo was in the midst of his preparatory studies when his father
suddenly died, leaving his affairs greatly involved. In a few months, he and his mother descended the slopes
of ruin, and were obliged to give up their snug, middleclass quarters and live like laborers.
When the fourteenyearold boy had to choose a trade, he learned wood carving. This craft was an art related
to the tastes awakened in Marcelo by his abandoned studies. His mother retired to the country, living with
some relatives while the lad advanced rapidly in the shops, aiding his master in all the important orders which
he received from the provinces. The first news of the war with Prussia surprised him in Marseilles, working
on the decorations of a theatre.
Marcelo was opposed to the Empire like all the youths of his generation. He was also much influenced by the
older workmen who had taken part in the Republic of '48, and who still retained vivid recollections of the
Coup d'Etat of the second of December.
One day he saw in the streets of Marseilles a popular manifestation in favor of peace which was practically a
protest against the government. The old republicans in their implacable struggle with the Emperor, the
companies of the International which had just been organized, and a great number of Italians and Spaniards
who had fled their countries on account of recent insurrections, composed the procession. A longhaired,
consumptive student was carrying the flag. "It is peace that we wanta peace which may unite all mankind,"
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER II. MADARIAGA, THE CENTAUR 17
Page No 20
chanted the paraders. But on this earth, the noblest propositions are seldom heard, since Destiny amuses
herself in perverting them and turning them aside.
Scarcely had the friends of peace entered the rue Cannebiere with their hymn and standard, when war came to
meet them, obliging them to resort to fist and club. The day before, some battalions of Zouaves from Algiers
had disembarked in order to reinforce the army on the frontier, and these veterans, accustomed to colonial
existence and undiscriminating as to the cause of disturbances, seized the opportunity to intervene in this
manifestation, some with bayonets and others with ungirded belts. "Hurrah for War!" and a rain of lashes and
blows fell upon the unarmed singers. Marcelo saw the innocent student, the standardbearer of peace,
knocked down wrapped in his flag, by the merry kicks of the Zouaves. Then he knew no more, since he had
received various blows with a leather strap, and a knife thrust in his shoulder; he had to run the same as the
others.
That day developed for the first time, his fiery, stubborn character, irritable before contradiction, even to the
point of adopting the most extreme resolution. "Down with War!" Since it was not possible for him to protest
in any other way, he would leave the country. The Emperor might arrange his affairs as best he could. The
struggle was going to be long and disastrous, according to the enemies of the Empire. If he stayed, he would
in a few months be drawn for the soldiery. Desnoyers renounced the honor of serving the Emperor. He
hesitated a little when he thought of his mother. But his country relatives would not turn her out, and he
planned to work very hard and send her money. Who knew what riches might be waiting for him, on the
other side of the sea! . . . Good bye, France!
Thanks to his savings, a harbor official found it to his interest to offer him the choice of three boats. One was
sailing to Egypt, another to Australia, another to Montevideo and Buenos Aires, which made the strongest
appeal to him? . . . Desnoyers, remembering his readings, wished to consult the wind and follow the course
that it indicated, as he had seen various heroes of novels do. But that day the wind blew from the sea toward
France. He also wished to toss up a coin in order to test his fate. Finally he decided upon the vessel sailing
first. Not until, with his scanty baggage, he was actually on the deck of the next boat to anchor, did he take
any interest in its course"For the Rio de la Plata." . . . And he accepted these words with a fatalistic shrug.
"Very well, let it be South America!" The country was not distasteful to him, since he knew it by certain
travel publications whose illustrations represented herds of cattle at liberty, halfnaked, plumed Indians, and
hairy cowboys whirling over their heads serpentine lassos tipped with balls.
The millionaire Desnoyers never forgot that trip to Americaforty three days navigating in a little
wornout steamer that rattled like a heap of old iron, groaned in all its joints at the slightest roughness of the
sea, and had to stop four times for repairs, at the mercy of the winds and waves.
In Montevideo, he learned of the reverses suffered by his country and that the French Empire no longer
existed. He felt a little ashamed when he heard that the nation was now selfgoverning, defending itself
gallantly behind the walls of Paris. And he had fled! . . . Months afterwards, the events of the Commune
consoled him for his flight. If he had remained, wrath at the national downfall, his relations with his
colaborers, the air in which he livedeverything would surely have dragged him along to revolt. In that
case, he would have been shot or consigned to a colonial prison like so many of his former comrades.
So his determination crystallized, and he stopped thinking about the affairs of his mothercountry. The
necessities of existence in a foreign land whose language he was beginning to pick up made him think only of
himself. The turbulent and adventurous life of these new nations compelled him to most absurd expedients
and varied occupations. Yet he felt himself strong with an audacity and self reliance which he never had in
the old world. "I am equal to everything," he said, "if they only give me time to prove it!" Although he had
fled from his country in order not to take up arms, he even led a soldier's life for a brief period in his adopted
land, receiving a wound in one of the many hostilities between the whites and reds in the unsettled districts.
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER II. MADARIAGA, THE CENTAUR 18
Page No 21
In Buenos Aires, he again worked as a woodcarver. The city was beginning to expand, breaking its shell as a
large village. Desnoyers spent many years ornamenting salons and facades. It was a laborious existence,
sedentary and remunerative. But one day he became tired of this slow saving which could only bring him a
mediocre fortune after a long time. He had gone to the new world to become rich like so many others. And at
twentyseven, he started forth again, a fullfledged adventurer, avoiding the cities, wishing to snatch money
from untapped, natural sources. He worked farms in the forests of the North, but the locusts obliterated his
crops in a few hours. He was a cattledriver, with the aid of only two peons, driving a herd of oxen and
mules over the snowy solitudes of the Andes to Bolivia and Chile. In this life, making journeys of many
months' duration, across interminable plains, he lost exact account of time and space. Just as he thought
himself on the verge of winning a fortune, he lost it all by an unfortunate speculation. And in a moment of
failure and despair, being now thirty years old, he became an employee of Julio Madariaga.
He knew of this rustic millionaire through his purchases of flocks a Spaniard who had come to the country
when very young, adapting himself very easily to its customs, and living like a cowboy after he had acquired
enormous properties. The country folk, wishing to put a title of respect before his name, called him Don
Madariaga.
"Comrade," he said to Desnoyers one day when he happened to be in a good humora very rare thing for
him"you must have passed through many ups and downs. Your lack of silver may be smelled a long ways
off. Why lead such a dog's life? Trust in me, Frenchy, and remain here! I am growing old, and I need a man."
After the Frenchman had arranged to stay with Madariaga, every landed proprietor living within fifteen or
twenty leagues of the ranch, stopped the new employee on the road to prophesy all sorts of misfortune.
"You will not stay long. Nobody can get along with Don Madariaga. We have lost count of his overseers. He
is a man who must be killed or deserted. Soon you will go, too!"
Desnoyers did not doubt but that there was some truth in all this. Madariaga was an impossible character, but
feeling a certain sympathy with the Frenchman, had tried not to annoy him with his irritability.
"He's a regular pearl, this Frenchy," said the plainsman as though trying to excuse himself for his considerate
treatment of his latest acquisition. "I like him because he is very serious. . . . That is the way I like a man."
Desnoyers did not know exactly what this muchadmired seriousness could be, but he felt a secret pride in
seeing him aggressive with everybody else, even his family, whilst he took with him a tone of paternal
bluffness.
The family consisted of his wife Misia Petrona (whom he always called the China) and two grown daughters
who had gone to school in Buenos Aires, but on returning to the ranch had reverted somewhat to their
original rusticity.
Madariaga's fortune was enormous. He had lived in the field since his arrival in America, when the white race
had not dared to settle outside the towns for fear of the Indians. He had gained his first money as a fearless
trader, taking merchandise in a cart from fort to fort. He had killed Indians, was twice wounded by them, and
for a while had lived as a captive with an Indian chief whom he finally succeeded in making his staunch
friend. With his earnings, he had bought land, much land, almost worthless because of its insecurity, devoting
it to the raising of cattle that he had to defend, gun in hand, from the pirates of the plains.
Then he had married his China, a young halfbreed who was running around barefoot, but owned many of
her forefathers' fields. They had lived in an almost savage poverty on their property which would have taken
many a day's journey to go around. Afterwards, when the government was pushing the Indians towards the
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER II. MADARIAGA, THE CENTAUR 19
Page No 22
frontiers, and offering the abandoned lands for sale, considering it a patriotic sacrifice on the part of any one
wishing to acquire them, Madariaga bought and bought at the lowest figure and longest terms. To get
possession of vast tracts and populate it with blooded stock became the mission of his life. At times,
galloping with Desnoyers through his boundless fields, he was not able to repress his pride.
"Tell me something, Frenchy! They say that further up the country, there are some nations about the size of
my ranches. Is that so?" . . .
The Frenchman agreed. . . . The lands of Madariaga were indeed greater than many principalities. This put
the old plainsman in rare good humor and he exclaimed in the cowboy vernacular which had become second
nature to him"Then it wouldn't be absurd to proclaim myself king some day? Just imagine it,
Frenchy;Don Madariaga, the First. . . . The worst of it all is that I would also be the last, for the China will
not give me a son. . . . She is a weak cow!"
The fame of his vast territories and his wealth in stock reached even to Buenos Aires. Every one knew of
Madariaga by name, although very few had seen him. When he went to the Capital, he passed unnoticed
because of his country aspectthe same leggings that he was used to wearing in the fields, his poncho
wrapped around him like a muffler above which rose the aggressive points of a necktie, a tormenting
ornament imposed by his daughters, who in vain arranged it with loving hands that he might look a little
more respectable.
One day he entered the office of the richest merchant of the capital.
"Sir, I know that you need some young bulls for the European market, and I have come to sell you a few."
The man of affairs looked haughtily at the poor cowboy. He might explain his errand to one of the
employees, he could not waste his time on such small matters. But the malicious grin on the rustic's face
awoke his curiosity.
"And how many are you able to sell, my good man?"
"About thirty thousand, sir."
It was not necessary to hear more. The supercilious merchant sprang from his desk, and obsequiously offered
him a seat.
"You can be no other than Don Madariaga."
"At the service of God and yourself, sir," he responded in the manner of a Spanish countryman.
That was the most glorious moment of his existence.
In the outer office of the Directors of the Bank, the clerks offered him a seat until the personage the other side
of the door should deign to receive him. But scarcely was his name announced than that same director ran to
admit him, and the employee was stupefied to hear the ranchman say, by way of greeting, "I have come to
draw out three hundred thousand dollars. I have abundant pasturage, and I wish to buy a ranch or two in order
to stock them."
His arbitrary and contradictory character weighed upon the inhabitants of his lands with both cruel and
goodnatured tyranny. No vagabond ever passed by the ranch without being rudely assailed by its owner
from the outset.
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER II. MADARIAGA, THE CENTAUR 20
Page No 23
"Don't tell me any of your hardluck stories, friend," he would yell as if he were going to beat him. "Under
the shed is a skinned beast; cut and eat as much as you wish and so help yourself to continue your journey. . .
. But no more of your yarns!"
And he would turn his back upon the tramp, after giving him a few dollars.
One day he became infuriated because a peon was nailing the wire fencing too deliberately on the posts.
Everybody was robbing him! The following day he spoke of a large sum of money that he would have to pay
for having endorsed the note of an acquaintance, completely bankrupt. "Poor fellow! His luck is worse than
mine!"
Upon finding in the road the skeleton of a recently killed sheep, he was beside himself with indignation. It
was not because of the loss of the meat. "Hunger knows no law, and God has made meat for mankind to eat.
But they might at least have left the skin!" . . . And he would rage against such wickedness, always repeating,
"Lack of religion and good habits!" The next time, the bandits stripped the flesh off of three cows, leaving the
skins in full view, and the ranchman said, smiling, "That is the way I like people, honorable and doing no
wrong."
His vigor as a tireless centaur had helped him powerfully in his task of populating his lands. He was
capricious, despotic and with the same paternal instincts as his compatriots who, centuries before when
conquering the new world, had clarified its native blood. Like the Castilian conquistadors, he had a fancy for
coppercolored beauty with oblique eyes and straight hair. When Desnoyers saw him going off on some
sudden pretext, putting his horse at full gallop toward a neighboring ranch, he would say to himself,
smilingly, "He is going in search of a new peon who will help work his land fifteen years from now."
The personnel of the ranch often used to comment on the resemblance of certain youths laboring here the
same as the others, galloping from the first streak of dawn over the fields, attending to the various duties of
pasturing. The overseer, Celedonio, a halfbreed thirty years old, generally detested for his hard and
avaricious character, also bore a distant resemblance to the patron.
Almost every year, some woman from a great distance, dirty and bad faced, presented herself at the ranch,
leading by the hand a little mongrel with eyes like live coals. She would ask to speak with the proprietor
alone, and upon being confronted with her, he usually recalled a trip made ten or twelve years before in order
to buy a herd of cattle.
"You remember, Patron, that you passed the night on my ranch because the river had risen?"
The Patron did not remember anything about it. But a vague instinct warned him that the woman was
probably telling the truth. "Well, what of it?"
"Patron, here he is. . . . It is better for him to grow to manhood by your side than in any other place."
And she presented him with the little hybrid. One more, and offered with such simplicity! . . . "Lack of
religion and good habits!" Then with sudden modesty, he doubted the woman's veracity. Why must it
necessarily be his? . . . But his wavering was generally short lived.
"If it's mine, put it with the others."
The mother went away tranquilly, seeing the youngster's future assured, because this man so lavish in
violence was equally so in generosity. In time there would be a bit of land and a good flock of sheep for the
urchin.
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER II. MADARIAGA, THE CENTAUR 21
Page No 24
These adoptions at first aroused in Misia Petrona a little rebellionthe only ones of her life; but the centaur
soon reduced her to terrified silence.
"And you dare to complain of me, you weak cow! . . . A woman who has only given me daughters. You
ought to be ashamed of yourself."
The same hand that negligently extracted from his pocket a wad of bills rolled into a ball, giving them away
capriciously without knowing just how much, also wore a lash hanging from the wrist. It was supposed to be
for his horse, but it was used with equal facility when any of his peons incurred his wrath.
"I strike because I can," he would say to pacify himself.
One day, the man receiving the blow, took a step backward, hunting for the knife in his belt.
"You are not going to beat me, Patron. I was not born in these parts. . . . I come from Corrientes."
The Patron remained with upraised thong. "Is it true that you were not born here? . . . Then you are right; I
cannot beat you. Here are five dollars for you."
When Desnoyers came on the place, Madariaga was beginning to lose count of those who were under his
dominion in the old Latin sense, and could take his blows. There were so many that confusion often reigned.
The Frenchman admired the Patron's expert eye for his business. It was enough for him to contemplate for a
few moments a herd of cattle, to know its exact number. He would go galloping along with an indifferent air,
around an immense group of horned and stamping beasts, and then would suddenly begin to separate the
different animals. He had discovered that they were sick. With a buyer like Madariaga, all the tricks and
sharp practice of the drovers came to naught.
His serenity before trouble was also admirable. A drought suddenly strewed his plains with dead cattle,
making the land seem like an abandoned battlefield. Everywhere great black hulks. In the air, great spirals of
crows coming from leagues away. At other times, it was the cold; an unexpected drop in the thermometer
would cover the ground with dead bodies. Ten thousand animals, fifteen thousand, perhaps more, all
perished!
"WHAT a knockout!" Madariaga would exclaim with resignation. "Without such troubles, this earth would
be a paradise. . . . Now, the thing to do is to save the skins!"
And he would rail against the false pride of the emigrants, against the new customs among the poor which
prevented his securing enough hands to strip the victims quickly, so that thousands of hides had to be lost.
Their bones whitened the earth like heaps of snow. The peoncitos (little peons) went around putting the skulls
of cows with crumpled horns on the posts of the wire fencesa rustic decoration which suggested a
procession of Grecian lyres.
"It is lucky that the land is left, anyway!" added the ranchman.
He loved to race around his immense fields when they were beginning to turn green in the late rains. He had
been among the first to convert these virgin wastes into rich meadowlands, supplementing the natural
pasturage with alfalfa. Where one beast had found sustenance before, he now had three. "The table is set," he
would chuckle, "we must now go in search of the guests." And he kept on buying, at ridiculous prices, herds
dying of hunger in others' uncultivated fields, constantly increasing his opulent lands and stock.
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER II. MADARIAGA, THE CENTAUR 22
Page No 25
One morning Desnoyers saved his life. The old ranchman had raised his lash against a recently arrived peon
who returned the attack, knife in hand. Madariaga was defending himself as best he could, convinced from
one minute to another that he was going to receive the deadly knifethrustwhen Desnoyers arrived and,
drawing his revolver, overcame and disarmed the adversary.
"Thanks, Frenchy," said the ranchman, much touched. "You are an allround man, and I am going to reward
you. From this day I shall speak to you as I do to my family."
Desnoyers did not know just what this familiar talk might amount to, for his employer was so peculiar.
Certain personal favors, nevertheless, immediately began to improve his position. He was no longer allowed
to eat in the administration building, the proprietor insisting imperiously that henceforth Desnoyers should sit
at his own table, and thus he was admitted into the intimate life of the Madariaga family.
The wife was always silent when her husband was present. She was used to rising in the middle of the night
in order to oversee the breakfasts of the peons, the distribution of biscuit, and the boiling of the great black
kettles of coffee or shrub tea. She looked after the chattering and lazy maids who so easily managed to get
lost in the nearby groves. In the kitchen, too, she made her authority felt like a regular housemistress, but
the minute that she heard her husband's voice she shrank into a respectful and timorous silence. Upon sitting
down at table, the China would look at him with devoted submission, her great, round eyes fixed on him, like
an owl's. Desnoyers felt that in this mute admiration was mingled great astonishment at the energy with
which the ranchman, already over seventy, was continuing to bring new occupants to live on his demesne.
The two daughters, Luisa and Elena, accepted with enthusiasm the new arrival who came to enliven the
monotonous conversations in the dining room, so often cut short by their father's wrathful outbursts. Besides,
he was from Paris. "Paris!" sighed Elena, the younger one, rolling her eyes. And Desnoyers was henceforth
consulted in all matters of style every time they ordered any "confections" from the shops of Buenos Aires.
The interior of the house reflected the different tastes of the two generations. The girls had a parlor with a few
handsome pieces of furniture placed against the cracked walls, and some showy lamps that were never
lighted. The father, with his boorishness, often invaded this room so cherished and admired by the two
sisters, making the carpets look shabby and faded under his muddy boot tracks. Upon the gilt centretable,
he loved to lay his lash. Samples of maize scattered its grains over a silk sofa which the young ladies tried to
keep very choice, as though they feared it might break.
Near the entrance to the dining room was a weighing machine, and Madariaga became furious when his
daughters asked him to remove it to the offices. He was not going to trouble himself to go outside every time
that he wanted to know the weight of a leather skin! . . . A piano came into the ranch, and Elena passed the
hours practising exercises with desperate good will. "Heavens and earth! She might at least play the Jota or
the Perican, or some other lively Spanish dance!" And the irate father, at the hour of siesta, betook himself to
the nearby eucalyptus trees, to sleep upon his poncho.
This younger daughter whom he dubbed La Romantica, was the special victim of his wrath and ridicule.
Where had she picked up so many tastes which he and his good China never had had? Music books were
piled on the piano. In a corner of the absurd parlor were some wooden boxes that had held preserves, which
the ranch carpenter had been made to press into service as a bookcase.
"Look here, Frenchy," scoffed Madariaga. "All these are novels and poems! Pure lies! . . . Hot air!"
He had his private library, vastly more important and glorious, and occupying less space. In his desk, adorned
with guns, thongs, and chaps studded with silver, was a little compartment containing deeds and various legal
documents which the ranchman surveyed with great pride.
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER II. MADARIAGA, THE CENTAUR 23
Page No 26
"Pay attention, now and hear marvellous things," announced the master to Desnoyers, as he took out one of
his memorandum books.
This volume contained the pedigree of the famous animals which had improved his breeds of stock, the
genealogical trees, the patents of nobility of his aristocratic beasts. He would have to read its contents to him
since he did not permit even his family to touch these records. And with his spectacles on the end of his nose,
he would spell out the credentials of each animal celebrity. "Diamond III, grandson of Diamond I, owned by
the King of England, son of Diamond II, winner in the races." His Diamond had cost him many thousands,
but the finest horses on the ranch, those which brought the most marvellous prices, were his descendants.
"That horse had more sense than most people. He only lacked the power to talk. He's the one that's stuffed,
near the door of the parlor. The girls wanted him thrown out. . . . Just let them dare to touch him! I'd chuck
them out first!"
Then he would continue reading the history of a dynasty of bulls with distinctive names and a succession of
Roman numbers, the same as kingsanimals acquired by the stubborn ranchman in the great cattle fairs of
England. He had never been there, but he had used the cable in order to compete in pounds sterling with the
British owners who wished to keep such valuable stock in their own country. Thanks to these blueblooded
sires that had crossed the ocean with all the luxury of millionaire passengers, he had been able to exhibit in
the concourses of Buenos Aires animals which were veritable towers of meat, edible elephants with their
sides as fit and sleek as a table.
"That book amounts to something! Don't you think so, Frenchy? It is worth more than all those pictures of
moons, lakes, lovers and other gewgaws that my Romantica puts on the walls to catch the dust."
And he would point out, in contrast, the precious diplomas which were adorning his desk, the metal vases and
other trophies won in the fairs by the descendants of his blooded stock.
Luisa, the elder daughter, called Chicha, in the South American fashion, was much more respected by her
father. "She is my poor China right over again," he said, "the same good nature, and the same faculty for
work, but more of a lady." Desnoyers entirely agreed with him, and yet the father's description seemed to him
weak and incomplete. He could not admit that the pale, modest girl with the great black eyes and smile of
childish mischief bore the slightest resemblance to the respectable matron who had brought her into
existence.
The great fiesta for Chicha was the Sunday mass. It represented a journey of three leagues to the nearest
village, a weekly contact with people unlike those of the ranch. A carriage drawn by four horses took the
senora and the two senoritas in the latest suits and hats arrived, via Buenos Aires, from Europe. At the
suggestion of Chicha, Desnoyers accompanied them in the capacity of driver.
The father remained at home, taking advantage of this opportunity to survey his fields in their Sunday
solitude, thus keeping a closer oversight on the shiftlessness of his hands. He was very religious "Religion
and good manners, you know." But had he not given thousands of dollars toward building the neighboring
church? A man of his fortune should not be submitted to the same obligations as ragamuffins!
During the Sunday lunch the young ladies were apt to make comments upon the persons and merits of the
young men of the village and neighboring ranches, who had lingered at the church door in order to chat with
them.
"Don't fool yourselves, girls!" observed the father shrewdly. "You believe that they want you for your
elegance, don't you? . . . What those shameless fellows really want are the dollars of old Madariaga, and once
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER II. MADARIAGA, THE CENTAUR 24
Page No 27
they had them, they would probably give you a daily beating."
For a while the ranch received numerous visitors. Some were young men of the neighborhood who arrived on
spirited steeds, performing all kinds of tricks of fancy horsemanship. They wanted to see Don Julio on the
most absurd pretexts, and at the same time improved the opportunity to chat with Chicha and Luisa. At other
times they were youths from Buenos Aires asking for a lodging at the ranch, as they were just passing by.
Don Madariaga would growl
"Another goodfornothing scamp who comes in search of the Spanish ranchman! If he doesn't move on
soon . . . I'll kick him out!"
But the suitor did not stand long on the order of his going, intimidated by the ominous silence of the Patron.
This silence, of late, had persisted in an alarming manner, in spite of the fact that the ranch was no longer
receiving visitors. Madariaga appeared abstracted, and all the family, including Desnoyers, respected and
feared this taciturnity. He ate, scowling, with lowered head. Suddenly he would raise his eyes, looking at
Chicha, then at Desnoyers, finally fixing them upon his wife as though asking her to give an account of
things.
His Romantica simply did not exist for him. The only notice that he ever took of her was to give an ironical
snort when he happened to see her leaning at sunset against the doorway, looking at the reddening
glowone elbow on the door frame and her cheek in her hand, in imitation of the posture of a certain white
lady that she had seen in a chromo, awaiting the knight of her dreams.
Desnoyers had been five years in the house when one day he entered his master's private office with the
brusque air of a timid person who has suddenly reached a decision.
"Don Julio, I am going to leave and I would like our accounts settled."
Madariaga looked at him slyly. "Going to leave, eh? . . . What for?" But in vain he repeated his questions.
The Frenchman was floundering through a series of incoherent explanations"I'm going; I've got to go."
"Ah, you thief, you false prophet!" shouted the ranchman in stentorian tones.
But Desnoyers did not quail before the insults. He had often heard his Patron use these same words when
holding somebody up to ridicule, or haggling with certain cattle drovers.
"Ah, you thief, you false prophet! Do you suppose that I do not know why you are going? Do you suppose
old Madariaga has not seen your languishing looks and those of my dead fly of a daughter, clasping each
others' hands in the presence of poor China who is blinded in her judgment? . . . It's not such a bad stroke,
Frenchy. By it, you would be able to get possession of half of the old Spaniard's dollars, and then say that you
had made it in America.
And while he was storming, or rather howling, all this, he had grasped his lash and with the butt end kept
poking his manager in the stomach with such insistence that it might be construed in an affectionate or hostile
way.
"For this reason I have come to bid you goodbye," said Desnoyers haughtily. "I know that my love is
absurd, and I wish to leave."
"The gentleman would go away," the ranchman continued spluttering. "The gentleman believes that here one
can do what one pleases! No, siree! Here nobody commands but old Madariaga, and I order you to stay. . . .
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER II. MADARIAGA, THE CENTAUR 25
Page No 28
Ah, these women! They only serve to antagonize men. And yet we can't live without them!" . . .
He took several turns up and down the room, as though his last words were making him think of something
very different from what he had just been saying. Desnoyers looked uneasily at the thong which was still
hanging from his wrist. Suppose he should attempt to whip him as he did the peons? . . . He was still
undecided whether to hold his own against a man who had always treated him with benevolence or, while his
back was turned, to take refuge in discreet flight, when the ranchman planted himself before him.
"You really love her, really?" he asked. "Are you sure that she loves you? Be careful what you say, for love is
blind and deceitful. I, too, when I married my China was crazy about her. Do you love her, honestly and
truly? . . . Well then, take her, you devilish Frenchy. Somebody has to take her, and may she not turn out a
weak cow like her mother! . . . Let us have the ranch full of grandchildren!"
In voicing this stockraiser's wish, again appeared the great breeder of beasts and men. And as though he
considered it necessary to explain his concession, he added"I do all this because I like you; and I like you
because you are serious."
Again the Frenchman was plunged in doubt, not knowing in just what this greatly appreciated seriousness
consisted.
At his wedding, Desnoyers thought much of his mother. If only the poor old woman could witness this
extraordinary stroke of good fortune! But she had died the year before, believing her son enormously rich
because he had been sending her sixty dollars every month, taken from the wages that he had earned on the
ranch.
Desnoyers' entrance into the family made his fatherinlaw pay less attention to business.
City life, with all its untried enchantments and snares, now attracted Madariaga, and he began to speak with
contempt of country women, poorly groomed and inspiring him with disgust. He had given up his cowboy
attire, and was displaying with childish satisfaction, the new suits in which a tailor of the Capital was trying
to disguise him. When Elena wished to accompany him to Buenos Aires, he would wriggle out of it,
trumping up some absorbing business. "No; you go with your mother."
The fate of his fields and flocks gave him no uneasiness. His fortune, managed by Desnoyers, was in good
hands.
"He is very serious," again affirmed the old Spaniard to his family assembled in the dining roam"as serious
as I am. . . . Nobody can make a fool of him!"
And finally the Frenchman concluded that when his fatherinlaw spoke of seriousness he was referring to
his strength of character. According to the spontaneous declaration of Madariaga, he had, from the very first
day that he had dealings with Desnoyers, perceived in him a nature like his own, more hard and firm perhaps,
but without splurges of eccentricities. On this account he had treated him with such extraordinary
circumspection, foreseeing that a clash between the two could never be adjusted. Their only disagreements
were about the expenses established by Madariaga during his regime. Since the soninlaw was managing
the ranches, the work was costing less, and the people working more diligently;and that, too, without yells,
and without strong words and deeds, with only his presence and brief orders.
The old man was the only one defending the capricious system of a blow followed by a gift. He revolted
against a minute and mechanical administration, always the same, without any arbitrary extravagance or
goodnatured tyranny. Very frequently some of the halfbreed peons whom a malicious public supposed to
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER II. MADARIAGA, THE CENTAUR 26
Page No 29
be closely related to the ranchman, would present themselves before Desnoyers with, "Senor Manager, the
old Patron say that you are to give me five dollars." The Senor Manager would refuse, and soon after
Madariaga would rush in in a furious temper, but measuring his words, nevertheless, remembering that his
soninlaw's disposition was as serious as his own.
"I like you very much, my son, but here no one overrules me. . . . Ah, Frenchy, you are like all the rest of
your countrymen! Once you get your claws on a penny, it goes into your stocking, and nevermore sees the
light of day, even though they crucify you. . . ! Did I say five dollars? Give him ten. I command it and that is
enough."
The Frenchman paid, shrugging his shoulders, whilst his fatherin law, satisfied with his triumph, fled to
Buenos Aires. It was a good thing to have it well understood that the ranch still belonged to Madariaga, the
Spaniard.
From one of these trips, he returned with a companion, a young German who, according to him, knew
everything and could do everything. His soninlaw was working too hard. This Karl Hartrott would assist
him in the bookkeeping. Desnoyers accepted the situation, and in a few days felt increasing esteem for the
new incumbent.
Although they belonged to two unfriendly nations, it didn't matter. There are good people everywhere, and
this Karl was a subordinate worth considering. He kept his distance from his equals, and was hard and
inflexible toward his inferiors. All his faculties seemed concentrated in service and admiration for those
above him. Scarcely would Madariaga open his lips before the German's head began nodding in agreement,
anticipating his words. If he said anything funny, his clerk's laugh would break forth in scandalous roars.
With Desnoyers he appeared more taciturn, working without stopping for hours at a time. As soon as he saw
the manager entering the office he would leap from his seat, holding himself erect with military precision. He
was always ready to do anything whatever. Unasked, he spied on the workmen, reporting their carelessness
and mistakes. This last service did not especially please his superior officer, but he appreciated it as a sign of
interest in the establishment.
The old man bragged triumphantly of the new acquisition, urging his soninlaw also to rejoice.
"A very useful fellow, isn't he? . . . These gringoes from Germany work well, know a good many things and
cost little. Then, too, so disciplined! so servile! . . . I am sorry to praise him so to you because you are a
Frenchy, and your nation has in them a very powerful enemy. His people are a hardshelled race."
Desnoyers replied with a shrug of indifference. His country was far away, and so was Germany. Who knew if
they would ever return! . . . They were both Argentinians now, and ought to interest themselves in present
affairs and not bother about the past.
"And how little pride they have!" sneered Madariaga in an ironical tone. "Every one of these gringoes when
he is a clerk at the Capital sweeps the shop, prepares the meals, keeps the books, sells to the customers, works
the typewriter, translates four or five languages, and dances attendance on the proprietor's lady friend, as
though she were a grand senora . . . all for twentyfive dollars a month. Who can compete with such people!
You, Frenchy, you are like me, very serious, and would die of hunger before passing through certain things.
But, mark my words, on this very account they are going to become a terrible people!"
After brief reflection, the ranchman added:
"Perhaps they are not so good as they seem. Just see how they treat those under them! It may be that they
affect this simplicity without having it, and when they grin at receiving a kick, they are saying inside, "Just
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER II. MADARIAGA, THE CENTAUR 27
Page No 30
wait till my turn comes, and I'll give you three!"
Then he suddenly seemed to repent of his suspicions.
"At any rate, this Karl is a poor fellow, a mealymouthed simpleton who the minute I say anything opens his
jaws like a flycatcher. He insists that he comes of a great family, but who knows anything about these
gringoes? . . . All of us, dead with hunger when we reach America, claim to be sons of princes."
Madariaga had placed himself on a familiar footing with his Teutonic treasure, not through gratitude as with
Desnoyers, but in order to make him feel his inferiority. He had also introduced him on an equal footing in
his home, but only that he might give piano lessons to his younger daughter. The Romantica was no longer
framing herself in the doorwayin the gloaming watching the sunset reflections. When Karl had finished his
work in the office, he was now coming to the house and seating himself beside Elena, who was tinkling away
with a persistence worthy of a better fate. At the end of the hour the German, accompanying himself on the
piano, would sing fragments from Wagner in such a way that it put Madariaga to sleep in his armchair with
his great Paraguay cigar sticking out of his mouth.
Elena meanwhile was contemplating with increasing interest the singing gringo. He was not the knight of her
dreams awaited by the fair lady. He was almost a servant, a blond immigrant with reddish hair, fat, heavy,
and with bovine eyes that reflected an eternal fear of disagreeing with his chiefs. But day by day, she was
finding in him something which rather modified these impressions his feminine fairness, except where he
was burned by the sun, the increasingly martial aspect of his moustachios, the agility with which he mounted
his horse, his air of a troubadour, intoning with a rather weak tenor voluptuous romances whose words she
did not understand.
One night, just before supper, the impressionable girl announced with a feverish excitement which she could
no longer repress that she had made a grand discovery.
"Papa, Karl is of noble birth! He belongs to a great family."
The plainsman made a gesture of indifference. Other things were vexing him in those days. But during the
evening, feeling the necessity of venting on somebody the wrath which had been gnawing at his vitals since
his last trip to Buenos Aires, he interrupted the singer.
"See here, gringo, what is all this nonsense about nobility which you have been telling my girl?"
Karl left the piano that he might draw himself up to the approved military position before responding. Under
the influence of his recent song, his pose suggested Lohengrin about to reveal the secret of his life. His father
had been General von Hartrott, one of the commanders in the war of '70. The Emperor had rewarded his
services by giving him a title. One of his uncles was an intimate councillor of the King of Prussia. His older
brothers were conspicuous in the most select regiments. He had carried a sword as a lieutenant.
Bored with all this grandeur, Madariaga interrupted him. "Lies . . . nonsense . . . hot air!" The very idea of a
gringo talking to him about nobility! . . . He had left Europe when very young in order to cast in his lot with
the revolting democracies of America, and although nobility now seemed to him something outofdate and
incomprehensible, still he stoutly maintained that the only true nobility was that of his own country. He
would yield first place to the gringoes for the invention of machinery and ships, and for breeding priceless
animals, but all the Counts and Marquises of Gringoland appeared to him to be fictitious characters.
"All tomfoolery!" he blustered. "There isn't any nobility in your country, nor have you five dollars all told to
rub against each other. If you had, you wouldn't come over here to play the gallant to women who are . . . you
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER II. MADARIAGA, THE CENTAUR 28
Page No 31
know what they are as well as I do."
To the astonishment of Desnoyers, the German received this onslaught with much humility, nodding his head
in agreement with the Patron's last words.
"If there's any truth in all this twaddle about titles," continued Madariaga implacably, "swords and uniforms,
what did you come here for? What in the devil did you do in your own country that you had to leave it?"
Now Karl hung his head, confused and stuttering.
"Papa, papa," pleaded Elena. "The poor little fellow! How can you humiliate him so just because he is poor?"
And she felt a deep gratitude toward her brotherinlaw when he broke through his usual reserve in order to
come to the rescue of the German.
"Oh, yes, of course, he's a goodenough fellow," said Madariaga, excusing himself. "But he comes from a
land that I detest."
When Desnoyers made a trip to Buenos Aires a few days afterward, the cause of the old man's wrath was
explained. It appeared that for some months past Madariaga had been the financial guarantor and devoted
swain of a German prima donna stranded in South America with an Italian opera company. It was she who
had recommended Karlan unfortunate countryman, who after wandering through many parts of the
continent, was now living with her as a sort of gentlemanly singer. Madariaga had joyously expended upon
this courtesan many thousands of dollars. A childish enthusiasm had accompanied him in this novel existence
midst urban dissipations until he happened to discover that his Fraulein was leading another life during his
absence, laughing at him with the parasites of her retinue; whereupon he arose in his wrath and bade her
farewell to the accompaniment of blows and broken furniture.
The last adventure of his life! . . . Desnoyers suspected his abdication upon hearing him admit his age, for the
first time. He did not intend to return to the capital. It was all false glitter. Existence in the country,
surrounded by all his family and doing good to the poor was the only sure thing. And the terrible centaur
expressed himself with the idyllic tenderness and firm virtue of seventyfive years, already insensible to
temptation.
After his scene with Karl, he had increased the German's salary, trying as usual, to counteract the effects of
his violent outbreaks with generosity. That which he could not forget was his dependent's nobility, constantly
making it the subject of new jests. That glorious boast had brought to his mind the genealogical trees of the
illustrious ancestry of his prize cattle. The German was a pedigreed fellow, and thenceforth he called him by
that nickname.
Seated on summer nights under the awning, he surveyed his family around him with a sort of patriarchal
ecstasy. In the evening hush could be heard the buzzing of insects and the croaking of the frogs. From the
distant ranches floated the songs of the peons as they prepared their suppers. It was harvest time, and great
bands of immigrants were encamped in the fields for the extra work.
Madariaga had known many of the hard old days of wars and violence. Upon his arrival in South America, he
had witnessed the last years of the tyranny of Rosas. He loved to enumerate the different provincial and
national revolutions in which he had taken part. But all this had disappeared and would never return. These
were the times of peace, work and abundance.
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER II. MADARIAGA, THE CENTAUR 29
Page No 32
"Just think of it, Frenchy," he said, driving away the mosquitoes with the puffs of his cigar. "I am Spanish,
you French, Karl German, my daughters Argentinians, the cook Russian, his assistant Greek, the stable boy
English, the kitchen servants Chinas (natives), Galicians or Italians, and among the peons there are many
castes and laws. . . . And yet we all live in peace. In Europe, we would have probably been in a grand fight by
this time, but here we are all friends."
He took much pleasure in listening to the music of the laborers laments from Italian songs to the
accompaniment of the accordion, Spanish guitars and Creole choruses, wild voices chanting of love and
death.
"This is a regular Noah's ark," exulted the vainglorious patriarch.
"He means the tower of Babel," thought Desnoyers to himself, "but it's all the same thing to the old man."
"I believe," he rambled on, "that we live thus because in this part of the world there are no kings and a very
small armyand mankind is thinking only of enjoying itself as much as possible, thanks to its work. But I
also believe that we live so peacefully because there is such abundance that everyone gets his share. . . . How
quickly we would spring to arms if the rations were less than the people!"
Again he fell into reflective silence, shortly after announcing the result of his meditations.
"Be that as it may be, we must recognize that here life is more tranquil than in the other world. Men are taken
for what they are worth, and mingle together without thinking whether they came from one country or
another. Over here, fellows do not come in droves to kill other fellows whom they do not know and whose
only crime is that they were born in an unfriendly country. . . . Man is a bad beast everywhere, I know that;
but here he eats, owns more land than he needs so that he can stretch himself, and he is good with the
goodness of a wellfed dog. Over there, there are too many; they live in heaps getting in each other's way,
and easily run amuck. Hurrah for Peace, Frenchy, and the simple life! Where a man can live comfortably and
runs no danger of being killed for things he doesn't understandthere is his real homeland!"
And as though an echo of the rustic's reflections, Karl seated at the piano, began chanting in a low voice one
of Beethoven's hymns
"We sing the joy of life, We sing of liberty, We'll ne'er betray our fellowman, Though great the guerdon
be."
Peace! . . . A few days afterward Desnoyers recalled bitterly the old man's illusion, for wardomestic
warbroke loose in this idyllic stagesetting of ranch life.
"Run, Senor Manager, the old Patron has unsheathed his knife and is going to kill the German!" And
Desnoyers had hurried from his office, warned by the peon's summons. Madariaga was chasing Karl, knife in
hand, stumbling over everything that blocked his way. Only his soninlaw dared to stop him and disarm
him.
"That shameless pedigreed fellow!" bellowed the livid old man as he writhed in Desnoyers' firm clutch. "Half
famished, all he thinks he has to do is to come to my house and take away my daughters and dollars. . . . Let
me go, I tell you! Let me loose that I may kill him."
And in order to free himself from Desnoyers, he tried further to explain the difficulty. He had accepted the
Frenchman as a husband for his daughter because he was to his liking, modest, honest . . . and serious. But
this singing Pedigreed Fellow, with all his airs! . . . He was a man that he had gotten from . . . well, he didn't
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER II. MADARIAGA, THE CENTAUR 30
Page No 33
wish to say just where! And the Frenchman, though knowing perfectly well what his introduction to Karl had
been, pretended not to understand him.
As the German had, by this time, made good his escape, the ranchman consented to being pushed toward his
house, talking all the time about giving a beating to the Romantica and another to the China for not having
informed him of the courtship. He had surprised his daughter and the Gringo holding hands and exchanging
kisses in a grove near the house.
"He's after my dollars," howled the irate father. "He wants America to enrich him quickly at the expense of
the old Spaniard, and that is the reason for so much truckling, so much psalmsinging and so much nobility!
Imposter! . . . Musician!"
And he repeated the word "musician" with contempt, as though it were the sum and substance of everything
vile.
Very firmly and with few words, Desnoyers brought the wrangling to an end. While her brotherinlaw
protected her retreat, the Romantica, clinging to her mother, had taken refuge in the top of the house, sobbing
and moaning, "Oh, the poor little fellow! Everybody against him!" Her sister meanwhile was exerting all the
powers of a discreet daughter with the rampageous old man in the office, and Desnoyers had gone in search
of Karl. Finding that he had not yet recovered from the shock of his terrible surprise, he gave him a horse,
advising him to betake himself as quickly as possible to the nearest railway station.
Although the German was soon far from the ranch, he did not long remain alone. In a few days, the
Romantica followed him. . . . Iseult of the white hands went in search of Tristan, the knight.
This event did not cause Madariaga's desperation to break out as violently as his soninlaw had expected.
For the first time, he saw him weep. His gay and robust old age had suddenly fallen from him, the news
having clapped ten years on to his four score. Like a child, whimpering and tremulous, he threw his arms
around Desnoyers, moistening his neck with tears.
"He has taken her away! That son of a great flea . . . has taken her away!"
This time he did not lay all the blame on his China. He wept with her, and as if trying to console her by a
public confession, kept saying over and over:
"It is my fault. . . . It has all been because of my very, very great sins."
Now began for Desnoyers a period of difficulties and conflicts. The fugitives, on one of his visits to the
Capital, threw themselves on his mercy, imploring his protection. The Romantica wept, declaring that only
her brotherinlaw, "the most knightly man in the world," could save her. Karl gazed at him like a faithful
hound trusting in his master. These trying interviews were repeated on all his trips. Then, on returning to the
ranch, he would find the old man ill humored, moody, looking fixedly ahead of him as though seeing
invisible power and wailing, "It is my punishmentthe punishment for my sins."
The memory of the discreditable circumstances under which he had made Karl's acquaintance, before
bringing him into his home, tormented the old centaur with remorse. Some afternoons, he would have a horse
saddled, going full gallop toward the neighboring village. But he was no longer hunting hospitable ranches.
He needed to pass some time in the church, speaking alone with the images that were there only for
himsince he had footed the bills for them. . . . "Through my sin, through my very great sin!"
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER II. MADARIAGA, THE CENTAUR 31
Page No 34
But in spite of his selfreproach, Desnoyers had to work very hard to get any kind of a settlement out of the
old penitent. Whenever he suggested legalizing the situation and making the necessary arrangements for their
marriage, the old tyrant would not let him go on. "Do what you think best, but don't say anything to me about
it."
Several months passed by. One day the Frenchman approached him with a certain air of mystery. "Elena has
a son and has named him 'Julio' after you."
"And you, you great useless hulk," stormed the ranchman, "and that weak cow of a wife of yours, you dare to
live tranquilly on without giving me a grandson! . . . Ah, Frenchy, that is why the Germans will finally
overwhelm you. You see it, right here. That bandit has a son, while you, after four years of marriage . . .
nothing. I want a grandson!do you understand THAT?"
And in order to console himself for this lack of little ones around his own hearth, he betook himself to the
ranch of his overseer, Celedonio, where a band of little halfbreeds gathered tremblingly and hopefully about
him.
Suddenly China died. The poor Misia Petrona passed away as discreetly as she had lived, trying even in her
last hours to avoid all annoyance for her husband, asking his pardon with an imploring look for any trouble
which her death might cause him. Elena came to the ranch in order to see her mother's body for the last time,
and Desnoyers who for more than a year had been supporting them behind his fatherinlaw's back, took
advantage of this occasion to overcome the old man's resentment.
"Well, I'll forgive her," said the ranchman finally. "I'll do it for the sake of my poor wife and for you. She
may remain on the ranch, and that shameless gringo may come with her."
But he would have nothing to do with him. The German was to be an employee under Desnoyers, and they
could live in the office building as though they did not belong to the family. He would never say a word to
Karl.
But scarcely had the German returned before he began giving him orders rudely as though he were a perfect
stranger. At other times he would pass by him as though he did not know him. Upon finding Elena in the
house with his older daughter, he would go on without speaking to her.
In vain his Romantica transfigured by maternity, improved all opportunities for putting her child in his way,
calling him loudly by name: "Julio . . . Julio!"
"They want that brat of a singing gringo, that carrot top with a face like a skinned kid to be my grandson? . . .
I prefer Celedonio's."
And by way of emphasizing his protest, he entered the dwelling of his overseer, scattering among his dusky
brood handfuls of dollars.
After seven years of marriage, the wife of Desnoyers found that she, too, was going to become a mother. Her
sister already had three sons. But what were they worth to Madariaga compared to the grandson that was
going to come? "It will be a boy," he announced positively, "because I need one so. It shall be named Julio,
and I hope that it will look like my poor dead wife."
Since the death of his wife he no longer called her the China, feeling something of a posthumous love for the
poor woman who in her lifetime had endured so much, so timidly and silently. Now "my poor dead wife"
cropped out every other instant in the conversation of the remorseful ranchman.
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER II. MADARIAGA, THE CENTAUR 32
Page No 35
His desires were fulfilled. Luisa gave birth to a boy who bore the name of Julio, and although he did not show
in his somewhat sketchy features any striking resemblance to his grandmother, still he had the black hair and
eyes and olive skin of a brunette. Welcome! . . . This WAS a grandson!
In the generosity of his joy, he even permitted the German to enter the house for the baptismal ceremony.
When Julio Desnoyers was two years old, his grandfather made the rounds of his estates, holding him on the
saddle in front of him. He went from ranch to ranch in order to show him to the copper colored populace,
like an ancient monarch presenting his heir. Later on, when the child was able to say a few words, he
entertained himself for hours at a time talking with the tot under the shade of the eucalyptus tree. A certain
mental failing was beginning to be noticed in the old man. Although not exactly in his dotage, his
aggressiveness was becoming very childish. Even in his most affectionate moments, he used to contradict
everybody, and hunt up ways of annoying his relatives.
"Come here, you false prophet," he would say to Julio. "You are a Frenchy."
The grandchild protested as though he had been insulted. His mother had taught him that he was an
Argentinian, and his father had suggested that she also add Spanish, in order to please the grandfather.
"Very well, then; if you are not a Frenchy, shout, 'Down with Napoleon!'"
And he looked around him to see if Desnoyers might be near, believing that this would displease him greatly.
But his soninlaw pursued the even tenor of his way, shrugging his shoulders.
"Down with Napoleon!" repeated Julio.
And he instantly held out his hand while his grandfather went through his pockets.
Karl's sons, now four in number, used to circle around their grandparent like a humble chorus kept at a
distance, and stare enviously at these gifts. In order to win his favor, they one day when they saw him alone,
came boldly up to him, shouting in unison, "Down with Napoleon!"
"You insolent gringoes!" ranted the old man. "That's what that shameless father has taught you! If you say
that again, I'll chase you with a catoninetails. . . . The very idea of insulting a great man in that way!"
While he tolerated this blond brood, he never would permit the slightest intimacy. Desnoyers and his wife
often had to come to their rescue, accusing the grandfather of injustice. And in order to pour the vials of his
wrath out on someone, the old plainsman would hunt up Celedonio, the best of his listeners, who invariably
replied, "Yes, Patron. That's so, Patron."
"They're not to blame," agreed the old man, "but I can't abide them! Besides, they are so like their father, so
fair, with hair like a shredded carrot, and the two oldest wearing specs as if they were court clerks! . . . They
don't seem like folks with those glasses; they look like sharks."
Madariaga had never seen any sharks, but he imagined them, without knowing why, with round, glassy eyes,
like the bottoms of bottles.
By the time he was eight years old, Julio was a famous little equestrian. "To horse, peoncito," his grandfather
would cry, and away they would race, streaking like lightning across the fields, midst thousands and
thousands of horned herds. The "peoncito," proud of his title, obeyed the master in everything, and so learned
to whirl the lasso over the steers, leaving them bound and conquered. Upon making his pony take a deep
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER II. MADARIAGA, THE CENTAUR 33
Page No 36
ditch or creep along the edge of the cliffs, he sometimes fell under his mount, but clambered up gamely.
"Ah, fine cowboy!" exclaimed the grandfather bursting with pride in his exploits. "Here are five dollars for
you to give a handkerchief to some china."
The old man, in his increasing mental confusion, did not gauge his gifts exactly with the lad's years; and the
infantile horseman, while keeping the money, was wondering what china was referred to, and why he should
make her a present.
Desnoyers finally had to drag his son away from the baleful teachings of his grandfather. It was simply
useless to have masters come to the house, or to send Julio to the country school. Madariaga would always
steal his grandson away, and then they would scour the plains together. So when the boy was eleven years
old, his father placed him in a big school in the Capital.
The grandfather then turned his attention to Julio's threeyearold sister, exhibiting her before him as he had
her brother, as he took her from ranch to ranch. Everybody called Chicha's little girl Chichi, but the
grandfather bestowed on her the same nickname that he had given her brother, the "peoncito." And Chichi,
who was growing up wild, vigorous and wilful, breakfasting on meat and talking in her sleep of roast beef,
readily fell in with the old man's tastes. She was dressed like a boy, rode astride like a man, and in order to
win her grandfather's praises as "fine cowboy," carried a knife in the back of her belt. The two raced the
fields from sun to sun, Madariaga following the flying pigtail of the little Amazon as though it were a flag.
When nine years old she, too, could lasso the cattle with much dexterity.
What most irritated the ranchman was that his family would remember his age. He received as insults his
soninlaw's counsels to remain quietly at home, becoming more aggressive and reckless as he advanced in
years, exaggerating his activity, as if he wished to drive Death away. He accepted no help except from his
harumscarum "Peoncito." When Karl's children, great hulking youngsters, hastened to his assistance and
offered to hold his stirrup, he would repel them with snorts of indignation.
"So you think I am no longer able to help myself, eh! . . . There's still enough life in me to make those who
are waiting for me to die, so as to grab my dollars, chew their disappointment a long while yet!"
Since the German and his wife were kept pointedly apart from the family life, they had to put up with these
allusions in silence. Karl, needing protection, constantly shadowed the Frenchman, improving every
opportunity to overwhelm him with his eulogies. He never could thank him enough for all that he had done
for him. He was his only champion. He longed for a chance to prove his gratitude, to die for him if necessary.
His wife admired him with enthusiasm as "the most gifted knight in the world." And Desnoyers received their
devotion in gratified silence, accepting the German as an excellent comrade. As he controlled absolutely the
family fortune, he aided Karl very generously without arousing the resentment of the old man. He also took
the initiative in bringing about the realization of Karl's pet ambitiona visit to the Fatherland. So many
years in America! . . . For the very reason that Desnoyers himself had no desire to return to Europe, he
wished to facilitate Karl's trip, and gave him the means to make the journey with his entire family. The
fatherinlaw had no curiosity as to who paid the expenses. "Let them go!" he said gleefully, "and may they
never return!"
Their absence was not a very long one, for they spent their year's allowance in three months. Karl, who had
apprised his parents of the great fortune which his marriage had brought him, wished to make an impression
as a millionaire, in full enjoyment of his riches. Elena returned radiant, speaking with pride of her
relativesof the baron, Colonel of Hussars, of the Captain of the Guard, of the Councillor at
Courtasserting that all countries were most insignificant when compared with her husband's. She even
affected a certain condescension toward Desnoyers, praising him as "a very worthy man, but without ancient
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER II. MADARIAGA, THE CENTAUR 34
Page No 37
lineage or distinguished familyand French, besides."
Karl, on the other hand, showed the same devotion as before, keeping himself submissively in the
background when with his brotherinlaw who had the keys of the cash box and was his only defense against
the browbeating old Patron. . . . He had left his two older sons in a school in Germany. Years afterwards they
reached an equal footing with the other grandchildren of the Spaniard who always begrudged them their
existence, "perfect frights, with carroty hair, and eyes like a shark."
Suddenly the old man became very lonely, for they had also carried off his second "Peoncito." The good
Chicha could not tolerate her daughter's growing up like a boy, parading 'round on horseback all the time, and
glibly repeating her grandfather's vulgarities. So she was now in a convent in the Capital, where the Sisters
had to battle valiantly in order to tame the mischievous rebellion of their wild little pupil.
When Julio and Chichi returned to the ranch for their vacations, the grandfather again concentrated his
fondness on the first, as though the girl had merely been a substitute. Desnoyers was becoming indignant at
his son's dissipated life. He was no longer at college, and his existence was that of a student in a rich family
who makes up for parental parsimony with all sorts of imprudent borrowings.
But Madariaga came to the defense of his grandson. "Ah, the fine cowboy!" . . . Seeing him again on the
ranch, he admired the dash of the good looking youth, testing his muscles in order to convince himself of
their strength, and making him to recount his nightly escapades as ringleader of a band of toughs in the
Capital. He longed to go to Buenos Aires himself, just to see the youngster in the midst of this gay, wild life.
But alas! he was not seventeen like his grandson; he had already passed eighty.
"Come here, you false prophet! Tell me how many children you have. . . . You must have a great many
children, you know!"
"Father!" protested Chicha who was always hanging around, fearing her parent's bad teachings.
"Stop nagging at me!" yelled the irate old fellow in a towering temper. "I know what I'm saying."
Paternity figured largely in all his amorous fancies. He was almost blind, and the loss of his sight was
accompanied by an increasing mental upset. His crazy senility took on a lewd character, expressing itself in
language which scandalized or amused the community.
"Oh, you rascal, what a pretty fellow you are!" he said, leering at Julio with eyes which could no longer
distinguish things except in a shadowy way. "You are the living image of my poor dead wife. . . . Have a
good time, for Grandpa is always here with his money! If you could only count on what your father gives
you, you would live like a hermit. These Frenchies are a closefisted lot! But I am looking out for you.
Peoncito! Spend and enjoy yourselfthat's what your Granddaddy has piled up the silver for!"
When the Desnoyers children returned to the Capital, he spent his lonesome hours in going from ranch to
ranch. A young halfbreed would set the water for his shrubtea to boiling on the hearth, and the old man
would wonder confusedly if she were his daughter. Another, fifteen years old, would offer him a gourd filled
with the bitter liquid and a silver pipe with which to sip it. . . . A grandchild, perhapshe wasn't sure. And so
he passed the afternoons, silent and sluggish, drinking gourd after gourd of shrub tea, surrounded by families
who stared at him with admiration and fear.
Every time he mounted his horse for these excursions, his older daughter would protest. "At eightyfour
years! Would it not be better for him to remain quietly at home. . . . Some day something terrible would
happen. . . . And the terrible thing did happen. One evening the Patron's horse came slowly home without its
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER II. MADARIAGA, THE CENTAUR 35
Page No 38
rider. The old man had fallen on the sloping highway, and when they found him, he was dead. Thus died the
centaur as he had lived, with the lash hanging from his wrist, with his legs bowed by the saddle.
A Spanish notary, almost as old as he, produced the will. The family was somewhat alarmed at seeing what a
voluminous document it was. What terrible bequests had Madariaga dictated? The reading of the first part
tranquilized Karl and Elena. The old father had left considerable more to the wife of Desnoyers, but there still
remained an enormous share for the Romantica and her children. "I do this," he said, "in memory of my poor
dead wife, and so that people won't talk."
After this, came eightysix legacies. Eightyfive darkhued individuals (women and men), who had lived on
the ranch for many years as tenants and retainers, were to receive the last paternal munificence of the old
patriarch. At the head of these was Celedonio whom Madariaga had greatly enriched in his lifetime for no
heavier work than listening to him and repeating, "That's so, Patron, that's true!" More than a million dollars
were represented by these bequests in lands and herds. The one who completed the list of beneficiaries was
Julio Desnoyers. The grandfather had made special mention of this namesake, leaving him a plantation "to
meet his private expenses, making up for that which his father would not give him."
"But that represents hundreds of thousands of dollars!" protested Karl, who had been making himself almost
obnoxious in his efforts to assure himself that his wife had not been overlooked in the will.
The days following the reading of this will were very trying ones for the family. Elena and her children kept
looking at the other group as though they had just waked up, contemplating them in an entirely new light.
They seemed to forget what they were going to receive in their envy of the much larger share of their
relatives.
Desnoyers, benevolent and conciliatory, had a plan. An expert in administrative affairs, he realized that the
distribution among the heirs was going to double the expenses without increasing the income. He was
calculating, besides, the complications and disbursements necessary for a judicial division of nine immense
ranches, hundreds of thousands of cattle, deposits in the banks, houses in the city, and debts to collect. Would
it not be better for them all to continue living as before? . . . Had they not lived most peaceably as a united
family? . . .
The German received this suggestion by drawing himself up haughtily. No; to each one should be given what
was his. Let each live in his own sphere. He wished to establish himself in Europe, spending his wealth freely
there. It was necessary for him to return to "his world."
As they looked squarely at each other, Desnoyers saw an unknown Karl, a Karl whose existence he had never
suspected when he was under his protection, timid and servile. The Frenchman, too, was beginning to see
things in a new light.
"Very well," he assented. "Let each take his own. That seems fair to me."
CHAPTER III. THE DESNOYERS FAMILY
The "Madariagan succession," as it was called in the language of the legal men interested in prolonging it in
order to augment their feeswas divided into two groups, separated by the ocean. The Desnoyers moved to
Buenos Aires. The Hartrotts moved to Berlin as soon as Karl could sell all the legacy, to reinvest it in lands
and industrial enterprises in his own country.
Desnoyers no longer cared to live in the country. For twenty years, now, he had been the head of an
enormous agricultural and stock raising business, overseeing hundreds of men in the various ranches. The
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER III. THE DESNOYERS FAMILY 36
Page No 39
parcelling out of the old man's fortune among Elena and the other legatees had considerably constricted the
radius of his authority, and it angered him to see established on the neighboring lands so many foreigners,
almost all Germans, who had bought of Karl. Furthermore, he was getting old, his wife's inheritance
amounted to about twenty millions of dollars, and perhaps his brotherinlaw was showing the better
judgment in returning to Europe.
So he leased some of the plantations, handed over the superintendence of others to those mentioned in the
will who considered themselves lefthanded members of the familyof which Desnoyers as the Patron
received their submissive allegianceand moved to Buenos Aires.
By this move, he was able to keep an eye on his son who continued living a dissipated life without making
any headway in his engineering studies. Then, too, Chichi was now almost a womanher robust
development making her look older than she wasand it was not expedient to keep her on the estate to
become a rustic senorita like her mother.
Dona Luisa had also tired of ranch life, the social triumphs of her sister making her a little restless. She was
incapable of feeling jealous, but material ambitions made her anxious that her children should not bring up
the rear of the procession in which the other grandchildren were cutting such a dashing figure.
During the year, most wonderful reports from Germany were finding their way to the Desnoyers home in the
Capital. "The aunt from Berlin," as the children called her, kept sending long letters filled with accounts of
dances, dinners, hunting parties and titles many highsounding and military titles;"our brother, the
Colonel," "our cousin, the Baron," "our uncle, the Intimate Councillor," "our greatuncle, the Truly
Intimate." All the extravagances of the German social ladder, which incessantly manufactures new titles in
order to satisfy the thirst for honors of a people divided into castes, were enumerated with delight by the old
Romantica. She even mentioned her husband's secretary (a nobody) who, through working in the public
offices, had acquired the title of Rechnungarath, Councillor of Calculations. She also referred with much
pride to the retired Oberpedell which she had in her house, explaining that that meant "Superior Porter."
The news about her children was no less glorious. The oldest was the wise one of the family. He was devoted
to philology and the historical sciences, but his sight was growing weaker all the time because of his
omnivorous reading. Soon he would be a Doctor, and before he was thirty, a Herr Professor. The mother
lamented that he had not military aspirations, considering that his tastes had somewhat distorted the lofty
destinies of the family. Professorships, sciences and literature were more properly the perquisites of the Jews,
unable, because of their race, to obtain preferment in the army; but she was trying to console herself by
keeping in mind that a celebrated professor could, in time, acquire a social rank almost equal to that of a
colonel.
Her other four sons would become officers. Their father was preparing the ground so that they might enter the
Guard or some aristocratic regiment without any of the members being able to vote against their admission.
The two daughters would surely marry, when they had reached a suitable age with officers of the Hussars
whose names bore the magic "von" of petty nobility, haughty and charming gentlemen about whom the
daughter of Misia Petrona waxed most enthusiastic.
The establishment of the Hartrotts was in keeping with these new relationships. In the home in Berlin, the
servants wore knee breeches and white wigs on the nights of great banquets. Karl had bought an old castle
with pointed towers, ghosts in the cellars, and various legends of assassinations, assaults and abductions
which enlivened its history in an interesting way. An architect, decorated with many foreign orders, and
bearing the title of "Councillor of Construction," was engaged to modernize the mediaeval edifice without
sacrificing its terrifying aspect. The Romantica described in anticipation the receptions in the gloomy salon,
the light diffused by electricity, simulating torches, the crackling of the emblazoned hearth with its imitation
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER III. THE DESNOYERS FAMILY 37
Page No 40
logs bristling with flames of gas, all the splendor of modern luxury combined with the souvenirs of an epoch
of omnipotent nobilitythe best, according to her, in history. And the hunting parties, the future hunting
parties! . . . in an annex of sandy and loose soil with pine woods in no way comparable to the rich ground
of their native ranch, but which had the honor of being trodden centuries ago by the Princes of Brandenburg,
founders of the reigning house of Prussia. And all this advancement in a single year! . . .
They had, of course, to compete with other oversea families who had amassed enormous fortunes in the
United States, Brazil or the Pacific coast; but these were Germans "without lineage," coarse plebeians who
were struggling in vain to force themselves into the great world by making donations to the imperial works.
With all their millions, the very most that they could ever hope to attain would be to marry their daughters
with ordinary soldiers. Whilst Karl! . . . The relatives of Karl! . . . and the Romantica let her pen run on,
glorifying a family in whose bosom she fancied she had been born.
From time to time were enclosed with Elena's effusions brief, crisp notes directed to Desnoyers. The
brotherinlaw continued giving an account of his operations the same as when living on the ranch under his
protection. But with this deference was now mixed a badly concealed pride, an evident desire to retaliate for
his times of voluntary humiliation. Everything that he was doing was grand and glorious. He had invested his
millions in the industrial enterprises of modern Germany. He was stockholder of munition factories as big as
towns, and of navigation companies launching a ship every half year. The Emperor was interesting himself in
these works, looking benevolently on all those who wished to aid him. Besides this, Karl was buying land. At
first sight, it seemed foolish to have sold the fertile fields of their inheritance in order to acquire sandy
Prussian wastes that yielded only to much artificial fertilizing; but by becoming a land owner, he now
belonged to the "Agrarian Party," the aristocratic and conservative group par excellence, and thus he was
living in two different but equally distinguished worldsthat of the great industrial friends of the Emperor,
and that of the Junkers, knights of the countryside, guardians of the old traditions and the supplysource of
the officials of the King of Prussia.
On hearing of these social strides, Desnoyers could not but think of the pecuniary sacrifices which they must
represent. He knew Karl's past, for on the ranch, under an impulse of gratitude, the German had one day
revealed to the Frenchman the cause of his coming to America. He was a former officer in the German army,
but the desire of living ostentatiously without other resources than his salary, had dragged him into
committing such reprehensible acts as abstracting funds belonging to the regiment, incurring debts of honor
and paying for them with forged signatures. These crimes had not been officially prosecuted through
consideration of his father's memory, but the members of his division had submitted him to a tribunal of
honor. His brothers and friends had advised him to shoot himself as the only remedy; but he loved life and
had fled to South America where, in spite of humiliations, he had finally triumphed.
Wealth effaces the spots of the past even more rapidly than Time. The news of his fortune on the other side of
the ocean made his family give him a warm reception on his first voyage home; introducing him again into
their world. Nobody could remember shameful stories about a few hundred marks concerning a man who was
talking about his fatherinlaw's lands, more extensive than many German principalities. Now, upon
installing himself definitely in his country, all was forgotten. But, oh, the contributions levied upon his vanity
. . . Desnoyers shrewdly guessed at the thousands of marks poured with both hands into the charitable works
of the Empress, into the imperialistic propagandas, into the societies of veterans, into the clubs of aggression
and expansion organized by German ambition.
The frugal Frenchman, thrifty in his expenditures and free from social ambitions, smiled at the grandeurs of
his brotherinlaw. He considered Karl an excellent companion although of a childish pride. He recalled
with satisfaction the years that they had passed together in the country. He could not forget the German who
was always hovering around him, affectionate and submissive as a younger brother. When his family
commented with a somewhat envious vivacity upon the glories of their Berlin relatives, Desnoyers would say
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER III. THE DESNOYERS FAMILY 38
Page No 41
smilingly, "Leave them in peace; they are paying very dear for their whistle."
But the enthusiasm which the letters from Germany breathed finally created an atmosphere of disquietude
and rebellion. Chichi led the attack. Why were they not going to Europe like other folks? all their friends had
been there. Even the Italian and Spanish shopkeepers were making the voyage, while she, the daughter of a
Frenchman, had never seen Paris! . . . Oh, Paris. The doctors in attendance on melancholy ladies were
announcing the existence of a new and terrible disease, "the mania for Paris." Dona Luisa supported her
daughter. Why had she not gone to live in Europe like her sister, since she was the richer of the two? Even
Julio gravely declared that in the old world he could study to better advantage. America is not the land of the
learned.
Infected by the general unrest, the father finally began to wonder why the idea of going to Europe had not
occurred to him long before. Thirtyfour years without going to that country which was not his! . . . It was
high time to start! He was living too near to his business. In vain the retired ranchman had tried to keep
himself indifferent to the money market. Everybody was coining money around him. In the club, in the
theatre, wherever he went, the people were talking about purchases of lands, of sales of stock, of quick
negotiations with a triple profit, of portentous balances. The amount of money that he was keeping idle in the
banks was beginning to weigh upon him. He finally ended by involving himself in some speculation; like a
gambler who cannot see the roulette wheel without putting his hand in his pocket.
His family was right. "To Paris!" For in the Desnoyers' mind, to go to Europe meant, of course, to go to Paris.
Let the "aunt from Berlin" keep on chanting the glories of her husband's country! "It's sheer nonsense!"
exclaimed Julio who had made grave geographical and ethnic comparisons in his nightly forays. "There is no
place but Paris!" Chichi saluted with an ironical smile the slightest doubt of it"Perhaps they make as
elegant fashions in Germany as in Paris? . . . Bah!" Dona Luisa took up her children's cry. "Paris!" . . . Never
had it even occurred to her to go to a Lutheran land to be protected by her sister.
"Let it be Paris, then!" said the Frenchman, as though he were speaking of an unknown city.
He had accustomed himself to believe that he would never return to it. During the first years of his life in
America, the trip would have been an impossibility because of the military service which he had evaded.
Then he had vague news of different amnesties. After the time for conscription had long since passed, an
inertness of will had made him consider a return to his country as somewhat absurd and useless. On the other
side, nothing remained to attract him. He had even lost track of those country relatives with whom his mother
had lived. In his heaviest hours he had tried to occupy his activity by planning an enormous mausoleum, all
of marble, in La Recoleta, the cemetery of the rich, in order to move thither the remains of Madariaga as
founder of the dynasty, following him with all his own when their hour should come. He was beginning to
feel the weight of age. He was nearly seventy years old, and the rude life of the country, the horseback rides
in the rain, the rivers forded upon his swimming horse, the nights passed in the open air, had brought on a
rheumatism that was torturing his best days.
His family, however, reawakened his enthusiasm. "To Paris!" . . . He began to fancy that he was twenty
again, and forgetting his habitual parsimony, wished his household to travel like royalty, in the most
luxurious staterooms, and with personal servants. Two copperhued country girls, born on the ranch and
elevated to the rank of maids to the senora and her daughter, accompanied them on the voyage, their oblique
eyes betraying not the slightest astonishment before the greatest novelties.
Once in Paris, Desnoyers found himself quite bewildered. He confused the names of streets, proposed visits
to buildings which had long since disappeared, and all his attempts to prove himself an expert authority on
Paris were attended with disappointment. His children, guided by recent reading up, knew Paris better than
he. He was considered a foreigner in his own country. At first, he even felt a certain strangeness in using his
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER III. THE DESNOYERS FAMILY 39
Page No 42
native tongue, for he had remained on the ranch without speaking a word of his language for years at a time.
He was used to thinking in Spanish, and translating his ideas into the speech of his ancestors spattered his
French with all kinds of Creole dialect.
"Where a man makes his fortune and raises his family, there is his true country," he said sententiously,
remembering Madariaga.
The image of that distant country dominated him with insistent obsession as soon as the impressions of the
voyage had worn off. He had no French friends, and upon going into the street, his feet instinctively took him
to the places where the Argentinians gathered together. It was the same with them. They had left their country
only to feel, with increasing intensity, the desire to talk about it all the time. There he read the papers,
commenting on the rising prices in the fields, on the prospects for the next harvests and on the sales of cattle.
Returning home, his thoughts were still in America, and he chuckled with delight as he recalled the way in
which the two chinas had defied the professional dignity of the French cook, preparing their native stews and
other dishes in Creole style.
He had settled the family in an ostentatious house in the avenida Victor Hugo, for which he paid a rental of
twentyeight thousand francs. Dona Luisa had to go and come many times before she could accustom herself
to the imposing aspect of the conciergeshe, decorated with gold trimmings on his black uniform and
wearing white whiskers like a notary in a comedy, she with a chain of gold upon her exuberant bosom, and
receiving the tenants in a red and gold salon. In the rooms above was ultramodern luxury, gilded and
glacial, with white walls and glass doors with tiny panes which exasperated Desnoyers, who longed for the
complicated carvings and rich furniture in vogue during his youth. He himself directed the arrangement and
furnishings of the various rooms which always seemed empty.
Chichi protested against her father's avarice when she saw him buying slowly and with much calculation and
hesitation. "Avarice, no!" he retorted, "it is because I know the worth of things."
Nothing pleased him that he had not acquired at onethird of its value. Beating down those who overcharged
but proved the superiority of the buyer. Paris offered him one delightful spot which he could not find
anywhere else in the worldthe Hotel Drouot. He would go there every afternoon that he did not find other
important auctions advertised in the papers. For many years, there was no famous failure in Parisian life, with
its consequent liquidation, from which he did not carry something away. The use and need of these prizes
were matters of secondary interest, the great thing was to get them for ridiculous prices. So the trophies from
the auctionrooms now began to inundate the apartment which, at the beginning, he had been furnishing with
such desperate slowness.
His daughter now complained that the home was getting overcrowded. The furnishings and ornaments were
handsome, but too many . . . far too many! The white walls seemed to scowl at the magnificent sets of chairs
and the overflowing glass cabinets. Rich and velvety carpets over which had passed many generations,
covered all the compartments. Showy curtains, not finding a vacant frame in the salons, adorned the doors
leading into the kitchen. The wall mouldings gradually disappeared under an overlay of pictures, placed close
together like the scales of a cuirass. Who now could accuse Desnoyers of avarice? . . . He was investing far
more than a fashionable contractor would have dreamed of spending.
The underlying idea still was to acquire all this for a fourth of its pricean exciting bait which lured the
economical man into continuous dissipation. He could sleep well only when he had driven a good bargain
during the day. He bought at auction thousands of bottles of wine consigned by bankrupt firms, and he who
scarcely ever drank, packed his wine cellars to overflowing, advising his family to use the champagne as
freely as ordinary wine. The failure of a furrier induced him to buy for fourteen thousand francs pelts worth
ninety thousand. In consequence, the entire Desnoyers family seemed suddenly to be suffering as frightfully
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER III. THE DESNOYERS FAMILY 40
Page No 43
from cold as though a polar iceberg had invaded the avenida Victor Hugo. The father kept only one fur coat
for himself but ordered three for his son. Chichi and Dona Luisa appeared arrayed in all kinds of silky and
luxurious skinsone day chinchilla, other days blue fox, marten or seal.
The enraptured buyer would permit no one but himself to adorn the walls with his new acquisitions, using the
hammer from the top of a stepladder in order to save the expense of a professional picture hanger. He
wished to set his children the example of economy. In his idle hours, he would change the position of the
heaviest pieces of furniture, trying every kind of combination. This employment reminded him of those
happy days when he handled great sacks of wheat and bundles of hides on the ranch. Whenever his son
noticed that he was looking thoughtfully at a monumental sideboard or heavy piece, he prudently betook
himself to other haunts.
Desnoyers stood a little in awe of the two housemen, very solemn, correct creatures always in dress suit,
who could not hide their astonishment at seeing a man with an income of more than a million francs engaged
in such work. Finally it was the two coppery maids who aided their Patron, the three working contentedly
together like companions in exile.
Four automobiles completed the luxuriousness of the family. The children would have been more content
with onesmall and dashing, in the very latest style. But Desnoyers was not the man to let a bargain slip
past him, so one after the other, he had picked up the four, tempted by the price. They were as enormous and
majestic as coaches of state. Their entrance into a street made the passersby turn and stare. The chauffeur
needed two assistants to help him keep this flock of mastodons in order, but the proud owner thought only of
the skill with which he had gotten the best of the salesmen, anxious to get such monuments out of their sight.
To his children he was always recommending simplicity and economy. "We are not as rich as you suppose.
We own a good deal of property, but it produces a scanty income."
And then, after refusing a domestic expenditure of two hundred francs, he would put five thousand into an
unnecessary purchase just because it would mean a great loss to the seller. Julio and his sister kept protesting
to their mother, Dona LuisaChichi even going so far as to announce that she would never marry a man like
her father.
"Hush, hush!" exclaimed the scandalized Creole. "He has his little peculiarities, but he is very good. Never
has he given me any cause for complaint. I only hope that you may be lucky enough to find his equal."
Her husband's quarrelsomeness, his irritable character and his masterful will all sank into insignificance when
she thought of his unvarying fidelity. In so many years of married life . . . nothing! His faithfulness had been
unexceptional even in the country where many, surrounded by beasts, and intent on increasing their flocks,
had seemed to become contaminated by the general animalism. She remembered her father only too well! . . .
Even her sister was obliged to live in apparent calmness with the vainglorious Karl, quite capable of
disloyalty not because of any special lust, but just to imitate the doings of his superiors.
Desnoyers and his wife were plodding through life in a routine affection, reminding Dona Luisa, in her
limited imagination, of the yokes of oxen on the ranch who refused to budge whenever another animal was
substituted for the regular companion. Her husband certainly was quick tempered, holding her responsible for
all the whims with which he exasperated his children, yet he could never bear to have her out of his sight. The
afternoons at the hotel Drouot would be most insipid for him unless she was at his side, the confidante of his
plans and wrathful outbursts.
"Today there is to be a sale of jewels; shall we go?"
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER III. THE DESNOYERS FAMILY 41
Page No 44
He would make this proposition in such a gentle and coaxing voice the voice that Dona Luisa remembered
in their first talks around the old home. And so they would go together, but by different routes; she in one
of the monumental vehicles because, accustomed to the leisurely carriage rides of the ranch, she no longer
cared to walk; and Desnoyersalthough owner of the four automobiles, heartily abominating them because
he was conservative and uneasy with the complications of new machineryon foot under the pretext that,
through lack of work, his body needed the exercise. When they met in the crowded salesrooms, they
proceeded to examine the jewels together, fixing beforehand, the price they would offer. But he, quick to
become exasperated by opposition, always went further, hurling numbers at his competitors as though they
were blows. After such excursions, the senora would appear as majestic and dazzling as a basilica of
Byzantiumears and neck decorated with great pearls, her bosom a constellation of brilliants, her hands
radiating points of light of all colors of the rainbow.
"Too much, mama," Chichi would protest. "They will take you for a pawnbroker's lady!" But the Creole,
satisfied with her splendor, the crowning glory of a humble life, attributed her daughter's faultfinding to envy.
Chichi was only a girl now, but later on she would thank her for having collected all these gems for her.
Already the home was unable to accommodate so many purchases. In the cellars were piled up enough
paintings, furniture, statues, and draperies to equip several other dwellings. Don Marcelo began to complain
of the cramped space in an apartment costing twentyeight thousand francs a yearin reality large enough
for a family four times the size of his. He was beginning to deplore being obliged to renounce some very
tempting furniture bargains when a real estate agent smelled out the foreigner and relieved him of his
embarrassment. Why not buy a castle? . . .
The entire family was delighted with the idea. An historic castle, the most historic that could be found, would
supplement their luxurious establishment. Chichi paled with pride. Some of her friends had castles. Others, of
old colonial family, who were accustomed to look down upon her for her country bringing up, would now cry
with envy upon learning of this acquisition which was almost a patent of nobility. The mother smiled in the
hope of months in the country which would recall the simple and happy life of her youth. Julio was less
enthusiastic. The "old man" would expect him to spend much time away from Paris, but he consoled himself
by reflecting that the suburban place would provide excuse for frequent automobile trips.
Desnoyers thought of the relatives in Berlin. Why should he not have his castle like the others? . . . The
bargains were alluring. Historic mansions by the dozen were offered him. Their owners, exhausted by the
expense of maintaining them, were more than anxious to sell. So he bought the castle of
VilleblanchesurMarne, built in the time of the religious warsa mixture of palace and fortress with an
Italian Renaissance facade, gloomy towers with pointed hoods, and moats in which swans were swimming.
He could now live with some tracts of land over which to exercise his authority, struggling again with the
resistance of men and things. Besides, the vast proportions of the rooms of the castle were very tempting and
bare of furniture. This opportunity for placing the overflow from his cellars plunged him again into buying.
With this atmosphere of lordly gloom, the antiques would harmonize beautifully, without that cry of protest
which they always seemed to make when placed in contact with the glaring white walls of modern
habitations. The historic residence required an endless outlay; on that account it had changed owners so many
times.
But he and the land understood each other beautifully. . . . So at the same time that he was filling the salons,
he was going to begin farming and stockraising in the extensive parksa reproduction in miniature of his
enterprises in South America. The property ought to be made selfsupporting. Not that he had any fear of the
expenses, but he did not intend to lose money on the proposition.
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER III. THE DESNOYERS FAMILY 42
Page No 45
The acquisition of the castle brought Desnoyers a true friendship the chief advantage in the transaction. He
became acquainted with a neighbor, Senator Lacour, who twice had been Minister of State, and was now
vegetating in the senate, silent during its sessions, but restless and voluble in the corridors in order to
maintain his influence. He was a prominent figure of the republican nobility, an aristocrat of the new regime
that had sprung from the agitations of the Revolution, just as the titled nobility had won their spurs in the
Crusades. His greatgrandfather had belonged to the Convention. His father had figured in the Republic of
1848. He, as the son of an exile who had died in banishment, had when very young marched behind the
grandiloquent figure of Gambetta, and always spoke in glowing terms of the Master, in the hope that some of
his rays might be reflected on his disciple. His son Rene, a pupil of the Ecole Centrale regarded his father as
"a rare old sport," laughing a little at his romantic and humanitarian republicanism. He, nevertheless, was
counting much on that same official protection treasured by four generations of Lacours dedicated to the
service of the Republic, to assist him when he became an engineer.
Don Marcelo who used to look uneasily upon any new friendship, fearing a demand for a loan, gave himself
up with enthusiasm to intimacy with this "grand man." The personage admired riches and recognized,
besides, a certain genius in this millionaire from the other side of the sea accustomed to speaking of limitless
pastures and immense herds. Their intercourse was more than the mere friendliness of a country
neighborhood, and continued on after their return to Paris. Finally Rene visited the home on the avenida
Victor Hugo as though it were his own.
The only disappointments in Desnoyers' new life came from his children. Chichi irritated him because of the
independence of her tastes. She did not like antiques, no matter how substantial and magnificent they might
be, much preferring the frivolities of the latest fashion. She accepted all her father's gifts with great
indifference. Before an exquisite blonde piece of lace, centuries old, picked up at auction, she made a wry
face, saying, "I would much rather have had a new dress costing three hundred francs." She and her brother
were solidly opposed to everything old.
Now that his daughter was already a woman, he had confided her absolutely to the care of Dona Luisa. But
the former "Peoncito" was not showing much respect for the advice and commands of the good natured
Creole. She had taken up rollerskating with enthusiasm, regarding it as the most elegant of diversions. She
would go every afternoon to the Ice Palace, Dona Luisa chaperoning her, although to do this she was obliged
to give up accompanying her husband to his sales. Oh, the hours of deadly weariness before that frozen oval
ring, watching the white circle of balancing human monkeys gliding by on runners to the sound of an organ! .
. . Her daughter would pass and repass before her tired eyes, rosy from the exercise, spirals of hair escaped
from her hat, streaming out behind, the folds of her skirt swinging above her skateshandsome, athletic and
Amazonian, with the rude health of a child who, according to her father, "had been weaned on beefsteaks."
Finally Dona Luisa rebelled against this troublesome vigilance, preferring to accompany her husband on his
hunt for underpriced riches. Chichi went to the skating rink with one of the dark skinned maids, passing the
afternoons with her sporty friends of the new world. Together they ventilated their ideas under the glare of
the easy life of Paris, freed from the scruples and conventions of their native land. They all thought
themselves older than they were, delighting to discover in each other unsuspected charms. The change from
the other hemisphere had altered their sense of values. Some were even writing verses in French. And
Desnoyers became alarmed, giving free rein to his bad humor, when Chichi of evenings, would bring forth as
aphorisms that which she and her friends had been discussing, as a summary of their readings and
observations. "Life is life, and one must live! . . . I will marry the man I love, no matter who he may be. . .
."
But the daughter's independence was as nothing compared to the worry which the other child gave the
Desnoyers. Ay, that other one! . . . Julio, upon arriving in Paris, had changed the bent of his aspirations. He
no longer thought of becoming an engineer; he wished to become an artist. Don Marcelo objected in great
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER III. THE DESNOYERS FAMILY 43
Page No 46
consternation, but finally yielded. Let it be painting! The important thing was to have some regular
profession. The father, while he considered property and wealth as sacred rights, felt that no one should enjoy
them who had not worked to acquire them.
Recalling his apprenticeship as a wood carver, he began to hope that the artistic instincts which poverty had
extinguished in him were, perhaps, reappearing in his son. What if this lazy boy, this lively genius, hesitating
before taking up his walk in life, should turn out to be a famous painter, after all! . . . So he agreed to all of
Julio's caprices, the budding artist insisting that for his first efforts in drawing and coloring, he needed a
separate apartment where he could work with more freedom. His father, therefore, established him near his
home, in the rue de la Pompe in the former studio of a wellknown foreign painter. The workroom and its
annexes were far too large for an amateur, but the owner had died, and Desnoyers improved the opportunity
offered by the heirs, and bought at a remarkable bargain, the entire plant, pictures and furnishings.
Dona Luisa at first visited the studio daily like a good mother, caring for the wellbeing of her son that he
may work to better advantage. Taking off her gloves, she emptied the brass trays filled with cigar stubs and
dusted the furniture powdered with the ashes fallen from the pipes. Julio's visitors, longhaired young men
who spoke of things that she could not understand, seemed to her rather careless in their manners. . . . Later
on she also met there women, very lightly clad, and was received with scowls by her son. Wasn't his mother
ever going to let him work in peace? . . . So the poor lady, starting out in the morning toward the rue de la
Pompe, stopped midway and went instead to the church of Saint Honore d'Eylau.
The father displayed more prudence. A man of his years could not expect to mingle with the chums of a
young artist. In a few months' time, Julio passed entire weeks without going to sleep under the paternal roof.
Finally he installed himself permanently in his studio, occasionally making a flying trip home that his family
might know that he was still in existence. . . . Some mornings, Desnoyers would arrive at the rue de la Pompe
in order to ask a few questions of the concierge. It was ten o'clock; the artist was sleeping. Upon returning at
midday, he learned that the heavy sleep still continued. Soon after lunch, another visit to get better news. It
was two o'clock, the young gentleman was just arising. So the father would retire, muttering stormily"But
when does this painter ever paint?" . . .
At first Julio had tried to win renown with his brush, believing that it would prove an easy task. In true artist
fashion, he collected his friends around him, South American boys with nothing to do but enjoy life,
scattering money ostentatiously so that everybody might know of their generosity. With serene audacity, the
young canvasdauber undertook to paint portraits. He loved good painting, "distinctive" painting, with the
cloying sweetness of a romance, that copied only the forms of women. He had money, a good studio, his
father was standing behind him ready to helpwhy shouldn't he accomplish as much as many others who
lacked his opportunities? . . .
So he began his work by coloring a canvas entitled, "The Dance of the Hours," a mere pretext for copying
pretty girls and selecting buxom models. These he would sketch at a mad speed, filling in the outlines with
blobs of multicolored paint, and up to this point all went well. Then he would begin to vacillate, remaining
idle before the picture only to put it in the corner in hope of later inspiration. It was the same way with his
various studies of feminine heads. Finding that he was never able to finish anything, he soon became
resigned, like one who pants with fatigue before an obstacle waiting for a providential interposition to save
him. The important thing was to be a painter . . . even though he might not paint anything. This afforded him
the opportunity, on the plea of lofty aestheticism, of sending out cards of invitation and asking light women
to his studio. He lived during the night. Don Marcelo, upon investigating the artist's work, could not contain
his indignation. Every morning the two Desnoyers were accustomed to greet the first hours of dawnthe
father leaping from his bed, the son, on his way home to his studio to throw himself upon his couch not to
wake till midday.
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER III. THE DESNOYERS FAMILY 44
Page No 47
The credulous Dona Luisa would invent the most absurd explanations to defend her son. Who could tell?
Perhaps he had the habit of painting during the night, utilizing it for original work. Men resort to so many
devilish things! . . .
Desnoyers knew very well what these nocturnal gusts of genius were amounting toscandals in the
restaurants of Montmartre, and scrimmages, many scrimmages. He and his gang, who believed that at seven a
full dress or Tuxedo was indispensable, were like a band of Indians, bringing to Paris the wild customs of the
plains. Champagne always made them quarrelsome. So they broke and paid, but their generosities were
almost invariably followed by a scuffle. No one could surpass Julio in the quick slap and the ready card. His
father heard with a heavy heart the news brought him by some friends thinking to flatter his vanityhis son
was always victorious in these gentlemanly encounters; he it was who always scratched the enemy's skin. The
painter knew more about fencing than art. He was a champion with various weapons; he could box, and was
even skilled in the favorite blows of the prize fighters of the slums. "Useless as a drone, and as dangerous,
too," fretted his father. And yet in the back of his troubled mind fluttered an irresistible satisfactionan
animal pride in the thought that this harebrained terror was his own.
For a while, he thought that he had hit upon a way of withdrawing his son from such an existence. The
relatives in Berlin had visited the Desnoyers in their castle of Villeblanche. With goodnatured superiority,
Karl von Hartrott had appreciated the rich and rather absurd accumulations of his brotherinlaw. They were
not bad; he admitted that they gave a certain cachet to the home in Paris and to the castle. They smacked of
the possessions of titled nobility. But Germany! . . . The comforts and luxuries in his country! . . . He just
wished his brotherinlaw to admire the way he lived and the noble friendships that embellished his
opulence. And so he insisted in his letters that the Desnoyers family should return their visit. This change of
environment might tone Julio down a little. Perhaps his ambition might waken on seeing the diligence of his
cousins, each with a career. The Frenchman had, besides, an underlying belief in the more corrupt influence
of Paris as compared with the purity of the customs in Patriarchal Germany.
They were there four months. In a little while Desnoyers felt ready to retreat. Each to his own kind; he would
never be able to understand such people. Exceedingly amiable, with an abject amiability and evident desire to
please, but constantly blundering through a tactless desire to make their grandeur felt. The high toned
friends of Hartrott emphasized their love for France, but it was the pious love that a weak and mischievous
child inspires, needing protection. And they would accompany their affability with all manner of inopportune
memories of the wars in which France had been conquered. Everything in Germanya monument, a railroad
station, a simple diningroom device, instantly gave rise to glorious comparisons. "In France, you do not
have this," "Of course, you never saw anything like this in America."
Don Marcelo came away fatigued by so much condescension, and his wife and daughter refused to be
convinced that the elegance of Berlin could be superior to Paris. Chichi, with audacious sacrilege,
scandalized her cousins by declaring that she could not abide the corseted officers with immovable monocle,
who bowed to the women with such automatic rigidity, blending their gallantries with an air of superiority.
Julio, guided by his cousins, was saturated in the virtuous atmosphere of Berlin. With the oldest, "The Sage,"
he had nothing to do. He was a poor creature devoted to his books who patronized all the family with a
protecting air. It was the others, the sub lieutenants or military students, who proudly showed him the
rounds of German joy.
Julio was accordingly introduced to all the night restaurants imitations of those in Paris, but on a much
larger scale. The women who in Paris might be counted by the dozens appeared here in hundreds. The
scandalous drunkenness here never came by chance, but always by design as an indispensable part of the
gaiety. All was grandiose, glittering, colossal. The libertines diverted themselves in platoons, the public got
drunk in companies, the harlots presented themselves in regiments. He felt a sensation of disgust before these
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER III. THE DESNOYERS FAMILY 45
Page No 48
timid and servile females, accustomed to blows, who were so eagerly trying to reimburse themselves for the
losses and exposures of their business. For him, it was impossible to celebrate with hoarse hahas, like his
cousins, the discomfiture of these women when they realized that they had wasted so many hours without
accomplishing more than abundant drinking. The gross obscenity, so public and noisy, like a parade of riches,
was loathsome to Julio. "There is nothing like this in Paris," his cousins repeatedly exulted as they admired
the stupendous salons, the hundreds of men and women in pairs, the thousands of tipplers. "No, there
certainly was nothing like that in Paris." He was sick of such boundless pretension. He seemed to be
attending a fiesta of hungry mariners anxious at one swoop to make amends for all former privations. Like his
father, he longed to get away. It offended his aesthetic sense.
Don Marcelo returned from this visit with melancholy resignation. Those people had undoubtedly made great
strides. He was not such a blind patriot that he could not admit what was so evident. Within a few years they
had transformed their country, and their industry was astonishing . . . but, well . . . it was simply impossible
to have anything to do with them. Each to his own, but may they never take a notion to envy their neighbor! .
. . Then he immediately repelled this last suspicion with the optimism of a business man.
"They are going to be very rich," he thought. "Their affairs are prospering, and he that is rich does not hunt
quarrels. That war of which some crazy fools are always dreaming would be an impossible thing."
Young Desnoyers renewed his Parisian existence, living entirely in the studio and going less and less to his
father's home. Dona Luisa began to speak of a certain Argensola, a very learned young Spaniard, believing
that his counsels might prove most helpful to Julio. She did not know exactly whether this new companion
was friend, master or servant. The studio habitues also had their doubts. The literary ones always spoke of
Argensola as a painter. The painters recognized only his ability as a man of letters. He was among those who
used to come up to the studio of winter afternoons, attracted by the ruddy glow of the stove and the wines
secretly provided by the mother, holding forth authoritatively before the oftenrenewed bottle and the box of
cigars lying open on the table. One night, he slept on the divan, as he had no regular quarters. After that first
night, he lived entirely in the studio.
Julio soon discovered in him an admirable reflex of his own personality. He knew that Argensola had come
thirdclass from Madrid with twenty francs in his pocket, in order to "capture glory," to use his own words.
Upon observing that the Spaniard was painting with as much difficulty as himself, with the same wooden and
childish strokes, which are so characteristic of the make believe artists and potboilers, the routine workers
concerned themselves with color and other rank fads. Argensola was a psychological artist, a painter of souls.
And his disciple, felt astonished and almost displeased on learning what a comparatively simple thing it was
to paint a soul. Upon a bloodless countenance, with a chin as sharp as a dagger, the gifted Spaniard would
trace a pair of nearly round eyes, and at the centre of each pupil he would aim a white brush stroke, a point of
light . . . the soul. Then, planting himself before the canvas, he would proceed to classify this soul with his
inexhaustible imagination, attributing to it almost every kind of stress and extremity. So great was the sway
of his rapture that Julio, too, was able to see all that the artist flattered himself into believing that he had put
into the owlish eyes. He, also, would paint souls . . . souls of women.
In spite of the ease with which he developed his psychological creations, Argensola preferred to talk,
stretched on a divan, or to read, hugging the fire while his friend and protector was outside. Another
advantage this fondness for reading gave young Desnoyers was that he was no longer obliged to open a
volume, scanning the index and last pages "just to get the idea." Formerly when frequenting society
functions, he had been guilty of coolly asking an author which was his best bookhis smile of a clever
mangiving the writer to understand that he merely enquired so as not to waste time on the other volumes.
Now it was no longer necessary to do this; Argensola would read for him. As soon as Julio would see him
absorbed in a book, he would demand an immediate share: "Tell me the story." So the "secretary," not only
gave him the plots of comedies and novels, but also detailed the argument of Schopenhauer or of Nietzsche . .
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER III. THE DESNOYERS FAMILY 46
Page No 49
. Dona Luisa almost wept on hearing her visitors with that benevolence which wealth always
inspiresspeak of her son as "a rather gay young man, but wonderfully well read!"
In exchange for his lessons, Argensola received, much the same treatment as did the Greek slaves who taught
rhetoric to the young patricians of decadent Rome. In the midst of a dissertation, his lord and friend would
interrupt him with"Get my dress suit ready. I am invited out this evening."
At other times, when the instructor was luxuriating in bodily comfort, with a book in one hand near the
roaring stove, seeing through the windows the gray and rainy afternoon, his disciple would suddenly appear
saying, "Quick, get out! . . . There's a woman coming!"
And Argensola, like a dog who gets up and shakes himself, would disappear to continue his reading in some
miserable little coffee house in the neighborhood.
In his official capacity, this widely gifted man often descended from the peaks of intellectuality to the
vulgarities of everyday life. He was the steward of the lord of the manor, the intermediary between the
pocketbook and those who appeared bill in hand. "Money!" he would say laconically at the end of the month,
and Desnoyers would break out into complaints and curses. Where on earth was he to get it, he would like to
know. His father was as regular as a machine, and would never allow the slightest advance upon the
following month. He had to submit to a rule of misery. Three thousand francs a month!what could any
decent person do with that? . . . He was even trying to cut THAT down, to tighten the band, interfering in the
running of his house, so that Dona Luisa could not make presents to her son. In vain he had appealed to the
various usurers of Paris, telling them of his property beyond the ocean. These gentlemen had the youth of
their own country in the hollow of their hand and were not obliged to risk their capital in other lands. The
same hard luck pursued him when, with sudden demonstrations of affection, he had tried to convince Don
Marcelo that three thousand francs a month was but a niggardly trifle.
The millionaire fairly snorted with indignation. "Three thousand francs a trifle!" And the debts besides, that
he often had to pay for his son! . . .
"Why, when I was your age," . . . he would begin sayingbut Julio would suddenly bring the dialogue to a
close. He had heard his father's story too many times. Ah, the stingy old miser! What he had been giving him
all these months was no more than the interest on his grandfather's legacy. . . . And by the advice of
Argensola he ventured to get control of the field. He was planning to hand over the management of his land
to Celedonio, the old overseer, who was now such a grandee in his country that Julio ironically called him
"my uncle."
Desnoyers accepted this rebellion coldly. "It appears just to me. You are now of age!" Then he promptly
reduced to extremes his oversight of his home, forbidding Dona Luisa to handle any money. Henceforth he
regarded his son as an adversary, treating him during his lightning apparitions at the avenue Victor Hugo with
glacial courtesy as though he were a stranger.
For a while a transitory opulence enlivened the studio. Julio had increased his expenses, considering himself
rich. But the letters from his uncle in America soon dissipated these illusions. At first the remittances
exceeded very slightly the monthly allowance that his father had made him. Then it began to diminish in an
alarming manner. According to Celedonio, all the calamities on earth seemed to he falling upon his
plantation. The pasture land was yielding scantily, sometimes for lack of rain, sometimes because of floods,
and the herds were perishing by hundreds. Julio required more income, and the crafty halfbreed sent him
what he asked for, but simply as a loan, reserving the return until they should adjust their accounts.
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER III. THE DESNOYERS FAMILY 47
Page No 50
In spite of such aid, young Desnoyers was suffering great want. He was gambling now in an elegant circle,
thinking thus to compensate for his periodical scrimpings; but this resort was only making the remittances
from America disappear with greater rapidity. . . . That such a man as he was should be tormented so for the
lack of a few thousand francs! What else was a millionaire father for?
If the creditors began threatening, the poor youth had to bring the secretary into play, ordering him to see the
mother immediately; he himself wished to avoid her tears and reproaches. So Argensola would slip like a
pickpocket up the service stairway of the great house on the avenue Victor Hugo. The place in which he
transacted his ambassadorial business was the kitchen, with great danger that the terrible Desnoyers might
happen in there, on one of his perambulations as a laboring man, and surprise the intruder.
Dona Luisa would weep, touched by the heartrending tales of the messenger. What could she do! She was as
poor as her maids; she had jewels, many jewels, but not a franc. Then Argensola came to the rescue with a
solution worthy of his experience. He would smooth the way for the good mother, leaving some of her jewels
at the MontdePiete. He knew the way to raise money on them. So the lady accepted his advice, giving him,
however, only jewels of medium value as she suspected that she might never see them again. Later scruples
made her at times refuse flatly. Suppose Don Marcelo should ever find it out, what a scene! . . . But the
Spaniard deemed it unseemly to return emptyhanded, and always bore away a basket of bottles from the
wellstocked winecellar of the Desnoyers.
Every morning Dona Luisa went to SaintHonored'Eylau to pray for her son. She felt that this was her own
church. It was a hospitable and familiar island in the unexplored ocean of Paris. Here she could exchange
discreet salutations with her neighbors from the different republics of the new world. She felt nearer to God
and the saints when she could hear in the vestibule conversations in her language.
It was, moreover, a sort of salon in which took place the great events of the South American colony. One day
was a wedding with flowers, orchestra and chanting chorals. With Chichi beside her, she greeted those she
knew, congratulating the bride and groom. Another day it was the funeral of an expresident of some
republic, or some other foreign dignitary ending in Paris his turbulent existence. Poor President! Poor
General! . . .
Dona Luisa remembered the dead man. She had seen him many times in that church devoutly attending mass
and she was indignant at the evil tongues which, under the cover of a funeral oration, recalled the shootings
and bank failures in his country. Such a good and religious gentleman! May God receive his soul in glory! . . .
And upon going out into the square, she would look with tender eyes upon the young men and women on
horseback going to the Bois de Boulogne, the luxurious automobiles, the morning radiant in the sunshine, all
the primeval freshness of the early hoursrealizing what a beautiful thing it is to live.
Her devout expression of gratitude for mere existence usually included the monument in the centre of the
square, all bristling with wings as if about to fly away from the ground. Victor Hugo! . . . It was enough for
her to have heard this name on the lips of her son to make her contemplate the statue with a family interest.
The only thing that she knew about the poet was that he had died. Of this she was almost sure, and she
imagined that in life, he was a great friend of Julio's because she had so often heard her son repeat his name.
Ay, her son! . . . All her thoughts, her conjectures, her desires, converged on him and her strongwilled
husband. She longed for the men to come to an understanding and put an end to a struggle in which she was
the principal victim. Would not God work this miracle? . . . Like an invalid who goes from one sanitarium to
another in pursuit of health, she gave up the church on her street to attend the Spanish chapel on the avenue
Friedland. Here she considered herself even more among her own.
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER III. THE DESNOYERS FAMILY 48
Page No 51
In the midst of the fine and elegant South American ladies who looked as if they had just escaped from a
fashion sheet, her eyes sought other women, not so well dressed, fat, with theatrical ermine and antique
jewelry. When these highborn dames met each other in the vestibule, they spoke with heavy voices and
expressive gestures, emphasizing their words energetically. The daughter of the ranch ventured to salute them
because she had subscribed to all their pet charities, and upon seeing her greeting returned, she felt a
satisfaction which made her momentarily forget her woes. They belonged to those families which her father
had so greatly admired without knowing why. They came from the "mother country," and to the good Chicha
were all Excelentisimas or Altisimas, related to kings. She did not know whether to give them her hand or
bend the knee, as she had vaguely heard was the custom at court. But soon she recalled her preoccupation and
went forward to wrestle in prayer with God. Ay, that he would mercifully remember her! That he would not
long forget her son! . . .
It was Glory that remembered Julio, stretching out to him her arms of light, so that he suddenly awoke to find
himself surrounded by all the honors and advantages of celebrity. Fame cunningly surprises mankind on the
most crooked and unexpected of roads. Neither the painting of souls nor a fitful existence full of extravagant
love affairs and complicated duels had brought Desnoyers this renown. It was Glory that put him on his feet.
A new pleasure for the delight of humanity had come from the other side of the seas. People were asking one
another in the mysterious tones of the initiated who wish to recognize a familiar spirit, "Do you know how to
tango? . . ." The tango had taken possession of the world. It was the heroic hymn of a humanity that was
suddenly concentrating its aspirations on the harmonious rhythm of the thigh joints, measuring its
intelligence by the agility of its feet. An incoherent and monotonous music of African inspiration was
satisfying the artistic ideals of a society that required nothing better. The world was dancing . . . dancing . . .
dancing.
A negro dance from Cuba introduced into South America by mariners who shipped jerked beef to the
Antilles, conquered the entire earth in a few months, completely encircling it, bounding victoriously from
nation to nation . . . like the Marseillaise. It was even penetrating into the most ceremonious courts,
overturning all traditions of conservation and etiquette like a song of the Revolutionthe revolution of
frivolity. The Pope even had to become a master of the dance, recommending the "Furlana" instead of the
"Tango," since all the Christian world, regardless of sects, was united in the common desire to agitate its feet
with the tireless frenzy of the "possessed" of the Middle Ages.
Julio Desnoyers, upon meeting this dance of his childhood in full swing in Paris, devoted himself to it with
the confidence that an old love inspires. Who could have foretold that when as a student, he was frequenting
the lowest dance halls in Buenos Aires, watched by the police, that he was really serving an apprenticeship to
Glory? . . .
From five to seven, in the salons of the Champs d'Elysees where it cost five francs for a cup of tea and the
privilege of joining in the sacred dance, hundreds of eyes followed him with admiration. "He has the key,"
said the women, appraising his slender elegance, medium stature, and muscular springs. And he, in
abbreviated jacket and expansive shirt bosom, with his small, girlish feet encased in highheeled patent
leathers with white tops, danced gravely, thoughtfully, silently, like a mathematician working out a problem,
under the lights that shed bluish tones upon his plastered, glossy locks. Ladies asked to be presented to him in
the sweet hope that their friends might envy them when they beheld them in the arms of the master.
Invitations simply rained upon Julio. The most exclusive salons were thrown open to him so that every
afternoon he made a dozen new acquaintances. The fashion had brought over professors from the other side
of the sea, compatriots from the slums of Buenos Aires, haughty and confused at being applauded like
famous lecturers or tenors; but Julio triumphed over these vulgarians who danced for money, and the
incidents of his former life were considered by the women as deeds of romantic gallantry.
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER III. THE DESNOYERS FAMILY 49
Page No 52
"You are killing yourself," Argensola would say. "You are dancing too much."
The glory of his friend and master was only making more trouble for him. His placid readings before the fire
were now subject to daily interruptions. It was impossible to read more than a chapter. The celebrated man
was continually ordering him to betake himself to the street. "A new lesson," sighed the parasite. And when
he was alone in the studio numerous callersall women, some inquisitive and aggressive, others sad, with a
deserted airwere constantly interrupting his thoughtful pursuits.
One of them terrified the occupants of the studio with her insistence. She was a North American of uncertain
age, somewhere between thirtytwo and fiftynine, with short skirts that whenever she sat down, seemed to
fly up as if moved by a spring. Various dances with Desnoyers and a visit to the rue de la Pompe she seemed
to consider as her sacred rights, and she pursued the master with the desperation of an abandoned zealot. Julio
had made good his escape upon learning that this beauty of youthful elegancewhen seen from the
backhad two grandchildren. "MASTER Desnoyers has gone out," Argensola would invariably say upon
receiving her. And, thereupon she would burst into tears and threats, longing to kill herself then and there that
her corpse might frighten away those other women who would come to rob her of what she considered her
special privilege. Now it was Argensola who sped his companion to the street when he wished to be alone.
He had only to remark casually, "I believe that Yankee is coming," and the great man would beat a hasty
retreat, oftentimes in his desperate flight availing himself of the back stairs.
At this time began to develop the most important event in Julio's existence. The Desnoyers family was to be
united with that of Senator Lacour. Rene, his only son, had succeeded in awakening in Chichi a certain
interest that was almost love. The dignitary enjoyed thinking of his son allied to the boundless plains and
immense herds whose description always affected him like a marvellous tale. He was a widower, but he
enjoyed giving at his home famous banquets and parties. Every new celebrity immediately suggested to him
the idea of giving a dinner. No illustrious person passing through Paris, polar explorer or famous singer,
could escape being exhibited in the dining room of Lacour. The son of Desnoyers at whom he had scarcely
glanced beforenow inspired him with sudden interest. The senator was a thoroughly uptodate man who
did not classify glory nor distinguish reputations. It was enough for him that a name should be on everybody's
lips for him to accept it with enthusiasm. When Julio responded to his invitation, he presented him with pride
to his friends, and came very near to calling him "dear master." The tango was monopolizing all conversation
nowadays. Even in the Academy they were taking it up in order to demonstrate that the youth of ancient
Athens had diverted itself in a somewhat similar way. . . . And Lacour had dreamed all his life of an Athenian
republic.
At these reunions, Desnoyers became acquainted with the Lauriers. He was an engineer who owned a
motorfactory for automobiles in the outskirts of Parisa man about thirtyfive, tall, rather heavy and
silent, with a deliberate air as though he wished to see deeply into men and things. She was of a light,
frivolous character, loving life for the satisfactions and pleasures which it brought her, appearing to accept
with smiling conformity the silent and grave adoration of her husband. She could not well do less with a man
of his merits. Besides, she had brought to the marriage a dowry of three hundred thousand francs, a capital
which had enabled the engineer to enlarge his business. The senator had been instrumental in arranging this
marriage. He was interested in Laurier because he was the son of an old friend.
Upon Marguerite Laurier the presence of Julio flashed like a ray of sunlight in the tiresome salon of Lacour.
She was dancing the fad of the hour and frequenting the tango teas where reigned the adored Desnoyers. And
to think that she was being entertained with this celebrated and interesting man that the other women were
raving about! . . . In order that he might not take her for a mere middle class woman like the other guests at
the senator's party, she spoke of her modistes, all from the rue de la Paix, declaring gravely that no woman
who had any selfrespect could possibly walk through the streets wearing a gown costing less than eight
hundred francs, and that the hat of a thousand francsbut a few years ago, an astonishing noveltywas
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER III. THE DESNOYERS FAMILY 50
Page No 53
nowadays a very ordinary affair.
This acquaintanceship made the "little Laurier," as her friends called her notwithstanding her tallness, much
sought by the master of the dance, in spite of the looks of wrath and envy hurled at her by the others. What a
triumph for the wife of a simple engineer who was used to going everywhere in her mother's automobile! . . .
Julio at first had supposed her like all the others who were languishing in his arms, following the rhythmic
complications of the dance, but he soon found that she was very different. Her coquetry after the first
confidential words, but increased his admiration. He really had never before been thrown with a woman of
her class. Those of his first social period were the habituees of the night restaurants paid for their witchery.
Now Glory was tossing into his arms ladies of high position but with an unconfessable past, anxious for
novelties although exceedingly mature. This middle class woman who would advance so confidently toward
him and then retreat with such capricious outbursts of modesty, was a new type for him.
The tango salons soon began to suffer a great loss. Desnoyers was permitting himself to be seen there with
less frequency, handing Glory over to the professionals. Sometimes entire weeks slipped by without the
fivetoseven devotees being able to admire his black locks and his tiny patent leathers twinkling under the
lights in time with his graceful movements.
Marguerite was also avoiding these places. The meetings of the two were taking place in accordance with
what she had read in the love stories of Paris. She was going in search of Julio, fearing to be recognized,
tremulous with emotion, selecting her most inconspicuous suit, and covering her face with a close veil"the
veil of adultery," as her friends called it. They had their trysts in the leastfrequented squares of the district,
frequently changing the places, like timid birds that at the slightest disturbance fly to perch a little further
away. Sometimes they would meet in the Buttes Chaumont, at others they preferred the gardens on the left
bank of the Seine, the Luxembourg, and even the distant Parc de Montsouris. She was always in tremors of
terror lest her husband might surprise them, although she well knew that the industrious engineer was in his
factory a great distance away. Her agitated aspect, her excessive precautions in order to slip by unseen, only
served to attract the attention of the passersby. Although Julio was waxing impatient with the annoyance of
this wandering love affair which only amounted to a few fugitive kisses, he finally held his peace, dominated
by Marguerite's pleadings.
She did not wish merely to be one in the procession of his sweethearts; it was necessary to convince herself
first that this love was going to last forever. It was her first slip and she wanted it to be the last. Ay, her
former spotless reputation! . . . What would people say! . . . The two returned to their adolescent period,
loving each other as they had never loved before, with the confident and childish passion of
fifteenyearolds.
Julio had leaped from childhood to libertinism, taking his initiation into life at a single bound. She had
desired marriage in order to acquire the respect and liberty of a married woman, but feeling towards her
husband only a vague gratitude. "We end where others begin," she had said to Desnoyers.
Their passion took the form of an intense, reciprocal and vulgar love. They felt a romantic sentimentality in
clasping hands or exchanging kisses on a garden bench in the twilight. He was treasuring a ringlet of
Marguerite'salthough he doubted its genuineness, with a vague suspicion that it might be one of the latest
wisps of fashion. She would cuddle down with her head on his shoulder, as though imploring his protection,
although always in the open air. If Julio ever attempted greater intimacy in a carriage, madame would repel
him most vigorously. A contradictory duality appeared to inspire her actions. Every morning, on awaking,
she would decide to yield, but then when near him, her middleclass respectability, jealous of its reputation,
kept her faithful to her mother's teachings.
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER III. THE DESNOYERS FAMILY 51
Page No 54
One day she agreed to visit his studio with the interest that the haunts of the loved one always inspires.
"Promise that you will not take advantage of me." He readily promised, swearing that everything should be as
Marguerite wished. . . . But from that day they were no longer seen in the gardens, nor wandering around
persecuted by the winter winds. They preferred the studio, and Argensola had to rearrange his existence,
seeking the stove of another artist friend, in order to continue his reading.
This state of things lasted two months. They never knew what secret force suddenly disturbed their
tranquility. Perhaps one of her friends, guessing at the truth, had told the husband anonymously. Perhaps it
was she herself unconsciously, with her inexpressible happiness, her tardy returns home when dinner was
already served, and the sudden aversion which she showed toward the engineer in their hours alone, trying to
keep her heart faithful to her lover. To divide her interest between her legal companion and the man she loved
was a torment that her simple and vehement enthusiasm could not tolerate.
While she was hurrying one night through the rue de la Pompe, looking at her watch and trembling with
impatience at not finding an automobile or even a cab, a man stood in front of her. . . . Etienne Laurier! She
always shuddered with fear on recalling that hour. For a moment she believed that he was going to kill her.
Serious men, quiet and diffident, are most terrible in their explosions of wrath. Her husband knew everything.
With the same patience that he employed in solving his industrial problems, he had been studying her day by
day, without her ever suspecting the watchfulness behind that impassive countenance. Then he had followed
her in order to complete the evidence of his misfortune.
Marguerite had never supposed that he could be so common and noisy in his anger. She had expected that he
would accept the facts coldly with that slight tinge of philosophical irony usually shown by distinguished
men, as the husbands of her friends had done. But the poor engineer who, outside of his work, saw only his
wife, loving her as a woman, and adoring her as a dainty and superior being, a model of grace and elegance,
could not endure the thought of her downfall, and cried and threatened without reserve, so that the scandal
became known throughout their entire circle of friends. The senator felt greatly annoyed in remembering that
it was in his exclusive home that the guilty ones had become acquainted; but his displeasure was visited upon
the husband. What lack of good taste! . . . Women will be women, and everything is capable of adjustment.
But before the imprudent outbursts of this frantic devil no elegant solution was possible, and there was now
nothing to do but to begin divorce proceedings.
Desnoyers, senior, was very indignant upon learning of this last escapade of his son. He had always had a
great liking for Laurier. That instinctive bond which exists between men of industry, patient and silent, had
made them very congenial. At the senator's receptions he had always talked with the engineer about the
progress of his business, interesting himself in the development of that factory of which he always spoke with
the affection of a father. The millionaire, in spite of his reputation for miserliness, had even volunteered his
disinterested support if at any time it should become necessary to enlarge the plant. And it was this good
man's happiness that his son, a frivolous and useless dancer, was going to steal! . . .
At first Laurier spoke of a duel. His wrath was that of a work horse who breaks the tight reins of his laboring
outfit, tosses his mane, neighs wildly and bites. The father was greatly distressed at the possibility of such an
outcome. . . . One scandal more! Julio had dedicated the greater part of his existence to the handling of arms.
"He will kill the poor man!" he said to the senator. "I am sure that he will kill him. It is the logic of life; the
goodfor nothing always kill those who amount to anything."
But there was no killing. The Father of the Republic knew how to handle the clashing parties, with the same
skill that he always employed in the corridors of the Senate during a ministerial crisis. The scandal was
hushed up. Marguerite went to live with her mother and took the first steps for a divorce.
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER III. THE DESNOYERS FAMILY 52
Page No 55
Some evenings, when the studio clock was striking seven, she would yawn and say sadly: "I must go. . . . I
have to go, although this is my true home. . . . Ah, what a pity that we are not married!"
And he, feeling a whole garden of bourgeois virtues, hitherto ignored, bursting into bloom, repeated in a tone
of conviction:
"That's so; why are we not married!"
Their wishes could be realized. The husband was facilitating the step by his unexpected intervention. So
young Desnoyers set forth for South America in order to raise the money and marry Marguerite.
CHAPTER IV. THE COUSIN FROM BERLIN
The studio of Julio Desnoyers was on the top floor, both the stairway and the elevator stopping before his
door. The two tiny apartments at the back were lighted by an interior court, their only means of
communication being the service stairway which went on up to the garrets.
While his comrade was away, Argensola had made the acquaintance of those in the neighboring lodgings.
The largest of the apartments was empty during the day, its occupants not returning till after they had taken
their evening meal in a restaurant. As both husband and wife were employed outside, they could not remain
at home except on holidays. The man, vigorous and of a martial aspect, was superintendent in a big
department store. . . . He had been a soldier in Africa, wore a military decoration, and had the rank of
sublieutenant in the Reserves. She was a blonde, heavy and rather anaemic, with bright eyes and a
sentimental expression. On holidays she spent long hours at the piano, playing musical reveries, always the
same. At other times Argensola saw her through the interior window working in the kitchen aided by her
companion, the two laughing over their clumsiness and inexperience in preparing the Sunday dinner.
The concierge thought that this woman was a German, but she herself said that she was Swiss. She was a
cashier in a shopnot the one in which her husband was employed. In the mornings they left home together,
separating in the Place d'Etoile. At seven in the evening they met here, greeting each other with a kiss, like
lovers who meet for the first time; and then after supper, they returned to their nest in the rue de la Pompe.
All Argensola's attempts at friendliness with these neighbors were repulsed because of their selfcentredness.
They responded with freezing courtesy; they lived only for themselves.
The other apartment of two rooms was occupied by a single man. He was a Russian or Pole who almost
always returned with a package of books, and passed many hours writing near the patio window. From the
very first the Spaniard took him to be a mysterious man, probably a very distinguished onea true hero of a
novel. The foreign appearance of this Tchernoff made a great impression upon himhis dishevelled beard,
and oily locks, his spectacles upon a large nose that seemed deformed by a daggerthrust. There emanated
from him, like an invisible nimbus, an odor of cheap wine and soiled clothing.
When Argensola caught a glimpse of him through the service door he would say to himself, "Ah, Friend
Tchernoff is returning," and thereupon he would saunter out to the stairway in order to have a chat with his
neighbor. For a long time the stranger discouraged all approach to his quarters, which fact led the Spaniard to
infer that he devoted himself to alchemy and kindred mysteries. When he finally was allowed to enter he saw
only books, many books, books everywherescattered on the floor, heaped upon benches, piled in corners,
overflowing on to brokendown chairs, old tables, and a bed that was only made up now and then when the
owner, alarmed by the increasing invasion of dust and cobwebs, was obliged to call in the aid of his friend,
the concierge.
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER IV. THE COUSIN FROM BERLIN 53
Page No 56
Argensola finally realized, not without a certain disenchantment, that there was nothing mysterious in the life
of the man. What he was writing near the window were merely translations, some of them ordered, others
volunteer work for the socialist periodicals. The only marvellous thing about him was the quantity of
languages that he knew.
"He knows them all," said the Spaniard, when describing their neighbor to Desnoyers. "He has only to hear of
a new one to master it. He holds the key, the secret of all languages, living or dead. He speaks Castilian as
well as we do, and yet he has never been in a Spanishspeaking country."
Argensola again felt a thrill of mystery upon reading the titles of many of the volumes. The majority were old
books, many of them in languages that he was not able to decipher, picked up for a song at secondhand
shops or on the book stands installed upon the parapets of the Seine. Only a man holding the key of tongues
could get together such volumes. An atmosphere of mysticism, of superhuman insight, of secrets intact for
many centuries appeared to emanate from these heaps of dusty volumes with wormeaten leaves. And mixed
with these ancient tomes were others red and conspicuous, pamphlets of socialistic propaganda, leaflets in all
the languages of Europe and periodicalsmany periodicals, with revolutionary titles.
Tchernoff did not appear to enjoy visits and conversation. He would smile enigmatically into his black beard,
and was very sparing with his words so as to shorten the interview. But Argensola possessed the means of
winning over this sullen personage. It was only necessary for him to wink one eye with the expressive
invitation, "Do we go?" and the two would soon be settled on a bench in the kitchen of Desnoyers' studio,
opposite a bottle which had come from the avenue Victor Hugo. The costly wines of Don Marcelo made the
Russian more communicative, although, in spite of this aid, the Spaniard learned little of his neighbor's real
existence. Sometimes he would mention Jaures and other socialistic orators. His surest means of existence
was the translation of periodicals or party papers. On various occasions the name of Siberia escaped from his
lips, and he admitted that he had been there a long time; but he did not care to talk about a country visited
against his will. He would merely smile modestly, showing plainly that he did not wish to make any further
revelations.
The morning after the return of Julio Desnoyers, while Argensola was talking on the stairway with Tchernoff,
the bell rang. How annoying! The Russian, who was well up in advanced politics, was just explaining the
plans advanced by Jaures. There were still many who hoped that war might be averted. He had his motives
for doubting it. . . . He, Tchernoff, was commenting on these illusions with the smile of a flatnosed sphinx
when the bell rang for a second time, so that Argensola was obliged to break away from his interesting friend,
and run to open the main door.
A gentleman wished to see Julio. He spoke very correct French, though his accent was a revelation for
Argensola. Upon going into the bedroom in search of his master, who was just arising, he said confidently,
"It's the cousin from Berlin who has come to say good bye. It could not be anyone else."
When the three came together in the studio, Desnoyers presented his comrade, in order that the visitor might
not make any mistake in regard to his social status.
"I have heard him spoken of. The gentleman is Argensola, a very deserving youth."
Doctor Julius von Hartrott said this with the selfsufficiency of a man who knows everything and wishes to
be agreeable to an inferior, conceding him the alms of his attention.
The two cousins confronted each other with a curiosity not altogether free from distrust. Although closely
related, they knew each other very slightly, tacitly admitting complete divergence in opinions and tastes.
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER IV. THE COUSIN FROM BERLIN 54
Page No 57
After slowly examining the Sage, Argensola came to the conclusion that he looked like an officer dressed as a
civilian. He noticed in his person an effort to imitate the soldierly when occasionally discarding
uniformthe ambition of every German burgher wishing to be taken for the superior class. His trousers were
narrow, as though intended to be tucked into cavalry boots. His coat with two rows of buttons had the
contracted waist with very full skirt and upstanding lapels, suggesting vaguely a military great coat. The
reddish moustachios, strong jaw and shaved head completed his would be martial appearance; but his eyes,
large, darkcircled and near sighted, were the eyes of a student taking refuge behind great thick glasses
which gave him the aspect of a man of peace.
Desnoyers knew that he was an assistant professor of the University, that he had published a few volumes, fat
and heavy as bricks, and that he was a member of an academic society collaborating in documentary research
directed by a famous historian. In his lapel he was wearing the badge of a foreign order.
Julio's respect for the learned member of the family was not unmixed with contempt. He and his sister Chichi
had from childhood felt an instinctive hostility toward the cousins from Berlin. It annoyed him, too, to have
his family everlastingly holding up as a model this pedant who only knew life as it is in books, and passed his
existence investigating what men had done in other epochs, in order to draw conclusions in harmony with
Germany's views. While young Desnoyers had great facility for admiration, and reverenced all those whose
"arguments" Argensola had doled out to him, he drew the line at accepting the intellectual grandeur of this
illustrious relative.
During his stay in Berlin, a German word of vulgar invention had enabled him to classify this prig. Heavy
books of minute investigation were every month being published by the dozens in the Fatherland. There was
not a professor who could resist the temptation of constructing from the simplest detail an enormous volume
written in a dull, involved style. The people, therefore, appreciating that these nearsighted authors were
incapable of any genial vision of comradeship, called them Sitzfleisch haben, because of the very long
sittings which their works represented. That was what this cousin was for him, a mere Sitzfleisch haben.
Doctor von Hartrott, on explaining his visit, spoke in Spanish. He availed himself of this language used by
the family during his childhood, as a precaution, looking around repeatedly as if he feared to be heard. He
had come to bid his cousin farewell. His mother had told him of his return, and he had not wished to leave
Paris without seeing him. He was leaving in a few hours, since matters were growing more strained.
"But do you really believe that there will be war?" asked Desnoyers.
"War will be declared tomorrow or the day after. Nothing can prevent it now. It is necessary for the welfare
of humanity."
Silence followed this speech, Julio and Argensola looking with astonishment at this peaceablelooking man
who had just spoken with such martial arrogance. The two suspected that the professor was making this visit
in order to give vent to his opinions and enthusiasms. At the same time, perhaps, he was trying to find out
what they might think and know, as one of the many viewpoints of the people in Paris.
"You are not French," he added looking at his cousin. "You were born in Argentina, so before you I may
speak the truth."
"And were you not born there?" asked Julio smiling.
The Doctor made a gesture of protest, as though he had just heard something insulting. "No, I am a German.
No matter where a German may be born, he always belongs to his mother country." Then turning to
Argensola"This gentleman, too, is a foreigner. He comes from noble Spain, which owes to us the best that
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER IV. THE COUSIN FROM BERLIN 55
Page No 58
it hasthe worship of honor, the knightly spirit."
The Spaniard wished to remonstrate, but the Sage would not permit, adding in an oracular tone:
"You were miserable Celts, sunk in the vileness of an inferior and mongrel race whose domination by Rome
but made your situation worse. Fortunately you were conquered by the Goths and others of our race who
implanted in you a sense of personal dignity. Do not forget, young man, that the Vandals were the ancestors
of the Prussians of today."
Again Argensola tried to speak, but his friend signed to him not to interrupt the professor who appeared to
have forgotten his former reserve and was working up to an enthusiastic pitch with his own words.
"We are going to witness great events," he continued. "Fortunate are those born in this epoch, the most
interesting in history! At this very moment, humanity is changing its course. Now the true civilization
begins."
The war, according to him, was going to be of a brevity hitherto unseen. Germany had been preparing herself
to bring about this event without any long, economic worlddisturbance. A single month would be enough to
crush France, the most to be feared of their adversaries. Then they would march against Russia, who with her
slow, clumsy movements could not oppose an immediate defense. Finally they would attack haughty
England, so isolated in its archipelago that it could not obstruct the sweep of German progress. This would
make a series of rapid blows and overwhelming victories, requiring only a summer in which to play this
magnificent role. The fall of the leaves in the following autumn would greet the definite triumph of Germany.
With the assurance of a professor who does not expect his dictum to be refuted by his hearers, he explained
the superiority of the German race. All mankind was divided into two groupsdolicephalous and the
brachicephalous, according to the shape of the skull. Another scientific classification divided men into the
lighthaired and darkhaired. The dolicephalous (arched heads) represented purity of race and superior
mentality. The brachicephalous (flat heads) were mongrels with all the stigma of degeneration. The German,
dolicephalous par excellence, was the only descendant of the primitive Aryans. All the other nations,
especially those of the south of Europe called "latins," belonged to a degenerate humanity.
The Spaniard could not contain himself any longer. "But no person with any intelligence believes any more in
those antique theories of race! What if there no longer existed a people of absolutely pure blood, owing to
thousands of admixtures due to historical conquests!" . . . Many Germans bore the identical ethnic marks
which the professor was attributing to the inferior races.
"There is something in that," admitted Hartrott, "but although the German race may not be perfectly pure, it is
the least impure of all races and, therefore, should have dominion over the world."
His voice took on an ironic and cutting edge when speaking of the Celts, inhabitants of the lands of the South.
They had retarded the progress of Humanity, deflecting it in the wrong direction. The Celt is individualistic
and consequently an ungovernable revolutionary who tends to socialism. Furthermore, he is a humanitarian
and makes a virtue of mercy, defending the existence of the weak who do not amount to anything.
The illustrious German places above everything else, Method and Power. Elected by Nature to command the
impotent races, he possesses all the qualifications that distinguish the superior leader. The French Revolution
was merely a clash between Teutons and Celts. The nobility of France were descended from Germanic
warriors established in the country after the socalled invasion of the barbarians. The middle and lower
classes were the GallicCeltic element. The inferior race had conquered the superior, disorganizing the
country and perturbing the world. Celtism was the inventor of Democracy, of the doctrines of Socialism and
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER IV. THE COUSIN FROM BERLIN 56
Page No 59
Anarchy. Now the hour of Germanic retaliation was about to strike, and the Northern race would reestablish
order, since God had favored it by demonstrating its indisputable superiority.
"A nation," he added, "can aspire to great destinies only when it is fundamentally Teutonic. The less German
it is, the less its civilization amounts to. We represent 'the aristocracy of humanity,' 'the salt of the earth,' as
our William said."
Argensola was listening with astonishment to this outpouring of conceit. All the great nations had passed
through the fever of Imperialism. The Greeks aspired to worldrule because they were the most civilized and
believed themselves the most fit to give civilization to the rest of mankind. The Romans, upon conquering
countries, implanted law and the rule of justice. The French of the Revolution and the Empire justified their
invasions on the plea that they wished to liberate mankind and spread abroad new ideas. Even the Spaniards
of the sixteenth century, when battling with half of Europe for religious unity and the extermination of
heresy, were working toward their ideals obscure and perhaps erroneous, but disinterested.
All the nations of history had been struggling for something which they had considered generous and above
their own interests. Germany alone, according to this professor, was trying to impose itself upon the world in
the name of racial superioritya superiority that nobody had recognized, that she was arrogating to herself,
coating her affirmations with a varnish of false science.
"Until now wars have been carried on by the soldiery," continued Hartrott. "That which is now going to begin
will be waged by a combination of soldiers and professors. In its preparation the University has taken as
much part as the military staff. German science, leader of all sciences, is united forever with what the Latin
revolutionists disdainfully term militarism. Force, mistress of the world, is what creates right, that which our
truly unique civilization imposes. Our armies are the representatives of our culture, and in a few weeks we
shall free the world from its decadence, completely rejuvenating it."
The vision of the immense future of his race was leading him on to expose himself with lyrical enthusiasm.
William I, Bismarck, all the heroes of past victories, inspired his veneration, but he spoke of them as dying
gods whose hour had passed. They were glorious ancestors of modest pretensions who had confined their
activities to enlarging the frontiers, and to establishing the unity of the Empire, afterwards opposing
themselves with the prudence of valetudinarians to the daring of the new generation. Their ambitions went no
further than a continental hegemony . . . but now William II had leaped into the arena, the complex hero that
the country required.
"Lamprecht, my master, has pictured his greatness. It is tradition and the future, method and audacity. Like
his grandfather, the Emperor holds the conviction of what monarchy by the grace of God represents, but his
vivid and modern intelligence recognizes and accepts modern conditions. At the same time that he is
romantic, feudal and a supporter of the agrarian conservatives, he is also an uptodate man who seeks
practical solutions and shows a utilitarian spirit. In him are correctly balanced instinct and reason."
Germany, guided by this hero, had, according to Hartrott, been concentrating its strength, and recognizing its
true path. The Universities supported him even more unanimously than the army. Why store up so much
power and maintain it without employment? . . . The empire of the world belongs to the German people. The
historians and philosophers, disciples of Treitschke, were taking it upon themselves to frame the rights that
would justify this universal domination. And Lamprecht, the psychological historian, like the other
professors, was launching the belief in the absolute superiority of the Germanic race. It was just that it should
rule the world, since it only had the power to do so. This "telurian germanization" was to be of immense
benefit to mankind. The earth was going to be happy under the dictatorship of a people born for mastery. The
German state, "tentacular potency," would eclipse with its glory the most imposing empire of the past and
present. Gott mit uns!
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER IV. THE COUSIN FROM BERLIN 57
Page No 60
"Who will be able to deny, as my master says, that there exists a Christian, German God, the 'Great Ally,'
who is showing himself to our enemies, the foreigners, as a strong and jealous divinity?" . . .
Desnoyers was listening to his cousin with astonishment and at the same time looking at Argensola who, with
a flutter of his eyes, seemed to be saying to him, "He is mad! These Germans are simply mad with pride."
Meanwhile, the professor, unable to curb his enthusiasm, continued expounding the grandeur of his race.
From his viewpoint, the providential Kaiser had shown inexplicable weakenings. He was too good and too
kind. "Deliciae generis humani," as had said Professor Lasson, another of Hartrott's masters. Able to
overthrow everything with his annihilating power, the Emperor was limiting himself merely to maintaining
peace. But the nation did not wish to stop there, and was pushing its leader until it had him started. It was
useless now to put on the brakes. "He who does not advance recedes";that was the cry of PanGermanism to
the Emperor. He must press on in order to conquer the entire world.
"And now war comes," continued the pedant. "We need the colonies of the others, even though Bismarck,
through an error of his stubborn old age, exacted nothing at the time of universal distribution, letting England
and France get possession of the best lands. We must control all countries that have Germanic blood and have
been civilized by our forbears."
Hartrott enumerated these countries. Holland and Belgium were German. France, through the Franks, was
onethird Teutonic blood. Italy. . . . Here the professor hesitated, recalling the fact that this nation was still an
ally, certainly a little insecure, but still united by diplomatic bonds. He mentioned, nevertheless, the
Longobards and other races coming from the North. Spain and Portugal had been populated by the ruddy
Goth and also belonged to the dominant race. And since the majority of the nations of America were of
Spanish and Portuguese origin, they should also be included in this recovery.
"It is a little premature to think of these last nations just yet," added the Doctor modestly, "but some day the
hour of justice will sound. After our continental triumph, we shall have time to think of their fate. . . . North
America also should receive our civilizing influence, for there are living millions of Germans who have
created its greatness."
He was talking of the future conquests as though they were marks of distinction with which his country was
going to favor other countries. These were to continue living politically the same as before with their
individual governments, but subject to the Teutons, like minors requiring the strong hand of a master. They
would form the Universal United States, with an hereditary and all powerful presidentthe Emperor of
Germanyreceiving all the benefits of Germanic culture, working disciplined under his industrial direction. .
. . But the world is ungrateful, and human badness always opposes itself to progress.
"We have no illusions," sighed the professor, with lofty sadness. "We have no friends. All look upon us with
jealousy, as dangerous beings, because we are the most intelligent, the most active, and have proved
ourselves superior to all others. . . . But since they no longer love us, let them fear us! As my friend Mann
says, although Kultur is the spiritual organization of the world, it does not exclude bloody savagery when that
becomes necessary. Kultur sanctifies the demon within us, and is above morality, reason and science. We are
going to impose Kultur by force of the cannon."
Argensola continued, saying with his eyes, "They are crazy, crazy with pride! . . . What can the world expect
of such people!"
Desnoyers here intervened in order to brighten this gloomy monologue with a little optimism. War had not
yet been positively declared. The diplomats were still trying to arrange matters. Perhaps it might all turn out
peaceably at the last minute, as had so often happened before. His cousin was seeing things entirely distorted
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER IV. THE COUSIN FROM BERLIN 58
Page No 61
by an aggressive enthusiasm.
Oh, the ironical, ferocious and cutting smile of the Doctor! Argensola had never known old Madariaga, but it,
nevertheless, occurred to him that in this fashion sharks must smile, although he, too, had never seen a shark.
"It is war," boomed Hartrott. "When I left Germany, fifteen days ago, I knew that war was inevitable."
The certainty with which he said this dissipated all Julio's hope. Moreover, this man's trip, on the pretext of
seeing his mother, disquieted him. . . . On what mission had Doctor Julius von Hartrott come to Paris? . . .
"Well, then," asked Desnoyers, "why so many diplomatic interviews? Why does the German government
intervene at allalthough in such a lukewarm wayin the struggle between Austria and Servia. . . . Would
it not be better to declare war right out?"
The professor replied with simplicity: "Our government undoubtedly wishes that the others should declare the
war. The role of outraged dignity is always the most pleasing one and justifies all ulterior resolutions,
however extreme they may seem. There are some of our people who are living comfortably and do not desire
war. It is expedient to make them believe that those who impose it upon us are our enemies so that they may
feel the necessity of defending themselves. Only superior minds reach the conviction of the great
advancement that can be accomplished by the sword alone, and that war, as our grand Treitschke says, is the
highest form of progress."
Again he smiled with a ferocious expression. Morality, from his point of view, should exist among
individuals only to make them more obedient and disciplined, for morality per se impedes governments and
should be suppressed as a useless obstacle. For the State there exists neither truth nor falsehood; it only
recognizes the utility of things. The glorious Bismarck, in order to consummate the war with France, the base
of German grandeur, had not hesitated to falsify a telegraphic despatch.
"And remember, that he is the most glorious hero of our time! History looks leniently upon his heroic feat.
Who would accuse the one who triumphs? . . . Professor Hans Delbruck has written with reason, 'Blessed be
the hand that falsified the telegram of Ems!'"
It was convenient to have the war break out immediately, in order that events might result favorably for
Germany, whose enemies are totally unprepared. Preventive war was recommended by General Bernhardi
and other illustrious patriots. It would be dangerous indeed to defer the declaration of war until the enemies
had fortified themselves so that they should be the ones to make war. Besides, to the Germans what kind of
deterrents could law and other fictions invented by weak nations possibly be? . . . No; they had the Power,
and Power creates new laws. If they proved to be the victors, History would not investigate too closely the
means by which they had conquered. It was Germany that was going to win, and the priests of all cults would
finally sanctify with their chants the blessed warif it led to triumph.
"We are not making war in order to punish the Servian regicides, nor to free the Poles, nor the others
oppressed by Russia, stopping there in admiration of our disinterested magnanimity. We wish to wage it
because we are the first people of the earth and should extend our activity over the entire planet. Germany's
hour has sounded. We are going to take our place as the powerful Mistress of the World, the place which
Spain occupied in former centuries, afterwards France, and England today. What those people accomplished
in a struggle of many years we are going to bring about in four months. The stormflag of the Empire is now
going to wave over nations and oceans; the sun is going to shine on a great slaughter. . . .
"Old Rome, sick unto death, called 'barbarians' the Germans who opened the grave. The world today also
smells death and will surely call us barbarians. . . . So be it! When Tangiers and Toulouse, Amberes and
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER IV. THE COUSIN FROM BERLIN 59
Page No 62
Calais have become submissive to German barbarism . . . then we will speak further of this matter. We have
the power, and who has that needs neither to hesitate nor to argue. . . . Power! . . . That is the beautiful
wordthe only word that rings true and clear. . . . Power! One sure stab and all argument is answered
forever!"
"But are you so sure of victory?" asked Desnoyers. "Sometimes Destiny gives us great surprises. There are
hidden forces that we must take into consideration or they may overturn the bestlaid plans."
The smile of the Doctor became increasingly scornful and arrogant. Everything had been foreseen and
studied out long ago with the most minute Germanic method. What had they to fear? . . . The enemy most to
be reckoned with was France, incapable of resisting the enervating moral influences, the sufferings, the strain
and the privations of war;a nation physically debilitated and so poisoned by revolutionary spirit that it had
laid aside the use of arms through an exaggerated love of comfort.
"Our generals," he announced, "are going to leave her in such a state that she will never again cross our path."
There was Russia, too, to consider, but her amorphous masses were slow to assemble and unwieldy to move.
The Executive Staff of Berlin had timed everything by measure for crushing France in four weeks, and would
then lead its enormous forces against the Russian empire before it could begin action.
"We shall finish with the bear after killing the cock," affirmed the professor triumphantly.
But guessing at some objection from his cousin, he hastened on"I know what you are going to tell me.
There remains another enemy, one that has not yet leaped into the lists but which all the Germans are waiting
for. That one inspires more hatred than all the others put together, because it is of our blood, because it is a
traitor to the race. . . . Ah, how we loathe it!"
And in the tone in which these words were uttered throbbed an expression of hatred and a thirst for
vengeance which astonished both listeners.
"Even though England attack us," continued Hartrott, "we shall conquer, notwithstanding. This adversary is
not more terrible than the others. For the past century she has ruled the world. Upon the fall of Napoleon she
seized the continental hegemony, and will fight to keep it. But what does her energy amount to? . . . As our
Bernhardi says, the English people are merely a nation of renters and sportsmen. Their army is formed from
the dregs of the nation. The country lacks military spirit. We are a people of warriors, and it will be an easy
thing for us to conquer the English, debilitated by a false conception of life."
The Doctor paused and then added: "We are counting on the internal corruption of our enemies, on their lack
of unity. God will aid us by sowing confusion among these detested people. In a few days you will see His
hand. Revolution is going to break out in France at the same time as war. The people of Paris will build
barricades in the streets and the scenes of the Commune will repeat themselves. Tunis, Algiers and all their
other possessions are about to rise against the metropolis."
Argensola seized the opportunity to smile with an aggressive incredulity.
"I repeat it," insisted Hartrott, "that this country is going to have internal revolution and colonial insurrection.
I know perfectly well what I am talking about. . . . Russia also will break out into revolution with a red flag
that will force the Czar to beg for mercy on his knees. You have only to read in the papers of the recent
strikes in Saint Petersburg, and the manifestations of the strikers with the pretext of President Poincare's visit.
. . . England will see her appeals to her colonies completely ignored. India is going to rise against her, and
Egypt, too, will seize this opportunity for her emancipation."
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER IV. THE COUSIN FROM BERLIN 60
Page No 63
Julio was beginning to be impressed by these affirmations enunciated with such oracular certainty, and he felt
almost irritated at the incredulous Argensola, who continued looking insolently at the seer, repeating with his
winking eyes, "He is insaneinsane with pride." The man certainly must have strong reasons for making
such awful prophecies. His presence in Paris just at this time was difficult for Desnoyers to understand, and
gave to his words a mysterious authority.
"But the nations will defend themselves," he protested to his cousin. "Victory will not be such a very simple
thing as you imagine."
"Yes, they will defend themselves, and the struggle will be fiercely contested. It appears that, of late years,
France has been paying some attention to her army. We shall undoubtedly encounter some resistance;
triumph may be somewhat difficult, but we are going to prevail. . . . You have no idea to what extent the
offensive power of Germany has attained. Nobody knows with certainty beyond the frontiers. If our foes
should comprehend it in all its immensity, they would fall on their knees beforehand to beg for mercy, thus
obviating the necessity for useless sacrifices."
There was a long silence. Julius von Hartrott appeared lost in reverie. The very thought of the accumulated
strength of his race submerged him in a species of mystic adoration.
"The preliminary victory," he suddenly exclaimed, "we gained some time ago. Our enemies, therefore, hate
us, and yet they imitate us. All that bears the stamp of Germany is in demand throughout the world. The very
countries that are trying to resist our arms copy our methods in their universities and admire our theories,
even those which do not attain success in Germany. Oftentimes we laugh among ourselves, like the Roman
augurs, upon seeing the servility with which they follow us! . . . And yet they will not admit our superiority!"
For the first time, Argensola's eyes and general expression approved the words of Hartrott. What he had just
said was only too truethe world was a victim of "the German superstition." An intellectual cowardice, the
fear of Force had made it admire en masse and indiscriminately, everything of Teutonic origin, just because
of the intensity of its glittergold mixed with talcum. The socalled Latins, dazed with admiration, were,
with unreasonable pessimism, becoming doubtful of their ability, and thus were the first to decree their own
death. And the conceited Germans merely had to repeat the words of these pessimists in order to strengthen
their belief in their own superiority.
With that Southern temperament, which leaps rapidly from one extreme to another, many Latins had
proclaimed that in the world of the future, there would be no place for the Latin peoples, now in their
deathagonyadding that Germany alone preserved the latent forces of civilization. The French who
declaimed among themselves, with the greatest exaggeration, unconscious that folks were listening the other
side of the door, had proclaimed repeatedly for many years past, that France was degenerating rapidly and
would soon vanish from the earth. . . . Then why should they resent the scorn of their enemies. . . . Why
shouldn't the Germans share in their beliefs?
The professor, misinterpreting the silent agreement of the Spaniard who until then had been listening with
such a hostile smile, added:
"Now is the time to try out in France the German culture, implanting it there as conquerors."
Here Argensola interrupted, "And what if there is no such thing as German culture, as a celebrated Teuton
says?" It had become necessary to contradict this pedant who had become insufferable with his egotism.
Hartrott almost jumped from his chair on hearing such a doubt.
"What German is that?"
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER IV. THE COUSIN FROM BERLIN 61
Page No 64
"Nietzsche."
The professor looked at him pityingly. Nietzsche had said to mankind, "Be harsh!" affirming that "a righteous
war sanctifies every cause." He had exalted Bismarck; he had taken part in the war of '70; he was glorifying
Germany when he spoke of "the smiling lion," and "the blond beast." But Argensola listened with the
tranquillity of one sure of his ground. Oh, hours of placid reading near the studio chimney, listening to the
rain beating against the pane! . . .
"The philosopher did say that," he admitted, "and he said many other very different things, like all great
thinkers. His doctrine is one of pride, but of individual pride, not that of a nation or race. He always spoke
against 'the insidious fallacy of race.'"
Argensola recalled his philosophy word for word. Culture, according to Nietzsche, was "unity of style in all
the manifestations of life." Science did not necessarily include culture. Great knowledge might be
accompanied with great barbarity, by the absence of style or by the chaotic confusion of all styles. Germany,
according to the philosopher, had no genuine culture owing to its lack of style. "The French," he had said,
"were at the head of an authentic and fruitful culture, whatever their valor might be, and until now everybody
had drawn upon it." Their hatreds were concentrated within their own country. "I cannot endure Germany.
The spirit of servility and pettiness penetrates everywhere. . . . I believe only in French culture, and what the
rest of Europe calls culture appears to me to be a mistake. The few individual cases of lofty culture that I met
in Germany were of French origin."
"You know," continued Argensola, "that in quarrelling with Wagner about the excess of Germanism in his
art, Nietzsche proclaimed the necessity of mediterraneanizing music. His ideal was a culture for all Europe,
but with a Latin base."
Julius von Hartrott replied most disdainfully to this, repeating the Spaniard's very words. Men who thought
much said many things. Besides, Nietzsche was a poet, completely demented at his death, and was no
authority among the University sages. His fame had only been recognized in foreign lands. . . . And he paid
no further attention to the youth, ignoring him as though he had evaporated into thin air after his presumption.
All the professor's attention was now concentrated on Desnoyers.
"This country," he resumed, "is dying from within. How can you doubt that revolution will break out the
minute war is declared? . . . Have you not noticed the agitation of the boulevard on account of the Caillaux
trial? Reactionaries and revolutionists have been assaulting each other for the past three days. I have seen
them challenging one another with shouts and songs as if they were going to come to blows right in the
middle of the street. This division of opinion will become accentuated when our troops cross the frontier. It
will then be civil war. The antimilitarists are clamoring mournfully, believing that it is in the power of the
government to prevent the clash. . . . A country degenerated by democracy and by the inferiority of the
triumphant Celt, greedy for full liberty! . . . We are the only free people on earth because we know how to
obey."
This paradox made Julio smile. Germany the only free people! . . .
"It is so," persisted Hartrott energetically. "We have the liberty best suited to a great peopleeconomical and
intellectual liberty."
"And political liberty?"
The professor received this question with a scornful shrug.
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER IV. THE COUSIN FROM BERLIN 62
Page No 65
"Political liberty! . . . Only decadent and ungovernable people, inferior races anxious for equality and
democratic confusion, talk about political liberty. We Germans do not need it. We are a nation of masters
who recognize the sacredness of government, and we wish to be commanded by those of superior birth. We
possess the genius of organization."
That, according to the Doctor, was the grand German secret, and the Teutonic race upon taking possession of
the world, would share its discovery with all. The nations would then be so organized that each individual
would give the maximum of service to society. Humanity, banded in regiments for every class of production,
obeying a superior officer, like machines contributing the greatest possible output of laborthere you have
the perfect state! Liberty was a purely negative idea if not accompanied with a positive concept which would
make it useful.
The two friends listened with astonishment to this description of the future which Teutonic superiority was
offering to the world. Every individual submitted to intensive production, the same as a bit of land from
which its owner wishes to get the greatest number of vegetables. . . . Mankind reduced to mechanics. . . . No
useless operations that would not produce immediate results. . . . And the people who heralded this awful idea
were the very philosophers and idealists who had once given contemplation and reflection the first place in
their existence! . . .
Hartrott again harked back to the inferiority of their racial enemies. In order to combat successfully, it
required self assurance, an unquenchable confidence in the superiority of their own powers.
"At this very hour in Berlin, everyone is accepting war, everyone is believing that victory is sure, while
HERE! . . . I do not say that the French are afraid; they have a brave past that galvanizes them at certain
timesbut they are so depressed that it is easy to guess that they will make almost any sacrifices in order to
evade what is coming upon them. The people first will shout with enthusiasm, as it always cheers that which
carries it to perdition. The upper classes have no faith in the future; they are keeping quiet, but the
presentiment of disaster may easily be conjectured. Yesterday I was talking with your father. He is French,
and he is rich. He was indignant against the government of his country for involving the nation in the
European conflict in order to defend a distant and uninteresting people. He complains of the exalted patriots
who have opened the abyss between Germany and France, preventing a reconciliation. He says that Alsace
and Lorraine are not worth what a war would cost in men and money. . . . He recognizes our greatness and is
convinced that we have progressed so rapidly that the other countries cannot come up to us. . . . And as your
father thinks, so do many othersall those who are wrapped in creature comfort, and fear to lose it. Believe
me, a country that hesitates and fears war is conquered before the first battle."
Julio evinced a certain disquietude, as though he would like to cut short the conversation.
"Just leave my father out of it! He speaks that way today because war is not yet an accomplished fact, and
he has to contradict and vent his indignation on whoever comes near him. Tomorrow he will say just the
opposite. . . . My father is a Latin."
The professor looked at his watch. He must go; there were still many things which he had to do before going
to the station. The Germans living in Paris had fled in great bands as though a secret order had been
circulating among them. That afternoon the last of those who had been living ostensibly in the Capital would
depart.
"I have come to see you because of our family interest, because it was my duty to give you fair warning. You
are a foreigner, and nothing holds you here. If you are desirous of witnessing a great historic event,
remainbut it will be better for you to go. The war is going to be ruthless, very ruthless, and if Paris
attempts resistance, as formerly, we shall see terrible things. Modes of offense have greatly changed."
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER IV. THE COUSIN FROM BERLIN 63
Page No 66
Desnoyers made a gesture of indifference.
"The same as your father," observed the professor. "Last night he and all your family responded in the same
way. Even my mother prefers to remain with her sister, saying that the Germans are very good, very civilized
and there is nothing to apprehend in their triumph."
This good opinion seemed to be troubling the Doctor.
"They don't understand what modern warfare means. They ignore the fact that our generals have studied the
art of overcoming the enemy and they will apply it mercilessly. Ruthlessness is the only means, since it
perturbs the intelligence of the enemy, paralyzes his action and pulverizes his resistance. The more ferocious
the war, the more quickly it is concluded. To punish with cruelty is to proceed humanely. Therefore,
Germany is going to be cruel with a cruelty hitherto unseen, in order that the conflict may not be prolonged."
He had risen and was standing, cane and straw hat in hand. Argensola was looking at him with frank hostility.
The professor, obliged to pass near him, did so with a stiff and disdainful nod.
Then he started toward the door, accompanied by his cousin. The farewell was brief.
"I repeat my counsel. If you do not like danger, go! It may be that I am mistaken, and that this nation,
convinced of the uselessness of defense, may give itself up voluntarily. . . . At any rate, we shall soon see. I
shall take great pleasure in returning to Paris when the flag of the Empire is floating over the Eiffel Tower, a
mere matter of three or four weeks, certainly by the beginning of September."
France was going to disappear from the map. To the Doctor, her death was a foregone conclusion.
"Paris will remain," he admitted benevolently, "the French will remain, because a nation is not easily
suppressed; but they will not retain their former place. We shall govern the world; they will continue to
occupy themselves in inventing fashions, in making life agreeable for visiting foreigners; and in the
intellectual world, we shall encourage them to educate good actresses, to produce entertaining novels and to
write witty comedies. . . . Nothing more."
Desnoyers laughed as he shook his cousin's hand, pretending to take his words as a paradox.
"I mean it," insisted Hartrott. "The last hour of the French Republic as an important nation has sounded. I
have studied it at close range, and it deserves no better fate. License and lack of confidence abovesterile
enthusiasm below."
Upon turning his head, he again caught Argensola's malicious smile.
"We know all about that kind of study," he added aggressively. "We are accustomed to examine the nations
of the past, to dissect them fibre by fibre, so that we recognize at a glance the psychology of the living."
The Bohemian fancied that he saw a surgeon talking selfsufficiently about the mysteries of the will before a
corpse. What did this pedantic interpreter of dead documents know about life? . . .
When the door closed, he approached his friend who was returning somewhat dismayed. Argensola no longer
considered Doctor Julius von Hartrott crazy.
"What a brute!" he exclaimed, throwing up his hands. "And to think that they are at large, these originators of
gloomy errors! . . . Who would ever believe that they belong to the same land that produced Kant, the
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER IV. THE COUSIN FROM BERLIN 64
Page No 67
pacifist, the serene Goethe and Beethoven! . . . To think that for so many years, we have believed that they
were forming a nation of dreamers and philosophers occupied in working disinterestedly for all mankind! . .
."
The sentence of a German geographer recurred to him: "The German is bicephalous; with one head he
dreams and poetizes while with the other he thinks and executes."
Desnoyers was now beginning to feel depressed at the certainty of war. This professor seemed to him even
worse than the Herr Counsellor and the other Germans that he had met on the steamer. His distress was not
only because of his selfish thought as to how the catastrophe was going to affect his plans with Marguerite.
He was suddenly discovering that in this hour of uncertainty he loved France. He recognized it as his father's
native land and the scene of the great Revolution. . . . Although he had never mixed in political campaigns, he
was a republican at heart, and had often ridiculed certain of his friends who adored kings and emperors,
thinking it a great sign of distinction.
Argensola tried to cheer him up.
"Who knows? . . . This is a country of surprises. One must see the Frenchman when he tries to remedy his
want of foresight. Let that barbarian of a cousin of yours say what he willthere is order, there is
enthusiasm. . . . Worse off than we were those who lived in the days before Valmy. Entirely disorganized,
their only defense battalions of laborers and countrymen handling a gun for the first time. . . . But,
nevertheless, the Europe of the old monarchies could not for twenty years free themselves from these
improvised warriors!"
CHAPTER V. IN WHICH APPEAR THE FOUR HORSEMEN
The two friends now lived a feverish life, considerably accelerated by the rapidity with which events
succeeded each other. Every hour brought forth an astonishing bit of newsgenerally falsewhich changed
opinions very suddenly. As soon as the danger of war seemed arrested, the report would spread that
mobilization was going to be ordered within a few minutes.
Within each twentyfour hours were compressed the disquietude, anxiety and nervous waste of a normal
year. And that which was aggravating the situation still more was the uncertainty, the expectation of the
event, feared but still invisible, the distress on account of a danger continually threatening but never arriving.
History in the making was like a stream overflowing its banks, events overlapping each other like the waves
of an inundation. Austria was declaring war with Servia while the diplomats of the great powers were
continuing their efforts to stem the tide. The electric web girdling the planet was vibrating incessantly in the
depths of the ocean and on the peaks of the continents, transmitting alternate hopes and fears.
Russia was mobilizing a part of its army. Germany, with its troops in readiness under the pretext of
manoeuvres, was decreeing the state of "threatened war." The Austrians, regardless of the efforts of
diplomacy, were beginning the bombardment of Belgrade. William II, fearing that the intervention of the
Powers might settle the differences between the Czar and the Emperor of Austria, was forcing the course of
events by declaring war upon Russia. Then Germany began isolating herself, cutting off railroad and
telegraphic communications in order to shroud in mystery her invading forces.
France was watching this avalanche of events, temperate in its words and enthusiasm. A cool and grave
resolution was noticeable everywhere. Two generations had come into the world, informed as soon as they
reached a reasonable age, that some day there would undoubtedly be war. Nobody wanted it; the adversary
imposed it. . . . But all were accepting it with the firm intention of fulfilling their duty.
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER V. IN WHICH APPEAR THE FOUR HORSEMEN 65
Page No 68
During the daytime Paris was very quiet, concentrating the mind on the work in hand. Only a few groups of
exalted patriots, following the tricolored flag, were passing through the place de la Concorde, in order to
salute the statue of Strasbourg. The people were accosting each other in a friendly way in the streets.
Everybody seemed to know everybody else, although they might not have met before. Eye attracted eye, and
smiles appeared to broaden mutually with the sympathy of a common interest. The women were sad but
speaking cheerily in order to hide their emotions. In the long summer twilight, the boulevards were filling
with crowds. Those from the outlying districts were converging toward the centre of the city, as in the remote
revolutionary days, banding together in groups, forming an endless multitude from which came shouts and
songs. These manifestations were passing through the centre under the electric lights that were just being
turned on, the processions generally lasting until midnight, with the national banner floating above the
walking crowds, escorted by the flags of other nations.
It was on one of these nights of sincere enthusiasm that the two friends heard an unexpected, astonishing
piece of news. "They have killed Jaures!" The groups were repeating it from one to another with an
amazement which seemed to overpower their grief. "Jaures assassinated! And what for?" The best popular
element, which instinctively seeks an explanation of every proceeding, remained in suspense, not knowing
which way to turn. The tribune dead, at the very moment that his word as welder of the people was most
needed! . . .
Argensola thought immediately of Tchernoff. "What will our neighbors say?" . . . The quiet, orderly people
of Paris were fearing a revolution, and for a few moments Desnoyers believed that his cousin's auguries were
about to be fulfilled. This assassination, with its retaliations, might be the signal for civil war. But the masses
of the people, worn out with grief at the death of their hero, were waiting in tragic silence. All were seeing,
beyond his dead body, the image of the country.
By the following morning, the danger had vanished. The laboring classes were talking of generals and war,
showing each other their little military memorandums, announcing the date of their departure as soon as the
order of mobilization should be published. "I go the second day." "I the first." Those of the standing army
who were on leave were recalled individually to the barracks. All these events were tending in the same
directionwar.
The Germans were invading Luxembourg; the Germans were ordering their armies to invade the French
frontier when their ambassador was still in Paris making promises of peace. On the day after the death of
Jaures, the first of August, the people were crowding around some pieces of paper, written by hand and in
evident haste. These papers were copies of other larger printed sheets, headed by two crossed flags. "It has
come; it is now a fact!". . . It was the order for general mobilization. All France was about to take up arms,
and chests seemed to expand with a sigh of relief. Eyes were sparkling with excitement. The nightmare was
at last over! . . . Cruel reality was preferable to the uncertainty of days and days, each as long as a week.
In vain President Poincare, animated by a last hope, was explaining to the French that "mobilization is not
necessarily war, that a call to arms may be simply a preventive measure." "It is war, inevitable war," said the
populace with a fatalistic expression. And those who were going to start that very night or the following day
were the most eager and enthusiastic."Now those who seek us are going to find us! Vive la France!" The
Chant du Depart, the martial hymn of the volunteers of the first Republic, had been exhumed by the instinct
of a people which seek the voice of Art in its most critical moments. The stanzas of the conservative Chenier,
adapted to a music of warlike solemnity, were resounding through the streets, at the same time as the
Marseillaise:
La Republique nous appelle. Sachons vaincre ou sachons perir; Un francais doit vivre pour elle. Pour elle un
francais doit mourir.
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER V. IN WHICH APPEAR THE FOUR HORSEMEN 66
Page No 69
The mobilization began at midnight to the minute. At dusk, groups of men began moving through the streets
towards the stations. Their families were walking beside them, carrying the valise or bundle of clothes. They
were escorted by the friends of their district, the tricolored flag borne aloft at the head of these platoons. The
Reserves were donning their old uniforms which presented all the difficulties of suits long ago forgotten.
With new leather belts and their revolvers at their sides, they were betaking themselves to the railway which
was to carry them to the point of concentration. One of their children was carrying the old sword in its cloth
sheath. The wife was hanging on his arm, sad and proud at the same time, giving her last counsels in a loving
whisper.
Street cars, automobiles and cabs rolled by with crazy velocity. Nobody had ever seen so many vehicles in
the Paris streets, yet if anybody needed one, he called in vain to the conductors, for none wished to serve
mere civilians. All means of transportation were for military men, all roads ended at the railroad stations. The
heavy trucks of the administration, filled with sacks, were saluted with general enthusiasm. "Hurrah for the
army!" The soldiers in mechanic's garb, on top of the swaying pyramid, replied to the cheers, waving their
arms and uttering shouts that nobody pretended to understand.
Fraternity had created a tolerance hitherto unknown. The crowds were pressing forward, but in their
encounters, invariably preserved good order. Vehicles were running into each other, and when the conductors
resorted to the customary threats, the crowds would intervene and make them shake hands. "Three cheers for
France!" The pedestrians, escaping between the wheels of the automobiles were laughing and goodnaturedly
reproaching the chauffeur with, "Would you kill a Frenchman on his way to his regiment?" and the conductor
would reply, "I, too, am going in a few hours. This is my last trip." As night approached, cars and cabs were
running with increasing irregularity, many of the employees having abandoned their posts to take leave of
their families and make the train. All the life of Paris was concentrating itself in a halfdozen human rivers
emptying in the stations.
Desnoyers and Argensola met in a boulevard cafe toward midnight. Both were exhausted by the day's
emotions and under that nervous depression which follows noisy and violent spectacles. They needed to rest.
War was a fact, and now that it was a certainty, they felt no anxiety to get further news. Remaining in the cafe
proved impossible. In the hot and smoky atmosphere, the occupants were singing and shouting and waving
tiny flags. All the battle hymns of the past and present were here intoned in chorus, to an accompaniment of
glasses and plates. The rather cosmopolitan clientele was reviewing the European nations. All, absolutely all,
were going to enroll themselves on the side of France. "Hurrah! . . . Hurrah!" . . . An old man and his wife
were seated at a table near the two friends. They were tenants, of an orderly, humdrum walk in life, who
perhaps in all their existence had never been awake at such an hour. In the general enthusiasm they had come
to the boulevards "in order to see war a little closer." The foreign tongue used by his neighbors gave the
husband a lofty idea of their importance.
"Do you believe that England is going to join us?" . . .
Argensola knew as much about it as he, but he replied authoritatively, "Of course she will. That's a sure
thing!" The old man rose to his feet: "Hurrah for England!" and he began chanting a forgotten patriotic song,
marking time with his arms in a spirited way, to the great admiration of his old wife, and urging all to join in
the chorus that very few were able to follow.
The two friends had to take themselves home on foot. They could not find a vehicle that would stop for them;
all were hurrying in the opposite direction toward the stations. They were both in a bad humor, but Argensola
couldn't keep his to himself.
"Ah, these women!" Desnoyers knew all about his relations (so far honorable) with a midinette from the rue
Taitbout. Sunday strolls in the suburbs of Paris, various trips to the moving picture shows, comments upon
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER V. IN WHICH APPEAR THE FOUR HORSEMEN 67
Page No 70
the fine points of the latest novel published in the sheets of a popular paper, kisses of farewell when she took
the night train from Bois Colombes in order to sleep at homethat was all. But Argensola was wickedly
counting on Father Time to mellow the sharpest virtues. That evening they had taken some refreshment with
a French friend who was going the next morning to join his regiment. The girl had sometimes seen him with
Argensola without noticing him particularly, but now she suddenly began admiring him as though he were
another person. She had given up the idea of returning home that night; she wanted to see how a war begins.
The three had dined together, and all her interest had centred upon the one who was going away. She even
took offense, with sudden modesty, when Argensola tried as he had often done before, to squeeze her hand
under the table. Meanwhile she was almost leaning her head on the shoulder of the future hero, enveloping
him with admiring gaze.
"And they have gone. . . . They have gone away together!" said the Spaniard bitterly. "I had to leave them in
order not to make my hard luck any worse. To have worked so long . . . for another!"
He was silent for a few minutes, then changing the trend of his ideas, he added: "I recognize, nevertheless,
that her behavior is beautiful. The generosity of these women when they believe that the moment for sacrifice
has come! She is terribly afraid of her father, and yet she stays away from home all night with a person whom
she hardly knows, and whom she was not even thinking of in the middle of the afternoon! . . . The entire
nation feels gratitude toward those who are going to imperil their lives, and she, poor child, wishing to do
something, too, for those destined for death, to give them a little pleasure in their last hour . . . is giving the
best she has, that which she can never recover. I have sketched her role poorly, perhaps. . . . Laugh at me if
you want to, but admit that it is beautiful."
Desnoyers laughed heartily at his friend's discomfiture, in spite of the fact that he, too, was suffering a good
deal of secret annoyance. He had seen Marguerite but once since the day of his return. The only news of her
that he had received was by letter. . . . This cursed war! What an upset for happy people! Marguerite's mother
was ill. She was brooding over the departure of her son, an officer, on the first day of the mobilization.
Marguerite, too, was uneasy about her brother and did not think it expedient to come to the studio while her
mother was grieving at home. When was this situation ever to end? . . .
That check for four hundred thousand francs which he had brought from America was also worrying him.
The day before, the bank had declined to pay it for lack of the customary official advice. Afterward they said
that they had received the advice, but did not give him the money. That very afternoon, when the trust
companies had closed their doors, the government had already declared a moratorium, in order to prevent a
general bankruptcy due to the general panic. When would they pay him? . . . Perhaps when the war which had
not yet begun was endedperhaps never. He had no other money available except the two thousand francs
left over from his travelling expenses. All of his friends were in the same distressing situation, unable to draw
on the sums which they had in the banks. Those who had any money were obliged to go from shop to shop,
or form in line at the bank doors, in order to get a bill changed. Oh, this war! This stupid war!
In the Champs Elysees, they saw a man with a broadbrimmed hat who was walking slowly ahead of them
and talking to himself. Argensola recognized him as he passed near the street lamp, "Friend Tchernoff." Upon
returning their greeting, the Russian betrayed a slight odor of wine. Uninvited, he had adjusted his steps to
theirs, accompanying them toward the Arc de Triomphe.
Julio had merely exchanged silent nods with Argensola's new acquaintance when encountering him in the
vestibule; but sadness softens the heart and makes us seek the friendship of the humble as a refreshing shelter.
Tchernoff, on the contrary, looked at Desnoyers as though he had known him all his life.
The man had interrupted his monologue, heard only by the black masses of vegetation, the blue shadows
perforated by the reddish tremors of the street lights, the summer night with its cupola of warm breezes and
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER V. IN WHICH APPEAR THE FOUR HORSEMEN 68
Page No 71
twinkling stars. He took a few steps without saying anything, as a mark of consideration to his companions,
and then renewed his arguments, taking them up where he had broken off, without offering any explanation,
as though he were still talking to himself. . . .
"And at this very minute, they are shouting with enthusiasm the same as they are doing here, honestly
believing that they are going to defend their outraged country, wishing to die for their families and firesides
that nobody has threatened."
"Who are 'they,' Tchernoff?" asked Argensola.
The Russian stared at him as though surprised at such a question.
"They," he said laconically.
The two understood. . . . THEY! It could not be anyone else.
"I have lived ten years in Germany," he continued, connecting up his words, now that he found himself
listened to. "I was daily correspondent for a paper in Berlin and I know these people. Passing along these
thronged boulevards, I have been seeing in my imagination what must be happening there at this hour. They,
too, are singing and shouting with enthusiasm as they wave their flags. On the outside, they seem just
alikebut oh, what a difference within! . . . Last night the people beset a few babblers in the boulevard who
were yelling, 'To Berlin!'a slogan of bad memories and worse taste. France does not wish conquests; her
only desire is to be respected, to live in peace without humiliations or disturbances. Tonight two of the
mobilized men said on leaving, 'When we enter Germany we are going to make it a republic!' . . . A republic
is not a perfect thing, but it is better than living under an irresponsible monarchy by the grace of God. It at
least presupposes tranquillity and absence of the personal ambitions that disturb life. I was impressed by the
generous thought of these laboring men who, instead of wishing to exterminate their enemies, were planning
to give them something better."
Tchernoff remained silent a few minutes, smiling ironically at the picture which his imagination was calling
forth.
"In Berlin, the masses are expressing their enthusiasm in the lofty phraseology befitting a superior people.
Those in the lowest classes, accustomed to console themselves for humiliations with a gross materialism, are
now crying 'Nach Paris! We are going to drink champagne gratis!' The pietistic burgher, ready to do anything
to attain a new honor, and the aristocracy which has given the world the greatest scandals of recent years, are
also shouting, 'Nach Paris!' To them Paris is the Babylon of the deadly sin, the city of the Moulin Rouge and
the restaurants of Montmartre, the only places that they know. . . . And my comrades of the Social
Democracy, they are also cheering, but to another tune.'Tomorrow! To St. Petersburg! Russian
ascendency, the menace of civilization, must be obliterated!' The Kaiser waving the tyranny of another
country as a scarecrow to his people! . . . What a joke!"
And the loud laugh of the Russian sounded through the night like the noise of wooden clappers.
"We are more civilized than the Germans," he said, regaining his selfcontrol.
Desnoyers, who had been listening with great interest, now gave a start of surprise, saying to himself, "This
Tchernoff has been drinking."
"Civilization," continued the Socialist, "does not consist merely in great industry, in many ships, armies and
numerous universities that only teach science. That is material civilization. There is another, a superior one,
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER V. IN WHICH APPEAR THE FOUR HORSEMEN 69
Page No 72
that elevates the soul and does not permit human dignity to suffer without protesting against continual
humiliations. A Swiss living in his wooden chalet and considering himself the equal of the other men of his
country, is more civilized than the Herr Professor who gives precedence to a lieutenant, or to a Hamburg
millionaire who, in turn, bends his neck like a lackey before those whose names are prefixed by a von."
Here the Spaniard assented as though he could guess what Tchernoff was going to say.
"We Russians endure great tyranny. I know something about that. I know the hunger and cold of Siberia. . . .
But opposed to our tyranny has always existed a revolutionary protest. Part of the nation is halfbarbarian,
but the rest has a superior mentality, a lofty moral spirit which faces danger and sacrifice because of liberty
and truth. . . . And Germany? Who there has ever raised a protest in order to defend human rights? What
revolutions have ever broken out in Prussia, the land of the great despots?
Frederick William, the founder of militarism, when he was tired of beating his wife and spitting in his
children's plates, used to sally forth, thong in hand, in order to cowhide those subjects who did not get out of
his way in time. His son, Frederick the Great, declared that he died, bored to death with governing a nation of
slaves. In two centuries of Prussian history, one single revolutionthe barricades of 1848a bad Berlinish
copy of the Paris revolution, and without any result. Bismarck corrected with a heavy hand so as to crush
completely the last attempts at protest if such ever really existed. And when his friends were threatening
him with revolution, the ferocious Junker, merely put his hands on his hips and roared with the most insolent
of horse laughs. A revolution in Prussia! . . . Nothing at all, as he knew his people!"
Tchernoff was not a patriot. Many a time Argensola had heard him railing against his country, but now he
was indignant in view of the contempt with which Teutonic haughtiness was treating the Russian nation.
Where, in the last forty years of imperial grandeur, was that universal supremacy of which the Germans were
everlastingly boasting? . . .
Excellent workers in science; tenacious and shortsighted academicians, each wrapped in his
specialty!Benedictines of the laboratory who experimented painstakingly and occasionally hit upon
something, in spite of enormous blunders given out as truths, because they were their own . . . that was all!
And side by side with such patient laboriosity, really worthy of respectwhat charlatanism! What great
names exploited as a shop sample! How many sages turned into proprietors of sanatoriums! . . . A Herr
Professor discovers the cure of tuberculosis, and the tubercular keep on dying as before. Another labels with a
number the invincible remedy for the most unconfessable of diseases, and the genital scourge continues
afflicting the world. And all these errors were representing great fortunes, each saving panacea bringing into
existence an industrial corporation selling its products at high pricesas though suffering were a privilege of
the rich. How different from the bluff Pasteur and other clever men of the inferior races who have given their
discoveries to the world without stooping to form monopolies!
"German science," continued Tchernoff, "has given much to humanity, I admit that; but the science of other
nations has done as much. Only a nation puffed up with conceit could imagine that it has done everything for
civilization, and the others nothing. . . . Apart from their learned specialists, what genius has been produced
in our day by this Germany which believes itself so transcendent? Wagner, the last of the romanticists, closes
an epoch and belongs to the past. Nietzsche took pains to proclaim his Polish origin and abominated
Germany, a country, according to him, of middleclass pedants. His Slavism was so pronounced that he even
prophesied the overthrow of the Prussians by the Slavs. . . . And there are others. We, although a savage
people, have given the world of modern times an admirable moral grandeur. Tolstoi and Dostoievsky are
worldgeniuses. What names can the Germany of William II put ahead of these? . . . His country was the
country of music, but the Russian musicians of today are more original than the mere followers of Wagner,
the copyists who take refuge in orchestral exasperations in order to hide their mediocrity. . . . In its time of
stress the German nation had men of genius, before PanGermanism had been born, when the Empire did not
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER V. IN WHICH APPEAR THE FOUR HORSEMEN 70
Page No 73
exist. Goethe, Schiller, Beethoven were subjects of little principalities. They received influence from other
countries and contributed their share to the universal civilization like citizens of the world, without insisting
that the world should, therefore, become Germanized."
Czarism had committed atrocities. Tchernoff knew that by experience, and did not need the Germans to
assure him of it. But all the illustrious classes of Russia were enemies of that tyranny and were protesting
against it. Where in Germany were the intellectual enemies of Prussian Czarism? They were either holding
their peace, or breaking forth into adulation of the anointed of the Lorda musician and comedian like Nero,
of a sharp and superficial intelligence, who believed that by merely skimming through anything he knew it
all. Eager to strike a spectacular pose in history, he had finally afflicted the world with the greatest of
calamities.
"Why must the tyranny that weighs upon my country necessarily be Russian? The worst Czars were imitators
of Prussia. Every time that the Russian people of our day have attempted to revindicate their rights, the
reactionaries have used the Kaiser as a threat, proclaiming that he would come to their aid. Onehalf of the
Russian aristocracy is German; the functionaries who advise and support despotism are Germans; German,
too, are the generals who have distinguished themselves by massacring the people; German are the officials
who undertake to punish the laborers' strikes and the rebellion of their allies. The reactionary Slav is brutal,
but he has the fine sensibility of a race in which many princes have become Nihilists. He raises the lash with
facility, but then he repents and oftentimes weeps. I have seen Russian officials kill themselves rather than
march against the people, or through remorse for slaughter committed. The German in the service of the Czar
feels no scruples, nor laments his conduct. He kills coldly, with the minuteness and exactitude with which he
does everything. The Russian is a barbarian who strikes and regrets; German civilization shoots without
hesitation. Our Slav Czar, in a humanitarian dream, favored the Utopian idea of universal peace, organizing
the Conference of The Hague. The Kaiser of culture, meanwhile, has been working years and years in the
erection and establishment of a destructive organ of an immensity heretofore unknown, in order to crush all
Europe. The Russian is a humble Christian, socialistic, democratic, thirsting for justice; the German prides
himself upon his Christianity, but is an idolator like the German of other centuries. His religion loves blood
and maintains castes; his true worship is that of Odin;only that nowadays, the god of slaughter has changed
his name and calls himself, 'The State'!"
Tchernoff paused an instantperhaps in order to increase the wonder of his companionsand then said
with simplicity:
"I am a Christian."
Argensola, who already knew the ideas and history of the Russian, started with astonishment, and Julio
persisted in his suspicion, "Surely Tchernoff is drunk."
"It is true," declared the Russian earnestly, "that I do not worry about God, nor do I believe in dogmas, but
my soul is Christian as is that of all revolutionists. The philosophy of modern democracy is lay Christianity.
We Socialists love the humble, the needy, the weak. We defend their right to life and wellbeing, as did the
greatest lights of the religious world who saw a brother in every unfortunate. We exact respect for the poor in
the name of justice; the others ask for it in the name of charity. That only separates us. But we strive that
mankind may, by common consent, lead a better life, that the strong may sacrifice for the weak, the lofty for
the lowly, and the world be ruled by brotherliness, seeking the greatest equality possible."
The Slav reviewed the history of human aspirations. Greek thought had brought comfort, a sense of
wellbeing on the earthbut only for the few, for the citizens of the little democracies, for the free men,
leaving the slaves and barbarians who constituted the majority, in their misery. Christianity, the religion of
the lowly, had recognized the right of happiness for all mankind, but this happiness was placed in heaven, far
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER V. IN WHICH APPEAR THE FOUR HORSEMEN 71
Page No 74
from this world, this "vale of tears." The Revolution and its heirs, the Socialists, were trying to place
happiness in the immediate realities of earth, like the ancients, but making all humanity participants in it like
the Christians.
"Where is the 'Christianity of modern Germany? . . . There is far more genuine Christian spirit in the fraternal
laity of the French Republic, defender of the weak, than in the religiosity of the conservative Junkers.
Germany has made a god in her own image, believing that she adores it, but in reality adoring her own image.
The German God is a reflex of the German State which considers war as the first activity of a nation and the
noblest of occupations. Other Christian peoples, when they have to go to war, feel the contradiction that
exists between their conduct and the teachings of the Gospel, and excuse themselves by showing the cruel
necessity which impels them. Germany declares that war is acceptable to God. I have heard German sermons
proving that Jesus was in favor of Militarism.
"Teutonic pride, the conviction that its race is providentially destined to dominate the world, brings into
working unity their Protestants, Catholics and Jews.
"Far above their differences of dogma is that God of the State which is Germanthe Warrior God to whom
William is probably referring as 'my worthy Ally.' Religions always tend toward universality. Their aim is to
place humanity in relationship with God, and to sustain these relations among mankind. Prussia has
retrograded to barbarism, creating for its personal use a second Jehovah, a divinity hostile to the greater part
of the human race who makes his own the grudges and ambitions of the German people."
Tchernoff then explained in his own way the creation of this Teutonic God, ambitious, cruel and vengeful.
The Germans were comparatively recent Christians. Their Christianity was not more than six centuries old.
When the Crusades were drawing to a close, the Prussians were still living in paganism. Pride of race,
impelling them to war, had revived these dead divinities. The God of the Gospel was now adorned by the
Germans with lance and shield like the old Teutonic god who was a military chief.
"Christianity in Berlin wears helmet and riding boots. God at this moment is seeing Himself mobilized the
same as Otto, Fritz and Franz, in order to punish the enemies of His chosen people. That the Lord has
commanded, 'Thou shalt not kill,' and His Son has said to the world, 'Blessed are the peacemakers,' no longer
matters. Christianity, according to its German priests of all creeds, can only influence the individual
betterment of mankind, and should not mix itself in affairs of state. The Prussian God of the State is 'the old
German God,' the lineal descendant of the ferocious Germanic mythology, a mixture of divinities hungry for
war."
In the silence of the avenue, the Russian evoked the ruddy figures of the implacable gods, that were going to
awake that night upon hearing the hum of arms and smelling the acrid odor of blood. Thor, the brutal god
with the little head, was stretching his biceps and clutching the hammer that crushed cities. Wotan was
sharpening his lance which had the lightning for its handle, the thunder for its blade. Odin, the oneeyed, was
gaping with gluttony on the mountaintops, awaiting the dead warriors that would crowd around his throne.
The dishevelled Valkyries, fat and perspiring, were beginning to gallop from cloud to cloud, hallooing to
humanity that they might carry off the corpses doubled like saddle bags, over the haunches of their flying
nags.
"German religiosity," continued the Russian, "is the disavowal of Christianity. In its eyes, men are no longer
equal before God. Their God is interested only in the strong, and favors them with his support so that they
may dare anything. Those born weak must either submit or disappear. Neither are nations equal, but are
divided into leaders and inferior races whose destiny is to be sifted out and absorbed by their superiors. Since
God has thus ordained, it is unnecessary to state that the grand worldleader is Germany."
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER V. IN WHICH APPEAR THE FOUR HORSEMEN 72
Page No 75
Argensola here interrupted to observe that German pride believed itself championed not only by God but by
science, too.
"I know that," interposed the Russian without letting him finish "generalization, inequality, selection, the
struggle for life, and all that. . . . The Germans, so conceited about their special worth, erect upon distant
ground their intellectual monuments, borrowing of the foreigner their foundation material whenever they
undertake a new line of work. A Frenchman and an Englishman, Gobineau and Chamberlain, have given
them the arguments with which to defend the superiority of their race. With the rubbish left over from Darwin
and Spencer, their old Haeckel has built up his doctrine of 'Monism' which, applied to politics, scientifically
consecrates Prussian pride and recognizes its right to rule the world by force."
"No, a thousand times no!" he exclaimed after a brief silence. "The struggle for existence with its procession
of cruelties may be true among the lower species, but it should not be true among human creatures. We are
rational beings and ought to free ourselves from the fatality of environment, moulding it to our convenience.
The animal does not know law, justice or compassion; he lives enslaved in the obscurity of his instincts. We
think, and thought signifies liberty. Force does not necessarily have to be cruel; it is strongest when it does
not take advantage of its power, and is kindly. All have a right to the life into which they are born, and since
among individuals there exist the haughty and the humble, the mighty and the weak, so should exist nations,
large and small, old and young. The end of our existence is not combat nor killing in order that others may
afterwards kill us, and, perhaps, be killed themselves. Civilized peoples ought unanimously to adopt the idea
of southern Europe, striving for the most peaceful and sweetest form of life possible."
A cruel smile played over the Russian's beard.
"But there exists that Kultur, diametrically opposed to civilization, which the Germans wish to palm off upon
us. Civilization is refinement of spirit, respect of one's neighbor, tolerance of foreign opinion, courtesy of
manner. Kultur is the action of a State that organizes and assimilates individuals and communities in order to
utilize them for its own ends; and these ends consist mainly in placing 'The State' above other states,
overwhelming them with their grandeuror what is the same thing with their haughty and violent pride."
By this time, the three had reached the place de l'Etoile. The dark outline of the Arc de Triomphe stood forth
clearly in the starry expanse. The avenues extended in all directions, a double file of lights. Those around the
monument illuminated its gigantic bases and the feet of the sculptured groups. Further up, the vaulted spaces
were so locked in shadow that they had the black density of ebony.
Upon passing under the Arch, which greatly intensified the echo of their footsteps, they came to a standstill.
The night breeze had a wintry chill as it whistled past, and the curved masses seemed melting into the
diffused blue of space. Instinctively the three turned to glance back at the Champs Elysees. They saw only a
river of shadow on which were floating rosaries of red stars among the two long, black scarfs formed by the
buildings. But they were so well acquainted with this panorama that in imagination they mentally saw the
majestic sweep of the avenue, the double row of palaces, the place de la Concorde in the background with the
Egyptian obelisk, and the trees of the Tuileries.
"How beautiful it is!" exclaimed Tchernoff who was seeing something beyond the shadows. "An entire
civilization, loving peace and pleasure, has passed through here."
A memory greatly affected the Russian. Many an afternoon, after lunch, he had met in this very spot a robust
man, stocky, with reddish beard and kindly eyesa man who looked like a giant who had just stopped
growing. He was always accompanied by a dog. It was Jaures, his friend Jaures, who before going to the
senate was accustomed to taking a walk toward the Arch from his home in Passy.
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER V. IN WHICH APPEAR THE FOUR HORSEMEN 73
Page No 76
"He liked to come just where we are now! He loved to look at the avenues, the distant gardens, all of Paris
which can be seen from this height; and filled with admiration, he would often say to me, 'This is
magnificentone of the most beautiful perspectives that can be found in the entire world.' . . . Poor Jaures!"
Through association of ideas, the Russian evoked the image of his compatriot, Michael Bakounine, another
revolutionist, the father of anarchy, weeping with emotion at a concert after hearing the symphony with
Beethoven chorals directed by a young friend of his, named Richard Wagner. "When our revolution comes,"
he cried, clasping the hand of the master, "whatever else may perish, this must be saved at any cost!"
Tchernoff roused himself from his reveries to look around him and say with sadness:
"THEY have passed through here!"
Every time that he walked through the Arch, the same vision would spring up in his mind. THEY were
thousands of helmets glistening in the sun, thousands of heavy boots lifted with mechanical rigidity at the
same time; horns, fifes, drums large and small, clashing against the majestic silence of these stonesthe
warlike march from Lohengrin sounding in the deserted avenues before the closed houses.
He, who was a foreigner, always felt attracted by the spell exerted by venerable buildings guarding the glory
of a bygone day. He did not wish to know who had erected it. As soon as its pride is flattered, mankind tries
immediately to solidify it. Then Humanity intervenes with a broader vision that changes the original
significance of the work, enlarges it and strips it of its first egotistical import. The Greek statues, models of
the highest beauty, had been originally mere images of the temple, donated by the piety of the devotees of
those times. Upon evoking Roman grandeur, everybody sees in imagination the enormous Coliseum, circle of
butcheries, or the arches erected to the glory of the inept Caesars. The representative works of nations have
two significationsthe interior or immediate one which their creators gave them, and the exterior or
universal interest, the symbolic value which the centuries have given them.
"This Arch," continued Tchernoff, "is French within, with its names of battles and generals open to criticism.
On the outside, it is the monument of the people who carried through the greatest revolution for liberty ever
known. The glorification of man is there below in the column of the place Vendome. Here there is nothing
individual. Its builders erected it to the memory of la Grande Armee and that Grand Army was the people in
arms who spread revolution throughout Europe. The artists, great inventors, foresaw the true significance of
this work. The warriors of Rude who are chanting the Marseillaise in the group at the left are not professional
soldiers, they are armed citizens, marching to work out their sublime and violent mission. Their nudity makes
them appear to me like sansculottes in Grecian helmets. . . . Here there is more than the glory and egoism of
a great nation. All Europe is awake to new life, thanks to these Crusaders of Liberty. . . . The nations call to
mind certain images. If I think of Greece, I see the columns of the Parthenon; Rome, Mistress of the World, is
the Coliseum and the Arch of Trajan; and revolutionary France is the Arc de Triomphe."
The Arch was even more, according to the Russian. It represented a great historical retaliation; the nations of
the South, called the Latin races, replying, after many centuries, to the invasion which had destroyed the
Roman jurisdictionthe Mediterranean peoples spreading themselves as conquerors through the lands of the
ancient barbarians. Retreating immediately, they had swept away the past like a tidal wavethe great surf
depositing all that it contained. Like the waters of certain rivers which fructify by overflowing, this recession
of the human tide had left the soil enriched with new and generous ideas.
"If THEY should return!" added Tchernoff with a look of uneasiness. "If they again should tread these
stones! . . . Before, they were simpleminded folk, stunned by their rapid goodfortune, who passed through
here like a farmer through a salon. They were content with money for the pocket and two provinces which
should perpetuate the memory of their victory. . . . But now they will not be the soldiers only who march
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER V. IN WHICH APPEAR THE FOUR HORSEMEN 74
Page No 77
against Paris. At the tail of the armies come the maddened canteenkeepers, the Herr Professors, carrying at
the side the little keg of wine with the powder which crazes the barbarian, the wine of Kultur. And in the vans
come also an enormous load of scientific savagery, a new philosophy which glorifies Force as a principle and
sanctifier of everything, denies liberty, suppresses the weak and places the entire world under the charge of a
minority chosen by God, just because it possesses the surest and most rapid methods of slaughter. Humanity
may well tremble for the future if again resounds under this archway the tramp of boots following a march of
Wagner or any other Kapellmeister."
They left the Arch, following the avenue Victor Hugo. Tchernoff walking along in dogged silence as though
the vision of this imaginary procession had overwhelmed him. Suddenly he continued aloud the course of his
reflections.
"And if they should enter, what does it matter? . . . On that account, the cause of Right will not die. It suffers
eclipses, but is born again; it may be ignored and trampled under foot, but it does not, therefore, cease to
exist, and all good souls recognize it as the only rule of life. A nation of madmen wishes to place might upon
the pedestal that others have raised to Right. Useless endeavor! The eternal hope of mankind will ever be the
increasing power of more liberty, more brotherliness, more justice."
The Russian appeared to calm himself with this statement. He and his friends spoke of the spectacle which
Paris was presenting in its preparation for war. Tchernoff bemoaned the great suffering produced by the
catastrophe, the thousands and thousands of domestic tragedies that were unrolling at that moment.
Apparently nothing had changed. In the centre of the city and around the stations, there was unusual
agitation, but the rest of the immense city did not appear affected by the great overthrow of its existence. The
solitary street was presenting its usual aspect, the breeze was gently moving the leaves. A solemn peace
seemed to be spreading itself through space. The houses appeared wrapped in slumber, but behind the closed
windows might be surmised the insomnia of the reddened eyes, the sighs from hearts anguished by the
threatened danger, the tremulous agility of the hands preparing the war outfit, perhaps the last loving
greetings exchanged without pleasure, with kisses ending in sobs.
Tchernoff thought of his neighbors, the husband and wife who occupied the other interior apartment behind
the studio. She was no longer playing the piano. The Russian had overheard disputes, the banging of doors
locked with violence, and the footsteps of a man in the middle of the night, fleeing from a woman's cries.
There had begun to develop on the other side of the wall a regulation dramaa repetition of hundreds of
others, all taking place at the same time.
"She is a German," volunteered the Russian. "Our concierge has ferreted out her nationality. He must have
gone by this time to join his regiment. Last night I could hardly sleep. I heard the lamentations through the
thin wall partition, the steady, desperate weeping of an abandoned child, and the voice of a man who was
vainly trying to quiet her! . . . Ah, what a rain of sorrows is now falling upon the world!"
That same evening, on leaving the house, he had met her by her door. She appeared like another woman, with
an old look as though in these agonizing hours she had been suffering for fifteen years. In vain the kindly
Tchernoff had tried to cheer her up, urging her to accept quietly her husband's absence so as not to harm the
little one who was coming.
"For the unhappy creature is going to be a mother," he said sadly. "She hides her condition with a certain
modesty, but from my window, I have often seen her making the dainty layette."
The woman had listened to him as though she did not understand. Words were useless before her desperation.
She could only sob as though talking to herself, "I am a German. . . . He has gone; he has to go away. . . .
Alone! . . . Alone forever!" . . .
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER V. IN WHICH APPEAR THE FOUR HORSEMEN 75
Page No 78
"She is thinking all the time of her nationality which is separating her from her husband; she is thinking of the
concentration camp to which they will take her with her compatriots. She is fearful of being abandoned in the
enemy's country obliged to defend itself against the attack of her own country. . . . And all this when she is
about to become a mother. What miseries! What agonies!"
The three reached the rue de la Pompe and on entering the house, Tchernoff began to take leave of his
companions in order to climb the service stairs; but Desnoyers wished to prolong the conversation. He
dreaded being alone with his friend, still chagrined over the evening's events. The conversation with the
Russian interested him, so they all went up in the elevator together. Argensola suggested that this would be a
good opportunity to uncork one of the many bottles which he was keeping in the kitchen. Tchernoff could go
home through the studio door that opened on the stairway.
The great window had its glass doors wide open; the transoms on the patio side were also open; a breeze kept
the curtains swaying, moving, too, the old lanterns, motheaten flags and other adornments of the romantic
studio. They seated themselves around the table, near a window some distance from the light which was
illuminating the other end of the big room. They were in the shadow, with their backs to the interior court.
Opposite them were tiled roofs and an enormous rectangle of blue shadow, perforated by the sharppointed
stars. The city lights were coloring the shadowy space with a bloody reflection.
Tchernoff drank two glasses, testifying to the excellence of the liquid by smacking his lips. The three were
silent with the wondering and thoughtful silence which the grandeur of the night imposes. Their eyes were
glancing from star to star, grouping them in fanciful lines, forming them into triangles or squares of varying
irregularity. At times, the twinkling radiance of a heavenly body appeared to broaden the rays of light, almost
hypnotizing them.
The Russian, without coming out of his revery, availed himself of another glass. Then he smiled with cruel
irony, his bearded face taking on the semblance of a tragic mask peeping between the curtains of the night.
"I wonder what those men up there are thinking!" he muttered. "I wonder if any star knows that Bismarck
ever existed! . . . I wonder if the planets are aware of the divine mission of the German nation!"
And he continued laughing.
Some faraway and uncertain noise disturbed the stillness of the night, slipping through some of the chinks
that cut the immense plain of roofs. The three turned their heads so as to hear better. . . . The sound of voices
cut through the thick silence of nighta masculine chorus chanting a hymn, simple, monotonous and
solemn. They guessed at what it must be, although they could not hear very well. Various single notes
floating with greater intensity on the night wind, enabled Argensola to piece together the short song, ending
in a melodious, triumphant yella true war song:
C'est l'Alsace et la Lorraine, C'est l'Alsace qu'il nous faut, Oh, oh, oh, oh.
A new band of men was going away through the streets below, toward the railway station, the gateway of the
war. They must be from the outlying districts, perhaps from the country, and passing through
silencewrapped Paris, they felt like singing of the great national hope, that those who were watching behind
the dark facades might feel comforted, knowing that they were not alone.
"Just as it is in the opera," said Julio listening to the last notes of the invisible chorus dying away into the
night.
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER V. IN WHICH APPEAR THE FOUR HORSEMEN 76
Page No 79
Tchernoff continued drinking, but with a distracted air, his eyes fixed on the red cloud that floated over the
roofs.
The two friends conjectured his mental labor from his concentrated look, and the low exclamations which
were escaping him like the echoes of an interior monologue. Suddenly he leaped from thought to word
without any forewarning, continuing aloud the course of his reasoning.
"And when the sun arises in a few hours, the world will see coursing through its fields the four horsemen,
enemies of mankind. . . . Already their wild steeds are pawing the ground with impatience; already the
illomened riders have come together and are exchanging the last words before leaping into the saddle."
"What horsemen are these?" asked Argensola.
"Those which go before the Beast."
The two friends thought this reply as unintelligible as the preceding words. Desnoyers again said mentally,
"He is drunk," but his curiosity forced him to ask, "What beast is that?"
"That of the Apocalypse."
There was a brief silence, but the Russian's terseness of speech did not last long. He felt the necessity of
expressing his enthusiasm for the dreamer on the island rock of Patmos. The poet of great and mystic vision
was exerting, across two thousand years, his influence over this mysterious revolutionary, tucked away on the
top floor of a house in Paris. John had foreseen it all. His visions, unintelligible to the masses, nevertheless
held within them the mystery of great human events.
Tchernoff described the Apocalyptic beast rising from the depths of the sea. He was like a leopard, his feet
like those of a bear, his mouth like the snout of a lion. He had seven heads and ten horns. And upon the horns
were ten crowns, and upon each of his heads the name of a blasphemy. The evangelist did not say just what
these blasphemies were, perhaps they differed according to the epochs, modified every thousand years when
the beast made a new apparition. The Russian seemed to be reading those that were flaming on the heads of
the monsterblasphemies against humanity, against justice, against all that makes life sweet and bearable.
"Might is superior to Right!" . . . "The weak should not exist." . . . "Be harsh in order to be great." . . . And the
Beast in all its hideousness was attempting to govern the world and make mankind render him homage!
"But the four horsemen?" persisted Desnoyers.
The four horsemen were preceding the appearance of the monster in John's vision.
The seven seals of the book of mystery were broken by the Lamb in the presence of the great throne where
was seated one who shone like jasper. The rainbow round about the throne was in sight like unto an emerald.
Twentyfour thrones were in a semicircle around the great throne, and upon them twentyfour elders with
white robes and crowns of gold. Four enormous animals, covered with eyes and each having six wings,
seemed to be guarding the throne. The sounding of trumpets was greeting the breaking of the first seal.
"Come and see," cried one of the beasts in a stentorian tone to the visionseeing poet. . . . And the first
horseman appeared on a white horse. In his hand he carried a bow, and a crown was given unto him. He was
Conquest, according to some, the Plague according to others. He might be both things at the same time. He
wore a crown, and that was enough for Tchernoff.
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER V. IN WHICH APPEAR THE FOUR HORSEMEN 77
Page No 80
"Come forth," shouted the second animal, removing his thousand eyes. And from the broken seal leaped a
flamecolored steed. His rider brandished over his head an enormous sword. He was War. Peace fled from
the world before his furious gallop; humanity was going to be exterminated.
And when the third seal was broken, another of the winged animals bellowed like a thunder clap, "Come and
see!" And John saw a black horse. He who mounted it held in his hand a scale in order to weigh the
maintenance of mankind. He was Famine.
The fourth animal saluted the breaking of the fourth seal with a great roaring"Come and see!" And there
appeared a palecolored horse. His rider was called Death, and power was given him to destroy with the
sword and with hunger and with death, and with the beasts of the earth.
The four horsemen were beginning their mad, desolating course over the heads of terrified humanity.
Tchernoff was describing the four scourges of the earth exactly as though he were seeing them. The
horseman on the white horse was clad in a showy and barbarous attire. His Oriental countenance was
contracted with hatred as if smelling out his victims. While his horse continued galloping, he was bending his
bow in order to spread pestilence abroad. At his back swung the brass quiver filled with poisoned arrows,
containing the germs of all diseasesthose of private life as well as those which envenom the wounded
soldier on the battlefield.
The second horseman on the red steed was waving the enormous, two edged sword over his hair bristling
with the swiftness of his course. He was young, but the fierce scowl and the scornful mouth gave him a look
of implacable ferocity. His garments, blown open by the motion of his wild race, disclosed the form of a
muscular athlete.
Bald, old and horribly skinny was the third horseman bouncing up and down on the rawboned back of his
black steed. His shrunken legs clanked against the thin flanks of the lean beast. In one withered hand he was
holding the scales, symbol of the scarcity of food that was going to become as valuable as gold.
The knees of the fourth horseman, sharp as spurs, were pricking the ribs of the pale horse. His
parchmentlike skin betrayed the lines and hollows of his skeleton. The front of his skulllike face was
twisted with the sardonic laugh of destruction. His canelike arms were whirling aloft a gigantic sickle. From
his angular shoulders was hanging a ragged, filthy shroud.
And the furious cavalcade was passing like a hurricane over the immense assemblage of human beings. The
heavens showed above their heads, a livid, darkedged cloud from the west. Horrible monsters and
deformities were swarming in spirals above the furious horde, like a repulsive escort. Poor Humanity, crazed
with fear, was fleeing in all directions on hearing the thundering pace of the Plague, War, Hunger and Death.
Men and women, young and old, were knocking each other down and falling to the ground overwhelmed by
terror, astonishment and desperation. And the white horse, the red, the black and the pale, were crushing all
with their relentless, iron treadthe athletic man was hearing the crashing of his broken ribs, the nursing
babe was writhing at its mother's breast, and the aged and feeble were closing their eyes forever with a
childlike sob.
"God is asleep, forgetting the world," continued the Russian. "It will be a long time before he awakes, and
while he sleeps the four feudal horsemen of the Beast will course through the land as its only lords."
Tchernoff was overpowered by the intensity of his dramatic vision. Springing from his seat, he paced up and
down with great strides; but his picture of the fourfold catastrophe revealed by the gloomy poet's trance,
seemed to him very weak indeed. A great painter had given corporeal form to these terrible dreams.
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER V. IN WHICH APPEAR THE FOUR HORSEMEN 78
Page No 81
"I have a book," he murmured, "a rare book." . . .
And suddenly he left the studio and went to his own quarters. He wanted to bring the book to show to his
friends. Argensola accompanied him, and they returned in a few minutes with the volume, leaving the doors
open behind them, so as to make a stronger current of air among the hollows of the facades and the interior
patio.
Tchernoff placed his precious book under the light. It was a volume printed in 1511, with Latin text and
engravings. Desnoyers read the title, "The Apocalypse Illustrated." The engravings were by Albert Durer, a
youthful effort, when the master was only twentyseven years old. The three were fascinated by the picture
portraying the wild career of the Apocalyptic horsemen. The quadruple scourge, on fantastic mounts, seemed
to be precipitating itself with a realistic sweep, crushing panicstricken humanity.
Suddenly something happened which startled the three men from their contemplative admirationsomething
unusual, indefinable, a dreadful sound which seemed to enter directly into their brains without passing
through their earsa clutch at the heart. Instinctively they knew that something very grave had just
happened.
They stared at each other silently for a few interminable seconds.
Through the open door, a cry of alarm came up from the patio.
With a common impulse, the three ran to the interior window, but before reaching them, the Russian had a
presentiment.
"My neighbor! . . . It must be my neighbor. Perhaps she has killed herself!"
Looking down, they could see lights below, people moving around a form stretched out on the tiled floor.
The alarm had instantly filled all the court windows, for it was a sleepless nighta night of nervous
apprehension when everyone was keeping a sad vigil.
"She has killed herself," said a voice which seemed to come up from a well. "The German woman has
committed suicide."
The explanation of the concierge leaped from window to window up to the top floor.
The Russian was shaking his head with a fatalistic expression. The unhappy woman had not taken the
deathleap of her own accord. Someone had intensified her desperation, someone had pushed her. . . . The
horsemen! The four horsemen of the Apocalypse! . . . Already they were in the saddle! Already they were
beginning their merciless gallop of destruction!
The blind forces of evil were about to be let loose throughout the world.
The agony of humanity, under the brutal sweep of the four horsemen, was already begun!
PART II
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
PART II 79
Page No 82
CHAPTER I. WHAT DON MARCELO ENVIED
Upon being convinced that war really was inevitable, the elder Desnoyers was filled with amazement.
Humanity had gone crazy. Was it possible that war could happen in these days of so many railroads, so many
merchant marines, so many inventions, so much activity developed above and below the earth? . . . The
nations would ruin themselves forever. They were now accustomed to luxuries and necessities unknown a
century ago. Capital was master of the world, and war was going to wipe it out. In its turn, war would be
wiped out in a few months' time through lack of funds to sustain it. His soul of a business man revolted
before the hundreds of thousands of millions that this foolhardy event was going to convert into smoke and
slaughter.
As his indignation had to fix upon something close at hand, he made his own countrymen responsible for this
insanity. Too much talk about la revanche! The very idea of worrying for fortyfour years over the two lost
provinces when the nation was mistress of enormous and undeveloped lands in other countries! . . . Now they
were going to pay the penalty for such exasperating and clamorous foolishness.
For him war meant disaster writ large. He had no faith in his country. France's day had passed. Now the
victors were of the Northern peoples, and especially that Germany which he had seen so close, admiring with
a certain terror its discipline and its rigorous organization. The former workingman felt the conservative and
selfish instinct of all those who have amassed millions. He scorned political ideals, but through class interest
he had of late years accepted the declarations against the scandals of the government. What could a corrupt
and disorganized Republic do against the solidest and strongest empire in the world? . . .
"We are going to our deaths," he said to himself. "Worse than '70! . . . We are going to see horrible things!"
The good order and enthusiasm with which the French responded to their country's call and transformed
themselves into soldiers were most astonishing to him. This moral shock made his national faith begin to
revive. The great majority of Frenchmen were good after all; the nation was as valiant as in former times.
Fortyfour years of suffering and alarm had developed their old bravery. But the leaders? Where were they
going to get leaders to march to victory? . . .
Many others were asking themselves the same question. The silence of the democratic government was
keeping the country in complete ignorance of their future commanders. Everybody saw the army increasing
from hour to hour: very few knew the generals. One name was beginning to be repeated from mouth to
mouth, "Joffre . . . Joffre." His first pictures made the curious crowds struggle to get a glimpse of them.
Desnoyers studied them very carefully. "He looks like a very capable person." His methodical instincts were
gratified by the grave and confident look of the general of the Republic. Suddenly he felt the great confidence
that efficient looking bank directors always inspired in him. He could entrust his interests to this gentleman,
sure that he would not act impulsively.
Finally, against his will, Desnoyers was drawn into the whirlpool of enthusiasm and emotion. Like everyone
around him, he lived minutes that were hours, and hours that were years. Events kept on overlapping each
other; within a week the world seemed to have made up for its long period of peace.
The old man fairly lived in the street, attracted by the spectacle of the multitude of civilians saluting the
multitude of uniformed men departing for the seat of war.
At night he saw the processions passing through the boulevards. The tricolored flag was fluttering its colors
under the electric lights. The cafes were overflowing with people, sending forth from doors and windows the
excited, musical notes of patriotic songs. Suddenly, amidst applause and cheers, the crowd would make an
opening in the street. All Europe was passing here; all Europeless the arrogant enemyand was saluting
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER I. WHAT DON MARCELO ENVIED 80
Page No 83
France in her hour of danger with hearty spontaneity. Flags of different nations were filing by, of all tints of
the rainbow, and behind them were the Russians with bright and mystical eyes; the English, with heads
uncovered, intoning songs of religious gravity; the Greeks and Roumanians of aquiline profile; the
Scandinavians, white and red; the North Americans, with the noisiness of a somewhat puerile enthusiasm; the
Hebrews without a country, friends of the nation of socialistic revolutions; the Italians, as spirited as a choir
of heroic tenors; the Spanish and South Americans, tireless in their huzzas. They were students and
apprentices who were completing their courses in the schools and workshops, and refugees who, like
shipwrecked mariners, had sought shelter on the hospitable strand of Paris. Their cheers had no special
significance, but they were all moved by their desire to show their love for the Republic. And Desnoyers,
touched by the sight, felt that France was still of some account in the world, that she yet exercised a moral
force among the nations, and that her joys and sorrows were still of interest to humanity.
"In Berlin and Vienna, too," he said to himself, "they must also be cheering enthusiastically at this moment . .
. but Germans only, no others. Assuredly no foreigner is joining in their demonstrations."
The nation of the Revolution, legislator of the rights of mankind, was harvesting the gratitude of the throngs,
but was beginning to feel a certain remorse before the enthusiasm of the foreigners who were offering their
blood for France. Many were lamenting that the government should delay twenty days, until after they had
finished the operations of mobilization, in admitting the volunteers. And he, a Frenchman born, a few hours
before, had been mistrusting his country! . . .
In the daytime the popular current was running toward the Gare de l'Est. Crowded against the gratings was a
surging mass of humanity stretching its tentacles through the nearby streets. The station that was acquiring
the importance of a historic spot appeared like a narrow tunnel through which a great human river was trying
to flow with many rippling encounters and much heavy pressure against its banks. A large part of France in
arms was coursing through this exit from Paris toward the battlefields at the frontier.
Desnoyers had been in the station only twice, when going and coming from Germany. Others were now
taking the same road. The crowds were swarming in from the environs of the city in order to see the masses
of human beings in geometric bodies, uniformly clad, disappearing within the entrance with flash of steel and
the rhythm of clanking metal. The crystal archways that were glistening in the sun like fiery mouths were
swallowing and swallowing people. When night fell the processions were still coming on, by light of the
electric lamps. Through the iron grills were passing thousands and thousands of draught horses; men with
their breasts crossed with metal and bunches of horsehair hanging from their helmets, like paladins of bygone
centuries; enormous cases that were serving as cages for the aeronautic condors; strings of cannon, long and
narrow, painted grey and protected, by metal screens, more like astronomical instruments than mouths of
death; masses and masses of red kepis (military caps) moving in marching rhythm, rows and rows of
muskets, some black and stark like reed plantations, others ending in bayonets like shining spikes. And over
all these restless fields of seething throngs, the flags of the regiments were fluttering in the air like colored
birds; a white body, a blue wing, or a red one, a cravat of gold on the neck, and above, the metal tip pointing
toward the clouds.
Don Marcelo would return home from these sendoffs vibrating with nervous fatigue, as one who had just
participated in a scene of racking emotion. In spite of his tenacious character which always stood out against
admitting a mistake, the old man began to feel ashamed of his former doubts. The nation was quivering with
life; France was a grand nation; appearances had deceived him as well as many others. Perhaps the most of
his countrymen were of a light and flippant character, given to excessive interest in the sensuous side of life;
but when danger came they were fulfilling their duty simply, without the necessity of the harsh force to which
the iron clad organizations were submitting their people.
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER I. WHAT DON MARCELO ENVIED 81
Page No 84
On leaving home on the morning of the fourth day of the mobilization Desnoyers, instead of betaking himself
to the centre of the city, went in the opposite direction toward the rue de la Pompe. Some imprudent words
dropped by Chichi, and the uneasy looks of his wife and sisterinlaw made him suspect that Julio had
returned from his trip. He felt the necessity of seeing at least the outside of the studio windows, as if they
might give him news. And in order to justify a trip so at variance with his policy of ignoring his son, he
remembered that the carpenter lived in the same street.
"I must hunt up Robert. He promised a week ago that he would come here."
This Robert was a husky young fellow who, to use his own words, was "emancipated from boss tyranny," and
was working independently in his own home. A tiny, almost subterranean room was serving him for dwelling
and workshop. A woman he called "my affinity" was looking carefully after his hearth and home, with a baby
boy clinging to her skirts. Desnoyers was accustomed to humor Robert's tirades against his fellow citizens
because the man had always humored his whimseys about the incessant rearrangement of his furniture. In the
luxurious apartment in the avenue Victor Hugo the carpenter would sing La Internacional while using
hammer and saw, and his employer would overlook his audacity of speech because of the cheapness of his
work.
Upon arriving at the shop he found the man with cap over one ear, broad trousers like a mameluke's,
hobnailed boots and various pennants and rosettes fastened to the lapels of his jacket.
"You've come too late, Boss," he said cheerily. "I am just going to close the factory. The Proprietor has been
mobilized, and in a few hours will join his regiment."
And he pointed to a written paper posted on the door of his dwelling like the printed cards on all
establishments, signifying that employer and employees had obeyed the order of mobilization.
It had never occurred to Desnoyers that his carpenter might become a soldier, since he was so opposed to all
kinds of authority. He hated the flics, the Paris police, with whom he had, more than once, exchanged
fisticuffs and clubbings. Militarism was his special aversion. In the meetings against the despotism of the
barracks he had always been one of the noisiest participants. And was this revolutionary fellow going to war
naturally and voluntarily? . . .
Robert spoke enthusiastically of his regiment, of life among comrades with Death but four steps away.
"I believe in my ideas, Boss, the same as before," he explained as though guessing the other's thought. "But
war is war and teaches many thingsamong others that Liberty must be accompanied with order and
authority. It is necessary that someone direct that the rest may followwillingly, by common consent . . . but
they must follow. When war actually comes one sees things very differently from when living at home doing
as one pleases."
The night that they assassinated Jaures he howled with rage, announcing that the following morning the
murder would be avenged. He had hunted up his associates in the district in order to inform them what
retaliation was being planned against the malefactors. But war was about to break out. There was something
in the air that was opposing civil strife, that was placing private grievances in momentary abeyance,
concentrating all minds on the common weal.
"A week ago," he exclaimed, "I was an antimilitarist! How far away that seems nowas if a year had gone
by! I keep thinking as before! I love peace and hate war like all my comrades. But the French have not
offended anybody, and yet they threaten us, wishing to enslave us. . . . But we French can be fierce, since
they oblige us to be, and in order to defend ourselves it is just that nobody should shirk, that all should obey.
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER I. WHAT DON MARCELO ENVIED 82
Page No 85
Discipline does not quarrel with Revolution. Remember the armies of the first Republicall citizens,
Generals as well as soldiers, but Hoche, Kleber and the others were roughhewn, unpolished benefactors who
knew how to command and exact obedience."
The carpenter was well read. Besides the papers and pamphlets of "the Idea," he had also read on stray sheets
the views of Michelet and other liberal actors on the stage of history.
"We are going to make war on War," he added. "We are going to fight so that this war will be the last."
This statement did not seem to be expressed with sufficient clearness, so he recast his thought.
"We are going to fight for the future; we are going to die in order that our grandchildren may not have to
endure a similar calamity. If the enemy triumphs, the warhabit will triumph, and conquest will be the only
means of growth. First they will overcome Europe, then the rest of the world. Later on, those who have been
pillaged will rise up in their wrath. More wars! . . . We do not want conquests. We desire to regain Alsace and
Lorraine, for their inhabitants wish to return to us . . . and nothing more. We shall not imitate the enemy,
appropriating territory and jeopardizing the peace of the world. We had enough of that with Napoleon; we
must not repeat that experience. We are going to fight for our immediate security, and at the same time for
the security of the worldfor the life of the weaker nations. If this were a war of aggression, of mere vanity,
of conquest, then we Socialists would bethink ourselves of our anti militarism. But this is selfdefense, and
the government has not been at fault. Since we are attacked, we must be united in our defensive."
The carpenter, who was also anticlerical, was now showing a more generous tolerance, an amplitude of
ideas that embraced all mankind. The day before he had met at the administration office a Reservist who was
just leaving to join his regiment. At a glance he saw that this man was a priest.
"I am a carpenter," he had said to him, by way of introduction, "and you, comrade, are working in the
churches?"
He employed this figure of speech in order that the priest might not suspect him of anything offensive. The
two had clasped hands.
"I do not take much stock in the clerical cowl," Robert explained to Desnoyers. "For some time I have not
been on friendly terms with religion. But in every walk of life there must be good people, and the good
people ought to understand each other in a crisis like this. Don't you think so, Boss?"
The war coincided with his socialistic tendencies. Before this, when speaking of future revolution, he had felt
a malign pleasure in imagining all the rich deprived of their fortunes and having to work in order to exist.
Now he was equally enthusiastic at the thought that all Frenchmen would share the same fate without class
distinction.
"All with knapsacks on their backs and eating at mess."
And he was even extending this military sobriety to those who remained behind the army. War was going to
cause great scarcity of provisions, and all would have to come down to very plain fare.
"You, too, Boss, who are too old to go to waryou, with all your millions, will have to eat the same as I. . . .
Admit that it is a beautiful thing."
Desnoyers was not offended by the malicious satisfaction that his future privations seemed to inspire in the
carpenter. He was very thoughtful. A man of his stamp, an enemy of existing conditions, who had no
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER I. WHAT DON MARCELO ENVIED 83
Page No 86
property to defend, was going to warto death, perhaps because of a generous and distant ideal, in order
that future generations might never know the actual horrors of war! To do this, he was not hesitating at the
sacrifice of his former cherished beliefs, all that he had held sacred till now. . . . And he who belonged to the
privileged class, who possessed so many tempting things, requiring defense, had given himself up to doubt
and criticism! . . .
Hours after, he again saw the carpenter, near the Arc de Triomphe. He was one of a group of workmen
looking much as he did, and this group was joining others and still others that represented every social
classwelldressed citizens, stylish and anaemic young men, graduate students with worn jackets, pale
faces and thick glasses, and youthful priests who were smiling rather shamefacedly as though they had been
caught at some ridiculous escapade. At the head of this human herd was a sergeant, and as a rear guard,
various soldiers with guns on their shoulders. Forward march, Reservists! . . .
And a musical cry, a solemn harmony like a Greek chant, menacing and monotonous, surged up from this
mass with open mouths, swinging arms, and legs that were opening and shutting like compasses.
Robert was singing the martial chorus with such great
energy that his eyes and Gallic moustachios were fairly trembling. In spite of his corduroy suit and his
bulging linen hand bag, he had the same grand and heroic aspect as the figures by Rude in the Arc de
Triomphe. The "affinity" and the boy were trudging along the sidewalk so as to accompany him to the
station. For a moment he took his eyes from them to speak with a companion in the line, shaven and
seriouslooking, undoubtedly the priest whom he had met the day before. Now they were talking
confidentially, intimately, with that brotherliness which contact with death inspires in mankind.
The millionaire followed the carpenter with a look of respect, immeasurably increased since he had taken his
part in this human avalanche. And this respect had in it something of envy, the envy that springs from an
uneasy conscience.
Whenever Don Marcelo passed a bad night, suffering from nightmare, a certain terrible thingalways the
samewould torment his imagination. Rarely did he dream of mortal peril to his family or self. The frightful
vision was always that certain notes bearing his signature were presented for collection which he, Marcelo
Desnoyers, the man always faithful to his bond, with a past of immaculate probity, was not able to pay. Such
a possibility made him tremble, and long after waking his heart would be oppressed with terror. To his
imagination this was the greatest disgrace that a man could suffer.
Now that war was overturning his existence with its agitations, the same agonies were reappearing.
Completely awake, with full powers of reasoning, he was suffering exactly the same distress as when in his
horrible dreams he saw his dishonored signature on a protested document.
All his past was looming up before his eyes with such extraordinary clearness that it seemed as though until
then his mind must have been in hopeless confusion. The threatened land of France was his native country.
Fifteen centuries of history had been working for him, in order that his opening eyes might survey progress
and comforts that his ancestors did not even know. Many generations of Desnoyers had prepared for his
advent into life by struggling with the land and defending it that he might be born into a free family and
fireside. . . . And when his turn had come for continuing this effort, when his time had arrived in the rosary of
generationshe had fled like a debtor evading payment! . . . On coming into his fatherland he had contracted
obligations with the human group to whom he owed his existence. This obligation should be paid with his
arms, with any sacrifice that would repel danger . . . and he had eluded the acknowledgment of his signature,
fleeing his country and betraying his trust to his forefathers! Ah, miserable coward! The material success of
his life, the riches acquired in a remote country, were comparatively of no importance. There are failures that
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER I. WHAT DON MARCELO ENVIED 84
Page No 87
millions cannot blot out. The uneasiness of his conscience was proving it now. Proof, too, was in the envy
and respect inspired by this poor mechanic marching to meet his death with others equally humble, all
kindled with the satisfaction of duty fulfilled, of sacrifice accepted.
The memory of Madariaga came to his memory.
"Where we make our riches, and found a familythere is our country."
No, the statement of the centaur was not correct. In normal times, perhaps. Far from one's native land when it
is not exposed to danger, one may forget it for a few years. But he was living now in France, and France was
being obliged to defend herself against enemies wishing to overpower her. The sight of all her people rising
en masse was becoming an increasingly shameful torture for Desnoyers, making him think all the time of
what he should have done in his youth, of what he had dodged.
The veterans of '70 were passing through the streets, with the green and black ribbon in their lapel, souvenirs
of the privations of the Siege of Paris, and of heroic and disastrous campaigns. The sight of these men,
satisfied with their past, made him turn pale. Nobody was recalling his, but he knew it, and that was enough.
In vain his reason would try to lull this interior tempest. . . . Those times were different; then there was none
of the present unanimity; the Empire was unpopular . . . everything was lost. . . . But the recollection of a
celebrated sentence was fixing itself in his mind as an obsession"France still remained!" Many had thought
as he did in his youth, but they had not, therefore, evaded military service. They had stood by their country in
a last and desperate resistance.
Useless was his excusemaking reasoning. Nobler thoughts showed him the fallacy of this beating around the
bush. Explanations and demonstrations are unnecessary to the understanding of patriotic and religious ideals;
true patriotism does not need them. One's country . . . is one's country. And the laboring man, skeptical and
jesting, the selfcentred farmer, the solitary pastor, all had sprung to action at the sound of this conjuring
word, comprehending it instantly, without previous instruction.
"It is necessary to pay," Don Marcelo kept repeating mentally. "I ought to pay my debt."
As in his dreams, he was constantly feeling the anguish of an upright and desperate man who wishes to meet
his obligations.
Pay! . . . and how? It was now very late. For a moment the heroic resolution came into his head of offering
himself as a volunteer, of marching with his bag at his side in some one of the groups of future combatants,
the same as the carpenter. But the uselessness of the sacrifice came immediately into his mind. Of what use
would it be? . . . He looked robust and was wellpreserved for his age, but he was over seventy, and only the
young make good soldiers. Combat is but one incident in the struggle. Equally necessary are the hardship and
selfdenial in the form of interminable marches, extremes of temperature, nights in the open air, shoveling
earth, digging trenches, loading carts, suffering hunger. . . . No; it was too late. He could not even leave an
illustrious name that might serve as an example.
Instinctively he glanced behind. He was not alone in the world; he had a son who could assume his father's
debt . . . but that hope only lasted a minute. His son was not French; he belonged to another people; half of
his blood was from another source. Besides, how could the boy be expected to feel as he did? Would he even
understand if his father should explain it to him? . . . It was useless to expect anything from this ladykilling,
dancing clown, from this fellow of senseless bravado, who was constantly exposing his life in duels in order
to satisfy a silly sense of honor.
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER I. WHAT DON MARCELO ENVIED 85
Page No 88
Oh, the meekness of the bluff Senor Desnoyers after these reflections! . . . His family felt alarmed at seeing
the humility and gentleness with which he moved around the house. The two men servants had gone to join
their regiments, and to them the most surprising result of the declaration of war was the sudden kindness of
their master, the lavishness of his farewell gifts, the paternal care with which he supervised their preparations
for departure. The terrible Don Marcelo embraced them with moist eyes, and the two had to exert themselves
to prevent his accompanying them to the station.
Outside of his home he was slipping about humbly as though mutely asking pardon of the many people
around him. To him they all appeared his superiors. It was a period of economic crisis; for the time being, the
rich also were experiencing what it was to be poor and worried; the banks had suspended operations and were
paying only a small part of their deposits. For some weeks the millionaire was deprived of his wealth, and felt
restless before the uncertain future. How long would it be before they could send him money from South
America? Was war going to take away fortunes as well as lives? . . . And yet Desnoyers had never
appreciated money less, nor disposed of it with greater generosity.
Numberless mobilized men of the lower classes who were going alone toward the station met a gentleman
who would timidly stop them, put his hand in his pocket and leave in their right hand a bill of twenty francs,
fleeing immediately before their astonished eyes. The workingwomen who were returning weeping from
saying goodbye to their husbands saw this same gentleman smiling at the children who were with them,
patting their cheeks and hastening away, leaving a fivefranc piece in their hands.
Don Marcelo, who had never smoked, was now frequenting the tobacco shops, coming out with hands and
pockets filled in order that he might, with lavish generosity, press the packages upon the first soldier he met.
At times the recipient, smiling courteously, would thank him with a few words, revealing his superior
breeding afterwards passing the gift on to others clad in cloaks as coarse and badly cut as his own. The
mobilization, universally obligatory, often caused him to make these mistakes.
The rough hands pressing his with a grateful clasp, left him satisfied for a few moments. Ah, if he could only
do more! . . . The Government in mobilizing its vehicles had appropriated three of his monumental
automobiles, and Desnoyers felt very sorry that they were not also taking the fourth mastodon. Of what use
were they to him? The shepherds of this monstrous herd, the chauffeur and his assistants, were now in the
army. Everybody was marching away. Finally he and his son would be the only ones lefttwo useless
creatures.
He roared with wrath on learning of the enemy's entrance into Belgium, considering this the most unheardof
treason in history. He suffered agonies of shame at remembering that at first he had held the exalted patriots
of his country responsible for the war. . . . What perfidy, methodically carried out after long years of
preparation! The accounts of the sackings, fires and butcheries made him turn pale and gnash his teeth. To
him, to Marcelo Desnoyers, might happen the very same thing that Belgium was enduring, if the barbarians
should invade France. He had a home in the city, a castle in the country, and a family. Through association of
ideas, the women assaulted by the soldiery, made him think of Chichi and the dear Dona Luisa. The mansions
in flames called to his mind the rare and costly furnishings accumulated in his expensive dwellingsthe
armorial bearings of his social elevation. The old folk that were shot, the women foully mutilated, the
children with their hands cut off, all the horrors of a war of terror, aroused the violence of his character.
And such things could happen with impunity in this day and generation! . . .
In order to convince himself that punishment was near, that vengeance was overtaking the guilty ones, he felt
the necessity of mingling daily with the people crowding around the Gare de l'Est.
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER I. WHAT DON MARCELO ENVIED 86
Page No 89
Although the greater part of the troops were operating on the frontiers, that was not diminishing the activity
in Paris. Entire battalions were no longer going off, but day and night soldiers were coming to the station
singly or in groups. These were Reserves without uniform on their way to enroll themselves with their
companies, officials who until then had been busy with the work of the mobilization, platoons in arms
destined to fill the great gaps opened by death.
The multitude, pressed against the railing, was greeting those who were going off, following them with their
eyes while they were crossing the large square. The latest editions of the daily papers were announced with
hoarse yells, and instantly the dark throng would be spotted with white, all reading with avidity the printed
sheets. Good news: "Vive la France!" A doubtful despatch, foreshadowing calamity: "No matter! We must
press on at all costs! The Russians will close in behind them!" And while these dialogues, inspired by the
latest news were taking place, many young girls were going among the groups offering little flags and
tricolored cockadesand passing through the patio, men and still more men were disappearing behind the
glass doors, on their way to the war.
A sublieutenant of the Reserves, with his bag on his shoulder, was accompanied by his father toward the file
of policemen keeping the crowds back. Desnoyers saw in the young officer a certain resemblance to his son.
The father was wearing in his lapel the black and green ribbon of 1870a decoration which always filled
Desnoyers with remorse. He was tall and gaunt, but was still trying to hold himself erect, with a heavy frown.
He wanted to show himself fierce, inhuman, in order to hide his emotion.
"Goodbye, my boy! Do your best."
"Goodbye, father."
They did not clasp hands, and each was avoiding looking at the other. The official was smiling like an
automaton. The father turned his back brusquely, and threading his way through the throng, entered a cafe,
where for some time he needed the most retired seat in the darkest earner to hide his emotion.
AND DON MARCELO ENVIED HIS GRIEF.
Some of the Reservists came along singing, preceded by a flag. They were joking and jostling each other,
betraying in excited actions, long halts at all the taverns along the way. One of them, without interrupting his
song, was pressing the hand of an old woman marching beside him, cheerful and dryeyed. The mother was
concentrating all her strength in order, with feigned happiness, to accompany this strapping lad to the last
minute.
Others were coming along singly, separated from their companies, but not on that account alone. The gun
was hanging from the shoulder, the back overlaid by the hump of the knapsack, the red legs shooting in and
out of the turnedback folds of the blue cloak, and the smoke of a pipe under the visor of the kepis. In front
of one of these men, four children were walking along, lined up according to size. They kept turning their
heads to admire their father, suddenly glorified by his military trappings. At his side was marching his wife,
affable and resigned, feeling in her simple soul a revival of love, an ephemeral Spring, born of the contact
with danger. The man, a laborer of Paris, who a few months before was singing La Internacional, demanding
the abolishment of armies and the brotherhood of all mankind, was now going in quest of death. His wife,
choking back her sobs, was admiring him greatly. Affection and commiseration made her insist upon giving
him a few last counsels. In his knapsack she had put his best handkerchiefs, the few provisions in the house
and all the money. Her man was not to be uneasy about her and the children; they would get along all right.
The government and kind neighbors would look after them.
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER I. WHAT DON MARCELO ENVIED 87
Page No 90
The soldier in reply was jesting over the somewhat misshapen figure of his wife, saluting the coming citizen,
and prophesying that he would be born in a time of great victory. A kiss to the wife, an affectionate hairpull
for his offspring, and then he had joined his comrades. . . . No tears. Courage!. . . Vive la France!
The final injunctions of the departing were now heard. Nobody was crying. But as the last red pantaloons
disappeared, many hands grasped the iron railing convulsively, many handkerchiefs were bitten with
gnashing teeth, many faces were hidden in the arms with sobs of anguish.
AND DON MARCELO ENVIED THESE TEARS.
The old woman, on losing the warm contact of her son's hand from her withered one, turned in the direction
which she believed to be that of the hostile country, waving her arms with threatening fury.
"Ah, the assassin! . . . the bandit!"
In her wrathful imagination she was again seeing the countenance so often displayed in the illustrated pages
of the periodicals moustaches insolently aggressive, a mouth with the jaw and teeth of a wolf, that laughed
. . . and laughed as men must have laughed in the time of the cavemen.
AND DON MARCELO ENVIED THIS WRATH!
CHAPTER II. NEW LIFE
When Marguerite was able to return to the studio in the rue de la Pompe, Julio, who had been living in a
perpetual bad humor, seeing everything in the blackest colors, suddenly felt a return of his old optimism.
The war was not going to be so cruel as they all had at first imagined. The days had passed by, and the
movements of the troops were beginning to be less noticeable. As the number of men diminished in the
streets, the feminine population seemed to have increased. Although there was great scarcity of money, the
banks still remaining closed, the necessity for it was increasingly great, in order to secure provisions.
Memories of the famine of the siege of '70 tormented the imagination. Since war had broken out with the
same enemy, it seemed but logical to everybody to expect a repetition of the same happenings. The
storehouses were besieged by women who were securing stale food at exorbitant prices in order to store it in
their homes. Future hunger was producing more terror than immediate dangers.
For young Desnoyers these were about all the transformations that war was creating around him. People
would finally become accustomed to the new existence. Humanity has a certain reserve force of adaptation
which enables it to mould itself to circumstances and continue existing. He was hoping to continue his life as
though nothing had happened. It was enough for him that Marguerite should continue faithful to their past.
Together they would see events slipping by them with the cruel luxuriousness of those who, from an
inaccessible height, contemplate a flood without the slightest risk to themselves.
This selfish attitude had also become habitual to Argensola.
"Let us be neutral," the Bohemian would say. "Neutrality does not necessarily mean indifference. Let us
enjoy the great spectacle, since nothing like it will ever happen again in our lifetime."
It was unfortunate that war should happen to come when they had so little money. Argensola was hating the
banks even more than the Central Powers, distinguishing with special antipathy the trust company which was
delaying payment of Julio's check. How lovely it would have been with this sum available, to have forestalled
events by laying in every class of commodity! In order to supplement the domestic scrimping, he again had to
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER II. NEW LIFE 88
Page No 91
solicit the aid of Dona Luisa. War had lessened Don Marcelo's precautions, and the family was now living in
generous unconcern. The mother, like other house mistresses, had stored up provisions for months and
months to come, buying whatever eatables she was able to lay hands on. Argensola took advantage of this
abundance, repeating his visits to the home in the avenue Victor Hugo, descending its service stairway with
great packages which were swelling the supplies in the studio.
He felt all the joys of a good housekeeper in surveying the treasures piled up in the kitchengreat tins of
canned meat, pyramids of butter crocks, and bags of dried vegetables. He had accumulated enough there to
maintain a large family. The war had now offered a new pretext for him to visit Don Marcelo's wine vaults.
"Let them come!" he would say with a heroic gesture as he took stock of his treasure trove. "Let them come
when they will! We are ready for them!"
The care and increase of his provisions, and the investigation of news were the two functions of his existence.
It seemed necessary to procure ten, twelve, fifteen papers a day; some because they were reactionary, and the
novelty of seeing all the French united filled him with enthusiasm; others because they were radical and must
be better informed of the news received from the government. They generally appeared at midday, at three, at
four and at five in the afternoon. An half hour's delay in the publication of the sheet raised great hopes in the
public, on the qui vive for stupendous news. All the last supplements were snatched up; everybody had his
pockets stuffed with papers, waiting anxiously the issue of extras in order to buy them, too. Yet all the sheets
were saying approximately the same thing.
Argensola was developing a credulous, enthusiastic soul, capable of admitting many improbable things. He
presumed that this same spirit was probably animating everybody around him. At times, his old critical
attitude would threaten to rebel, but doubt was repulsed as something dishonorable. He was living in a new
world, and it was but natural that extraordinary things should occur that could be neither measured nor
explained by the old processes of reasoning. So he commented with infantile joy on the marvellous accounts
in the daily papersof combats between a single Belgian platoon and entire regiments of enemies, putting
them to disorderly flight; of the German fear of the bayonet that made them run like hares the instant that the
charge sounded; of the inefficiency of the German artillery whose projectiles always missed fire.
It was logical and natural that little Belgium should conquer gigantic Germanya repetition of David and
Goliathwith all the metaphors and images that this unequal contest had inspired across so many centuries.
Like the greater part of the nation, he had the mentality of a reader of tales of chivalry who feels himself
defrauded if the hero, singlehanded, fails to cleave a thousand enemies with one fell stroke. He purposely
chose the most sensational papers, those which published many stories of single encounters, of individual
deeds about which nobody could know with any degree of certainty.
The intervention of England on the seas made him imagine a frightful famine, coming providentially like a
thunderclap to torture the enemy. He honestly believed that ten days of this maritime blockade would
convert Germany into a group of shipwrecked sailors floating on a raft. This vision made him repeat his visits
to the kitchen to gloat over his packages of provisions.
"Ah, what they would give in Berlin for my treasures!" . . .
Never had Argensola eaten with greater avidity. Consideration of the great privations suffered by the
adversary was sharpening his appetite to a monstrous capacity. White bread, golden brown and crusty, was
stimulating him to an almost religious ecstasy.
"If friend William could only get his claws on this!" he would chuckle to his companion.
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER II. NEW LIFE 89
Page No 92
So he chewed and swallowed with increasing relish; solids and liquids on passing through his mouth seemed
to be acquiring a new flavor, rare and divine. Distant hunger for him was a stimulant, a sauce of endless
delight.
While France was inspiring his enthusiasm, he was conceding greater credit to Russia. "Ah, those Cossacks!"
. . . He was accustomed to speak of them as intimate friends. He loved to describe the unbridled gallop of the
wild horsemen, impalpable as phantoms, and so terrible in their wrath that the enemy could not look them in
the face. The concierge and the stayathomes used to listen to him with all the respect due to a foreign
gentleman, knowing much of the great outside world with which they were not familiar.
"The Cossacks will adjust the accounts of these bandits!" he would conclude with absolute assurance.
"Within a month they will have entered Berlin."
And his public composed of womenwives and mothers of those who had gone to warwould modestly
agree with him, with that irresistible desire which we all feel of placing our hopes on something distant and
mysterious. The French would defend the country, reconquering, besides the lost territories, but the
Cossacksof whom so many were speaking but so few had seenwere going to give the death blow. The
only person who knew them at first hand was Tchernoff, and to Argensola's astonishment, he listened to his
words without showing any enthusiasm. The Cossacks were for him simply one body of the Russian
armygood enough soldiers, but incapable of working the miracles that everybody was expecting from
them.
"That Tchernoff!" exclaimed Argensola. "Since he hates the Czar, he thinks the entire country mad. He is a
revolutionary fanatic. . . . And I am opposed to all fanaticisms."
Julio was listening absentmindedly to the news brought by his companion, the vibrating statements recited
in declamatory tones, the plans of the campaign traced out on an enormous map fastened to the wall of the
studio and bristling with tiny flags that marked the camps of the belligerent armies. Every issue of the papers
obliged the Spaniard to arrange a new dance of the pins on the map, followed by his comments of
bombproof optimism.
"We have entered into Alsace; very good! . . . It appears now that we abandon Alsace. Splendid! I suspect the
cause. It is in order to enter again in a better place, getting at the enemy from behind. . . . They say that Liege
has fallen. What a lie! . . . And if it does fall, it doesn't matter. Just an incident, nothing more! The others
remain . . . the others! . . . that are advancing on the Eastern side, and are going to enter Berlin."
The news from the Russian front was his favorite, but obliged him to remain in suspense every time that he
tried to find on the map the obscure names of the places where the admired Cossacks were exhibiting their
wonderful exploits.
Meanwhile Julio was continuing the course of his own reflections. Marguerite! . . . She had come back at last,
and yet each time seemed to be drifting further away from him. . . .
In the first days of the mobilization, he had haunted her neighborhood, trying to appease his longing by this
illusory proximity. Marguerite had written to him, urging patience. How fortunate it was that he was a
foreigner and would not have to endure the hardship of war! Her brother, an officer in the artillery Reserves,
was going at almost any minute. Her mother, who made her home with this bachelor son, had kept an
astonishing serenity up to the last minute, although she had wept much while the war was still but a
possibility. She herself had prepared the soldier's outfit so that the small valise might contain all that was
indispensable for campaign life. But Marguerite had divined her poor mother's secret struggles not to reveal
her despair, in moist eyes and trembling hands. It was impossible to leave her alone at such a time. . . . Then
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER II. NEW LIFE 90
Page No 93
had come the farewell. "God be with you, my son! Do your duty, but be prudent." Not a tear nor a sign of
weakness. All her family had advised her not to accompany her son to the railway station, so his sister had
gone with him. And upon returning home, Marguerite had found her mother rigid in her arm chair, with a set
face, avoiding all mention of her son, speaking of the friends who also had sent their boys to the war, as if
they only could comprehend her torture. "Poor Mama! I ought to be with her now more than ever. . . .
Tomorrow, if I can, I shall come to see you."
When at last she returned to the rue de la Pompe, her first care was to explain to Julio the conservatism of her
tailored suit, the absence of jewels in the adornment of her person. "The war, my dear! Now it is the chic
thing to adapt oneself to the depressing conditions, to be frugal and inconspicuous like soldiers. Who knows
what we may expect!" Her infatuation with dress still accompanied her in every moment of her life.
Julio noticed a persistent absentmindedness about her. It seemed as though her spirit, abandoning her body,
was wandering to faraway places. Her eyes were looking at him, but she seldom saw him. She would speak
very slowly, as though wishing to weigh every word, fearful of betraying some secret. This spiritual
alienation did not, however, prevent her slipping bodily along the smooth path of custom, although
afterwards she would seem to feel a vague remorse. "I wonder if it is right to do this! . . . Is it not wrong to
live like this when so many sorrows are falling on the world?" Julio hushed her scruples with:
"But if we are going to marry as soon as possible! . . . If we are already the same as husband and wife!"
She replied with a gesture of strangeness and dismay. To marry! . . . Ten days ago she had had no other wish.
Now the possibility of marriage was recurring less and less in her thoughts. Why think about such remote and
uncertain events? More immediate things were occupying her mind.
The farewell to her brother in the station was a scene which had fixed itself ineradicably in her memory.
Upon going to the studio she had planned not to speak about it, foreseeing that she might annoy her lover
with this account; but alas, she had only to vow not to mention a thing, to feel an irresistible impulse to talk
about it.
She had never suspected that she could love her brother so dearly. Her former affection for him had been
mingled with a silent sentiment of jealousy because her mother had preferred the older child. Besides, he was
the one who had introduced Laurier to his home; the two held diplomas as industrial engineers and had been
close friends from their school days. . . . But upon seeing the boy ready to depart, Marguerite suddenly
discovered that this brother, who had always been of secondary interest to her, was now occupying a
preeminent place in her affections.
"He was so handsome, so interesting in his lieutenant's uniform! . . . He looked like another person. I will
admit to you that I was very proud to walk beside him, leaning on his arm. People thought that we were
married. Seeing me weep, some poor women tried to console me saying, 'Courage, Madame. . . . Your man
will come back.' He just laughed at hearing these mistakes. The only thing that was really saddening him was
thinking about our mother."
They had separated at the door of the station. The sentries would not let her go any further, so she had handed
over his sword that she had wished to carry till the last moment.
"It is lovely to be a man!" she exclaimed enthusiastically. "I would love to wear a uniform, to go to war, to be
of some real use!"
She tried not to say more about it, as though she suddenly realized the inopportuneness of her last words.
Perhaps she noticed the scowl on Julio's face.
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER II. NEW LIFE 91
Page No 94
She was, however, so wrought up by the memory of that farewell that, after a long pause, she was unable to
resist the temptation of again putting her thought into words.
At the station entrance, while she was kissing her brother for the last time, she had an encounter, a great
surprise. "He" had approached, also clad as an artillery officer, but alone, having to entrust his valise to a
goodnatured man from the crowd.
Julio shot her a questioning look. Who was "he"? He suspected, but feigned ignorance, as though fearing to
learn the truth.
"Laurier," she replied laconically, "my former husband."
The lover displayed a cruel irony. It was a cowardly thing to ridicule this man who had responded to the call
of duty. He recognized his vileness, but a malign and irresistible instinct made him keep on with his sneers in
order to discredit the man before Marguerite. Laurier a soldier!He must cut a pretty figure dressed in
uniform!
"Laurier, the warrior!" he continued in a voice so sarcastic and strange that it seemed to be coming from
somebody else. . . . "Poor creature!"
She hesitated in her response, not wishing to exasperate Desnoyers any further. But the truth was uppermost
in her mind, and she said simply:
"No . . . no, he didn't look so bad. Quite the contrary. Perhaps it was the uniform, perhaps it was his sadness
at going away alone, completely alone, without a single hand to clasp his. I didn't recognize him at first.
Seeing my brother, he started toward us; but then when he saw me, he went his own way . . . Poor man! I feel
sorry for him!"
Her feminine instinct must have told her that she was talking too much, and she cut her chatter suddenly
short. The same instinct warned her that Julio's countenance was growing more and more saturnine, and his
mouth taking a very bitter curve. She wanted to console him and added:
"What luck that you are a foreigner and will not have to go to the war! How horrible it would be for me to
lose you!" . . .
She said it sincerely. . . . A few moments before she had been envying men, admiring the gallantry with
which they were exposing their lives, and now she was trembling before the idea that her lover might have
been one of these.
This did not please his amorous egoismto be placed apart from the rest as a delicate and fragile being only
fit for feminine adoration. He preferred to inspire the envy that she had felt on beholding her brother decked
out in his warlike accoutrement. It seemed to him that something was coming between him and Marguerite
that would never disappear, that would go on expanding, repelling them in contrary directions . . . far . . . very
far, even to the point of not recognizing each other when their glances met.
He continued to be conscious of this impalpable obstacle in their following interviews. Marguerite was
extremely affectionate in her speech, and would look at him with moist and loving eyes. But her caressing
hands appeared more like those of a mother than a lover, and her tenderness was accompanied with a certain
disinterestedness and extraordinary modesty. She seemed to prefer remaining obstinately in the studio,
declining to go into the other rooms.
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER II. NEW LIFE 92
Page No 95
"We are so comfortable here. . . . I would rather not. . . . It is not worth while. I should feel remorse
afterwards. . . . Why think of such things in these anxious times!"
The world around her seemed saturated with love, but it was a new lovea love for the man who is
suffering, desire for abnegation, for sacrifice. This love called forth visions of white caps, of tremulous hands
healing shellriddled and bleeding flesh.
Every advance on Julio's part but aroused in Marguerite a vehement and modest protest as though they were
meeting for the first time.
"It is impossible," she protested. "I keep thinking of my brother, and of so many that I know that may be
dying at this very minute."
News of battles were beginning to arrive, and blood was beginning to flow in great quantities.
"No, no, I cannot," she kept repeating.
And when Julio finally triumphed, he found that her thoughts were still following independently the same
line of mental stress.
One afternoon, Marguerite announced that henceforth she would see him less frequently. She was attending
classes now, and had only two free days.
Desnoyers listened, dumbfounded. Classes? . . . What were her studies? . . .
She seemed a little irritated at his mocking expression. . . . Yes, she was studying; for the past week she had
been attending classes. Now the lessons were going to be more regular; the course of instruction had been
fully organized, and there were many more instructors.
"I wish to be a trained nurse. I am distressed over my uselessness. . . . Of what good have I ever been till
now?" . . .
She was silent for a few moments as though reviewing her past.
"At times I almost think," she mused, "that war, with all its horrors, still has some good in it. It helps to make
us useful to our fellowmen. We look at life more seriously; trouble makes us realize that we have come into
the world for some purpose. . . . I believe that we must not love life only for the pleasures that it brings us.
We ought to find satisfaction in sacrifice, in dedicating ourselves to others, and this satisfactionI don't
know just why, perhaps because it is newappears to me superior to all other things."
Julio looked at her in surprise, trying to imagine what was going on in that idolized and frivolous head. What
ideas were forming back of that thoughtful forehead which until then had merely reflected the slightest
shadow of thoughts as swift and flitting as birds? . . .
But the former Marguerite was still alive. He saw her constantly reappearing in a funny way among the
sombre preoccupations with which war was overshadowing all lives.
"We have to study very hard in order to earn our diplomas as nurses. Have you noticed our uniform? . . . It is
most distinctive, and the white is so becoming both to blondes and brunettes. Then the cap which allows little
curls over the earsthe fashionable coiffure and the blue cape over the white suit, make a splendid
contrast. With this outfit, a woman well shod, and with few jewels, may present a truly chic appearance. It is
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER II. NEW LIFE 93
Page No 96
a mixture of nun and great lady which is vastly becoming."
She was going to study with a regular fury in order to become really useful . . . and sooner to wear the
admired uniform.
Poor Desnoyers! . . . The longing to see her, and the lack of occupation in these interminable afternoons
which hitherto had been employed so delightfully, compelled him to haunt the neighborhood of the
unoccupied palace where the government had just established the training school for nurses. Stationing
himself at the corner, watching the fluttering skirts and quick steps of the feminine feet on the sidewalk, he
imagined that the course of time must have turned backward, and that he was still but eighteenthe same as
when he used to hang around the establishments of some celebrated modiste. The groups of women that at
certain hours came out of the palace suggested these former days. They were dressed extremely quietly, the
aspect of many of them as humble as that of the seamstresses. But they were ladies of the welltodo class,
some even coming in automobiles driven by chauffeurs in military uniform, because they were ministerial
vehicles.
These long waits often brought him unexpected encounters with the elegant students who were going and
coming.
"Desnoyers!" some feminine voices would exclaim behind him. "Isn't it Desnoyers?"
And he would find himself obliged to relieve their doubts, saluting the ladies who were looking at him as
though he were a ghost. They were friends of a remote epoch, of six months agoladies who had admired
and pursued him, trusting sweetly to his masterly wisdom to guide them through the seven circles of the
science of the tango. They were now scrutinizing him as if between their last encounter and the present
moment had occurred a great cataclysm, transforming all the laws of existenceas if he were the sole
survivor of a vanished race.
Eventually they all asked the same questions"Are you not going to the war? . . . How is it that you are not
wearing a uniform?"
He would attempt to explain, but at his first words, they would interrupt him:
"That's so. . . . You are a foreigner."
They would say it with a certain envy, doubtless thinking of their loved ones now suffering the privations and
dangers of war. . . . But the fact that he was a foreigner would instantly create a vague atmosphere of spiritual
aloofness, an alienation that Julio had not known in the good old days when people sought each other without
considering nationality, without feeling that disavowal of danger which isolates and concentrates human
groups.
The ladies generally bade him adieu with malicious suspicion. What was he doing hanging around there? In
search of his usual lucky adventure? . . . And their smiles were rather grave, the smiles of older folk who
know the true significance of life and commiserate the deluded ones still seeking diversion in frivolities.
This attitude was as annoying to Julio as though it were a manifestation of pity. They were supposing him
still exercising the only function of which he was capable; he wasn't good for anything else. On the other
hand, these empty heads, still keeping something of their old appearance, now appeared animated by the
grand sentiment of maternityan abstract maternity which seemed to be extending to all the men of the
nationa desire for selfsacrifice, of knowing firsthand the privations of the lowly, and aiding all the ills
that flesh is heir to.
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER II. NEW LIFE 94
Page No 97
This same yearning was inspiring Marguerite when she came away from her lessons. She was advancing
from one overpowering dread to another, accepting the first rudiments of surgery as the greatest of scientific
marvels. At the same time, she was astonished at the avidity with which she was assimilating these hitherto
unsuspected mysteries. Sometimes with a funny assumption of assurance, she would even believe she had
mistaken her vocation.
"Who knows but what I was born to be a famous doctor?" she would exclaim.
Her great fear was that she might lose her selfcontrol when the time came to put her newly acquired
knowledge into practice. To see herself before the foul odors of decomposing flesh, to contemplate the flow
of blooda horrible thing for her who had always felt an invincible repugnance toward all the unpleasant
conditions of ordinary life! But these hesitations were short, and she was suddenly animated by a dashing
energy. These were times of sacrifice. Were not the men snatched every day from the comforts of sensuous
existence to endure the rude life of a soldier? . . . She would be, a soldier in petticoats, facing pain, battling
with it, plunging her hands into putrefaction, flashing like a ray of sunlight into the places where soldiers
were expecting the approach of death.
She proudly narrated to Desnoyers all the progress that she was making in the training school, the
complicated bandages that she was learning to adjust, sometimes over a mannikin, at others over the flesh of
an employee, trying to play the part of a sorely wounded patient. She, so dainty, so incapable in her own
home of the slightest physical effort, was learning the most skilful ways of lifting a human body from the
ground and carrying it on her back. Who knew but that she might render this very service some day on the
battlefield! She was ready for the greatest risks, with the ignorant audacity of women impelled by flashes of
heroism. All her admiration was for the English army nurses, slender women of nervous vigor whose
photographs were appearing in the papers, wearing pantaloons, riding boots and white helmets.
Julio listened to her with astonishment. Was this woman really Marguerite? . . . War was obliterating all her
winning vanities. She was no longer fluttering about in birdlike fashion. Her feet were treading the earth
with resolute firmness, calm and secure in the new strength which was developing within. When one of his
caresses would remind her that she was a woman, she would always say the same thing,
"What luck that you are a foreigner! . . . What happiness to know that you do not have to go to war!"
In her anxiety for sacrifice, she wanted to go to the battlefields, and yet at the same time, she was rejoicing to
see her lover exempt from military duty. This preposterous lack of logic was not gratefully received by Julio
but irritated him as an unconscious offense.
"One might suppose that she was protecting me!" he thought. "She is the man and rejoices that I, the weak
comrade, should be protected from danger. . . . What a grotesque situation!" . . .
Fortunately, at times when Marguerite presented herself at the studio, she was again her old self, making him
temporarily forget his annoyance. She would arrive with the same joy in a vacation that the college student or
the employee feels on a holiday. Responsibility was teaching her to know the value of time.
"No classes today!" she would call out on entering; and tossing her hat on a divan, she would begin a
dancestep, retreating with infantile coquetry from the arms of her lover.
But in a few minutes she would recover her customary gravity, the serious look that had become habitual
with her since the outbreak of hostilities. She spoke often of her mother, always sad, but striving to hide her
grief and keeping herself up in the hope of a letter from her son; she spoke, too, of the war, commenting on
the latest events with the rhetorical optimism of the official dispatches. She could describe the first flag taken
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER II. NEW LIFE 95
Page No 98
from the enemy as minutely as though it were a garment of unparalleled elegance. From a window, she had
seen the Minister of War. She was very much affected when repeating the story of some fugitive Belgians
recently arrived at the hospital. They were the only patients that she had been able to assist until now. Paris
was not receiving the soldiers wounded in battle; by order of the Government, they were being sent from the
front to the hospitals in the South.
She no longer evinced toward Julio the resistance of the first few days. Her training as a nurse was giving her
a certain passivity. She seemed to be ignoring material attractions, stripping them of the spiritual importance
which she had hitherto attributed to them. She wanted to make Julio happy, although her mind was
concentrated on other matters.
One afternoon, she felt the necessity of communicating certain news which had been filling her mind since
the day before. Springing up from the couch, she hunted for her handbag which contained a letter. She
wanted to read it again to tell its contents to somebody with that irresistible impulse which forestalls
confession.
It was a letter which her brother had sent her from the Vosges. In it he spoke of Laurier more than of himself.
They belonged to different batteries, but were in the same division and had taken part in the same combats.
The officer was filled with admiration for his former brotherinlaw. Who could have guessed that a future
hero was hidden within that silent and tranquil engineer! . . . But he was a genuine hero, just the same! All the
officials had agreed with Marguerite's brother on seeing how calmly he fulfilled his duty, facing death with
the same coolness as though he were in his factory near Paris.
He had asked for the dangerous post of lookout, slipping as near as possible to the enemy's lines in order to
verify the exactitude of the artillery discharge, rectifying it by telephone. A German shell had demolished the
house on the roof of which he was concealed, and Laurier, on crawling out unhurt from the ruins, had
readjusted his telephone and gone tranquilly on, continuing the same work in the shelter of a nearby grove.
His battery, picked out by the enemy's aeroplanes, had received the concentrated fire of the artillery opposite.
In a few minutes all the force were rolling on the groundthe captain and many soldiers dead, officers
wounded and almost all the gunners. There only remained as chief, Laurier, the Impassive (as his comrades
nicknamed him), and aided by the few artillerymen still on their feet, he continued firing under a rain of iron
and fire, so as to cover the retreat of a battalion.
"He has been mentioned twice in dispatches," Marguerite continued reading. "I do not believe that it will be
long before they give him the cross. He is valiant in every way. Who would have supposed all this a few
weeks ago?" . . .
She did not share the general astonishment. Living with Laurier had many times shown her the intrepidity of
his character, the fearlessness concealed under that placid exterior. On that account, her instincts had warned
her against rousing her husband's wrath in the first days of her infidelity. She still remembered the way he
looked the night he surprised her leaving Julio's home. His was the passion that kills, and, nevertheless, he
had not attempted the least violence with her. . . . The memory of his consideration was awakening in
Marguerite a sentiment of gratitude. Perhaps he had loved her as no other man had.
Her eyes, with an irresistible desire for comparison, sought Julio's, admiring his youthful grace and
distinction. The image of Laurier, heavy and ordinary, came into her mind as a consolation. Certainly the
officer whom she had seen at the station when saying goodbye to her brother, did not seem to her like her
old husband. But Marguerite wished to forget the pallid lieutenant with the sad countenance who had passed
before her eyes, preferring to remember him only as the manufacturer preoccupied with profits and incapable
of comprehending what she was accustomed to call "the delicate refinements of a chic woman." Decidedly
Julio was the more fascinating. She did not repent of her past. She did not wish to repent of it.
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER II. NEW LIFE 96
Page No 99
And her loving selfishness made her repeat once more the same old exclamation"How fortunate that you
are a foreigner! . . . What a relief to know that you are safe from the dangers of war!"
Julio felt the usual exasperation at hearing this. He came very near to closing his beloved's mouth with his
hand. Was she trying to make fun of him? . . . It was fairly insulting to place him apart from other men.
Meanwhile, with blind irrelevance, she persisted in talking about Laurier, commenting upon his
achievements.
"I do not love him, I never have loved him. Do not look so cross! How could the poor man ever be compared
with you? You must admit, though, that his new existence is rather interesting. I rejoice in his brave deeds as
though an old friend had done them, a family visitor whom I had not seen for a long time. . . . The poor man
deserved a better fate. He ought to have married some other woman, some companion more on a level with
his ideals. . . . I tell you that I really pity him!"
And this pity was so intense that her eyes filled with tears, awakening the tortures of jealousy in her lover.
After these interviews, Desnoyers was more illtempered and despondent than ever.
"I am beginning to realize that we are in a false position," he said one morning to Argensola. "Life is going to
become increasingly painful. It is difficult to remain tranquil, continuing the same old existence in the midst
of a people at war."
His companion had about come to the same conclusion. He, too, was beginning to feel that the life of a young
foreigner in Paris was insufferable, now that it was so upset by war.
"One has to keep showing passports all the time in order that the police may be sure that they have not
discovered a deserter. In the street car, the other afternoon, I had to explain that I was a Spaniard to some
girls who were wondering why I was not at the front. . . . One of them, as soon as she learned my nationality,
asked me with great simplicity why I did not offer myself as a volunteer. . . . Now they have invented a word
for the stayat homes, calling them Les Embusques, the hidden ones. . . . I am sick and tired of the ironical
looks shot at me wherever I go; it makes me wild to be taken for an Embusque."
A flash of heroism was galvanizing the impressionable Bohemian. Now that everybody was going to the war,
he was wishing to do the same thing. He was not afraid of death; the only thing that was disturbing him was
the military service, the uniform, the mechanical obedience to buglecall, the blind subservience to the
chiefs. Fighting was not offering any difficulties for him but his nature capriciously resented everything in the
form of discipline. The foreign groups in Paris were trying to organize each its own legion of volunteers and
he, too, was planning hisa battalion of Spaniards and South Americans, reserving naturally the presidency
of the organizing committee for himself, and later the command of the body.
He had inserted notices in the papers, making the studio in the rue de la Pompe the recruiting office. In ten
days, two volunteers had presented themselves; a clerk, shivering in midsummer, who stipulated that he
should be an officer because he was wearing a suitable jacket, and a Spanish tavernkeeper who at the very
outset had wished to rob Argensola of his command on the futile pretext that he was a soldier in his youth
while the Bohemian was only an artist. Twenty Spanish battalions were attempted with the same result in
different parts of Paris. Each enthusiast wished to be commander of the others, with the individual
haughtiness and aversion to discipline so characteristic of the race. Finally the future generalissimos, decided
to enlist as simple volunteers . . . but in a French regiment.
"I am waiting to see what the Garibaldis do," said Argensola modestly. "Perhaps I may go with them."
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER II. NEW LIFE 97
Page No 100
This glorious name made military service conceivable to him. But then he vacillated; he would certainly have
to obey somebody in this body of volunteers, and he did not believe in an obedience that was not preceded by
long discussions. . . . What next!
"Life has changed in a fortnight," he continued. "It seems as if we were living in another planet; our former
achievements are not appreciated. Others, most obscure and poor, those who formerly had the least
consideration, are now promoted to the first ranks. The refined man of complex spirituality has disappeared
for who knows how many years! . . . Now the simpleminded man climbs triumphantly to the top, because,
though his ideas are limited, they are sure and he knows how to obey. We are no longer the style."
Desnoyers assented. It was so; they were no longer fashionable. None knew that better than he, for he who
was once the sensation of the day, was now passing as a stranger among the very people who a few months
before had raved over him.
"Your reign is over," laughed Argensola. "The fact that you are a handsome fellow doesn't help you one bit
nowadays. In a uniform and with a cross on my breast, I could soon get the best of you in a rival love affair.
In times of peace, the officers only set the girls of the provinces to dreaming; but now that we are at war,
there has awakened in every woman the ancestral enthusiasm that her remote grandmothers used to feel for
the strong and aggressive beast. . . . The highborn dames who a few months ago were complicating their
desires with psychological subtleties, are now admiring the military man with the same simplicity that the
maid has for the common soldier. Before a uniform, they feel the humble and servile enthusiasm of the
female of the lower animals before the crests, foretops and gay plumes of the fighting males. Look out,
master! . . . We shall have to follow the new course of events or resign ourselves to everlasting obscurity. The
tango is dead."
And Desnoyers agreed that truly they were two beings on the other side of the river of life which at one
bound had changed its course. There was no longer any place in the new existence for that poor painter of
souls, nor for that hero of a frivolous life who, from five to seven every afternoon, had attained the triumphs
most envied by mankind.
CHAPTER III. THE RETREAT
War had extended one of its antennae even to the avenue Victor Hugo. It was a silent war in which the
enemy, bland, shapeless and gelatinous, seemed constantly to be escaping from the hands only to renew
hostilities a little later on.
"I have Germany in my own house," growled Marcelo Desnoyers.
"Germany" was Dona Elena, the wife of von Hartrott. Why had not her sonthat professor of inexhaustible
sufficiency whom he now believed to have been a spytaken her home with him? For what sentimental
caprice had she wished to stay with her sister, losing the opportunity of returning to Berlin before the
frontiers were closed?
The presence of this woman in his home was the cause of many compunctions and alarms. Fortunately, the
chauffeur and all the menservants were in the army. The two chinas received an order in a threatening tone.
They must be very careful when talking to the French maidsnot the slightest allusion to the nationality of
Dona Elena's husband nor to the residence of her family. Dona Elena was an Argentinian. But in spite of the
silence of the maids, Don Marcelo was always in fear of some outburst of exalted patriotism, and that his
wife's sister might suddenly find herself confined in a concentration camp under suspicion of having dealings
with the enemy.
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER III. THE RETREAT 98
Page No 101
Frau von Hartrott made his uneasiness worse. Instead of keeping a discreet silence, she was constantly
introducing discord into the home with her opinions.
During the first days of the war, she kept herself locked in her room, joining the family only when summoned
to the dining room. With tightly puckered mouth and an absentminded air, she would then seat herself at the
table, pretending not to hear Don Marcelo's verbal outpourings of enthusiasm. He enjoyed describing the
departure of the troops, the moving scenes in the streets and at the stations, commenting on events with an
optimism sure of the first news of the war. Two things were beyond all discussion. The bayonet was the
secret of the French, and the Germans were shuddering with terror before its fatal, glistening point. . . . The
'75 cannon had proved itself a unique jewel, its shots being absolutely sure. He was really feeling sorry for
the enemy's artillery since its projectiles so seldom exploded even when well aimed. . . . Furthermore, the
French troops had entered victoriously into Alsace; many little towns were already theirs.
"Now it is as it was in the '70's," he would exult, brandishing his fork and waving his napkin. "We are going
to kick them back to the other side of the Rhinekick them! . . . That's the word."
Chichi always agreed gleefully while Dona Elena was raising her eyes to heaven, as though silently calling
upon somebody hidden in the ceiling to bear witness to such errors and blasphemies.
The kind Dona Luisa always sought her out afterwards in the retirement of her room, believing it necessary to
give sisterly counsel to one living so far from home. The Romantica did not maintain her austere silence
before the sister who had always venerated her superior instruction; so now the poor lady was overwhelmed
with accounts of the stupendous forces of Germany, enunciated with all the authority of a wife of a great
Teutonic patriot, and a mother of an almost celebrated professor. According to her graphic picture, millions
of men were now surging forth in enormous streams, thousands of cannons were filing by, and tremendous
mortars like monstrous turrets. And towering above all this vast machinery of destruction was a man who
alone was worth an army, a being who knew everything and could do everything, handsome, intelligent, and
infallible as a godthe Emperor.
"The French just don't know what's ahead of them," declared Dona Elena. "We are going to annihilate them.
It is merely a matter of two weeks. Before August is ended, the Emperor will have entered Paris."
Senora Desnoyers was so greatly impressed by these dire prophecies that she could not hide them from her
family. Chichi waxed indignant at her mother's credulity and her aunt's Germanism. Martial fervor was
flaming up in the former Peoncito. Ay, if the women could only go to war! . . . She enjoyed picturing herself
on horseback in command of a regiment of dragoons, charging the enemy with other Amazons as dashing and
buxom as she. Then her fondness for skating would predominate over her tastes for the cavalry, and she
would long to be an Alpine hunter, a diable bleu among those who slid on long runners, with musket slung
across the back and alpenstock in hand, over the snowy slopes of the Vosges.
But the government did not appreciate the valorous women, and she could obtain no other part in the war but
to admire the uniform of her truelove, Rene Lacour, converted into a soldier. The senator's son certainly
looked beautiful. He was tall and fair, of a rather feminine type recalling his dead mother. In his fiancee's
opinion, Rene was just "a little sugar soldier." At first she had been very proud to walk the streets by the side
of this warrior, believing that his uniform had greatly augmented his personal charm, but little by little a
revulsion of feeling was clouding her joy. The senatorial prince was nothing but a common soldier. His
illustrious father, fearful that the war might cut off forever the dynasty of the Lacours, indispensable to the
welfare of the State, had had his son mustered into the auxiliary service of the army. By this arrangement, his
heir need not leave Paris, ranking about as high as those who were kneading the bread or mending the
soldiers' cloaks. Only by going to the front could he claimas a student of the Ecole Centralehis title of
sublieutenant in the Artillery Reserves.
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER III. THE RETREAT 99
Page No 102
"What happiness for me that you have to stay in Paris! How delighted I am that you are just a private! . . ."
And yet, at the same time, Chichi was thinking enviously of her friends whose lovers and brothers were
officers. They could parade the streets, escorted by a goldtrimmed kepis that attracted the notice of the
passersby and the respectful salute of the lower ranks.
Each time that Dona Luisa, terrified by the forecasts of her sister, undertook to communicate her dismay to
her daughter, the girl would rage up and down, exclaiming:
"What lies my aunt tells you! . . . Since her husband is a German, she sees everything as he wishes it to be.
Papa knows more; Rene's father is better informed about these things. We are going to give them a thorough
hiding! What fun it will be when they hit my uncle and all my snippy cousins in Berlin! . . ."
"Hush," groaned her mother. "Do not talk such nonsense. The war has turned you as crazy as your father."
The good lady was scandalized at hearing the outburst of savage desires that the mere mention of the Kaiser
always aroused in her daughter. In times of peace, Chichi had rather admired this personage. "He's not so
badlooking," she had commented, "but with a very ordinary smile." Now all her wrath was concentrated
upon him. The thousands of women that were weeping through his fault! The mothers without sons, the
wives without husbands, the poor children left in the burning towns! . . . Ah, the vile wretch! . . . And she
would brandish her knife of the old Peoncito daysa dagger with silver handle and sheath richly chased, a
gift that her grandfather had exhumed from some forgotten souvenirs of his childhood in an old valise. The
very first German that she came across was doomed to death. Dona Luisa was terrified to find her flourishing
this weapon before her dressing mirror. She was no longer yearning to be a cavalryman nor a diable bleu. She
would be entirely content if they would leave her, alone in some closed space with the detested monster. In
just five minutes she would settle the universal conflict.
"Defend yourself, Boche," she would shriek, standing at guard as in her childhood she had seen the peons
doing on the ranch.
And with a knifethrust above and below, she would pierce his imperial vitals. Immediately there resounded
in her imagination, shouts of joy, the gigantic sigh of millions of women freed at last from the bloody
nightmarethanks to her playing the role of Judith or Charlotte Corday, or a blend of all the heroic women
who had killed for the common weal. Her savage fury made her continue her imaginary slaughter, dagger in
hand. Second stroke!the Crown Prince rolling to one side and his head to the other. A rain of dagger
thrusts!all the invincible generals of whom her aunt had been boasting fleeing with their insides in their
handsand bringing up the rear, that fawning lackey who wished to receive the same things as those of
highest rankthe uncle from Berlin. . . . Ay, if she could only get the chance to make these longings a
reality!
"You are mad," protested her mother. "Completely mad! How can a ladylike girl talk in such a way?" . . .
Surprising her niece in the ecstasy of these delirious ravings, Dona Elena would raise her eyes to heaven,
abstaining thenceforth from communicating her opinions, reserving them wholly for the mother.
Don Marcelo's indignation took another bound when his wife repeated to him the news from her sister. All a
lie! . . . The war was progressing finely. On the Eastern frontier the French troops had advanced through the
interior of Alsace and Lorraine.
"ButBelgium is invaded, isn't it?" asked Dona Luisa. "And those poor Belgians?"
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER III. THE RETREAT 100
Page No 103
Desnoyers retorted indignantly.
"That invasion of Belgium is treason. . . . And a treason never amounts to anything among decent people."
He said it in all good faith as though war were a duel in which the traitor was henceforth ruled out and unable
to continue his outrages. Besides, the heroic resistance of Belgium was nourishing the most absurd illusions
in his heart. The Belgians were certainly supernatural men destined to the most stupendous achievements. . . .
And to think that heretofore he had never taken this plucky little nation into account! . . . For several days, he
considered Liege a holy city before whose walls the Teutonic power would be completely confounded. Upon
the fall of Liege, his unquenchable faith sought another handle. There were still remaining many other Lieges
in the interior. The Germans might force their way further in; then we would see how many of them ever
succeeded in getting out. The entry into Brussels did not disquiet him. An unprotected city! . . . Its surrender
was a foregone conclusion. Now the Belgians would be better able to defend Antwerp. Neither did the
advance of the Germans toward the French frontier alarm him at all. In vain his sisterinlaw, with malicious
brevity, mentioned in the diningroom the progress of the invasion, so confusedly outlined in the daily
papers. The Germans were already at the frontier.
"And what of that?" yelled Don Marcelo. "Soon they will meet someone to talk to! Joffre is going to meet
them. Our armies are in the East, in the very place where they ought to be, on the true frontier, at the door of
their home. But they have to deal with a treacherous and cowardly opponent that instead of marching face to
face, leaps the walls of the corral like sheepstealers. . . . Their underhand tricks won't do them any good,
though! The French are already in Belgium and adjusting the accounts of the Germans. We shall smash them
so effectually that never again will they be able to disturb the peace of the world. And that accursed
individual with the rampant moustache we are going to put in a cage, and exhibit in the place de la
Concorde!"
Inspired by the paternal braggadocio, Chichi also launched forth exultingly an imaginary series of avenging
torments and insults as a complement to this Imperial Exhibition.
These allusions to the Emperor aggravated Frau von Hartrott more than anything else. In the first days of the
war, her sister had surprised her weeping before the newspaper caricatures and leaflets sold in the streets.
"Such an excellent man. . . so knightly . . . such a good father to his family! He wasn't to blame for anything.
It was his enemies who forced him to assume the offensive."
Her veneration for exalted personages was making her take the attacks upon this admired grandee as though
they were directed against her own family.
One night in the dining room, she abandoned her tragic silence. Certain sarcasms, shot by Desnoyers at her
hero, brought the tears to her eyes, and this sentimental indulgence turned her thoughts upon her sons who
were undoubtedly taking part in the invasion.
Her brotherinlaw was longing for the extermination of all the enemy. "May every barbarian be
exterminated! . . . every one of the bandits in pointed helmets who have just burned Louvain and other towns,
shooting defenceless peasants, old men, women and children! "
"You forget that I am a mother," sobbed Frau von Hartrott. "You forget that among those whose
extermination you are imploring, are my sons."
Her violent weeping made Desnoyers realize more than ever the abyss yawning between him and this woman
lodged in his own house. His resentment, however, overleapt family considerations. . . . She might weep for
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER III. THE RETREAT 101
Page No 104
her sons all she wanted to; that was her right. But these sons were aggressors and wantonly doing evil. It was
the other mothers who were inspiring his pitythose who were living tranquilly in their smiling little
Belgian towns when their sons were suddenly shot down, their daughters violated and their houses burned to
the ground.
As though this description of the horrors of war were a fresh insult to her, Dona Elena wept harder than ever.
What falsehoods! The Kaiser was an excellent man. His soldiers were gentlemen, the German army was a
model of civilization and goodness. Her husband had belonged to this army, her sons were marching in its
ranks. And she knew her sonswellbred and incapable of wrongdoing. These Belgian calumnies she
could no longer listen to . . . and, with dramatic abandon, she flung herself into the arms of her sister.
Senor Desnoyers raged against the fate that condemned him to live under the same roof with this woman.
What an unfortunate complication for the family! . . . and the frontiers were closed, making it impossible to
get rid of her!
"Very well, then," he thundered. "Let us talk no more about it. We shall never reach an understanding, for we
belong to two different worlds. It's a great pity that you can't go back to your own people."
After that, he refrained from mentioning the war in his sisterin law's presence. Chichi was the only one
keeping up her aggressive and noisy enthusiasm. Upon reading in the papers the news of the shootings,
sackings, burning of cities, and the dolorous flight of those who had seen their all reduced to ashes, she again
felt the necessity of assuming the role of ladyassassin. Ay, if she could only once get her hands on one of
those bandits! . . . What did the men amount to anyway if they couldn't exterminate the whole lot? . . .
Then she would look at Rene in his exquisitely fresh uniform, sweet mannered and smiling as though all
war meant to him was a mere change of attire, and she would exclaim enigmatically:
"What luck that you will never have to go to the front! . . . How fine that you don't run any risks!"
And her lover would accept these words as but another proof of her affectionate interest.
One day Don Marcelo was able to appreciate the horrors of the war without leaving Paris. Three thousand
Belgian refugees were quartered provisionally in the circus before being distributed among the provinces.
When Desnoyers entered this place, he saw in the vestibule the same posters which had been flaunting their
spectacular gayeties when he had visited it a few months before with his family.
Now he noticed the odor from a sick and miserable multitude crowded togetherlike the exhalation from a
prison or poorhouse infirmary. He saw a throng that seemed crazy or stupefied with grief. They did not know
exactly where they were; they had come thither, they didn't know how. The terrible spectacle of the invasion
was still so persistent in their minds that it left room for no other impression. They were still seeing the
helmeted men in their peaceful hamlets, their homes in flames, the soldiery firing upon those who were
fleeing, the mutilated women done to death by incessant adulterous assault, the old men burned alive, the
children stabbed in their cradles by human beasts inflamed by alcohol and license. . . . Some of the
octogenarians were weeping as they told how the soldiers of a civilized nation were cutting off the breasts
from the women in order to nail them to the doors, how they had passed around as a trophy a newborn babe
spiked on a bayonet, how they had shot aged men in the very armchair in which they were huddled in their
sorrowful weakness, torturing them first with their jests and taunts.
They had fled blindly, pursued by fire and shot, as crazed with terror as the people of the middle ages trying
not to be ridden down by the hordes of galloping Huns and Mongols. And this flight had been across the
country in its loveliest festal array, in the most productive of months, when the earth was bristling with ears
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER III. THE RETREAT 102
Page No 105
of grain, when the August sky was most brilliant, and when the birds were greeting the opulent harvest with
their glad songs!
In that circus, filled with the wandering crowds, the immense crime was living again. The children were
crying with a sound like the bleating of lambs; the men were looking wildly around with terrified eyes; the
frenzied women were howling like the insane. Families had become separated in the terror of flight. A mother
of five little ones now had but one. The parents, as they realized the number missing, were thinking with
anguish of those who had disappeared. Would they ever find them again? . . . Or were they already dead? . . .
Don Marcelo returned home, grinding his teeth and waving his cane in an alarming manner. Ah, the bandits! .
. . If only his sisterin law could change her sex! Why wasn't she a man? . . . It would be better still if she
could suddenly assume the form of her husband, von Hartrott. What an interesting interview the two
brothersinlaw would have! . . .
The war was awakening religious sentiment in the men and increasing the devotion of the women. The
churches were filled. Dona Luisa was no longer confining herself to those of her neighborhood. With the
courage induced by extraordinary events, she was traversing Paris afoot and going from the Madeleine to
Notre Dame, or to the Sacre Coeur on the heights of Montmartre. Religious festivals were now thronged like
popular assemblies. The preachers were tribunes. Patriotic enthusiasm interrupted many sermon with
applause.
Each morning on opening the papers, before reading the war news, Senora Desnoyers would hunt other
notices. "Where was Father Amette going to be today?" Then, under the arched vaultings of that temple,
would she unite her voice with the devout chorus imploring supernatural intervention. "Lord, save France!"
Patriotic religiosity was putting Sainte Genevieve at the head of the favored ones, so from all these fiestas,
Dona Luisa, tremulous with faith, would return in expectation of a miracle similar to that which the patron
saint of Paris had worked before the invading hordes of Attila.
Dona Elena was also visiting the churches, but those nearest the house. Her brotherinlaw saw her one
afternoon entering Saint Honoree d'Eylau. The building was filled with the faithful, and on the altar was a
sheaf of flagsFrance and the allied nations. The imploring crowd was not composed entirely of women.
Desnoyers saw men of his age, pompous and grave, moving their lips and fixing steadfast eyes on the altar on
which were reflected like lost stars, the flames of the candles. And again he felt envy. They were fathers who
were recalling their childhood prayers, thinking of their sons in battle. Don Marcelo, who had always
considered religion with indifference, suddenly recognized the necessity of faith. He wanted to pray like the
others, with a vague, indefinite supplication, including all beings who were struggling and dying for a land
that he had not tried to defend.
He was scandalized to see von Hartrott's wife kneeling among these people raising her eyes to the cross in a
look of anguished entreaty. She was begging heaven to protect her husband, the German who perhaps at this
moment was concentrating all his devilish faculties on the best organization for crushing the weak; she was
praying for her sons, officers of the King of Prussia, who revolver in hand were entering villages and
farmlands, driving before them a horrorstricken crowd, leaving behind them fire and death. And these
orisons were going to mingle with those of the mothers who were praying for the youth trying to check the
onslaught of the barbarianswith the petitions of these earnest men, rigid in their tragic grief! . . .
He had to make a great effort not to protest aloud, and he left the church. His sisterinlaw had no right to
kneel there among those people.
"They ought to put her out!" he growled indignantly. "She is compromising God with her absurd entreaties."
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER III. THE RETREAT 103
Page No 106
But in spite of his annoyance, he had to endure her living in his household, and at the same time had taken
great pains to prevent her nationality being known outside.
It was a severe trial for Don Marcelo to be obliged to keep silent when at table with his family. He had to
avoid the hysterics of his sisterinlaw who promptly burst into sighs and sobs at the slightest allusion to her
hero; and he feared equally the complaints of his wife, always ready to defend her sister, as though she were
the victim. . . . That a man in his own home should have to curb his tongue and speak tactfully! . . .
The only satisfaction permitted him was to announce the military moves. The French had entered Belgium.
"It appears that the Boches have had a good setback." The slightest clash of cavalry, a simple encounter
with the advance troops, he would glorify as a decisive victory. "In Lorraine, too, we are making great
headway!" . . . But suddenly the fountain of his bubbling optimism seemed to become choked up. To judge
from the periodicals, nothing extraordinary was occurring. They continued publishing warstories so as to
keep enthusiasm at feverheat, but nothing definite. The Government, too, was issuing communications of
vague and rhetorical verbosity. Desnoyers became alarmed, his instinct warning him of danger. "There is
something wrong," he thought. "There's a spring broken somewhere!"
This lack of encouraging news coincided exactly with the sudden rise in Dona Elena's spirits. With whom had
that woman been talking? Whom did she meet when she was on the street? . . . Without dropping her pose as
a martyr, with the same woebegone look and drooping mouth, she was talking, and talking treacherously. The
torment of Don Marcelo in being obliged to listen to the enemy harbored within his gates! . . . The French
had been vanquished in Lorraine and in Belgium at the same time. A body of the army had deserted the
colors; many prisoners, many cannon were captured. "Lies! German exaggerations!" howled Desnoyers. And
Chichi with the derisive haha's of an insolent girl, drowned out the triumphant communications of the aunt
from Berlin. "I don't know, of course," said the unwelcome lodger with mock humility. "Perhaps it is not
authentic. I have heard it said." Her host was furious. Where had she heard it said? Who was giving her such
news? . . .
And in order to ventilate his wrath, he broke forth into tirades against the enemy's espionage, against the
carelessness of the police force in permitting so many Germans to remain hidden in Paris. Then he suddenly
became quiet, thinking of his own behavior in this line. He, too, was involuntarily contributing toward the
maintenance and support of the foe.
The fall of the ministry and the constitution of a government of national defense made it apparent that
something very important must have taken place. The alarms and tears of Dona Luisa increased his
nervousness. The good lady was no longer returning from the churches, cheered and strengthened. Her
confidential talks with her sister were filling her with a terror that she tried in vain to communicate to her
husband. "All is lost. . . . Elena is the only one that knows the truth."
Desnoyers went in search of Senator Lacour. He would know all the ministers; no one could be better
informed. "Yes, my friend," said the important man sadly. "Two great losses at Morhange and Charleroi, at
the East and the North. The enemy is going to invade French soil! . . . But our army is intact, and will retreat
in good order. Good fortune may still be ours. A great calamity, but all is not lost."
Preparations for the defense of Paris were being pushed forward . . . rather late. The forts were supplying
themselves with new cannon. Houses, built in the danger zone in the piping times of peace, were now
disappearing under the blows of the official demolition. The trees on the outer avenues were being felled in
order to enlarge the horizon. Barricades of sacks of earth and tree trunks were heaped at the doors of the old
walls. The curious were skirting the suburbs in order to gaze at the recently dug trenches and the barbed wire
fences. The Bois de Boulogne was filled with herds of cattle. Near heaps of dry alfalfa steers and sheep were
grouped in the green meadows. Protection against famine was uppermost in the minds of a people still
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER III. THE RETREAT 104
Page No 107
remembering the suffering of 1870. Every night, the street lighting was less and less. The sky, on the other
hand, was streaked incessantly by the shafts from the searchlights. Fear of aerial invasion was increasing the
public uneasiness. Timid people were speaking of Zeppelins, attributing to them irresistible powers, with all
the exaggeration that accompanies mysterious dangers.
In her panic, Dona Luisa greatly distressed her husband, who was passing the days in continual alarm, yet
trying to put heart into his trembling and anxious wife. "They are going to come, Marcelo; my heart tells me
so. The girl! . . . the girl!" She was accepting blindly all the statements made by her sister, the only thing that
comforted her being the chivalry and discipline of those troops to which her nephews belonged. The news of
the atrocities committed against the women of Belgium were received with the same credulity as the enemy's
advances announced by Elena. "Our girl, Marcelo. . . . Our girl!" And the girl, object of so much solicitude,
would laugh with the assurance of vigorous youth on hearing of her mother's anxiety. "Just let the shameless
fellows come! I shall take great pleasure in seeing them face to face!" And she clenched her right hand as
though it already clutched the avenging knife.
The father became tired of this situation. He still had one of his monumental automobiles that an outside
chauffeur could manage. Senator Lacour obtained the necessary passports and Desnoyers gave his wife her
orders in a tone that admitted of no remonstrance. They must go to Biarritz or to some of the summer resorts
in the north of Spain. Almost all the South American families had already gone in the same direction. Dona
Luisa tried to object. It was impossible for her to separate herself from her husband. Never before, in their
many years of married life, had they once been separated. But a harsh negative from Don Marcelo cut her
pleadings short. He would remain. Then the poor senora ran to the rue de la Pompe. Her son! . . . Julio
scarcely listened to his mother. Ay! he, too, would stay. So finally the imposing automobile lumbered toward
the South carrying Dona Luisa, her sister who hailed with delight this withdrawal before the admired troops
of the Emperor, and Chichi, pleased that the war was necessitating an excursion to the fashionable beaches
frequented by her friends.
Don Marcelo was at last alone. The two coppery maids had followed by rail the flight of their mistresses. At
first the old man felt a little bewildered by this solitude, which obliged him to eat uncomfortable meals in a
restaurant and pass the nights in enormous and deserted rooms still bearing traces of their former occupants.
The other apartments in the building had also been vacated. All the tenants were foreigners, who had
discreetly decamped, or French families surprised by the war when summering at their country seats.
Instinctively he turned his steps toward the rue de la Pompe gazing from afar at the studio windows. What
was his son doing? . . . Undoubtedly continuing his gay and useless life. Such men only existed for their own
selfish folly.
Desnoyers felt satisfied with the stand he had taken. To follow the family would be sheer cowardice. The
memory of his youthful flight to South America was sufficient martyrdom; he would finish his life with all
the compensating bravery that he could muster. "No, they will not come," he said repeatedly, with the
optimism of enthusiasm. I have a presentiment that they will never reach Paris. And even if they DO come!" .
. . The absence of his family brought him a joyous valor and a sense of bold youthfulness. Although his age
might prevent his going to war in the open air, he could still fire a gun, immovable in a trench, without fear of
death. Let them come! . . . He was longing for the struggle with the anxiety of a punctilious business man
wishing to cancel a former debt as soon as possible.
In the streets of Paris he met many groups of fugitives. They were from the North and East of France, and had
escaped before the German advance. Of all the tales told by this despondent crowdnot knowing where to
go and dependent upon the charity of the peoplehe was most impressed with those dealing with the
disregard of property. Shootings and assassinations made him clench his fists, with threats of vengeance; but
the robberies authorized by the heads, the wholesale sackings by superior order, followed by fire, appeared to
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER III. THE RETREAT 105
Page No 108
him so unheardof that he was silent with stupefaction, his speech seeming to be temporarily paralyzed. And
a people with laws could wage war in this fashion, like a tribe of Indians going to combat in order to rob! . . .
His adoration of property rights made him beside himself with wrath at these sacrileges.
He began to worry about his castle at Villeblanche. All that he owned in Paris suddenly seemed to him of
slight importance to what he had in his historic mansion. His best paintings were there, adorning the gloomy
salons; there, too, the furnishings captured from the antiquarians after an auctioneering battle, and the crystal
cabinets, the tapestries, the silver services.
He mentally reviewed all of these objects, not letting a single one escape his inventory. Things that he had
forgotten came surging up in his memory, and the fear of losing them seemed to give them greater lustre,
increasing their size, and intensifying their value. All the riches of Villeblanche were concentrated in one
certain acquisition which Desnoyers admired most of all; for, to his mind, it stood for all the glory of his
immense fortunein fact, the most luxurious appointment that even a millionaire could possess.
"My golden bath," he thought. "I have there my tub of gold."
This bath of priceless metal he had procured, after much financial wrestling, from an auction, and he
considered the purchase the culminating achievement of his wealth. No one knew exactly its origin; perhaps
it had been the property of luxurious princes; perhaps it owed its existence to the caprice of a demimondaine
fond of display. He and his had woven a legend around this golden cavity adorned with lions' claws, dolphins
and busts of naiads. Undoubtedly it was once a king's! Chichi gravely affirmed that it had been Marie
Antoinette's, and the entire family thought that the home on the avenue Victor Hugo was altogether too
modest and plebeian to enshrine such a jewel. They therefore agreed to put it in the castle, where it was
greatly venerated, although it was useless and solemn as a museum piece. . . . And was he to permit the
enemy in their advance toward the Marne to carry off this priceless treasure, as well as the other gorgeous
things which he had accumulated with such patience Ah, no! His soul of a collector would be capable of the
greatest heroism before he would let that go.
Each day was bringing a fresh sheaf of bad news. The papers were saying little, and the Government was so
veiling its communications that the mind was left in great perplexity. Nevertheless, the truth was
mysteriously forcing its way, impelled by the pessimism of the alarmists, and the manipulation of the enemy's
spies who were remaining hidden in Paris. The fatal news was being passed along in whispers. "They have
already crossed the frontier. . . ." "They are already in Lille." . . . They were advancing at the rate of
thirtyfive miles a day. The name of von Kluck was beginning to have a familiar ring. English and French
were retreating before the enveloping progression of the invaders. Some were expecting another Sedan.
Desnoyers was following the advance of the Germans, going daily to the Gare du Nord. Every twentyfour
hours was lessening the radius of travel. Bulletins announcing that tickets would not be sold for the Northern
districts served to indicate how these places were falling, one after the other, into the power of the invader.
The shrinkage of national territory was going on with such methodical regularity that, with watch in hand,
and allowing an advance of thirtyfive miles daily, one might gauge the hour when the lances of the first
Uhlans would salute the Eiffel tower. The trains were running full, great bunches of people overflowing from
their coaches.
In this time of greatest anxiety, Desnoyers again visited his friend, Senator Lacour, in order to astound him
with the most unheardof petitions. He wished to go immediately to his castle. While everybody else was
fleeing toward Paris he earnestly desired to go in the opposite direction. The senator couldn't believe his ears.
"You are beside yourself!" he exclaimed. "It is necessary to leave Paris, but toward the South. I will tell you
confidentially, and you must not tell because it is a secretwe are leaving at any minute; we are all going,
the President, the Government, the Chambers. We are going to establish ourselves at Bordeaux as in 1870.
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER III. THE RETREAT 106
Page No 109
The enemy is surely approaching; it is only a matter of days . . . of hours. We know little of just what is
happening, but all the news is bad. The army still holds firm, is yet intact, but retreating . . . retreating, all the
time yielding ground. . . . Believe me, it will be better for you to leave Paris. Gallieni will defend it, but the
defense is going to be hard and horrible. . . . Although Paris may surrender, France will not necessarily
surrender. The war will go on if necessary even to the frontiers of Spain . . . but it is sad . . . very sad!"
And he offered to take his friend with him in that flight to Bordeaux of which so few yet knew. Desnoyers
shook his head. No; be wanted to go the castle of Villeblanche. His furniture . . . his riches . . . his parks.
"But you will be taken prisoner!" protested the senator. "Perhaps they will kill you!"
A shrug of indifference was the only response. He considered himself energetic enough to struggle against
the entire German army in the defense of his property. The important thing was to get there, and thenjust
let anybody dare to touch his things! . . . The senator looked with astonishment at this civilian infuriated by
the lust of possession. It reminded him of some Arab merchants that he had once known, ordinarily mild and
pacific, who quarrelled and killed like wild beasts when Bedouin thieves seized their wares. This was not the
moment for discussion, and each must map out his own course. So the influential senator finally yielded to
the desire of his friend. If such was his pleasure, let him carry it through! So he arranged that his mad
petitioner should depart that very night on a military train that was going to meet the army.
That journey put Don Marcelo in touch with the extraordinary movement which the war had developed on the
railroads. His train took fourteen hours to cover the distance normally made in two. It was made up of freight
cars filled with provisions and cartridges, with the doors stamped and sealed. A thirdclass car was occupied
by the train escort, a detachment of provincial guards. He was installed in a secondclass compartment with
the lieutenant in command of this guard and certain officials on their way to join their regiments after having
completed the business of mobilization in the small towns in which they were stationed before the war. The
crowd, habituated to long detentions, was accustomed to getting out and settling down before the motionless
locomotive, or scattering through the nearby fields.
In the stations of any importance all the tracks were occupied by rows of cars. Highpressure engines were
whistling, impatient to be off. Groups of soldiers were hesitating before the different trains, making mistakes,
getting out of one coach to enter others. The employees, calm but wearylooking, were going from side to
side, giving explanations about mountains of all sorts of freight and arranging them for transport. In the
convoy in which Desnoyers was placed the Territorials were sleeping, accustomed to the monotony of acting
as guard. Those in charge of the horses had opened the sliding doors, seating themselves on the floor with
their legs hanging over the edge. The train went very slowly during the night, across shadowy fields, stopping
here and there before red lanterns and announcing its presence by prolonged whistling.
In some stations appeared young girls clad in white with cockades and pennants on their breasts. Day and
night they were there, in relays, so that no train should pass through without a visit. They offered, in baskets
and trays, their gifts to the soldiersbread, chocolate, fruit. Many, already surfeited, tried to resist, but had to
yield eventually before the pleading countenance of the maidens. Even Desnoyers was laden down with these
gifts of patriotic enthusiasm.
He passed a great part of the night talking with his travelling companions. Only the officers had vague
directions as to where they were to meet their regiments, for the operations of war were daily changing the
situation. Faithful to duty, they were passing on, hoping to arrive in time for the decisive combat. The Chief
of the Guard had been over the ground, and was the only one able to give any account of the retreat. After
each stop the train made less progress. Everybody appeared confused. Why the retreat? . . . The army had
undoubtedly suffered reverses, but it was still united and, in his opinion, ought to seek an engagement where
it was. The retreat was leaving the advance of the enemy unopposed. To what point were they going to
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER III. THE RETREAT 107
Page No 110
retreat? . . . They who two weeks before were discussing in their garrisons the place in Belgium where their
adversaries were going to receive their death blow and through what places their victorious troops would
invade Germany! . . .
Their admission of the change of tactics did not reveal the slightest discouragement. An indefinite but firm
hope was hovering triumphantly above their vacillations. The Generalissimo was the only one who possessed
the secret of events. And Desnoyers approved with the blind enthusiasm inspired by those in whom we have
confidence. Joffre! . . . That serious and calm leader would finally bring things out all right. Nobody ought to
doubt his ability; he was the kind of man who always says the decisive word.
At daybreak Don Marcelo left the train. "Good luck to you!" And he clasped the hands of the brave young
fellows who were going to die, perhaps in a very short time. Finding the road unexpectedly open, the train
started immediately and Desnoyers found himself alone in the station. In normal times a branch road would
have taken him on to Villeblanche, but the service was now suspended for lack of a train crew. The
employees had been transferred to the lines crowded with the war transportation.
In vain he sought, with most generous offers, a horse, a simple cart drawn by any kind of old beast, in order
to continue his trip. The mobilization had appropriated the best, and all other means of transportation had
disappeared with the flight of the terrified. He would have to walk the eight miles. The old man did not
hesitate. Forward March! And he began his course along the dusty, straight, white highway running between
an endless succession of plains. Some groups of trees, some green hedges and the roofs of various farms
broke the monotony of the countryside. The fields were covered with stubble from the recent harvest. The
haycocks dotted the ground with their yellowish cones, now beginning to darken and take on a tone of
oxidized gold. In the valleys the birds were flitting about, shaking off the dew of dawn.
The first rays of the sun announced a very hot day. Around the hay stacks Desnoyers saw knots of people
who were getting up, shaking out their clothes, and awaking those who were still sleeping. They were
fugitives camping near the station in the hope that some train would carry them further on, they knew not
where. Some had come from faraway districts; they had heard the cannon, had seen war approaching, and
for several days had been going forward, directed by chance. Others, infected with the contagion of panic,
had fled, fearing to know the same horrors. . . . Among them he saw mothers with their little ones in their
arms, and old men who could only walk with a cane in one hand and the other arm in that of some member of
the family, and a few old women, withered and motionless as mummies, who were sleeping as they were
trundled along in wheelbarrows. When the sun awoke this miserable band they gathered themselves together
with heavy step, still stiffened by the night. Many were going toward the station in the hope of a train which
never came, thinking that, perhaps, they might have better luck during the day that was just dawning. Some
were continuing their way down the track, hoping that fate might be more propitious in some other place.
Don Marcelo walked all the morning long. The white, rectilinear ribbon of roadway was spotted with
approaching groups that on the horizon line looked like a file of ants. He did not see a single person going in
his direction. All were fleeing toward the South, and on meeting this city gentleman, wellshod, with walking
stick and straw hat, going on alone toward the country which they were abandoning in terror, they showed the
greatest astonishment. They concluded that he must be some functionary, some celebrity from the
Government.
At midday he was able to get a bit of bread, a little cheese and a bottle of white wine from a tavern near the
road. The proprietor was at the front, his wife sick and moaning in her bed. The mother, a rather deaf old
woman surrounded by her grandchildren, was watching from the doorway the procession of fugitives which
had been filing by for the last three days. "Monsieur, why do they flee?" she said to Desnoyers. "War only
concerns the soldiers. We countryfolk have done no wrong to anybody, and we ought not to be afraid."
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER III. THE RETREAT 108
Page No 111
Four hours later, on descending one of the hills that bounded the valley of the Marne, he saw afar the roofs of
Villeblanche clustered around the church, and further on, beyond a little grove, the slatey points of the round
towers of his castle.
The streets of the village were deserted. Only on the outer edges of the square did he see some old women
sitting as in the placid evenings of bygone summers. Half of the neighborhood had fled; the others were
staying by their firesides through sedentary routine, or deceiving themselves with a blind optimism. If the
Prussians should approach, what could they do to them? . . . They would obey their orders without attempting
any resistance, and it is impossible to punish people who obey. . . . Anything would be preferable to losing
the homes built by their forefathers which they had never left.
In the square he saw the mayor and the principal inhabitants grouped together. Like the women, they all
stared in astonishment at the owner of the castle. He was the most unexpected of apparitions. While so many
were fleeing toward Paris, this Parisian had come to join them and share in their fate. A smile of affection, a
look of sympathy began to appear on the rough, barklike countenances of the suspicious rustics. For a long
time Desnoyers had been on bad terms with the entire village. He had harshly insisted on his rights, showing
no tolerance in matters touching his property. He had spoken many times of bringing suit against the mayor
and sending half of the neighborhood to prison, so his enemies had retaliated by treacherously invading his
lands, poaching in his hunting preserves, and causing him great trouble with countersuits and involved
claims. His hatred of the community had even united him with the priest because he was on terms of
permanent hostility with the mayor. But his relations with the Church turned out as fruitless as his struggles
with the State. The priest was a kindly old soul who bore a certain resemblance to Renan, and seemed
interested only in getting alms for his poor out of Don Marcelo, even carrying his goodnatured boldness so
far as to try to excuse the marauders on his property.
How remote these struggles of a few months ago now seemed to him! . . . The millionaire was greatly
surprised to see the priest, on leaving his house to enter the church, greet the mayor as he passed, with a
friendly smile.
After long years of hostile silence they had met on the evening of August first at the foot of the church tower.
The bell was ringing the alarm, announcing the mobilization to the men who were in the fieldand the two
enemies had instinctively clasped hands. All French! This affectionate unanimity also came to meet the
detested owner of the castle. He had to exchange greetings first on one side, then on the other, grasping many
a horny hand. Behind his back the people broke out into kindly excuses"A good man, with no fault except
a little bad temper. . . ." And in a few minutes Monsieur Desnoyers was basking in the delightful atmosphere
of popularity.
As the ironwilled old gentleman approached his castle he concluded that, although the fatigue of the long
walk was making his knees tremble, the trip had been well worth while. Never had his park appeared to him
so extensive and so majestic as in that summer twilight, never so glistening white the swans that were gliding
double over the quiet waters, never so imposing the great group of towers whose inverted images were
repeated in the glassy green of the moats. He felt eager to see at once the stables with their herds of animals;
then a brief glance showed him that the stalls were comparatively empty. Mobilization had carried off his
best work horses; the driving and riding horses also had disappeared. Those in charge of the grounds and the
various stable boys were also in the army. The Warden, a man upwards of fifty and consumptive, was the
only one of the personnel left at the castle. With his wife and daughter he was keeping the mangers filled, and
from time to time was milking the neglected cows.
Within the noble edifice he again congratulated himself on the adamantine will which had brought him
thither. How could he ever give up such riches! . . . He gloated over the paintings, the crystals, the draperies,
all bathed in gold by the splendor of the dying day, and he felt more than proud to be their possessor. This
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER III. THE RETREAT 109
Page No 112
pride awakened in him an absurd, impossible courage, as though he were a gigantic being from another
planet, and all humanity merely an ant hill that he could grind under foot. Just let the enemy come! He could
hold his own against the whole lot! . . . Then, when his common sense brought him out of his heroic delirium,
he tried to calm himself with an equally illogical optimism. They would not come. He did not know why it
was, but his heart told him that they would not get that far.
He passed the following morning reconnoitering the artificial meadows that he had made behind the park,
lamenting their neglected condition due to the departure of the men, trying himself to open the sluice gates so
as to give some water to the pasture lands which were beginning to dry up. The grape vines were extending
their branches the length of their supports, and the full bunches, nearly ripe, were beginning to show their
triangular lusciousness among the leaves. Ay, who would gather this abundant fruit! . . .
By afternoon he noted an extraordinary amount of movement in the village. Georgette, the Warden's
daughter, brought the news that many enormous automobiles and soldiers, French soldiers, were beginning to
pass through the main street. In a little while a procession began filing past on the high road near the castle,
leading to the bridge over the Marne. This was composed of motor trucks, open and closed, that still had their
old commercial signs under their covering of dust and spots of mud. Many of them displayed the names of
business firms in Paris, others the names of provincial establishments. With these industrial vehicles
requisitioned by mobilization were others from the public service which produced in Desnoyers the same
effect as a familiar face in a throng of strangers. On their upper parts were the names of their old
routes:"MadeleineBastille, PassyBourne," etc. Probably he had travelled many times in these very
vehicles, now shabby and aged by twenty days of intense activity, with dented planks and twisted metal,
perforated like sieves, but rattling crazily on.
Some of the conveyances displayed white discs with a red cross in the center; others had certain letters and
figures comprehensible only to those initiates in the secrets of military administration. Within these
vehiclesthe only new and strong motorshe saw soldiers, many soldiers, but all wounded, with head and
legs bandaged, ashy faces made still more tragic by their growing beards, feverish eyes looking fixedly
ahead, mouths so sadly immobile that they seemed carven by agonizing groans. Doctors and nurses were
occupying various carriages in this convoy escorted by several platoons of horsemen. And mingled with the
slowly moving horses and automobiles were marching groups of footsoldiers, with cloaks unbuttoned or
hanging from their shoulders like capeswounded men who were able to walk and joke and sing, some with
arms in splints across their breasts, others with bandaged heads with clotted blood showing through the thin
white strips.
The millionaire longed to do something for these brave fellows, but he had hardly begun to distribute some
bottles of wine and loaves of bread before a doctor interposed, upbraiding him as though he had committed a
crime. His gifts might result fatally. So he had to stand beside the road, sad and helpless, looking after the
sorrowful convoy. . . . By nightfall the vehicles filled with the sick were no longer filing by.
He now saw hundreds of drays, some hermetically sealed with the prudence that explosive material requires,
others with bundles and boxes that were sending out a stale odor of provisions. Then came great herds of
cattle raising thick, whirling clouds of dust in the narrow parts of the road, prodded on by the sticks and yells
of the shepherds in kepis.
His thoughts kept him wakeful all night. This, then, was the retreat of which the people of Paris were talking,
but in which many wished not to believethe retreat reaching even there and continuing its indefinite
retirement, since nobody knew what its end might be. . . . His optimism aroused a ridiculous hope. Perhaps
this was only the retreat of the hospitals and stores which always follows an army. The troops, wishing to be
rid of impedimenta, were sending them forward by railway and highway. That must be it. So all through the
night, he interpreted the incessant bustle as the passing of vehicles filled with the wounded, with munitions
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER III. THE RETREAT 110
Page No 113
and eatables, like those which had filed by in the afternoon.
Toward morning he fell asleep through sheer weariness, and when he awoke late in the day his first glance
was toward the road. He saw it filled with men and horses dragging some rolling objects. But these men were
carrying guns and were formed in battalions and regiments. The animals were pulling the pieces of artillery.
It was an army. . . . It was the retreat!
Desnoyers ran to the edge of the road to be more convinced of the truth.
Alas, they were regiments such as he had seen leaving the stations of Paris. . . . But with what a very different
aspect! The blue cloaks were now ragged and yellowing garments, the trousers faded to the color of a
halfbaked brick, the shoes great cakes of mud. The faces had a desperate expression, with layers of dust and
sweat in all their grooves and openings, with beards of recent growth, sharp as spikes, with an air of great
weariness showing the longing to drop down somewhere forever, killing or dying, but without going a step
further. They were tramping . . . tramping . . . tramping! Some marches had lasted thirty hours at a stretch.
The enemy was on their tracks, and the order was to go on and not to fight, freeing themselves by their
fleetfootedness from the involved movements of the invader.
The chiefs suspected the discouraged exhaustion of their men. They might exact of them complete sacrifice
of lifebut to order them to march day and night, forever fleeing before the enemy when they did not
consider themselves vanquished, when they were animated by that ferocious wrath which is the mother of
heroism! . . . Their despairing expressions mutely sought the nearest officers, the leaders, even the colonel.
They simply could go no further! Such a long, devastating march in such a few days, and what for? . . . The
superior officers, who knew no more than their men, seemed to be replying with their eyes, as though they
possessed a secret "Courage! One more effort! . . . This is going to come to an end very soon."
The vigorous beasts, having no imagination, were resisting less than the men, but their aspect was deplorable.
How could these be the same strong horses with glossy coats that he had seen in the Paris processions at the
beginning of the previous month? A campaign of twenty days had aged and exhausted them; their dull gaze
seemed to be imploring pity. They were weak and emaciated, the outline of their skeletons so plainly
apparent that it made their eyes look larger. Their harness, as they moved, showed the skin raw and bleeding.
Yet they were pushing on with a mighty effort, concentrating their last powers, as though human demands
were beyond their obscure instincts. Some could go no further and suddenly collapsed from sheer fatigue.
Desnoyers noticed that the artillerymen rapidly unharnessed them, pushing them out of the road so as to leave
the way open for the rest. There lay the skeleton like frames with stiffened legs and glassy eyes staring
fixedly at the first flies already attracted by their miserable carrion.
The cannons painted gray, the guncarriages, the artillery equipment, all that Don Marcelo had seen clean
and shining with the enthusiastic friction that man has given to arms from remote epochs even more
persistent than that which woman gives to household utensilswere now dirty, overlaid with the marks of
endless use, with the wreckage of unavoidable neglect. The wheels were deformed with mud, the metal
darkened by the smoke of explosion, the gray paint spotted with mossy dampness.
In the free spaces in this file, in the parentheses opened between battery and regiment, were sandwiched
crowds of civiliansmiserable groups driven on by the invasion, populations of entire towns that had
disintegrated, following the army in its retreat. The approach of a new division would make them leave the
road temporarily, continuing their march in the adjoining fields. Then at the slightest opening in the troops
they would again slip along the white and even surface of the highway. They were mothers who were pushing
handcarts heaped high with pyramids of furniture and tiny babies, the sick who could hardly drag
themselves along, old men carried on the shoulders of their grandsons, old women with little children
clinging to their skirtsa pitiful, silent brood.
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER III. THE RETREAT 111
Page No 114
Nobody now opposed the liberality of the owner of the castle. His entire vintage seemed to be overflowing on
the highway. Casks from the last grapegathering were rolled out to the roadside, and the soldiers filled the
metal ladles hanging from their belts with the red stream. Then the bottled wine began making its appearance
by order of date, and was instantly lost in the river of men continually flowing by. Desnoyers observed with
much satisfaction the effects of his munificence. The smiles were reappearing on the despairing faces, the
French jest was leaping from row to row, and on resuming their march the groups began to sing.
Then he went to see the officers who in the village square were giving their horses a brief rest before
rejoining their columns. With perplexed countenances and heavy eyes they were talking among themselves
about this retreat, so incomprehensible to them all. Days before in Guise they had routed their pursuers, and
yet now they were continually withdrawing in obedience to a severe and endless order. "We do not
understand it," they were saying. "We do not understand." An ordered and methodical tide was dragging back
these men who wanted to fight, yet had to retreat. All were suffering the same cruel doubt. "We do not
understand."
And doubt was making still more distressing this dayandnight march with only the briefest restsbecause
the heads of the divisions were in hourly fear of being cut off from the rest of the army. "One effort more,
boys! Courage! Soon we shall rest!" The columns in their retirement were extending hundreds of miles.
Desnoyers was seeing only one division. Others and still others were doing exactly this same thing at that
very hour, their recessional extending across half of France. All, with the same disheartened obedience, were
falling back, the men exclaiming the same as the officials, "We don't understand. We don't understand!"
Don Marcelo soon felt the same sadness and bewilderment as these soldiers. He didn't understand, either. He
saw the obvious thing, what all were able to seethe territory invaded without the Germans encountering
any stubborn resistance;entire counties, cities, villages, hamlets remaining in the power of the enemy, at
the back of an army that was constantly withdrawing. His enthusiasm suddenly collapsed like a pricked
balloon, and all his former pessimism returned. The troops were displaying energy and discipline; but what
did that amount to if they had to keep retreating all the time, unable on account of strict orders to fight or
defend the land? "Just as it was in the '70's," he sighed. "Outwardly there is more order, but the result is going
to be the same."
As though a negative reply to his faintheartedness, he overheard the voice of a soldier reassuring a farmer:
"We are retreating, yes only that we may pounce upon the Boches with more strength. Grandpa Joffre is
going to put them in his pocket when and where he will."
The mere sound of the Marshal's name revived Don Marcelo's hope. Perhaps this soldier, who was keeping
his faith intact in spite of the interminable and demoralizing marches, was nearer the truth than the reasoning
and studious officers.
He passed the rest of the day making presents to the last detachments of the column. His wine cellars were
gradually emptying. By order of dates, he continued distributing thousands of bottles stored in the
subterranean parts of the castle. By evening he was giving to those who appeared weakest bottles covered
with the dust of many years. As the lines filed by the men seemed weaker and more exhausted. Stragglers
were now passing, painfully drawing their raw and bleeding feet from their shoes. Some had already freed
themselves from these torture cases and were marching barefoot, with their heavy boots hanging from their
shoulders, and staining the highway with drops of blood. Although staggering with deadly fatigue, they kept
their arms and outfits, believing that the enemy was near.
Desnoyers' liberality stupefied many of them. They were accustomed to crossing their native soil, having to
struggle with the selfishness of the producer. Nobody had been offering anything. Fear of danger had made
the country folk hide their eatables and refuse to lend the slightest aid to their compatriots who were fighting
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER III. THE RETREAT 112
Page No 115
for them.
The millionaire slept badly this second night in his pompous bed with columns and plushes that had belonged
to Henry IVaccording to the declarations of the salesmen. The troops no longer were marching past. From
time to time there straggled by a single battalion, a battery, a group of horsementhe last forces of the rear
guard that had taken their position on the outskirts of the village in order to cover the retreat. The profound
silence that followed the turmoil of transportation awoke in his mind a sense of doubt and disquietude. What
was he doing there when the soldiers had gone? Was he not crazy to remain there? . . . But immediately there
came galloping into his mind the great riches which the castle contained. If he could only take it all away! . . .
That was impossible now through want of means and time. Besides, his stubborn will looked upon such flight
as a shameful concession. "We must finish what we have begun!" he said to himself. He had made the trip on
purpose to guard his own, and he must not flee at the approach of danger. . . .
The following morning, when he went down into the village, he saw hardly any soldiers. Only a single
detachment of dragoons was still in the neighborhood; the horsemen were scouring the woods and pushing
forward the stragglers at the same time that they were opposing the advance of the enemy. The troopers had
obstructed the street with a barricade of carts and furniture. Standing behind this crude barrier, they were
watching the white strip of roadway which ran between the two hills covered with trees. Occasionally there
sounded stray shots like the snapping of cords. "Ours," said the troopers. These were the last detachments of
sharpshooters firing at the advancing Uhlans. The cavalry of the rear guard had the task of opposing a
continual resistance to the enemy, repelling the squads of Germans who were trying to work their way along
to the retreating columns.
Desnoyers saw approaching along the highroad the last stragglers from the infantry. They were not walking,
they rather appeared to be dragging themselves forward, with the firm intention of advancing, but were
betrayed by emaciated legs and bleeding feet. Some had sunk down for a moment by the roadside, agonized
with weariness, in order to breathe without the weight of their knapsacks, and draw their swollen feet from
their leather prisons, and wipe off the sweat; but upon trying to renew their march, they found it impossible to
rise. Their bodies seemed made of stone. Fatigue had brought them to a condition bordering on catalepsy so,
unable to move, they were seeing dimly the rest of the army passing on as a fantastic filebattalions, more
battalions, batteries, troops of horses. Then the silence, the night, the sleep on the stones and dust, shaken by
most terrible nightmare. At daybreak they were awakened by bodies of horsemen exploring the ground,
rounding up the remnants of the retreat. Ay, it was impossible to move! The dragoons, revolver in hand, had
to resort to threats in order to rouse them! Only the certainty that the pursuer was near and might make them
prisoners gave them a momentary vigor. So they were forcing themselves up by superhuman effort,
staggering, dragging their legs, and supporting themselves on their guns as though they were canes.
Many of these were young men who had aged in an hour and changed into confirmed invalids. Poor fellows!
They would not go very far! Their intention was to follow on, to join the column, but on entering the village
they looked at the houses with supplicating eyes, desiring to enter them, feeling such a craving for immediate
relief that they forgot even the nearness of the enemy.
Villeblanche was now more military than before the arrival of the troops. The night before a great part of the
inhabitants had fled, having become infected with the same fear that was driving on the crowds following the
army. The mayor and the priest remained. Reconciled with the owner of the castle through his unexpected
presence in their midst, and admiring his liberality, the municipal official approached to give him some news.
The engineers were mining the bridge over the Marne. They were only waiting for the dragoons to cross
before blowing it up. If he wished to go, there was still time.
Again Desnoyers hesitated. Certainly it was foolhardy to remain there. But a glance at the woods over whose
branches rose the towers of his castle, settled his doubts. No, no. . . . "We must finish what we have begun!"
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER III. THE RETREAT 113
Page No 116
The very last band of troopers now made their appearance, coming out of the woods by different paths. They
were riding their horses slowly, as though they deplored this retreat. They kept looking behind, carbine in
hand, ready to halt and shoot. The others who had been occupying the barricade were already on their
mounts. The division reformed, the commands of the officers were heard and a quick trot, accompanied by
the clanking of metal, told Don Marcelo that the last of the army had left.
He remained near the barricade in a solitude of intense silence, as though the world were suddenly
depopulated. Two dogs, abandoned by the flight of their masters, leaped and sniffed around him, coaxing him
for protection. They were unable to get the desired scent in that land trodden down and disfigured by the
transit of thousands of men. A family cat was watching the birds that were beginning to return to their haunts.
With timid flutterings they were picking at what the horses had left, and an ownerless hen was disputing the
banquet with the winged band, until then hidden in the trees and roofs. The silence intensified the rustling of
the leaves, the hum of the insects, the summer respiration of the sunburnt soil which appeared to have
contracted timorously under the weight of the men in arms.
Desnoyers was losing exact track of the passing of time. He was beginning to believe that all which had gone
before must have been a bad dream. The calm surrounding him made what had been happening here seem
most improbable.
Suddenly he saw something moving at the far end of the road, at the very highest point where the white
ribbon of the highway touched the blue of the horizon. There were two men on horseback, two little tin
soldiers who appeared to have escaped from a box of toys. He had brought with him a pair of field glasses
that had often surprised marauders on his property, and by their aid he saw more clearly the two riders clad in
greenish gray! They were carrying lances and wearing helmets ending in a horizontal plate . . . They! He
could not doubt it: before his eyes were the first Uhlans!
For some time they remained motionless, as though exploring the horizon. Then, from the obscure masses of
vegetation that bordered the roadside, others and still others came sallying forth in groups. The little tin
soldiers no longer were showing their silhouettes against the horizon's blue; the whiteness of the highway was
now making their background, ascending behind their heads. They came slowly down, like a band that fears
ambush, examining carefully everything around.
The advisability of prompt retirement made Don Marcelo bring his investigations to a close. It would be most
disastrous for him if they surprised him here. But on lowering his glasses something extraordinary passed
across his field of vision. A short distance away, so that he could almost touch them with his hand, he saw
many men skulking along in the shadow of the trees on both sides of the road. His surprise increased as he
became convinced that they were Frenchmen, wearing kepis. Where were they coming from? . . . He
examined more closely with his spy glass. They were stragglers in a lamentable state of body and a
picturesque variety of uniforms infantry, Zouaves, dragoons without their horses. And with them were
forest guards and officers from the villages that had received too late the news of the retreataltogether
about fifty. A few were fresh and vigorous, others were keeping themselves up by supernatural effort. All
were carrying arms.
They finally made the barricade, looking continually behind them, in order to watch, in the shelter of the
trees, the slow advance of the Uhlans. At the head of this heterogeneous troop was an official of the police,
old and fat, with a revolver in his right hand, his moustache bristling with excitement, and a murderous glitter
in his heavylidded blue eyes. The band was continuing its advance through the village, slipping over to the
other side of the barricade of carts without paying much attention to their curious countryman, when suddenly
sounded a loud detonation, making the horizon vibrate and the houses tremble.
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER III. THE RETREAT 114
Page No 117
"What is that?" asked the officer, looking at Desnoyers for the first time. He explained that it was the bridge
which had just been blown up. The leader received the news with an oath, but his confused followers, brought
together by chance, remained as indifferent as though they had lost all contact with reality.
"Might as well die here as anywhere," continued the official. Many of the fugitives acknowledged this
decision with prompt obedience, since it saved them the torture of continuing their march. They were almost
rejoicing at the explosion which had cut off their progress. Instinctively they were gathering in the places
most sheltered by the barricade. Some entered the abandoned houses whose doors the dragoons had forced in
order to utilize the upper floors. All seemed satisfied to be able to rest, even though they might soon have to
fight. The officer went from group to group giving his orders. They must not fire till he gave the word.
Don Marcelo watched these preparations with the immovability of surprise. So rapid and noiseless had been
the apparition of the stragglers that he imagined he must still be dreaming. There could be no danger in this
unreal situation; it was all a lie. And he remained in his place without understanding the deputy who was
ordering his departure with roughest words. Obstinate civilian! . . .
The reverberation of the explosion had filled the highway with horsemen. They were coming from all
directions, forming themselves into the advance group. The Uhlans were galloping around under the
impression that the village was abandoned.
"Fire!"
Desnoyers was enveloped in a rain of crackling noises, as though the trunks of all the trees had split before
his eyes.
The impetuous band halted suddenly. Some of their men were rolling on the ground. Some were bending
themselves double, trying to get across the road without being seen. Others remained stretched out on their
backs or face downward with their arms in front. The riderless horses were racing wildly across the fields
with reins dragging, urged on by the loose stirrups.
And after this rude shock which had brought them surprise and death, the band disappeared, instantly
swallowed up by the trees.
CHAPTER IV. NEAR THE SACRED GROTTO
Argensola had found a new occupation even more exciting than marking out on the map the manoeuvres of
the armies.
"I am now devoting myself to the taube," he announced. "It appears from four to five with the precision a
punctilious guest coming to take tea."
Every afternoon at the appointed hour, a German aeroplane was flying over Paris dropping bombs. This
wouldbe intimidation was producing no terror, the people accepting the visit as an interesting and
extraordinary spectacle. In vain the aviators were flinging in the city streets German flags bearing ironic
messages, giving accounts of the defeat of the retreating army and the failures of the Russian offensive. Lies,
all lies! In vain they were dropping bombs, destroying garrets, killing or wounding old men, women and
babes. "Ah, the bandits!" The crowds would threaten with their fists the malign mosquito, scarcely visible
6,000 feet above them, and after this outburst, they would follow it with straining eyes from street to street, or
stand motionless in the square in order to study its evolutions.
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER IV. NEAR THE SACRED GROTTO 115
Page No 118
The most punctual of all the spectators was Argensola. At four o'clock he was in the place de la Concorde
with upturned face and wideopen eyes, in most cordial goodfellowship with all the bystanders. It was as
though they were holding season tickets at the same theatre, becoming acquainted through seeing each other
so often. "Will it come? . . . Will it not come today?" The women appeared to be the most vehement, some
of them rushing up, flushed and breathless, fearing that they might have arrived too late for the show. . . . A
great cry"There it comes! . . . There it is!" And thousands of hands were pointing to a vague spot on the
horizon. With field glasses and telescopes they were aiding their vision, the popular venders offering every
kind of optical instruments and for an hour the thrilling spectacle of an aerial hunt was played out, noisy and
useless.
The great insect was trying to reach the Eiffel Tower, and from its base would come sharp reports, at the
same time that the different platforms spit out a fierce stream of shrapnel. As it zigzagged over the city, the
discharge of rifles would crackle from roof and street. Everyone that had arms in his house was firingthe
soldiers of the guard, and the English and Belgians on their way through Paris. They knew that their shots
were perfectly useless, but they were firing for the fun of retorting, hoping at the same time that one of their
chance shots might achieve a miracle; but the only miracle was that the shooters did not kill each other with
their precipitate and ineffectual fire. As it was, a few passersby did fall, wounded by balls from unknown
sources.
Argensola would tear from street to street following the evolutions of the inimical bird, trying to guess where
its projectiles would fall, anxious to be the first to reach the bombarded house, excited by the shots that were
answering from below. And to think that he had no gun like those khakiclad Englishmen or those Belgians
in barrick cap, with tassel over the front! . . . Finally the taube tired of manoeuvering, would disappear. "Until
tomorrow!" ejaculated the Spaniard. "Perhaps tomorrow's show may be even more interesting!"
He employed his free hours between his geographical observations and his aerial contemplations in making
the rounds of the stations, watching the crowds of travellers making their escape from Paris. The sudden
vision of the truthafter the illusion which the Government had been creating with its optimistic dispatches,
the certainty that the Germans were actually near when a week before they had imagined them completely
routed, the taubes flying over Paris, the mysterious threat of the Zeppelinsall these dangerous signs were
filling a part of the community with frenzied desperation. The railroad stations, guarded by the soldiery, were
only admitting those who had secured tickets in advance. Some had been waiting entire days for their turn to
depart. The most impatient were starting to walk, eager to get outside of the city as soon as possible. The
roads were black with the crowds all going in the same directions. Toward the South they were fleeing by
automobile, in carriages, in gardeners' carts, on foot.
Argensola surveyed this hegira with serenity. He would remain because he had always admired those men
who witnessed the Siege of Paris in 1870. Now it was going to be his good fortune to observe an historical
drama, perhaps even more interesting. The wonders that he would be able to relate in the future! . . . But the
distraction and indifference of his present audience were annoying him greatly. He would hasten back to the
studio, in feverish excitement, to communicate the latest gratifying news to Desnoyers who would listen as
though he did not hear him. The night that he informed him that the Government, the Chambers, the
Diplomatic Corps, and even the actors of the Comedie Francaise were going that very hour on special trains
for Bordeaux, his companion merely replied with a shrug of indifference.
Desnoyers was worrying about other things. That morning he had received a note from Margueriteonly
two lines scrawled in great haste. She was leaving, starting immediately, accompanied by her mother. Adieu!
. . . and nothing more. The panic had caused many loveaffairs to be forgotten, had broken off long
intimacies, but Marguerite's temperament was above such incoherencies from mere flight. Julio felt that her
terseness was very ominous. Why not mention the place to which she was going? . . .
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER IV. NEAR THE SACRED GROTTO 116
Page No 119
In the afternoon, he took a bold step which she had always forbidden. He went to her home and talked a long
time with the concierge in order to get some news. The good woman was delighted to work off on him the
loquacity so brusquely cut short by the flight of tenants and servants. The lady on the first floor (Marguerite's
mother) had been the last to abandon the house in spite of the fact that she was really sick over her son's
departure. They had left the day before without saying where they were going. The only thing that she knew
was that they took the train in the Gare d'Orsay. They were going toward the South like all the rest of the rich.
And she supplemented her revelations with the vague news that the daughter had seemed very much upset by
the information that she had received from the front. Someone in the family was wounded. Perhaps it was the
brother, but she really didn't know. With so many surprises and strange things happening, it was difficult to
keep track of everything. Her husband, too, was in the army and she had her own affairs to worry about.
"Where can she have gone?" Julio asked himself all day long. "Why does she wish to keep me in ignorance of
her whereabouts?"
When his comrade told him that night about the transfer of the seat of government, with all the mystery of
news not yet made public, Desnoyers merely replied:
"They are doing the best thing. . . . I, too, will go tomorrow if I can."
Why remain longer in Paris? His family was away. His father, according to Argensola's investigations, also
had gone off without saying whither. Now Marguerite's mysterious flight was leaving him entirely alone, in a
solitude that was filling him with remorse.
That afternoon, when strolling through the boulevards, he had stumbled across a friend considerably older
than himself, an acquaintance in the fencing club which he used to frequent. This was the first time they had
met since the beginning of the war, and they ran over the list of their companions in the army. Desnoyers'
inquiries were answered by the older man. Soandso? . . . He had been wounded in Lorraine and was now
in a hospital in the South. Another friend? . . . Dead in the Vosges. Another? . . . Disappeared at Charleroi.
And thus had continued the heroic and mournful rollcall. The others were still living, doing brave things.
The members of foreign birth, young Poles, English residents in Paris and South Americans, had finally
enlisted as volunteers. The club might well be proud of its young men who had practised arms in times of
peace, for now they were all jeopardizing their existence at the front. Desnoyers turned his face away as
though he feared to meet in the eyes of his friend, an ironical and questioning expression. Why had he not
gone with the others to defend the land in which he was living? . . .
"Tomorrow I will go," repeated Julio, depressed by this recollection.
But he went toward the South like all those who were fleeing from the war. The following morning
Argensola was charged to get him a railroad ticket for Bordeaux. The value of money had greatly increased,
but fifty francs, opportunely bestowed, wrought the miracle and procured a bit of numbered cardboard whose
conquest represented many days of waiting.
"It is good only for today," said the Spaniard, "you will have to take the night train."
Packing was not a very serious matter, as the trains were refusing to admit anything more than handluggage.
Argensola did not wish to accept the liberality of Julio who tried to leave all his money with him. Heroes
need very little and the painter of souls was inspired with heroic resolution, The brief harangue of Gallieni in
taking charge of the defense of Paris, he had adopted as his own. He intended to keep up his courage to the
last, just like the hardy general.
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER IV. NEAR THE SACRED GROTTO 117
Page No 120
"Let them come," he exclaimed with a tragic expression. "They will find me at my post!" . . .
His post was the studio from which he could witness the happenings which he proposed relating to coming
generations. He would entrench himself there with the eatables and wines. Besides he had the plan just as
soon as his partner should disappearof bringing to live there with him certain ladyfriends who were
wandering around in search of a problematical dinner, and feeling timid in the solitude of their own quarters.
Danger often gathers congenial folk together and adds a new attractiveness to the pleasures of a community.
The tender affections of the prisoners of the Terror, when they were expecting momentarily to be conducted
to the guillotine, flashed through his mind. Let us drain Life's goblet at one draught since we have to die! . . .
The studio of the rue de la Pompe was about to witness the mad and desperate revels of a castaway bark
well stocked with provisions.
Desnoyers left the Gare d'Orsay in a firstclass compartment, mentally praising the good order with which
the authorities had arranged everything, so that every traveller could have his own seat. At the Austerlitz
station, however, a human avalanche assaulted the train. The doors were broken open, packages and children
came in through the windows like projectiles. The people pushed with the unreason of a crowd fleeing before
a fire. In the space reserved for eight persons, fourteen installed themselves; the passageways were heaped
with mountains of bags and valises that served later travellers for seats. All class distinctions had
disappeared. The villagers invaded by preference the best coaches, believing that they would there find more
room. Those holding firstclass tickets hunted up the plainer coaches in the vain hope of travelling without
being crowded. On the cross roads were waiting from the day before long trains made up of cattle cars. All
the stables on wheels were filled with people seated on the wooden floor or in chairs brought from their
homes. Every train load was an encampment eager to take up its march; whenever it halted, layers of greasy
papers, hulls and fruit skins collected along its entire length.
The invaders, pushing their way in, put up with many annoyances and pardoned one another in a brotherly
way. "In war times, war measures," they would always say as a last excuse. And each one was pressing closer
to his neighbor in order to make a few more inches of room, and helping to wedge his scanty baggage among
the other bundles swaying most precariously above. Little by little, Desnoyers was losing all his advantage as
a first comer. These poor people who had been waiting for the train from four in the morning till eight at
night, awakened his pity. The women, groaning with weariness, were standing in the corridors, looking with
ferocious envy at those who had seats. The children were bleating like hungry kids. Julio finally gave up his
place, sharing with the needy and improvident the bountiful supply of eatables with which Argensola had
provided him. The station restaurants had all been emptied of food.
During the train's long wait, soldiers only were seen on the platform, soldiers who were hastening at the call
of the trumpet, to take their places again in the strings of cars which were constantly steaming toward Paris.
At the signal stations, long war trains were waiting for the road to be clear that they might continue their
journey. The cuirassiers, wearing a yellow vest over their steel breastplate, were seated with hanging legs in
the doorways of the stable cars, from whose interior came repeated neighing. Upon the flat cars were rows of
gun carriages. The slender throats of the cannon of '75 were pointed upwards like telescopes.
Young Desnoyers passed the night in the aisle, seated on a valise, noting the sodden sleep of those around
him, worn out by weariness and exhaustion. It was a cruel and endless night of jerks, shrieks and stops
punctuated by snores. At every station, the trumpets were sounding precipitously as though the enemy were
right upon them. The soldiers from the South were hurrying to their posts, and at brief intervals another
detachment of men was dragged along the rails toward Paris. They all appeared gay, and anxious to reach the
scene of slaughter as soon as possible. Many were regretting the delays, fearing that they might arrive too
late. Leaning out of the window, Julio heard the dialogues and shouts on the platforms impregnated with the
acrid odor of men and mules. All were evincing an unquenchable confidence. "The Boches! very numerous,
with huge cannons, with many mitrailleuse . . . but we only have to charge with our bayonets to make them
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER IV. NEAR THE SACRED GROTTO 118
Page No 121
run like rabbits!"
The attitude of those going to meet death was in sharp contrast to the panic and doubt of those who were
deserting Paris. An old and muchdecorated gentleman, type of a jubilee functionary, kept questioning
Desnoyers whenever the train started on again"Do you believe that they will get as far as Tours?" Before
receiving his reply, he would fall asleep. Brutish sleep was marching down the aisles with leaden feet. At
every junction, the old man would start up and suddenly ask, "Do you believe that we will get as far as
Bordeaux?" . . . And his great desire not to halt until, with his family, he had reached an absolutely secure
refuge, made him accept as oracles all the vague responses.
At daybreak, they saw the Territorialists guarding the roads. They were armed with old muskets, and were
wearing the red kepis as their only military distinction. They were following the opposite course of the
military trains.
In the station at Bordeaux, the civilian crowds struggling to get out or to enter other cars, were mingling with
the troops. The trumpets were incessantly sounding their brazen notes, calling the soldiers together. Many
were men of darkest coloring, natives with wide gray breeches and red caps above their black or bronzed
faces.
Julio saw a train bearing wounded from the battles of Flanders and Lorraine. Their worn and dirty uniforms
were enlivened by the whiteness of the bandages sustaining the wounded limbs or protecting the broken
heads. All were trying to smile, although with livid mouths and feverish eyes, at their first glimpse of the land
of the South as it emerged from the mist bathed in the sunlight, and covered with the regal vestures of its
vineyards. The men from the North stretched out their hands for the fruit that the women were offering them,
tasting with delight the sweet grapes of the country.
For four days the distracted lover lived in Bordeaux, stunned and bewildered by the agitation of a provincial
city suddenly converted into a capital. The hotels were overcrowded, many notables contenting themselves
with servants' quarters. There was not a vacant seat in the cafes; the sidewalks could not accommodate the
extraordinary assemblage. The President was installed in the Prefecture; the State Departments were
established in the schools and museums; two theatres were fitted up for the future reunions of the Senate and
the Chamber of Deputies. Julio was lodged in a filthy, disreputable hotel at the end of a foulsmelling alley.
A little Cupid adorned the crystals of the door, and the lookingglass in his room was scratched with names
and unspeakable phrases souvenirs of the occupants of an hour . . . and yet many grand ladies, hunting in
vain for temporary residence, would have envied him his good fortune.
All his investigations proved fruitless. The friends whom he encountered in the fugitive crowd were thinking
only of their own affairs. They could talk of nothing but incidents of the installation, repeating the news
gathered from the ministers with whom they were living on familiar terms, or mentioning with a mysterious
air, the great battle which was going on stretching from the vicinity of Paris to Verdun. A pupil of his days of
glory, whose former elegance was now attired in the uniform of a nurse, gave him some vague information.
"The little Madame Laurier? . . . I remember hearing that she was living somewhere near here. . . . Perhaps in
Biarritz." Julio needed no more than this to continue his journey. To Biarritz!
The first person that he encountered on his arrival was Chichi. She declared that the town was impossible
because of the families of rich Spaniards who were summering there. "The Boches are in the majority, and I
pass a miserable existence quarrelling with them. . . . I shall finally have to live alone." Then he met his
mother embraces and tears. Afterwards he saw his Aunt Elena in the hotel parlors, most enthusiastic over
the country and the summer colony.
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER IV. NEAR THE SACRED GROTTO 119
Page No 122
She could talk at great length with many of them about the decadence of France. They were all expecting to
receive the news from one moment to another, that the Kaiser had entered the Capital. Ponderous men who
had never done anything in all their lives, were criticizing the defects and indolence of the Republic. Young
men whose aristocracy aroused Dona Elena's enthusiasm, broke forth into apostrophes against the corruption
of Paris, corruption that they had studied thoroughly, from sunset to sunrise, in the virtuous schools of
Montmartre. They all adored Germany where they had never been, or which they knew only through the reels
of the moving picture films. They criticized events as though they were witnessing a bull fight. "The
Germans have the snap! You can't fool with them! They are fine brutes!" And they appeared to admire this
inhumanity as the most admirable characteristic. "Why will they not say that in their own home on the other
side of the frontier?" Chichi would protest. "Why do they come into their neighbor's country to ridicule his
troubles? . . . Possibly they consider it a sign of their wonderful goodbreeding!"
But Julio had not gone to Biarritz to live with his family. . . . The very day of his arrival, he saw Marguerite's
mother in the distance. She was alone. His inquiries developed the information that her daughter was living in
Pau. She was a trained nurse taking care of a wounded member of the family. "Her brother . . . undoubtedly it
is her brother," thought Julio. And he again continued his trip, this time going to Pau.
His visits to the hospitals there were also unavailing. Nobody seemed to know Marguerite. Every day a train
was arriving with a new load of bleeding flesh, but her brother was not among the wounded. A Sister of
Charity, believing that he was in search of someone of his family, took pity on him and gave him some
helpful directions. He ought to go to Lourdes; there were many of the wounded there and many of the
military nurses. So Desnoyers immediately took the short cut between Pau and Lourdes.
He had never visited the sacred city whose name was so frequently on his mother's lips. For Dona Luisa, the
French nation was Lourdes. In her discussions with her sister and other foreign ladies who were praying that
France might be exterminated for its impiety, the good senora always summed up her opinions in the same
words:"When the Virgin wished to make her appearance in our day, she chose France. This country,
therefore, cannot be as bad as you say. . . . When I see that she appears in Berlin, we will then rediscuss the
matter."
But Desnoyers was not there to confirm his mother's artless opinions. Just as soon as he had found a room in
a hotel near the river, he had hastened to the big hostelry, now converted into a hospital. The guard told him
that he could not speak to the Director until the afternoon. In order to curb his impatience he walked through
the street leading to the basilica, past all the booths and shops with pictures and pious souvenirs which have
converted the place into a big bazaar. Here and in the gardens adjoining the church, he saw wounded
convalescents with uniforms stained with traces of the combat. Their cloaks were greatly soiled in spite of
repeated brushings. The mud, the blood and the rain had left indelible spots and made them as stiff as
cardboard. Some of the wounded had cut their sleeves in order to avoid the cruel friction on their shattered
arms, others still showed on their trousers the rents made by the devastating shells.
They were fighters of all ranks and of many racesinfantry, cavalry, artillerymen; soldiers from the
metropolis and from the colonies; French farmers and African sharpshooters; red heads, faces of
Mohammedan olive and the black countenances of the Sengalese, with eyes of fire, and thick, bluish blubber
lips; some showing the goodnature and sedentary obesity of the middleclass man suddenly converted into
a warrior; others sinewy, alert, with the aggressive profile of men born to fight, and experienced in foreign
fields.
The city, formerly visited by the hopeful, Catholic sick, was now invaded by a crowd no less dolorous but
clad in carnival colors. All, in spite of their physical distress, had a certain air of good cheer and satisfaction.
They had seen Death very near, slipping out from his bony claws into a new joy and zest in life. With their
cloaks adorned with medals, their theatrical Moorish garments, their kepis and their African headdresses, this
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER IV. NEAR THE SACRED GROTTO 120
Page No 123
heroic band presented, nevertheless, a lamentable aspect.
Very few still preserved the noble vertical carriage, the pride of the superior human being. They were
walking along bent almost double, limping, dragging themselves forward by the help of a staff or friendly
arm. Others had to let themselves be pushed along, stretched out on the handcarts which had so often
conducted the devout sick from the station to the Grotto of the Virgin. Some were feeling their way along,
blindly, leaning on a child or nurse. The first encounters in Belgium and in the East, a mere halfdozen
battles, had been enough to produce these physical wrecks still showing a manly nobility in spite of the most
horrible outrages. These organisms, struggling so tenaciously to regain their hold on life, bringing their
reviving energies out into the sunlight, represented but the most minute part of the number mowed down by
the scythe of Death. Back of them were thousands and thousands of comrades groaning on hospital beds from
which they would probably never rise. Thousands and thousands were hidden forever in the bosom of the
Earth moistened by their death agonyfatal land which, upon receiving a hail of projectiles, brought forth a
harvest of bristling crosses!
War now showed itself to Desnoyers with all its cruel hideousness. He had been accustomed to speak of it
heretofore as those in robust health speak of death, knowing that it exists and is horrible, but seeing it afar off
. . . so far off that it arouses no real emotion. The explosion of the shells were accompanying their destructive
brutality with a ferocious mockery, grotesquely disfiguring the human body. He saw wounded objects just
beginning to recover their vital force who were but rough skeletons of men, frightful caricatures, human rags,
saved from the tomb by the audacities of sciencetrunks with heads which were dragged along on wheeled
platforms; fragments of skulls whose brains were throbbing under an artificial cap; beings without arms and
without legs, resting in the bottom of little wagons, like bits of plaster models or scraps from the dissecting
room; faces without noses that looked like skulls with great, black nasal openings. And these halfmen were
talking, smoking, laughing, satisfied to see the sky, to feel the caress of the sun, to have come back to life,
dominated by that sovereign desire to live which trustingly forgets present misery in the confident hope of
something better.
So strongly was Julio impressed that for a little while he forgot the purpose which had brought him thither. . .
. If those who provoke war from diplomatic chambers or from the tables of the Military Staff could but see
itnot in the field of battle fired with the enthusiasm which prejudices judgmentsbut in cold blood, as it is
seen in the hospitals and cemeteries, in the wrecks left in its trail! . . .
To Julio's imagination this terrestrial globe appeared like an enormous ship sailing through infinity. Its
crewspoor humanity had spent century after century in exterminating each other on the deck. They did
not even know what existed under their feet, in the hold of the vessel. To occupy the same portion of the
surface in the sunlight seemed to be the ruling desire of each group. Men, considered superior human beings,
were pushing these masses to extermination in order to scale the last bridge and hold the helm, controlling the
course of the boat. And all those who felt the overmastering ambition for absolute command knew the same
thing . . . nothing. Not one of them could say with certainty what lay beyond the visible horizon, nor whither
the ship was drifting. The sullen hostility of mystery surrounded them all; their life was precarious,
necessitating incessant care in order to maintain it, yet in spite of that, the crew for ages and ages, had never
known an instant of agreement, of team work, of clear reason. Periodically half of them would clash with the
other half. They killed each other that they might enslave the vanquished on the rolling deck floating over the
abyss; they fought that they might cast their victims from the vessel, filling its wake with cadavers. And from
the demented throng there were still springing up gloomy sophistries to prove that a state of war was the
perfect state, that it ought to go on forever, that it was a bad dream on the part of the crew to wish to regard
each other as brothers with a common destiny, enveloped in the same unsteady environment of mystery. . . .
Ah, human misery!
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER IV. NEAR THE SACRED GROTTO 121
Page No 124
Julio was drawn out of these pessimistic reflections by the childish glee which many of the convalescents
were evincing. Some were Mussulmans, sharpshooters from Algeria and Morocco. In Lourdes, as they might
be anywhere, they were interested only in the gifts which the people were showering upon them with patriotic
affection. They all surveyed with indifference the basilica inhabited by "the white lady," their only
preoccupation being to beg for cigars and sweets.
Finding themselves regaled by the dominant race, they became greatly puffed up, daring everything like
mischievous children. What pleased them most was the fact that the ladies would take them by the hand.
Blessed war that permitted them to approach and touch these white women, perfumed and smiling as they
appeared in their dreams of the paradise of the blest! "Lady . . . Lady," they would sigh, looking at them with
dark, sparkling eyes. And not content with the hand, their dark paws would venture the length of the entire
arm while the ladies laughed at this tremulous adoration. Others would go through the crowds, offering their
right hand to all the women. "We touch hands." . . . And then they would go away satisfied after receiving the
hand clasp.
Desnoyers wandered a long time around the basilica where, in the shadow of the trees, were long rows of
wheeled chairs occupied by the wounded. Officers and soldiers rested many hours in the blue shade,
watching their comrades who were able to use their legs. The sacred grotto was resplendent with the lights
from hundreds of candles. Devout crowds were kneeling in the open air, fixing their eyes in supplication on
the sacred stones whilst their thoughts were flying far away to the fields of battle, making their petitions with
that confidence in divinity which accompanies every distress. Among the kneeling mass were many soldiers
with bandaged heads, kepis in hand and tearful eyes.
Up and down the double staircase of the basilica were flitting women, clad in white, with spotless
headdresses that fluttered in such a way that they appeared like flying doves. These were the nurses and
Sisters of Charity guiding the steps of the injured. Desnoyers thought he recognized Marguerite in every one
of them, but the prompt disillusion following each of these discoveries soon made him doubtful about the
outcome of his journey. She was not in Lourdes, either. He would never find her in that France so
immeasurably expanded by the war that it had converted every town into a hospital.
His afternoon explorations were no more successful. The employees listened to his interrogations with a
distraught air. He could come back again; just now they were taken up with the announcement that another
hospital train was on the way. The great battle was still going on near Paris. They had to improvise lodgings
for the new consignment of mutilated humanity. In order to pass away the time until his return, Desnoyers
went back to the garden near the grotto. He was planning to return to Pau that night; there was evidently
nothing more to do at Lourdes. In what direction should he now continue his search?
Suddenly he felt a thrill down his backthe same indefinable sensation which used to warn him of her
presence when they were meeting in the gardens of Paris. Marguerite was going to present herself
unexpectedly as in the old days without his knowing from exactly what spotas though she came up out of
the earth or descended from the clouds.
After a second's thought he smiled bitterly. Mere tricks of his desire! Illusions! . . . Upon turning his head he
recognized the falsity of his hope. Nobody was following his footsteps; he was the only being going down the
center of the avenue. Near him, in the diaphanous white of a guardian angel, was a nurse. Poor blind man! . . .
Desnoyers was passing on when a quick movement on the part of the whiteclad woman, an evident desire to
escape notice, to hide her face by looking at the plants, attracted his attention. He was slow in recognizing
her. Two little ringlets escaping from the band of her cap made him guess the hidden head of hair; the feet
shod in white were the signs which enabled him to reconstruct the person somewhat disfigured by the severe
uniform. Her face was pale and sad. There wasn't a trace left in it of the old vanities that used to give it its
childish, dolllike beauty. In the depths of those great, darkcircled eyes life seemed to be reflected in new
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER IV. NEAR THE SACRED GROTTO 122
Page No 125
forms. . . . Marguerite!
They stared at one another for a long while, as though hypnotized with surprise. She looked alarmed when
Desnoyers advanced a step toward her. No . . . No! Her eyes, her hands, her entire body seemed to protest, to
repel his approach, to hold him motionless. Fear that he might come near her, made her go toward him. She
said a few words to the soldier who remained on the bench, receiving across the bandage on his face a ray of
sunlight which he did not appear to feel. Then she rose, going to meet Julio, and continued forward,
indicating by a gesture that they must find some place further on where the wounded man could not hear
them.
She led the way to a side path from which she could see the blind man confided to her care. They stood
motionless, face to face. Desnoyers wished to say many things; many . . . but he hesitated, not knowing how
to frame his complaints, his pleadings, his endearments. Far above all these thoughts towered one, fatal,
dominant and wrathful.
"Who is that man?"
The spiteful accent, the harsh voice with which he said these words surprised him as though they came from
someone else's mouth.
The nurse looked at him with her great limpid eyes, eyes that seemed forever freed from contractions of
surprise or fear. Her response slipped from her with equal directness.
"It is Laurier. . . . It is my husband."
Laurier! . . . Julio looked doubtfully and for a long time at the soldier before he could be convinced. That
blind officer motionless on the bench, that figure of heroic grief, was Laurier! . . . At first glance, he appeared
prematurely old with roughened and bronzed skin so furrowed with lines that they converged like rays around
all the openings of his face. His hair was beginning to whiten on the temples and in the beard which covered
his cheeks. He had lived twenty years in that one month. . . . At the same time he appeared younger, with a
youthfulness that was radiating an inward vigor, with the strength of a soul which has suffered the most
violent emotions and, firm and serene in the satisfaction of duty fulfilled, can no longer know fear.
As Desnoyers contemplated him, he felt both admiration and jealousy. He was ashamed to admit the aversion
inspired by the wounded man, so sorely wounded that he was unable to see what was going on around him.
His hatred was a form of cowardice, terrifying in its persistence. How pensive were Marguerite's eyes if she
took them off her patient for a few seconds! . . . She had never looked at him in that way. He knew all the
amorous gradations of her glance, but her fixed gaze at this injured man was something entirely different,
something that he had never seen before.
He spoke with the fury of a lover who discovers an infidelity.
"And for this thing you have run away without warning, without a word! . . . You have abandoned me in
order to go in search of him. . . . Tell me, why did you come? . . . Why did you come?". . .
"I came because it was my duty."
Then she spoke like a mother who takes advantage of a parenthesis of surprise in an irascible child's temper,
in order to counsel self control, and explained how it had all happened. She had received the news of
Laurier's wounding just as she and her mother were preparing to leave Paris. She had not hesitated an instant;
her duty was to hasten to the aid of this man. She had been doing a great deal of thinking in the last few
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER IV. NEAR THE SACRED GROTTO 123
Page No 126
weeks; the war had made her ponder much on the values in life. Her eyes had been getting glimpses of new
horizons; our destiny is not mere pleasure and selfish satisfaction; we ought to take our part in pain and
sacrifice.
She had wanted to work for her country, to share the general stress, to serve as other women did; and since
she was disposed to devote herself to strangers, was it not natural that she should prefer to help this man
whom she had so greatly wronged? . . . There still lived in her memory the moment in which she had seen
him approach the station, completely alone among so many who had the consolation of loving arms when
departing in search of death. Her pity had become still more acute on hearing of his misfortune. A shell had
exploded near him, killing all those around him. Of his many wounds, the only serious one was that on his
face. He had completely lost the sight of one eye; and the doctors were keeping the other bound up hoping to
save it. But she was very doubtful about it; she was almost sure that Laurier would be blind.
Marguerite's voice trembled when saying this as if she were going to cry, although her eyes were tearless.
They did not now feel the irresistible necessity for tears. Weeping had become something superfluous, like
many other luxuries of peaceful days. Her eyes had seen so much in so few days! . . .
"How you love him!" exclaimed Julio.
Fearing that they might be overheard and in order to keep him at a distance, she had been speaking as though
to a friend. But her lover's sadness broke down her reserve.
"No, I love you. . . . I shall always love you."
The simplicity with which she said this and her sudden tenderness of tone revived Desnoyers' hopes.
"And the other one?" he asked anxiously.
Upon receiving her reply, it seemed to him as though something had just passed across the sun, veiling its
light temporarily. It was as though a cloud had drifted over the land and over his thoughts, enveloping them
in an unbearable chill.
"I love him, too."
She said it with a look that seemed to implore pardon, with the sad sincerity of one who has given up lying
and weeps in foreseeing the injury that the truth must inflict.
He felt his hard wrath suddenly dwindling like a crumbling mountain. Ah, Marguerite! His voice was
tremulous and despairing. Could it be possible that everything between these two was going to end thus
simply? Were her former vows mere lies? . . . They had been attracted to each other by an irresistible affinity
in order to be together forever, to be one. . . . And now, suddenly hardened by indifference, were they to drift
apart like two unfriendly bodies? . . . What did this absurdity about loving him at the same time that she loved
her former husband mean, anyway?
Marguerite hung her head, murmuring desperately:
"You are a man, I am a woman. You would never understand me, no matter what I might say. Men are not
able to comprehend certain of our mysteries. . . . A woman would be better able to appreciate the
complexity."
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER IV. NEAR THE SACRED GROTTO 124
Page No 127
Desnoyers felt that he must know his fate in all its cruelty. She might speak without fear. He felt strong
enough to bear the blow. . . . What had Laurier said when he found that he was being so tenderly cared for by
Marguerite? . . .
"He does not know who I am. . . . He believes me to be a warnurse, like the rest, who pities him seeing him
alone and blind with no relatives to write to him or visit him. . . . At certain times, I have almost suspected
that he guesses the truth. My voice, the touch of my hands made him shiver at first, as though with an
unpleasant sensation. I have told him that I am a Beigian lady who has lost her loved ones and is alone in the
world. He has told me his life story very sketchily, as if he desired to forget a hated past. . . . Never one
disagreeable word about his former wife. There are nights when I think that he knows me, that he takes
advantage of his blindness in order to prolong his feigned ignorance, and that distresses me. I long for him to
recover his sight, for the doctors to save that doubtful eyeand yet at the same time, I feel afraid. What will
he say when he recognizes me? . . . But no; it is better that he should see, no matter what may result. You
cannot understand my anxiety, you cannot know what I am suffering."
She was silent for an instant, trying to regain her selfcontrol, again tortured with the agony of her soul.
"Oh, the war!" she resumed. "What changes in our life! Two months ago, my present situation would have
appeared impossible, unimaginable. . . . I caring for my husband, fearing that he would discover my identity
and leave me, yet at the same time, wishing that he would recognize me and pardon me. . . . It is only one
week that I have been with him. I disguise my voice when I can, and avoid words that may reveal the truth . .
. but this cannot keep up much longer. It is only in novels that such painful situations turn out happily."
Doubt suddenly overwhelmed her.
"I believe," she continued, "that he has recognized me from the first. . . . He is silent and feigns ignorance
because he despises me . . . because he can never bring himself to pardon me. I have been so bad! . . . I have
wronged him so!". . .
She was recalling the long and reflective silences of the wounded man after she had dropped some imprudent
words. After two days of submission to her care, he had been somewhat rebellious, avoiding going out with
her for a walk. Because of his blind helplessness, and comprehending the uselessness of his resistance, he had
finally yielded in passive silence.
"Let him think what he will!" concluded Marguerite courageously. "Let him despise me! I am here where I
ought to be. I need his forgiveness, but if he does not pardon me, I shall stay with him just the same. . . .
There are moments when I wish that he may never recover his sight, so that he may always need me, so that I
may pass my life at his side, sacrificing everything for him."
"And I?" said Desnoyers.
Marguerite looked at him with clouded eyes as though she were just awaking. It was trueand the other
one? . . . Kindled by the proposed sacrifice which was to be her expiation, she had forgotten the man before
her.
"You!" she said after a long pause. "You must leave me. . . . Life is not what we have thought it. Had it not
been for the war, we might, perhaps, have realized our dream, but now! . . . Listen carefully and try to
understand. For the remainder of my life, I shall carry the heaviest burden, and yet at the same time it will be
sweet, since the more it weighs me down the greater will my atonement be. Never will I leave this man whom
I have so grievously wronged, now that he is more alone in the world and will need protection like a child.
Why do you come to share my fate? How could it be possible for you to live with a nurse constantly at the
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER IV. NEAR THE SACRED GROTTO 125
Page No 128
side of a blind and worthy man whom we would constantly offend with our passion? . . . No, it is better for us
to part. Go your way, alone and untrammelled. Leave me; you will meet other women who will make you
more happy than I. Yours is the temperament that finds new pleasures at every step."
She stood firmly to her decision. Her voice was calm, but back of it trembled the emotion of a last farewell to
a joy which was going from her forever. The man would be loved by others . . . and she was giving him up! . .
. But the noble sadness of the sacrifice restored her courage. Only by this renunciation could she expiate her
sins.
Julio dropped his eyes, vanquished and perplexed. The picture of the future outlined by Marguerite terrified
him. To live with her as a nurse taking advantage of her patient's blindness would be to offer him fresh insult
every day. . . . Ah, no! That would be villainy, indeed! He was now ashamed to recall the malignity with
which, a little while before, he had regarded this innocent unfortunate. He realized that he was powerless to
contend with him. Weak and helpless as he was sitting there on the garden bench, he was stronger and more
deserving of respect than Julio Desnoyers with all his youth and elegance. The victim had amounted to
something in his life; he had done what Julio had not dared to do.
This sudden conviction of his inferiority made him cry out like an abandoned child, "What will become of
me?" . . .
Marguerite, toocontemplating the love which was going from her forever, her vanished hopes, the future
illumined by the satisfaction of duty fulfilled but monotonous and painfulcried out:
"And I. . . . What will become of me?" . . .
As though he had suddenly found a solution which was reviving his courage, Desnoyers said:
"Listen, Marguerite: I can read your soul. You love this man, and you do well. He is superior to me, and
women are always attracted by superiority. . . . I am a coward. Yes, do not protest, I am a coward with all my
youth, with all my strength. Why should you not have been impressed by the conduct of this man! . . . But I
will atone for past wrongs. This country is yours, Marguerite; I will fight for it. Do not say no. . . ."
And moved by his hasty heroism, he outlined the plan more definitely. He was going to be a soldier. Soon
she would hear him well spoken of. His idea was either to be stretched on the battlefield in his first encounter,
or to astound the world by his bravery. In this way the impossible situation would settle itself either the
oblivion of death or glory.
"No, no!" interrupted Marguerite in an anguished tone. "You, no! One is enough. . . . How horrible! You, too,
wounded, mutilated forever, perhaps dead! . . . No, you must live. I want you to live, even though you might
belong to another. . . . Let me know that you exist, let me see you sometimes, even though you may have
forgotten me, even though you may pass me with indifference, as if you did not know me."
In this outburst her deep love for him rang trueher heroic and inflexible love which would accept all
penalties for herself, if only the beloved one might continue to live.
But then, in order that Julio might not feel any false hopes, she added:"Live; you must not die; that would
be for me another torment. . . . But live without me. No matter how much we may talk about it, my destiny
beside the other one is marked out forever."
"Ah, how you love him! . . . How you have deceived me!"
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER IV. NEAR THE SACRED GROTTO 126
Page No 129
In a last desperate attempt at explanation she again repeated what she had said at the beginning of their
interview. She loved Julio . . . and she loved her husband. They were different kinds of love. She could not
say which was the stronger, but misfortune was forcing her to choose between the two, and she was accepting
the most difficult, the one demanding the greatest sacrifices.
"You are a man, and you will never be able to understand me. . . . A woman would comprehend me."
It seemed to Julio, as he looked around him, as though the afternoon were undergoing some celestial
phenomenon. The garden was still illuminated by the sun, but the green of the trees, the yellow of the ground,
the blue of the sky, all appeared to him as dark and shadowy as though a rain of ashes were falling.
"Then . . . all is over between us?"
His pleading, trembling voice charged with tears made her turn her head to hide her emotion. Then in the
painful silence the two despairs formed one and the same question, as if interrogating the shades of the future:
"What will become of me? murmured the man. And like an echo her lips repeated, "What will become of
me?"
All had been said. Hopeless words came between the two like an obstacle momentarily increasing in size,
impelling them in opposite directions. Why prolong the painful interview? . . . Marguerite showed the ready
and energetic decision of a woman who wishes to bring a scene to a close. "Goodbye!" Her face had
assumed a yellowish cast, her pupils had become dull and clouded like the glass of a lantern when the light
dies out. "Goodbye!" She must go to her patient.
She went away without looking at him, and Desnoyers instinctively went in the opposite direction. As he
became more selfcontrolled and turned to look at her again, he saw her moving on and giving her arm to the
blind man, without once turning her head.
He now felt convinced that he should never see her again, and became oppressed by an almost suffocating
agony. And could two beings, who had formerly considered the universe concentrated in their persons, thus
easily be separated forever? . . .
His desperation at finding himself alone made him accuse himself of stupidity. Now his thoughts came
tumbling over each other in a tumultuous throng, and each one of them seemed to him sufficient to have
convinced Marguerite. He certainly had not known how to express himself. He would have to talk with her
again . . . and he decided to remain in Lourdes.
He passed a night of torture in the hotel, listening to the ripple of the river among its stones. Insomnia had
him in his fierce jaws, gnawing him with interminable agony. He turned on the light several times, but was
not able to read. His eyes looked with stupid fixity at the patterns of the wall paper and the pious pictures
around the room which had evidently served as the lodging place of some rich traveller. He remained
motionless and as abstracted as an Oriental who thinks himself into an absolute lack of thought. One idea
only was dancing in the vacuum in his skull"I shall never see her again. . . . Can such a thing be possible?"
He drowsed for a few seconds, only to be awakened with the sensation that some horrible explosion was
sending him through the air. And so, with sweats of anguish, he wakefully passed the hours until in the gloom
of his room the dawn showed a milky rectangle of light, and began to be reflected on the window curtains.
The velvetlike caress of day finally closed his eyes. Upon awaking he found that the morning was well
advanced, and he hurried to the garden of the grotto. . . . Oh, the hours of tremulous and unavailing waiting,
believing that he recognized Marguerite in every whiteclad lady that came along, guiding a wounded
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER IV. NEAR THE SACRED GROTTO 127
Page No 130
patient!
By afternoon, after a lunch whose dishes filed past him untouched, he returned to the garden in search of her.
Beholding her in the distance with the blind man leaning on her arm, a feeling of faintness came over him.
She looked to him taller, thinner, her face sharper, with two dark hollows in her cheeks and her eyes bright
with fever, the lids drawn with weariness. He suspected that she, too, had passed an anguished night of
tenacious, selfcentred thought, of grievous stupefaction like his own, in the room of her hotel. Suddenly he
felt all the weight of insomnia and listlessness, all the depressing emotion of the cruel sensations experienced
in the last few hours. Oh, how miserable they both were! . . .
She was walking warily, looking from one side to the other, as though foreseeing danger. Upon discovering
him she clung to her charge, casting upon her former lover a look of entreaty, of desperation, imploring pity. .
. Ay, that look!
He felt ashamed of himself; his personality appeared to be unrolling itself before him, and he surveyed
himself with the eyes of a judge. What was this seduced and useless man, called Julio Desnoyers, doing there,
tormenting with his presence a poor woman, trying to turn her from her righteous repentance, insisting on his
selfish and petty desires when all humanity was thinking of other things? . . . His cowardice angered him.
Like a thief taking advantage of the sleep of his victim, he was stalking around this brave and true man who
could not see him, who could not defend himself, in order to rob him of the only affection that he had in the
world which had so miraculously returned to him! Very well, Gentleman Desnoyers! . . . Ah, what a
scoundrel he was!
Such subconscious insults made him draw himself erect, in haughty, cruel and inexorable defiance against
that other I who so richly deserved the judge's scorn.
He turned his head away; he could not meet Marguerite's piteous eyes; he feared their mute reproach. Neither
did he dare to look at the blind man in his shabby and heroic uniform, with his countenance aged by duty and
glory. He feared him like remorse.
So the vanquished lover turned his back on the two and went away with a firm step. Goodbye, Love!
Goodbye, Happiness! . . . He marched quickly and bravely on; a miracle had just taken place within him! he
had found the right road at last!
To Paris! . . . A new impetus was going to fill the vacuum of his objectless existence.
CHAPTER V. THE INVASION
Don Marcelo was fleeing to take refuge in his castle when he met the mayor of Villeblanche. The noise of the
firing had made him hurry to the barricade. When he learned of the apparition of the group of stragglers he
threw up his hands in despair. They were crazy. Their resistance was going to be fatal for the village, and he
ran on to beg them to cease.
For some time nothing happened to disturb the morning calm. Desnoyers had climbed to the top of his towers
and was surveying the country with his field glasses. He couldn't make out the highway through the nearest
group of trees, but he suspected that underneath their branches great activity was going onmasses of men
on guard, troops preparing for the attack. The unexpected defense of the fugitives had upset the advance of
the invasion. Desnoyers thought despairingly of that handful of mad fellows and their stubborn chief. What
was their fate going to be? . . .
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER V. THE INVASION 128
Page No 131
Focussing his glasses on the village, he saw the red spots of kepis waving like poppies over the green of the
meadows. They were the retreating men, now convinced of the uselessness of their resistance. Perhaps they
had found a ford or forgotten boat by which they might cross the Maine, and so were continuing their retreat
toward the river. At any minute now the Germans were going to enter Villeblanche.
Half an hour of profound silence passed by. The village lay silhouetted against a background of hillsa mass
of roofs beneath the church tower finished with its cross and iron weather cock. Everything seemed as
tranquil as in the best days of peace. Suddenly he noticed that the grove was vomiting forth something noisy
and penetratinga bubble of vapor accompanied by a deafening report. Something was hurtling through the
air with a strident curve. Then a roof in the village opened like a crater, vomiting forth flying wood,
fragments of plaster and broken furniture. All the interior of the house seemed to be escaping in a stream of
smoke, dirt and splinters.
The invaders were bombarding Villeblanche before attempting attack, as though fearing to encounter
persistent resistance in its streets. More projectiles fell. Some passed over the houses, exploding between the
hamlet and the castle. The towers of the Desnoyers property were beginning to attract the aim of the
artillerymen. The owner was therefore about to abandon his dangerous observatory when he saw something
white like a tablecloth or sheet floating from the church tower. His neighbors had hoisted this signal of peace
in order to avoid bombardment. A few more missiles fell and then there was silence.
When Don Marcelo reached his park he found the Warden burying at the foot of a tree the sporting rifles still
remaining in his castle. Then he went toward the great iron gates. The enemies were going to come, and he
had to receive them. While uneasily awaiting their arrival his compunctions again tormented him. What was
he doing there? Why had he remained? . . . But his obstinate temperament immediately put aside the
promptings of fear. He was there because he had to guard his own. Besides, it was too late now to think about
such things.
Suddenly the morning stillness was broken by a sound like the deafening tearing of strong cloth. "Shots,
Master," said the Warden. "Firing! It must be in the square."
A few minutes after they saw running toward them a woman from the village, an old soul, dried up and
darkened by age, who was panting from her great exertion, and looking wildly around her. She was fleeing
blindly, trying to escape from danger and shut out horrible visions. Desnoyers and the Keeper's family
listened to her explanations interrupted with hiccoughs of terror.
The Germans were in Villeblanche. They had entered first in an automobile driven at full speed from one end
of the village to the other. Its mitrailleuse was firing at random against closed houses and open doors,
knocking down all the people in sight. The old woman flung up her arms with a gesture of terror. . . . Dead . .
. many dead . . . wounded . . . blood! Then other ironplated vehicles had stopped in the square, and behind
them cavalrymen, battalions of infantry, many battalions coming from everywhere. The helmeted men
seemed furious; they accused the villagers of having fired at them. In the square they had struck the mayor
and villagers who had come forward to meet them. The priest, bending over some of the dying, had also been
trodden under foot. . . . All prisoners! The Germans were talking of shooting them.
The old dame's words were cut short by the rumble of approaching automobiles.
"Open the gates," commanded the owner to the Warden. The massive iron grill work swung open, and was
never again closed. All property rights were at an end.
An enormous automobile, covered with dust and filled with men, stopped at the entrance. Behind them
sounded the horns of other vehicles that were putting on the brakes. Desnoyers saw soldiers leaping out, all
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER V. THE INVASION 129
Page No 132
wearing the greenishgray uniform with a sheath of the same tone covering the pointed casque. The one who
marched at their head put his revolver to the millionaire's forehead.
"Where are the sharpshooters?" he asked.
He was pale with the pallor of wrath, vengeance and fear. His face was trembling under the influence of his
triple emotion. Don Marcelo explained slowly, contemplating at a short distance from his eyes the black
circle of the threatening tube. He had not seen any sharpshooters. The only inhabitants of the castle were the
Warden with his family and himself, the owner of the castle.
The officer surveyed the edifice and then examined Desnoyers with evident astonishment as though he
thought his appearance too unpretentious for a proprietor. He had taken him for a simple employee, and his
respect for social rank made him lower his revolver.
He did not, however, alter his haughty attitude. He pressed Don Marcelo into the service as a guide, making
him search ahead of him while forty soldiers grouped themselves at his back. They advanced in two files to
the shelter of the trees which bordered the central avenue, with their guns ready to shoot, and looking
uneasily at the castle windows as though expecting to receive from them hidden shots. Desnoyers marched
tranquilly through the centre, and the official, who had been imitating the precautions of his men, finally
joined him when he was crossing the drawbridge.
The armed men scattered through the rooms in search of the enemy. They ran their bayonets through beds
and divans. Some, with automatic destructiveness, slit the draperies and the rich bed coverings. The owner
protested; what was the sense in such useless destruction? . . . He was suffering unbearable torture at seeing
the enormous boots spotting the rugs with mud, on hearing the clash of guns and knapsacks against the most
fragile, choicest pieces of furniture. Poor historic mansion! . . .
The officer looked amazed that he should protest for such trifling cause, but he gave orders in German and
his men ceased their rude explorations. Then, in justification of this extraordinary respect, he added in
French:
"I believe that you are going to have the honor of entertaining here the general of our division."
The certainty that the castle did not hold any hidden enemies made him more amiable. He, nevertheless,
persisted in his wrath against the sharpshooters. A group of the villagers had opened fire upon the Uhlans
when they were entering unsuspiciously after the retreat of the French.
Desnoyers felt it necessary to protest. They were neither inhabitants nor sharpshooters; they were French
soldiers. He took good care to be silent about their presence at the barricade, but he insisted that he had
distinguished their uniforms from a tower of the castle.
The official made a threatening face.
"You, too? . . . You, who appear a reasonable man, can repeat such yarns as these?" And in order to close the
conversation, he said, arrogantly: "They were wearing uniforms, then, if you persist in saying so, but they
were sharpshooters just the same. The French Government has distributed arms and uniforms among the
farmers that they may assassinate us. . . . Belgium did the same thing. . . . But we know their tricks, and we
know how to punish them, too!"
The village was going to be burned. It was necessary to avenge the four German dead lying on the outskirts
of Villeblanche, near the barricade. The mayor, the priest, the principal inhabitants would all be shot.
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER V. THE INVASION 130
Page No 133
By the time they reached the top floor Desnoyers could see floating above the boughs of his park dark clouds
whose outlines were reddened by the sun. The top of the bell tower was the only thing that he could
distinguish at that distance. Around the iron weathercock were flying long thin fringes like black cobwebs
lifted by the breeze. An odor of burning wood came toward the castle.
The German greeted this spectacle with a cruel smile. Then on descending to the park, he ordered Desnoyers
to follow him. His liberty and his dignity had come to an end. Henceforth he was going to be an underling at
the beck and call of these men who would dispose of him as their whims directed. Ay, why had he remained?
. . . He obeyed, climbing into an automobile beside the officer, who was still carrying his revolver in his right
hand. His men distributed themselves through the castle and outbuildings, in order to prevent the flight of an
imaginary enemy. The Warden and his family seemed to be saying goodbye to him with their eyes. Perhaps
they were taking him to his death. . . .
Beyond the castle woods a new world was coming into existence. The short cut to Villeblanche seemed to
Desnoyers a leap of millions of leagues, a fall into a red planet where men and things were covered with the
film of smoke and the glare of fire. He saw the village under a dark canopy spotted with sparks and glowing
embers. The bell tower was burning like an enormous torch; the roof of the church was breaking into flames
with a crashing fury. The glare of the holocaust seemed to shrivel and grow pale in the impassive light of the
sun.
Running across the fields with the haste of desperation were shrieking women and children. The animals had
escaped from the stables, and driven forth by the flames were racing wildly across the country. The cow and
the work horse were dragging their halters broken by their flight. Their flanks were smoking and smelt of
burnt hair. The pigs, the sheep and the chickens were all tearing along mingled with the cats and the dogs. All
the domestic animals were returning to a brute existence, fleeing from civilized man. Shots were heard and
hellish haha's. The soldiers outside of the village were making themselves merry in this hunt for fugitives.
Their guns were aimed at beasts and were hitting people.
Desnoyers saw men, many men, men everywhere. They were like gray ants, marching in endless files
towards the South, coming out from the woods, filling the roads, crossing the fields. The green of vegetation
was disappearing under their tread; the dust was rising in spirals behind the dull roll of the cannons and the
measured trot of thousands of horses. On the roadside several battalions had halted, with their
accompaniment of vehicles and draw horses. They were resting before renewing their march. He knew this
army. He had seen it in Berlin on parade, and yet it seemed to have changed its former appearance. There
now remained very little of the heavy and imposing glitter, of the mute and vainglorious haughtiness which
had made his relativesinlaw weep with admiration. War, with its realism, had wiped out all that was
theatrical about this formidable organization of death. The soldiers appeared dirty and tired, out. The
respiration of fat and sweaty bodies, mixed with the strong smell of leather, floated over the regiments. All
the men had hungry faces.
For days and nights they had been following the heels of an enemy which was always just eluding their grasp.
In this forced advance the provisions of the administration would often arrive so late at the cantonments that
they could depend only on what they happened to have in their knapsacks. Desnoyers saw them lined up near
the road devouring hunks of black bread and mouldy sausages. Some had scattered through the fields to dig
up beet roots and other tubers, chewing with loud crunchings the hard pulp to which the grit still adhered. An
ensign was shaking the fruit trees using as a catchall the flag of his regiment. That glorious standard,
adorned with souvenirs of 1870, was serving as a receptacle for green plums. Those who were seated on the
ground were improving this rest by drawing their perspiring, swollen feet from high boots which were
sending out an insufferable smell.
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER V. THE INVASION 131
Page No 134
The regiments of infantry which Desnoyers had seen in Berlin reflecting the light on metal and leather straps,
the magnificent and terrifying Hussars, the Cuirassiers in pure white uniform like the paladins of the Holy
Grail, the artillerymen with breasts crossed with white bands, all the military variations that on parade had
drawn forth the Hartrotts' sighs of admirationthese were now all unified and mixed together, of uniform
color, all in greenish mustard like the dusty lizards that, slipping along, try to be confounded with the earth.
The persistency of the iron discipline was easily discernible. A word from the chiefs, the sound of a whistle,
and they all grouped themselves together, the human being disappearing in the throngs of automatons; but
danger, weariness, and the uncertainty of triumph had for the time being brought officers and men nearer
together, obliterating caste distinction. The officers were coming part way out of their overbearing, haughty
seclusion, and were condescending to talk with the lower orders so as to revive their courage. One effort
more and they would overwhelm both French and English, repeating the triumph of Sedan, whose
anniversary they were going to celebrate in a few days! They were going to enter Paris; it was only a matter
of a week. Paris! Great shops filled with luxurious things, famous restaurants, women, champagne, money. . .
. And the men, flattered that their commanders were stooping to chat with them, forgot fatigue and hunger,
reviving like the throngs of the Crusade before the image of Jerusalem. "Nach Paris!" The joyous shout
circulated from the head to the tail of the marching columns. "To Paris! To Paris!"
The scarcity of their food supply was here supplemented by the products of a country rich in wines. When
sacking houses they rarely found eatables, but invariably a wine cellar. The humble German, the perpetual
beer drinker, who had always looked upon wine as a privilege of the rich, could now open up casks with
blows from his weapons, even bathing his feet in the stream of precious liquid. Every battalion left as a
souvenir of its passing a wake of empty bottles; a halt in camp sowed the land with glass cylinders. The
regimental trucks, unable to renew their stores of provisions, were accustomed to seize the wine in all the
towns. The soldier, lacking bread, would receive alcohol. . . .
This donation was always accompanied by the good counsels of the officersWar is war; no pity toward our
adversaries who do not deserve it. The French were shooting their prisoners, and their women were putting
out the eyes of the wounded. Every dwelling was a den of traps. The simplehearted and innocent German
entering therein was going to certain death. The beds were made over subterranean caves, the wardrobes were
makebelieve doors, in every corner was lurking an assassin. This traitorous nation, which was arranging its
ground like the scenario of a melodrama, would have to be chastised. The municipal officers, the priests, the
schoolmasters were directing and protecting the sharpshooters.
Desnoyers was shocked at the indifference with which these men were stalking around the burning village.
They did not appear to see the fire and destruction; it was just an ordinary spectacle, not worth looking at.
Ever since they had crossed the frontier, smoldering and blasted villages, fired by the advance guard, had
marked their halting places on Belgian and French soil.
When entering Villeblanche the automobile had to lower its speed. Burned walls were bulging out over the
street and halfcharred beams were obstructing the way, obliging the vehicle to zigzag through the smoking
rubbish. The vacant lots were burning like fire pans between the houses still standing, with doors broken, but
not yet in flames. Desnoyers saw within these rectangular spaces partly burned wood, chairs, beds, sewing
machines, iron stoves, all the household goods of the welltodo countryman, being consumed or twisted
into shapeless masses. Sometimes he would spy an arm sticking out of the ruins, beginning to burn like a
long wax candle. No, it could not be possible . . . and then the smell of cooking flesh began to mingle with
that of the soot, wood and plaster.
He closed his eyes, not able to look any longer. He thought for a moment he must be dreaming. It was
unbelievable that such horrors could take place in less than an hour. Human wickedness at its worst he had
supposed incapable of changing the aspect of a village in such a short time.
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER V. THE INVASION 132
Page No 135
An abrupt stoppage of the motor made him look around involuntarily. This time the obstruction was the dead
bodies in the streettwo men and a woman. They had probably fallen under the rain of bullets from the
machine gun which had passed through the town preceding the invasion. Some soldiers were seated a little
beyond them, with their backs to the victims, as though ignoring their presence. The chauffeur yelled to them
to clear the track; with their guns and feet they pushed aside the bodies still warm, at every turn leaving a trail
of blood. The space was hardly opened before the vehicle shot through . . . a thud, a leapthe back wheels
had evidently crushed some very fragile obstacle.
Desnoyers was still huddled in his seat, benumbed and with closed eyes. The horror around him made him
think of his own fate. Whither was this lieutenant taking him? . . .
He soon saw the town hall flaming in the square; the church was now nothing but a stone shell, bristling with
flames. The houses of the prosperous villagers had had their doors and windows chopped out by axeblows.
Within them soldiers were moving about methodically. They entered emptyhanded and came out loaded
with furniture and clothing. Others, in the upper stories, were flinging out various objects; accompanying
their trophies with jests and guffaws. Suddenly they had to come out flying, for fire was breaking out with the
violence and rapidity of an explosion. Following their footsteps was a group of men with big boxes and metal
cylinders. Someone at their head was pointing out the buildings into whose broken windows were to be
thrown the lozenges and liquid streams which would produce catastrophe with lightning rapidity.
Out of one of these flaming buildings two men, who seemed but bundles of rags, were being dragged by
some Germans. Above the blue sleeves of their military cloaks Don Marcelo could distinguish blanched faces
and eyes immeasurably distended with suffering. Their legs were dragging on the ground, sticking out
between the tatters of their red pantaloons. One of them still had on his kepis. Blood was gushing from
different parts of their bodies and behind them, like white serpents, were trailing their loosened bandages.
They were wounded Frenchmen, stragglers who had remained in the village because too weak to keep up
with the retreat. Perhaps they had joined the group which, finding its escape cut off, had attempted that insane
resistance.
Wishing to make that matter more clearly understood, Desnoyers looked at the official beside him, attempting
to speak; but the officer silenced him instantly: "French sharpshooters in disguise who are going to get the
punishment they deserve." The German bayonets were sunk deep into their bodies. Then blows with the guns
fell on the head of one of them . . . and these blows were repeated with dull thumps upon their skulls,
crackling as they burst open.
Again the old man wondered what his fate would be. Where was this lieutenant taking him across such
visions of horror? . . .
They had reached the outskirts of the village, where the dragoons had built their barricade. The carts were
still there, but at one side of the road. They climbed out of the automobile, and he saw a group of officers in
gray, with sheathed helmets like the others. The one who had brought him to this place was standing rigidly
erect with one hand to his visor, speaking to a military man standing a few paces in front of the others. He
looked at this man, who was scrutinizing him with his little hard blue eyes that had carved his spare, furrowed
countenance with lines. He must be the general. His arrogant and piercing gaze was sweeping him from head
to foot. Don Marcelo felt a presentiment that his life was hanging on this examination; should an evil
suggestion, a cruel caprice flash across this brain, he was surely lost. The general shrugged his shoulders and
said a few words in a contemptuous tone, then entered his automobile with two of his aids, and the group
disbanded.
The cruel uncertainty, the interminable moments before the official returned to his side, filled Desnoyers with
dread.
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER V. THE INVASION 133
Page No 136
"His Excellency is very gracious," announced the lieutenant. "He might have shot you, but he pardons you
and yet you people say that we are savages!" . . .
With involuntary contempt, he further explained that he had conducted him thither fully expecting that he
would be shot. The General was planning to punish all the prominent residents of Villeblanche, and he had
inferred, on his own initiative, that the owner of the castle must be one of them.
"Military duty, sir. . . . War exacts it."
After this excuse the petty official renewed his eulogies of His Excellency. He was going to make his
headquarters in Don Marcelo's property, and on that account granted him his life. He ought to thank him. . . .
Then again his face trembled with wrath. He pointed to some bodies lying near the road. They were the
corpses of Uhlans, covered with some cloaks from which were protruding the enormous soles of their boots.
"Plain murder!" he exclaimed. "A crime for which the guilty are going to pay dearly!"
His indignation made him consider the death of four soldiers as an unheardof and monstrous outrageas
though in was only the enemy ought to fall, keeping safe and sound the lives of his compatriots.
A band of infantry commanded by an officer approached. As their ranks opened, Desnoyers saw the gray
uniforms roughly pushing forward some of the inhabitants. Their clothes were torn and some had blood on
face and hands. He recognized them one by one as they were lined up against the mud wall, at twenty paces
from the firing squad of soldiersthe mayor, the priest, the forest guard, and some rich villagers whose
houses he had seen falling in flames.
"They are going to shoot them . . . in order to prevent any doubt about it," the lieutenant explained. "I wanted
you to see this. It will serve as an object lesson. In this way, you will feel more appreciative of the leniency of
His Excellency."
The prisoners were mute. Their voices had been exhausted in vain protest. All their life was concentrated in
their eyes, looking around them in stupefaction. . . . And was it possible that they would kill them in cold
blood without hearing their testimony, without admitting the proofs of their innocence!
The certainty of approaching death soon gave almost all of them a noble serenity. It was useless to complain.
Only one rich countryman, famous for his avarice, was whimpering desperately, saying over and over, "I do
not wish to die. . . . I do not want to die!"
Trembling and with eyes overflowing with tears, Desnoyers hid himself behind his implacable guide. He
knew them all, he had battled with them all, and repented now of his former wrangling. The mayor had a red
stain on his forehead from a long skin wound. Upon his breast fluttered a tattered tricolor; the municipality
had placed it there that be might receive the invaders who had torn most of it away. The priest was holding
his little round body as erect as possible, wishing to embrace in a look of resignation the victims, the
executioners, earth and heaven. He appeared larger than usual and more imposing. His black girdle. broken
by the roughness of the soldiers, left his cassock loose and floating. His waving, silvery hair was dripping
blood, spotting with its red drops the white clerical collar.
Upon seeing him cross the fatal field with unsteady step, because of his obesity, a savage roar cut the tragic
silence. The unarmed soldiers, who had hastened to witness the execution, greeted the venerable old man
with shouts of laughter. "Death to the priest!" . . . The fanaticism of the religious wars vibrated through their
mockery. Almost all of them were devout Catholics or fervent Protestants, but they believed only in the
priests of their own country. Outside of Germany, everything was despicable even their own religion.
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER V. THE INVASION 134
Page No 137
The mayor and the priest changed their places in the file, seeking one another. Each, with solemn courtesy,
was offering the other the central place in the group.
"Here, your Honor, is your place as mayorat the head of all."
"No, after you, Monsieur le cure."
They were disputing for the last time, but in this supreme moment each one was wishing to yield precedence
to the other.
Instinctively they had clasped hands, looking straight ahead at the firing squad, that had lowered its guns in a
rigid, horizontal line. Behind them sounded laments"Goodbye, my children. . . . Adieu, life! . . . I do not
wish to die! . . . I do not want to die! . . ."
The two principal men felt the necessity of saying something, of closing the page of their existence with an
affirmation.
"Vive la Republique!" cried the mayor.
"Vive la France!" said the priest.
Desnoyers thought that both had said the same thing. Two uprights flashed up above their headsthe arm of
the priest making the sign of the cross, and the sabre of the commander of the shooters, glistening at the same
instant. . . . A dry, dull thunderclap, followed by some scattering, tardy shots.
Don Marcelo's compassion for that forlorn cluster of massacred humanity was intensified on beholding the
grotesque forms which many assumed in the moment of death. Some collapsed like halfemptied sacks;
others rebounded from the ground like balls; some leaped like gymnasts, with upraised arms, falling on their
backs, or face downward, like a swimmer. In that human heap, he saw limbs writhing in the agony of death.
Some soldiers advanced like hunters bagging their prey. From the palpitating mass fluttered locks of white
hair, and a feeble hand, trying to repeat the sacred sign. A few more shots and blows on the livid, mangled
mass . . . and the last tremors of life were extinguished forever.
The officer had lit a cigar.
"Whenever you wish," he said to Desnoyers with ironical courtesy.
They reentered the automobile in order to return to the castle by the way of Villeblanche. The increasing
number of fires and the dead bodies in the streets no longer impressed the old man. He had seen so much!
What could now affect his sensibilities? . . . He was longing to get out of the village as soon as possible to try
to find the peace of the country. But the country had disappeared under the invasionsoldier's, horses,
cannons everywhere. Wherever they stopped to rest, they were destroying all that they came in contact with.
The marching battalions, noisy and automatic as a machine were preceded by the fifes and drums, and every
now and then, in order to cheer their drooping spirits, were breaking into their joyous cry, "Nach Paris!"
The castle, too, had been disfigured by the invasion. The number of guards had greatly increased during the
owner's absence. He saw an entire regiment of infantry encamped in the park. Thousands of men were
moving about under the trees, preparing the dinner in the movable kitchens. The flower borders of the
gardens, the exotic plants, the carefully swept and gravelled avenues were all broken and spoiled by this
avalanche of men, beasts and vehicles.
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER V. THE INVASION 135
Page No 138
A chief wearing on his sleeve the band of the military administration was giving orders as though he were the
proprietor. He did not even condescend to look at this civilian walking beside the lieutenant with the
downcast look of a prisoner. The stables were vacant. Desnoyers saw his last animals being driven off with
sticks by the helmeted shepherds. The costly progenitors of his herds were all beheaded in the park like mere
slaughterhouse animals. In the chicken houses and dovecotes, there was not a single bird left. The stables
were filled with thin horses who were gorging themselves before overflowing mangers. The feed from the
barns was being lavishly distributed through the avenue, much of it lost before it could be used. The cavalry
horses of various divisions were turned loose in the meadows, destroying with their hoofs the canals, the
edges of the slopes, the level of the ground, all the work of many months. The dry wood was uselessly
burning in the park. Through carelessness or mischief, someone had set the wood piles on fire. The trees,
with the bark dried by the summer heat, were crackling on being licked by the flame.
The building was likewise occupied by a multitude of men under this same superintendent. The open
windows showed a continual shifting through the rooms. Desnoyers heard great blows that reechoed within
his breast. Ay, his historic mansion! . . . The General was going to establish himself in it, after having
examined on the banks of the Marne, the works of the pontoon builders, who had been constructing several
military bridges for the troops. Don Marcelo's outraged sense of ownership forced him to speak. He feared
that they would break the doors of the locked roomshe would like to go for the keys in order to give them
up to those in charge. The commissary would not listen to him but continued ignoring his existence. The
lieutenant replied with cutting amiability:
"It is not necessary; do not trouble yourself!"
After this considerate remark, he started to rejoin his regiment but deemed it prudent before losing sight of
Desnoyers to give him a little advice. He must remain quietly at the castle; outside, he might be taken for a
spy, and he already knew how promptly the soldiers of the Emperor settled all such little matters.
He could not remain in the garden looking at his dwelling from any distance, because the Germans who were
going and coming were diverting themselves by playing practical jokes upon him. They would march toward
him in a straight line, as though they did not see him, and he would have to hurry out of their way to avoid
being thrown down by their mechanical and rigid advance.
Finally he sought refuge in the lodge of the Keeper, whose good wife stared with astonishment at seeing him
drop into a kitchen chair breathless and downcast, suddenly aged by losing the remarkable energy that had
been the wonder of his advanced years.
"Ah, Master. . . . Poor Master!"
Of all the events attending the invasion, the most unbelievable for this poor woman was seeing her employer
take refuge in her cottage.
"What is ever going to become of us!" she groaned.
Her husband was in constant demand by the invaders. His Excellency's assistants, installed in the basement
apartments of the castle were incessantly calling him to tell them the whereabouts of things which they could
not find. From every trip, he would return humiliated, his eyes filled with tears. On his forehead was the
black and blue mark of a blow, and his jacket was badly torn. These were souvenirs of a futile attempt at
opposition, during his master's absence, to the German plundering of stables and castle rooms.
The millionaire felt himself linked by misfortune to these people, considered until then with indifference. He
was very grateful for the loyalty of this sick and humble man, and the poor woman's interest in the castle as
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER V. THE INVASION 136
Page No 139
though it were her own, touched him greatly. The presence of their daughter brought Chichi to his mind. He
had passed near her without noting the transformation in her, seeing her just the same as when, with her little
dog trot, she had accompanied the Master's daughter on her rounds through the parks and grounds. Now she
was a woman, slender and full grown, with the first feminine graces showing subtly in her fourteenyearold
figure. Her mother would not let her leave the lodge, fearing the soldiery which was invading every other
spot with its overflowing current, filtering into all open places, breaking every obstacle which impeded their
course.
Desnoyers broke his despairing silence to admit that he was feeling hungry. He was ashamed of this bodily
want, but the emotions of the day, the executions seen so near, the danger still threatening, had awakened in
him a nervous appetite. The fact that he was so impotent in the midst of his riches and unable to avail himself
of anything on his estate but aggravated his necessity.
"Poor Master!" again exclaimed the faithful soul.
And the woman looked with astonishment at the millionaire devouring a bit of bread and a triangle of cheese,
the only food that she could find in her humble dwelling. The certainty that he would not be able to find any
other nourishment, no matter how much he might seek it, greatly sharpened his cravings. To have acquired an
enormous fortune only to perish with hunger at the end of his existence! . . . The good wife, as though
guessing his thoughts, sighed, raising her eyes beseechingly to heaven. Since the early morning hours, the
world had completely changed its course. Ay, this war! . . .
The rest of the afternoon and a part of the night, the proprietor kept receiving news from the Keeper after his
visits to the castle. The General and numerous officers were now occupying the rooms. Not a single door was
locked, all having been opened with blows of the axe or gun. Many things had completely disappeared; the
man did not know exactly how, but they had vanishedperhaps destroyed, or perhaps carried off by those
who were coming and going. The chief with the banded sleeve was going from room to room examining
everything, dictating in German to a soldier who was writing down his orders. Meanwhile the General and his
staff were in the dining room drinking heavily, consulting the maps spread out on the floor, and ordering the
Warden to go down into the vaults for the very best wines.
By nightfall, an onward movement was noticeable in the human tide that had been overflowing the fields as
far as the eye could reach. Some bridges had been constructed across the Marne and the invasion had
renewed its march, shouting enthusiastically. "Nach Paris!" Those left behind till the following day were to
live in the ruined houses or the open air. Desnoyers heard songs. Under the splendor of the evening stars, the
soldiers had grouped themselves in musical knots, chanting a sweet and solemn chorus of religious gravity.
Above the trees was floating a red cloud, intensified by the duska reflection of the still burning village.
Afar off were bonfires of farms and homesteads, twinkling in the night with their blood colored lights.
The bewildered proprietor of the castle finally fell asleep in a bed in the lodge, made mercifully unconscious
by the heavy and stupefying slumber of exhaustion, without fright nor nightmare. He seemed to be falling,
falling into a bottomless pit, and on awaking fancied that he had slept but a few minutes. The sun was turning
the window shades to an orange hue, spattered with shadows of waving boughs and birds fluttering and
twittering among the leaves. He shared their joy in the cool refreshing dawn of the summer day. It certainly
was a fine morningbut whose dwelling was this? . . . He gazed dumbfounded at his bed and surroundings.
Suddenly the reality assaulted his brain that had been so sweetly dulled by the first splendors of the day. Step
by step, the host of emotions compressed into the preceding day, came climbing up the long stairway of his
memory to the last black and red landing of the night before. And he had slept tranquilly surrounded by
enemies, under the surveillance of an arbitrary power which might destroy him in one of its caprices!
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER V. THE INVASION 137
Page No 140
When he went into the kitchen, the Warden gave him some news. The Germans were departing. The regiment
encamped in the park had left at daybreak, and after them others, and still others. In the village there was still
one regiment occupying the few houses yet standing and the ruins of the charred ones. The General had gone
also with his numerous staff. There was nobody in the castle now but the head of a Reserve brigade whom his
aide called "The Count," and a few officials.
Upon receiving this information, the proprietor ventured to leave the lodge. He saw his gardens destroyed,
but still beautiful. The trees were still stately in spite of the damage done to their trunks. The birds were
flying about excitedly, rejoicing to find themselves again in possession of the spaces so recently flooded by
the human inundation.
Suddenly Desnoyers regretted having sallied forth. Five huge trucks were lined up near the moat before the
castle bridge. Gangs of soldiers were coming out carrying on their shoulders enormous pieces of furniture,
like peons conducting a moving. A bulky object wrapped in damask curtainsan excellent substitute for
sackingwas being pushed by four men toward one of the drays. The owner suspected immediately what it
must be. His bath! The famous tub of gold! . . . Then with an abrupt revulsion of feeling, he felt no grief at his
loss. He now detested the ostentatious thing, attributing to it a fatal influence. On account of it he was here.
But, ay! . . . the other furnishings piled up in the drays! . . . In that moment he suffered the extreme agony of
misery and impotence. It was impossible for him to defend his property, to dispute with the head thief who
was sacking his castle, tranquilly ignoring the very existence of the owner. "Robbers! thieves!" and he fled
back to the lodge.
He passed the remainder of the morning with his elbow on the table, his head in his hands, the same as the
day before, letting the hours grind slowly by, trying not to hear the rolling of the vehicles that were bearing
away these credentials of his wealth.
Toward midday, the Keeper announced that an officer who had arrived a few hours before in an automobile
was inquiring for him.
Responding to this summons, Desnoyers encountered outside the lodge, a captain arrayed like the others in
sheathed and pointed helmet, in mustardcolored uniform, red leather boots, sword, revolver, field glasses
and geographic map hanging in a case from his belt. He appeared young; on his sleeve was the staff emblem.
"Do you know me? . . . I did not wish to pass through here without seeing you."
He spoke in Castilian, and Don Marcelo felt greater surprise at this than at the many things which he had
been experiencing so painfully during the last twentyfour hours.
"You really do not know me?" queried the German, always in Spanish. "I am Otto. . . . Captain Otto von
Hartrott."
The old man's mind went painfully down the staircase of memory, stopping this time at a fardistant landing.
There he saw the old ranch, and his brotherinlaw announcing the birth of his second son. "I shall give him
Bismarck's name," Karl had said. Then, climbing back past many other platforms, Desnoyers saw himself in
Berlin during his visit to the von Hartrott home where they were speaking proudly of Otto, almost as learned
as the older brother, but devoting his talents entirely to martial matters. He was then a lieutenant and studying
for admission to the General Staff. "Who knows but he may turn out to be another Moltke?" said the proud
father . . . and the charming Chichi had thereupon promptly bestowed upon the warlike wonder a nickname,
accepted through the family. From that time, Otto was Moltkecito (the baby Moltke) to his Parisian relatives.
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER V. THE INVASION 138
Page No 141
Desnoyers was astounded by the transformation which had meanwhile taken place in the youth. This
vigorous captain with the insolent air who might shoot him at any minute was the same urchin whom he had
seen running around the ranch, the beardless Moltkecito who had been the butt of his daughter's ridicule. . . .
The soldier, meanwhile, was explaining his presence there. He belonged to another division. There were
many . . . many! They were advancing rapidly, forming an extensive and solid wall from Verdun to Paris. His
general had sent him to maintain the contact with the next division, but finding himself near the castle, he had
wished to visit it. A family tie was not a mere word. He still remembered the days that he had spent at
Villeblanche when the Hartrott family had paid a long visit to their relatives in France. The officials now
occupying the edifice had detained him that he might lunch with them. One of them had casually mentioned
that the owner of the castle was somewhere about although nobody knew exactly where. This had been a
great surprise to Captain von Hartrott who had tried to find him, regretting to see him taking refuge in the
Warden's quarters.
"You must leave this hut; you are my uncle," he said haughtily. "Return to your castle where you belong. My
comrades will be much pleased to make your acquaintance; they are very distinguished men."
He very much regretted whatever the old gentleman might have suffered. . . He did not know exactly in what
that suffering had consisted, but surmised that the first moments of the invasion had been cruel ones for him.
"But what else can you expect?" he repeated several times. "That is war."
At the same time he approved of his having remained on his property. They had special orders to seize the
goods of the fugitives. Germany wished the inhabitants to remain in their dwellings as though nothing
extraordinary had occurred. . . . Desnoyers protested. . . . "But if the invaders were shooting the innocent ones
and burning their homes!" . . . His nephew prevented his saying more. He turned pale, an ashy hue spreading
over his face; his eyes snapped and his face trembled like that of the lieutenant who had taken possession of
the castle.
"You refer to the execution of the mayor and the others. My comrades have just been telling me about it; yet
that castigation was very mild; they should have completely destroyed the entire village. They should have
killed even the women and children. We've got to put an end to these sharpshooters."
His uncle looked at him in amazement. His Moltkecito was as formidable and ferocious as the others. . . . But
the captain brought the conversation to an abrupt close by repeating the monstrous and everlasting excuse.
"Very horrible, but what else can you expect! . . . That is war."
He then inquired after his mother, rejoicing to learn that she was in the South. He had been uneasy at the idea
of her remaining in Paris . . . especially with all those revolutions which had been breaking out there lately! . .
. Desnoyers looked doubtful as if he could not have heard correctly. What revolutions were those? . . . But the
officer, without further explanation, resumed his conversation about his family, taking it for granted that his
relative would be impatient to learn the fate of his German kin.
They were all in magnificent state. Their illustrious father was president of various patriotic societies (since
his years no longer permitted him to go to war) and was besides organizing future industrial enterprises to
improve the conquered countries. His brother, "the Sage," was giving lectures about the nations that the
imperial victory was bound to annex, censuring severely those whose ambitions were unpretending or weak.
The remaining brothers were distinguishing themselves in the army, one of them having been presented with
a medal at Lorraine. The two sisters, although somewhat depressed by the absence of their fiances,
lieutenants of the Hussars, were employing their time in visiting the hospitals and begging God to chastise
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER V. THE INVASION 139
Page No 142
traitorous England.
Captain von Hartrott was slowly conducting his uncle toward the castle. The gray and unbending soldiers
who, until then, had been ignoring the existence of Don Marcelo, looked at him with interest, now that he was
in intimate conversation with a member of the General Staff. He perceived that these men were about to
humanize themselves by casting aside temporarily their inexorable and aggressive automatonism.
Upon entering his mansion something in his heart contracted with an agonizing shudder. Everywhere he
could see dreadful vacancies, which made him recall the objects which had formerly been there. Rectangular
spots of stronger color announced the theft of furniture and paintings. With what despatch and system the
gentleman of the armlet had been doing his work! . . . To the sadness that the cold and orderly spoliation
caused was added his indignation as an economical man, gazing upon the slashed curtains, spotted rugs,
broken crystal and porcelainall the debris from a ruthless and unscrupulous occupation.
His nephew, divining his thoughts, could only offer the same old excuse"What a mess! . . . But that is
war!"
With Moltkecito, he did not have to subside into the respectful civilities of fear.
"That is NOT war!" he thundered bitterly. "It is an expedition of bandits. . . . Your comrades are nothing less
than highwaymen."
Captain von Hartrott swelled up with a jerk. Separating himself from the complainant and looking fixedly at
him, he spoke in a low voice, hissing with wrath. "Look here, uncle! It is a lucky thing for you that you have
expressed yourself in Spanish, and those around you could not understand you. If you persist in such
comments you will probably receive a bullet by way of an answer. The Emperor's officials permit no insults."
And his threatening attitude demonstrated the facility with which he could forget his relationship if he should
receive orders to proceed against Don Marcelo.
Thus silenced, the vanquished proprietor hung his head. What was he going to do? . . . The Captain now
renewed his affability as though he had forgotten what he had just said. He wished to present him to his
companionsatarms. His Excellency, Count Meinbourg, the Major General, upon learning that he was a
relative of the von Hartrotts, had done him the honor of inviting him to his table.
Invited into his own demesne, he finally reached the dining room, filled with men in mustard color and high
boots. Instinctively, he made an inventory of the room. All in good order, nothing broken walls, draperies
and furniture still intact; but an appraising glance within the sideboard again caused a clutch at his heart. Two
entire table services of silver, and another of old porcelain had disappeared without leaving the most
insignificant of their pieces. He was obliged to respond gravely to the presentations which his nephew was
making, and take the hand which the Count was extending with aristocratic languor. The adversary began
considering him with benevolence, on learning that he was a millionaire from a distant land where riches
were acquired very rapidly.
Soon he was seated as a stranger at his own table, eating from the same dishes that his family were
accustomed to use, served by men with shaved heads, wearing coarse, striped aprons over their uniforms.
That which he was eating was his, the wine was from his vaults; all that adorned the room he had bought: the
trees whose boughs were waving outside the window also belonged to him. . . . And yet he felt as though he
were in this place for the first time, with all the discomfort and diffidence of a total stranger. He ate because
he was hungry, but the food and wines seemed to have come from another planet.
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER V. THE INVASION 140
Page No 143
He continued looking with consternation at those occupying the places of his wife, children and the Lacours. .
. .
They were speaking in German among themselves, but those having a limited knowledge of French
frequently availed themselves of that language in order that their guest might understand them. Those who
could only mumble a few words, repeated them to an accompaniment of amiable smiles. All were displaying
an amicable desire to propitiate the owner of the castle.
"You are going to lunch with the barbarians," said the Count, offering him a seat at his side. "Aren't you
afraid that we may eat you alive?"
The Germans burst into roars of laughter at the wit of His Excellency. They all took great pains to
demonstrate by word and manner that barbarity was wrongly attributed to them by their enemies.
Don Marcelo looked from one to another. The fatigues of war, especially the forced march of the last days,
were very apparent in their persons. Some were tall and slender with an angular slimness; others were stocky
and corpulent with short neck and head sunk between the shoulders. These had lost much of their fat in a
month's campaign, the wrinkled and flabby skin hanging in folds in various parts of their bodies. All had
shaved heads, the same as the soldiers. Around the table shone two rows of cranial spheres, reddish or dark.
Their ears stood out grotesquely, and their jaw bones were in strong relief owing to their thinness. Some had
preserved the upright moustache in the style of the Emperor; the most of them were shaved or had a stubby
tuft like a brush.
A golden bracelet glistened on the wrist of the Count, stretched on the table. He was the oldest of them all
and the only one that kept his hair, of a frosty red, carefully combed and glistening with pomade. Although
about fifty years old, he still maintained a youthful vigor cultivated by exercise. Wrinkled, bony and strong,
he tried to dissimulate his uncouthness as a man of battle under a suave and indolent laziness. The officers
treated him with the greatest respect. Hartrott told his uncle that the Count was a great artist, musician and
poet. The Emperor was his friend; they had known each other from boyhood. Before the war, certain scandals
concerning his private life had exiled him from Courtmere lampoons of the socialists and
scandalmongers. The Kaiser had always kept a secret affection for his former chum. Everybody
remembered his dance, "The Caprices of Scheherazade," represented with the greatest luxury in Berlin
through the endorsement of his powerful friend, William II. The Count had lived many years in the Orient. In
fact, he was a great gentleman and an artist of exquisite sensibility as well as a soldier.
Since Desnoyers was now his guest, the Count could not permit him to remain silent, so he made an
opportunity of bringing him into the conversation.
"Did you see any of the insurrections? . . . Did the troops have to kill many people? How about the
assassination of Poincare? . . .
He asked these questions in quick succession and Don Marcelo, bewildered by their absurdity, did not know
how to reply. He believed that he must have fallen in with a feast of fools. Then he suspected that they were
making fun of him. Uprisings? Assassinations of the President? . . .
Some gazed at him with pity because of his ignorance, others with suspicion, believing that he was merely
pretending not to know of these events which had happened so near him.
His nephew insisted. "The daily papers in Germany have been full of accounts of these matters. Fifteen days
ago, the people of Paris revolted against the Government, bombarding the Palais de l'Elysee, and
assassinating the President. The army had to resort to the machine guns before order could be restored. . . .
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER V. THE INVASION 141
Page No 144
Everybody knows that."
But Desnoyers insisted that he did not know it, that nobody had seen such things. And as his words were
received in an atmosphere of malicious doubt, he preferred to be silent. His Excellency, superior spirit,
incapable of being associated with the popular credulity, here intervened to set matters straight. The report of
the assassination was, perhaps, not certain; the German periodicals might have unconsciously exaggerated it.
Just a few hours ago, the General of the Staff had told him of the flight of the French Government to
Bordeaux, and the statement about the revolution in Paris and the firing of the French troops was
indisputable. "The gentleman has seen it all without doubt, but does not wish to admit it." Desnoyers felt
obliged to contradict this lordling, but his negative was not even listened to.
Paris! This name made all eyes glisten and everybody talkative. As soon as possible they wished to reach the
Eiffel Tower, to enter victorious into the city, to receive their recompense for the privations and fatigues of a
month's campaign. They were devotees of military glory, they considered war necessary to existence, and yet
they were bewailing the hardship that it was imposing upon them. The Count exhaled the plaint of the
craftsmaster.
"Oh, the havoc that this war has brought in my plans!" he sighed. "This winter they were going to bring out
my dance in Paris!"
They all protested at his sadness; his work would surely be presented after the triumph, and the French would
have to recognize it.
"It will not be the same thing," complained the Count. "I confess that I adore Paris. . . . What a pity that these
people have never wished to be on familiar terms with us!" . . . And he relapsed into the silence of the
unappreciated man.
Desnoyers suddenly recognized in one of the officers who was talking, with eyes bulging with covetousness,
of the riches of Paris, the Chief Thief with the band on his arm. He it was who so methodically had sacked
the castle. As though divining the old Frenchman's thought, the commissary began excusing himself.
"It is war, monsieur. . . ."
The same as the others! . . . War had to be paid with the treasures of the conquered. That was the new
German system; the healthy return to the wars of ancient days; tributes imposed on the cities, and each house
sacked separately. In this way, the enemy's resistance would be more effectually overcome and the war soon
brought to a close. He ought not to be downcast over the appropriations, for his furnishings and ornaments
would all be sold in Germany. After the French defeat, he could place a remonstrance claim with his
government, petitioning it to indemnify his loss; his relatives in Berlin would support his demand.
Desnoyers listened in consternation to his counsels. What kind of mentality had these men, anyway? Were
they insane, or were they trying to have some fun at his expense? . . .
When the lunch was at last ended, the officers arose and adjusted their swords for service. Captain von
Hartrott rose, too; it was necessary for him to return to his general; he had already dedicated too much time to
family expansion. His uncle accompanied him to the automobile where Moltkecito once more justified the
ruin and plunder of the castle.
"It is war. . . . We have to be very ruthless that it may not last long. True kindness consists in being cruel,
because then the terrorstricken enemy gives in sooner, and so the world suffers less."
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER V. THE INVASION 142
Page No 145
Don Marcelo shrugged his shoulders before this sophistry. In the doorway, the captain gave some orders to a
soldier who soon returned with a bit of chalk which had been used to number the lodging places. Von
Hartrott wished to protect his uncle and began tracing on the wall near the door:"Bitte, nicht plundern. Es
sind freundliche Leute."
In response to the old man's repeated questions, he then translated the inscription. "It means, 'Please do not
sack this house. Its occupants are kind people . . . friendly people.'"
Ah, no! . . . Desnoyers repelled this protection vehemently. He did not wish to be kind. He was silent because
he could not be anything else. . . . But a friend of the invaders of his country! . . . No, NO, NO!
His nephew rubbed out part of the lettering, leaving the first words, "Bitte, nicht plundern." Then he repeated
the scrawled request at the entrance of the park. He thought this notice advisable because His Excellency
might go away and other officials might be installed in the castle. Von Hartrott had seen much and his smile
seemed to imply that nothing could surprise him, no matter how outrageous it might be. But his relative
continued scorning his protection, and laughing bitterly at the impromptu signboard. What more could they
carry off? . . . Had they not already stolen the best?
"Goodbye, uncle! Soon we shall meet in Paris."
And the captain climbed into his automobile, extending a soft, cold hand that seemed to repel the old man
with its flabbiness.
Upon returning to his castle, he saw a table and some chairs in the shadow of a group of trees. His Excellency
was taking his coffee in the open air, and obliged him to take a seat beside him. Only three officers were
keeping him company. . . . There was here a grand consumption of liquors from his wine cellars. They were
talking together in German, and for an hour Don Marcelo remained there, anxious to go but never finding the
opportune moment to leave his seat and disappear.
He employed his time in imagining the great stir among the troops hidden by the trees. Another division of
the army was passing by with the incessant, deafening roar of the sea. An inexplicable phenomenon kept the
luminous calm of the afternoon in a continuous state of vibration. A constant thundering sounded afar off as
though an invisible storm were always approaching from beyond the blue horizon line.
The Count, noticing his evident interest in the noise, interrupted his German chat to explain.
"It is the cannon. A battle is going on. Soon we shall join in the dance."
The possibility of having to give up his quarters here, the most comfortable that he had found in all the
campaign, put His Excellency in a bad humor.
"War," he sighed, "a glorious life, but dirty and deadening! In an entire monthtoday is the first that I have
lived as a gentleman."
And as though attracted by the luxuries that he might shortly have to abandon, he rose and went toward the
castle. Two of the Germans betook themselves toward the village, and Desnoyers remained with the other
officer who was delightfully sampling his liquors. He was the chief of the battalion encamped in the village.
"This is a sad war, Monsieur!" he said in French.
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER V. THE INVASION 143
Page No 146
Of all the inimical group, this man was the only one for whom Don Marcelo felt a vague attraction.
"Although a German, he appears a good sort," meditated the old man, eyeing him carefully. In times of peace,
he must have been stout, but now he showed the loose and flaccid exterior of one who has just lost much in
weight. Desnoyers surmised that the man had formerly lived in tranquil and vulgar sensuousness, in a
middleclass happiness suddenly cut short by war.
"What a life, Monsieur!" the officer rambled on. "May God punish well those who have provoked this
catastrophe!"
The Frenchman was almost affected. This man represented the Germany that he had many times imagined, a
sweet and tranquil Germany composed of burghers, a little heavy and slow perhaps, but atoning for their
natural uncouthness by an innocent and poetic sentimentalism. This Blumhardt whom his companions called
BataillonKommandeur, was undoubtedly the good father of a large family. He fancied him walking with his
wife and children under the lindens of a provincial square, all listening with religious unction to the melodies
played by a military band. Then he saw him in the beer gardens with his friends, discussing metaphysical
problems between business conversations. He was a man from old Germany, a character from a romance by
Goethe. Perhaps the glory of the Empire had modified his existence, and instead of going to the beer gardens,
he was now accustomed to frequent the officers' casino, while his family maintained a separate
existenceseparated from the civilians by the superciliousness of military caste; but at heart, he was always
the good German, ready to weep copiously before an affecting family scene or a fragment of good music.
Commandant Blumhardt, meanwhile, was thinking of his family living in Cassel.
"There are eight children, Monsieur," he said with a visible effort to control emotion. "The two eldest are
preparing to become officers. The youngest is starting school this year. . . . He is just so high."
And with his right hand he measured off the child's diminutive stature. He trembled with laughter and grief at
recalling the little chap. Then he broke forth into eulogies about his wife excellent manager of the home, a
mother who was always modestly sacrificing herself for her children and husband. Ay, the sweet Augusta! . .
. After twenty years of married life, he adored her as on the day he first saw her. In a pocket of his uniform,
he was keeping all the letters that she had written him since the beginning of the campaign.
"Look at her, Monsieur. . . . There are my children."
From his breast pocket, he had drawn forth a silver medallion, adorned with the art of Munich, and touching a
spring, he displayed the pictures of all the familythe Frau Kommandeur, of an austere and frigid beauty,
imitating the air and coiffure of the Empress; the Frauleine Kommandeur, clad in white, with uplifted eyes as
though they were singing a musical romance; and at the end, the children in the uniforms of the army schools
or private institutions. And to think that he might lose these beloved beings if a bit of iron should hit him! . . .
And he had to live far from them now that it was such fine weather for long walks in the country! . . .
"Sad war!" he again said. "May God punish the English!"
With a solicitude that Don Marcelo greatly appreciated, he in turn inquired about the Frenchman's family. He
pitied him for having so few children, and smiled a little over the enthusiasm with which the old gentleman
spoke of his daughter, saluting Fraulein Chichi as a witty sprite, and expressing great sympathy on learning
that the only son was causing his parents great sorrow by his conduct.
Tenderhearted Commandant! . . . He was the first rational and human being that he had met in this hell of an
invasion. "There are good people everywhere," he told himself. He hoped that this new acquaintance would
not be moved from the castle; for if the Germans had to stay there, it would better be this man than the others.
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER V. THE INVASION 144
Page No 147
An orderly came to summon Don Marcelo to the presence of His Excellency. After passing through the
salons with closed eyes so as to avoid useless distress and wrath, he found the Count in his own bedroom.
The doors had been forced open, the floors stripped of carpet and the window frames of curtains. Only the
pieces of furniture broken in the first moments now occupied their former places. The sleeping rooms had
been stripped more methodically, everything having been taken that was not required for immediate use.
Because the General with his suite had been lodging there the night before, this apartment had escaped the
arbitrary destruction.
The Count received him with the civility of a grandee who wishes to be attentive to his guests. He could not
consent that HERR Desnoyersa relative of a von Hartrottwhom he vaguely remembered having seen at
Court, should be staying in the Keeper's lodge. He must return to his own room, occupying that bed, solemn
as a catafalque with columns and plumes, which had had the honor, a few hours before, of serving as the
restingplace of an illustrious General of the Empire.
"I myself prefer to sleep here," he added condescendingly. "This other habitation accords better with my
tastes."
While saying this, he was entering Dona Luisa's rooms, admiring its Louis Quinze furniture of genuine value,
with its dull golds and tapestries mellowed by time. It was one of the most successful purchases that Don
Marcelo had made. The Count smiled with an artist's scorn as he recalled the man who had superintended the
official sacking.
"What an ass! . . . To think that he left this behind, supposing that it was old and ugly!"
Then he looked the owner of the castle squarely in the face.
"Monsieur Desnoyers, I do not believe that I am committing any indiscretion, and even imagine that I am
interpreting your desires when I inform you that I intend taking this set of furniture with me. It will serve as a
souvenir of our acquaintance, a testimony to the friendship springing up between us. . . . If it remains here, it
will run the risk of being destroyed. Warriors, of course, are not obliged to be artists. I will guard these
excellent treasures in Germany where you may see them whenever you wish. We are all going to be one
nation, you know. . . . My friend, the Emperor, is soon to be proclaimed sovereign of the French."
Desnoyers remained silent. How could he reply to that look of cruel irony, to the grimace with which the
noble lord was underscoring his words? . . .
"When the war is ended, I will send you a gift from Berlin," he added in a patronizing tone.
The old collector could say nothing to that, either. He was looking at the vacant spots which many small
pictures had left on the walls, paintings by famous masters of the XVIII century. The banded brigand must
also have passed these by as too insignificant to carry off, but the smirk illuminating the Count's face
revealed their ultimate destination.
He had carefully scrutinized the entire apartmentthe adjoining bedroom, Chichi's, the bathroom, even the
feminine roberoom of the family, which still contained some of the daughter's gowns. The warrior fondled
with delight the fine silky folds of the materials, gloating over their cool softness.
This contact made him think of Paris, of the fashions, of the establishments of the great modistes. The rue de
la Paix was the spot which he most admired in his visits to the enemy's city.
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER V. THE INVASION 145
Page No 148
Don Marcelo noticed the strong mixture of perfumes which came from his hair, his moustache, his entire
body. Various little jars from the dressing table were on the mantel.
"What a filthy thing war is!" exclaimed the German. "This morning I was at last able to take a bath after a
week's abstinence; at noon I shall take another. By the way, my dear sir, these perfumes are good, but they
are not elegant. When I have the pleasure of being presented to the ladies, I shall give them the addresses of
my source of supply. . . . I use in my home essences from Turkey. I have many friends there. . . . At the close
of the war, I will send a consignment to the family."
While speaking the Count's eyes had been fixed upon some photographs upon the table. Examining the
portrait of Madame Desnoyers, he guessed that she must be Dona Luisa. He smiled before the bewitchingly
mischievous face of Mademoiselle Chichi. Very enchanting; he specially admired her militant, boyish
expression; but he scrutinized the photograph of Julio with special interest.
"Splendid type of youth," he murmured. "An interesting head, and artistic, too. He would create a great
sensation in a fancydress ball. What a Persian prince he would make! . . . A white aigrette on his head,
fastened with a great jewel, the breast bared, a black tunic with golden birds. . . ."
And he continued seeing in his mind's eye the heir of the Desnoyers arrayed in all the gorgeous raiment of an
Oriental monarch. The proud father, because of the interest which his son was inspiring, began to feel a
glimmer of sympathy with the man. A pity that he should select so unerringly and appropriate the choicest
things in the castle!
Near the head of the bed, Don Marcelo saw lying upon a book of devotions forgotten by his wife, a medallion
containing another photograph. It did not belong to his family, and the Count, following the direction of his
eyes, wished to show it to him. The hands of this son of Mars trembled. . . . His disdainful haughtiness had
suddenly disappeared. An official of the Hussars of Death was smiling from the case; his sharp profile with a
beak curved like a bird of prey, was surmounted by a cap adorned with skull and crossbones.
"My best friend," said the Count in tremulous tones. "The being that I love most in all the world. . . . And to
think that at this moment he may be fighting, and they may kill him! . . . To think that I, too, may die!"
Desnoyers believed that he must be getting a glimpse into a romance of the nobleman's past. That Hussar was
undoubtedly his natural son. His simplicity of mind could not conceive of anything else. Only a father's
tenderness could so express itself . . . and he was almost touched by this tenderness.
Here the interview came to an end, the warrior turning his back as he left the room in order to hide his
emotion. A few minutes after was heard on the floor below the sound of a grand piano which the Commissary
had not been able to carry off, owing to the general's interposition. His voice was soon heard above the
chords that he was playing. It was rather a lifeless baritone, but he managed to impart an impassioned tremolo
to his romance. The listening old man was now really affected; he did not understand the words, but the tears
came into his eyes. He thought of his family, of the sorrows and dangers about them and of the difficulties
surrounding his return to them. . . . As though under the spell of the melody, little by little, he descended the
stairs. What an artist's soul that haughty scoffer had! . . . At first sight, the Germans with their rough exterior
and their discipline which made them commit the greatest atrocities, gave one a wrong impression. One had
to live intimately with them to appreciate their true worth.
By the time the music had ceased, he had reached the castle bridge. A subofficer was watching the graceful
movements of the swans gliding double over the waters of the moat. He was a young Doctor of Laws who
just now was serving as secretary to His Excellencya university man mobilized by the war.
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER V. THE INVASION 146
Page No 149
On speaking with Don Marcelo, he immediately revealed his academic training. The order for departure had
surprised the professor in a private institute; he was just about to be married and all his plans had been upset.
"What a calamity, sir! . . . What an overturning for the world! . . . Yet many of us have foreseen that this
catastrophe simply had to come. We have felt strongly that it might break out any day. Capital, accursed
Capital is to blame."
The speaker was a Socialist. He did not hesitate to admit his co operation in certain acts of his party that had
brought persecutions and setbacks to his career. But the SocialDemocracy was now being accepted by the
Emperor and flattered by the most reactionary Junkers. All were now one. The deputies of his party were
forming in the Reichstag the group most obedient to the government. . . . The only belief that it retained from
its former creed, was its anathematization of Capitalresponsible for the war.
Desnoyers ventured to disagree with this enemy who appeared of an amiable and tolerant character. "Did he
not think that the real responsibility rested with German militarism? Had it not sought and prepared this
conflict, by its arrogance preventing any settlement?"
The Socialist denied this roundly. His deputies were supporting the war and, therefore, must have good
reason. Everything that he said showed an absolute submission to disciplinethe eternal German discipline,
blind and obedient, which was dominating even the most advanced parties. In vain the Frenchman repeated
arguments and facts which everybody had read from the beginning of the war. His words simply slid over the
calloused brains of this revolutionist, accustomed to delegating all his reasoning functions to others.
"Who can tell?" he finally said. "Perhaps we have made a mistake. But just at this moment all is confused; the
premises which would enable us to draw exact conclusions are lacking. When the conflict ends, we shall
know the truly guilty parties, and if they are ours we shall throw the responsibility upon them."
Desnoyers could hardly keep from laughing at his simplicity. To wait till the end of the war to know who was
to blame! . . . And if the Empire should come out conqueror, what responsibility could the Socialists exact in
the full pride of victory, they who always confined themselves to electoral battles, without the slightest
attempt at rebellion?
"Whatever the cause may be," concluded the Socialist, "this war is very sad. How many dead! . . . I was at
Charleroi. One has to see modern warfare close by. . . . We shall conquer; we are going to enter Paris, so they
say, but many of our men must fall before obtaining the final victory."
And as though wishing to put these visions of death out of his mind, he resumed his diversion of watching the
swans, offering them bits of bread so as to make them swing around in their slow and majestic course.
The Keeper and his family were continually crossing and recrossing the bridge. Seeing their master on such
friendly terms with the invaders, they had lost some of the fear which had kept them shut up in their cottage.
To the woman it seemed but natural that Don Marcelo's authority should be recognized by these people; the
master is always the master. And as though she had received a part of this authority, she was entering the
castle fearlessly, followed by her daughter, in order to put in order her master's sleeping room. They had
decided to pass the night in rooms near his, that he might not feel so lonely among the Germans.
The two women were carrying bedding and mattresses from the lodge to the top floor. The Keeper was
occupied in heating a second bath for His Excellency while his wife was bemoaning with gestures of despair
the sacking of the castle. How many exquisite things had disappeared! . . . Desirous of saving the remainder,
she besought her master to make complaints, as though he could prevent the individual and stealthy
robberies. The orderlies and followers of the Count were pocketing everything they could lay their hands on,
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER V. THE INVASION 147
Page No 150
saying smilingly that they were souvenirs. Later on the woman approached Desnoyers with a mysterious air
to impart a new revelation. She had seen a head officer force open the chiffoniers where her mistress was
accustomed to keep her lingerie, and he was making up a package of the finest pieces, including a great
quantity of blonde lace.
"That's the one, Master," she said soon after, pointing to a German who was writing in the garden, where an
oblique ray of sunlight was filtering through the branches upon his table.
Don Marcelo recognized him with surprise. Commandant Blumhardt, too! . . . But immediately he excused
the act. He supposed it was only natural that this official should want to take something away from the castle,
since the Count had set the example. Besides, he took into account the quality of the objects which he was
appropriating. They were not for himself; they were for the wife, for the daughters. . . . A good father of his
family! For more than an hour now, he had been sitting before that table writing incessantly, conversing, pen
in hand, with his Augusta and all the family in Cassel. Better that this good man should carry off his stuff
than those other domineering officers with cutting voices and insolent stiffness.
Desnoyers noticed, too, that the writer raised his head every time that Georgette, the Warden's daughter,
passed by, following her with his eyes. The poor father! . . . Undoubtedly he was comparing her with his two
girls home in Germany, with all their thoughts on the war. He, too, was thinking of Chichi, fearing
sometimes, that he might never see her again. In one of her trips from the castle to her home, Blumhardt
called the child to him. She stopped before the table, timid and shrinking as though she felt a presentiment of
danger, but making an effort to smile. The Prussian father meanwhile chatted with her, and patted her cheeks
with his great pawsa sight which touched Desnoyers deeply. The memories of a pacific and virtuous life
were rising above the horrors of war. Decidedly this one enemy was a good man, anyway.
Because of his conclusion, the millionaire smiled indulgently when the Commandant, leaving the table, came
toward himafter delivering his letter and a bulky package to a soldier to take to the battalion postoffice in
the village.
"It is for my family," he explained. "I do not let a day pass without sending them a letter. Theirs are so
precious to me! . . . I am also sending them a few remembrances."
Desnoyers was on the point of protesting. . . . But with a shrug of indifference, he concluded to keep silence
as if he did not object. The Commandant continued talking of the sweet Augusta and their children while the
invisible tempest kept on thundering beyond the serene twilight horizon. Each time the cannonading was
more intense.
"The battle," continued Blumhardt. "Always a battle! . . . Surely it is the last and we are going to win. Within
the week, we shall be entering Paris. . . . But how many will never see it! So many dead! . . . I understand that
tomorrow we shall not be here. All the Reserves are to combine with the attack so as to overcome the last
resistance. . . . If only I do not fall!" . . .
Thoughts of the possibility of death the following day contracted his forehead in a scowl of hatred. A deep,
vertical line was parting his eyebrows. He frowned ferociously at Desnoyers as though making him
responsible for his death and the trouble of his family. For a few moments Don Marcelo could hardly
recognize this man, transformed by warlike passions, as the sweetnatured and friendly Blumhardt of a little
while before.
The sun was beginning to set when a subofficer, the one of the SocialDemocracy, came running in search
of the Commandant. Desnoyers could not understand what was the matter because they were speaking in
German, but following the direction of the messenger's continual pointing, he saw beyond the iron gates a
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER V. THE INVASION 148
Page No 151
group of country people and some soldiers with guns. Blumhardt, after a brief reflection, started toward the
group and Don Marcelo behind him.
Soon he saw a village lad in the charge of some Germans who were holding their bayonets to his breast. His
face was colorless, with the whiteness of a wax candle. His shirt, blackened with soot, was so badly torn that
it told of a handtohand struggle. On one temple was a gash, bleeding badly. A short distance away was a
woman with dishevelled hair, holding a baby, and surrounded by four children all covered with black grime
as though coming from a coal mine.
The woman was pleading desperately, raising her hands appealingly, her sobs interrupting her story which
she was uselessly trying to tell the soldiers, incapable of understanding her. The petty officer convoying the
band spoke in German with the Commandant while the woman besought the intervention of Desnoyers.
When she recognized the owner of the castle, she suddenly regained her serenity, believing that he could
intercede for her.
That husky young boy was her son. They had all been hiding since the day before in the cellar of their burned
house. Hunger and the danger of death from asphyxiation had forced them finally to venture forth. As soon as
the Germans had seen her son, they had beaten him and were going to shoot him as they were shooting all the
young men. They believed that the lad was twenty years old, the age of a soldier, and in order that he might
not join the French army, they were going to kill him.
"It's a lie!" shrieked the mother. "He is not more than eighteen . . . not eighteen . . . a little lesshe's only
seventeen."
She turned to those who were following behind, in order to implore their testimonysad women, equally
dirty, their ragged garments smelling of fire, poverty and death. All assented, adding their outcries to those of
the mother. Some even went so far as to say that the overgrown boy was only sixteen . . . fifteen! And to this
feminine chorus was added the wailing of the little ones looking at their brother with eyes distended with
terror.
The Commandant examined the prisoner while he listened to the official. An employee of the township had
said carelessly that the child was about twenty, never dreaming that with this inaccuracy he was causing his
death.
"It was a lie!" repeated the mother guessing instinctively what they were saying. "That man made a mistake.
My boy is robust and, therefore, looks older than he is, but he is not twenty. . . . The gentleman from the
castle who knows him can tell you so. Is it not so, Monsieur Desnoyers?"
Since, in her maternal desperation, she had appealed to his protection, Don Marcelo believed that he ought to
intervene, and so he spoke to the Commandant. He knew this youth very well (he did not ever remember
having seen him before) and believed that he really was under twenty.
"And even if he were of age," he added, "is that a crime to shoot a man for?"
Blumhardt did not reply. Since he had recovered his functions of command, he ignored absolutely Don
Marcelo's existence. He was about to say something, to give an order, but hesitated. It might be better to
consult His Excellency . . . and seeing that he was going toward the castle, Desnoyers marched by his side.
"Commandant, this cannot be," he commenced saying. "This lacks common sense. To shoot a man on the
suspicion that he may be twenty years old!"
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER V. THE INVASION 149
Page No 152
But the Commandant remained silent and continued on his way. As they crossed the bridge, they heard the
sound of the pianoa good omen, Desnoyers thought. The aesthete who had so touched him with his
impassioned voice, was going to say the saving word.
On entering the salon, he did not at first recognize His Excellency. He saw a man sitting at the piano wearing
no clothing but a Japanese dressing gowna woman's rosecolored kimono, embroidered with golden birds,
belonging to Chichi. At any other time, he would have burst into roars of laughter at beholding this scrawny,
bony warrior with the cruel eyes, with his brawny braceleted arms appearing through the loose sleeves. After
taking his bath, the Count had delayed putting on his uniform, luxuriating in the silky contact of the feminine
tunic so like his Oriental garments in Berlin. Blumhardt did not betray the slightest astonishment at the aspect
of his general. In the customary attitude of military erectness, he spoke in his own language while the Count
listened with a bored air, meanwhile passing his fingers idly over the keys.
A shaft of sunlight from a nearby window was enveloping the piano and musician in a halo of gold. Through
the window, too, was wafting the poetry of the sunsetthe rustling of the leaves, the hushed song of the
birds and the hum of the insects whose transparent wings were glowing like sparks in the last rays of the sun.
The General, annoyed that his dreaming melancholy should be interrupted by this inopportune visit, cut short
the Commandant's story with a gesture of command and a word . . . one word only. He said no more. He took
two puffs from a Turkish cigarette that was slowly scorching the wood of the piano, and again ran his hands
over the ivory keys, catching up the broken threads of the vague and tender improvisation inspired by the
gloaming.
"Thanks, Your Excellency," said the gratified Desnoyers, surmising his magnanimous response.
The Commandant had disappeared, nor could the Frenchman find him outside the castle. A soldier was
pacing up and down near the iron gates in order to transmit commands, and the guards were pushing back
with blows from their guns, a screaming group of women and tiny children. The entrance was entirely
cleared! undoubtedly the crowds were returning to the village after the General's pardon. . . . Desnoyers was
half way down the avenue when he heard a howling sound composed of many voices, a hairraising shriek
such as only womanly desperation can send forth. At the same time, the air was vibrating with snaps, the loud
cracking sound that he knew from the day before. Shots! . . . He imagined that on the other side of the iron
railing there were some writhing bodies struggling to escape from powerful arms, and others fleeing with
bounds of fear. He saw running toward him a horrorstricken, sobbing woman with her hands to her head. It
was the wife of the Keeper who a little while before had joined the desperate group of women.
"Oh, don't go on, Master," she called stopping his hurried step. "They have killed him. . . . They have just
shot him."
Don Marcelo stood rooted to the ground. Shot! . . . and after the General's pardon! . . . Suddenly he ran back
to the castle, hardly knowing what he was doing, and soon reached the salon. His Excellency was still at the
piano. humming in low tones, his eyes moistened by the poesy of his dreams. But the breathless old
gentleman did not stop to listen.
"They have shot him, Your Excellency. . . . They have just killed him in spite of your order."
The smile which crossed the Count's face immediately informed him of his mistake.
"That is war, my dear sir," said the player, pausing for a moment. "War with its cruel necessities. . . . It is
always expedient to destroy the enemy of tomorrow."
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER V. THE INVASION 150
Page No 153
And with a pedantic air as though he were giving a lesson, he discoursed about the Orientals, great masters of
the art of living. One of the personages most admired by him was a certain Sultan of the Turkish conquest
who, with his own hands, had strangled the sons of the adversary. "Our foes do not come into the world on
horseback and brandishing the lance," said that hero. "All are born as children, and it is advisable to wipe
them from the face of the earth before they grow up."
Desnoyers listened without taking it in. One thought only was occupying his mind. . . . That man that he had
supposed just, that sentimentalist so affected by his own singing, had, between two arpeggios, coldly given
the order for death! . . .
The Count made a gesture of impatience. He might retire now, and he counselled him to be more discreet in
the future, avoiding mixing himself up in the affairs of the service. Then he turned his back, running his
hands over the piano, and giving himself up to harmonious melancholy.
For Don Marcelo there now began an absurd life of the most extraordinary events, an experience which was
going to last four days. In his life history, this period represented a long parenthesis of stupefaction, slashed
by the most horrible visions.
Not wishing to meet these men again, he abandoned his own bedroom, taking refuge on the top floor in the
servants' quarters, near the room selected by the Warden and his family. In vain the good woman kept
offering him things to eat as the night came onhe had no appetite. He lay stretched out on the bed,
preferring to be alone with his thoughts in the dark. When would this martyrdom ever come to an end? . . .
There came into his mind the recollection of a trip which he had made to London some years ago. In his
imagination he again saw the British Museum and certain Assyrian basreliefsrelics of bestial humanity,
which had filled him with terror. The warriors were represented as burning the towns; the prisoners were
beheaded in heaps; the pacific countrymen were marching in lines with chains on their necks, forming strings
of slaves. Until that moment he had never realized the advance which civilization had made through the
centuries. Wars were still breaking out now and then, but they had been regulated by the march of progress.
The life of the prisoner was now held sacred; the captured towns must be respected; there existed a complete
code of international law to regulate how men should be killed and nations should combat, causing the least
possible harm. . . . But now he had just seen the primitive realities of war. The same as that of thousands of
years ago! The men with the helmets were proceeding in exactly the same way as those ferocious and
perfumed satraps with blue mitre and curled beard. The adversary was shot although not carrying arms; the
prisoner died of shot or blow from the gun; the civilian captives were sent in crowds to Germany like those of
other centuries. Of what avail was all our socalled Progress? Where was our boasted civilization? . . .
He was awakened by the light of a candle in his eyes. The Warden's wife had come up again to see if he
needed anything.
"Oh, what a night, Master! Just hear them yelling and singing! The bottles that they have emptied! . . . They
are in the dining room. You better not see them. Now they are amusing themselves by breaking the furniture.
Even the Count is drunk; drunk, too, is that Commandant that you were talking with, and all the rest. . . .
Some of them are dancing halfnaked."
She evidently wished to keep quiet about certain details, but her love of talking got the better of her
discretion. Some of the officers had dressed themselves up in the hats and gowns of her mistress and were
dancing and shouting, imitating feminine seductiveness and affectations. . . . One of them had been greeted
with roars of enthusiasm upon presenting himself with no other clothing than a "combination" of
Mademoiselle Chichi's. Many were taking obscene delight in soiling the rugs and filling the sideboard
drawers with indescribable filth, using the finest linens that they could lay their hands on.
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER V. THE INVASION 151
Page No 154
Her master silenced her peremptorily. Why tell him such vile, disgusting things? . . .
"And we are obliged to wait on them!" wailed the woman. "They are beside themselves; they appear like
different beings. The soldiers are saying that they are going to resume their march at daybreak. There is a
great battle on, and they are going to win it; but it is necessary that everyone of them should fight in it. . . .
My poor, sick husband just can't stand it any longer. So many humiliations . . . and my little girl . . . . My
little girl!"
The child was her greatest anxiety. She had her well hidden away, but she was watching uneasily the goings
and comings of some of these men maddened with alcohol. The most terrible of them all was that fat officer
who had patted Georgette so paternally.
Apprehension for her daughter's safety made her hurry restlessly away, saying over and over:
"God has forgotten the world. . . . Ay, what is ever going to become of us!"
Don Marcelo was now tinglingly awake. Through the open window was blowing the clear night air. The
cannonading was still going on, prolonging the conflict way into the night. Below the castle the soldiers were
intoning a slow and melodious chant that sounded like a psalm. From the interior of the edifice rose the
whoopings of brutal laughter, the crash of breaking furniture, and the mad chase of dissolute pursuit. When
would this diabolical orgy ever wear itself down? . . . For a long time he was not at all sleepy, but was
gradually losing consciousness of what was going on around him when he was roused with a start. Near him,
on the same floor, a door had fallen with a crash, unable to resist a succession of formidable batterings. This
was followed immediately by the screams of a woman, weeping, desperate supplications, the noise of a
struggle, reeling steps, and the thud of bodies against the wall. He had a presentiment that it was Georgette
shrieking and trying to defend herself. Before he could put his feet to the floor he heard a man's voice, which
he was sure was the Keeper's; she was safe.
"Ah, you villain!" . . .
Then the outbreak of a second struggle . . . a shot . . . silence!
Rushing down the hallway that ended at the stairway Desnoyers saw lights, and many men who came
trooping up the stairs, bounding over several steps at a time. He almost fell over a body from which escaped a
groan of agony. At his feet lay the Warden, his chest moving like a pair of bellows, his eyes glassy and
unnaturally distended, his mouth covered with blood. . . . Near him glistened a kitchen knife. Then he saw a
man with a revolver in one hand, and holding shut with the other a broken door that someone was trying to
open from within. Don Marcelo recognized him, in spite of his greenish pallor and wild look. It was
Blumhardtanother Blumhardt with a bestial expression of terrifying ferocity and lust.
Don Marcelo could see clearly how it had all happenedthe debauchee rushing through the castle in search
of his prey, the anxious father in close pursuit, the cries of the girl, the unequal struggle between the
consumptive with his emergency weapon and the warrior triumphant. The fury of his youth awoke in the old
Frenchman, sweeping everything before it. What did it matter if he did die? . . .
"Ah, you villain!" he yelled, as the poor father had done.
And with clenched fists he marched up to the German, who smiled coldly and held his revolver to his eyes.
He was just going to shoot him . . . but at that instant Desnoyers fell to the floor, knocked down by those who
were leaping up the stairs. He received many blows, the heavy boots of the invaders hammering him with
their heels. He felt a hot stream pouring over his face. Blood! . . . He did not know whether it was his own or
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER V. THE INVASION 152
Page No 155
that of the palpitating mortal slowly dying beside him. Then he found himself lifted from the floor by many
hands which pushed him toward a man. It was His Excellency, with his uniform burst open and smelling of
wine. Eyes and voice were both trembling.
"My dear sir," he stuttered, trying to recover this suave irony, "I warned you not to interfere in our affairs and
you have not obeyed me. You may now take the consequences of your lack of discretion."
He gave an order, and the old man felt himself pushed downstairs to the cellars underneath the castle. Those
conducting him were soldiers under the command of a petty officer whom he recognized as the Socialist.
This young professor was the only one sober, but he maintained himself erect and unapproachable with the
ferocity of discipline.
He put his prisoner into an arched vault without any breathingplace except a tiny window on a level with the
floor. Many broken bottles and chests with some straw were all that was in the cave.
"You have insulted a head officer!" said the official roughly, "and they will probably shoot you tomorrow.
Your only salvation lies in the continuance of the revels, in which case they may forget you."
As the door of this subcellar was broken, like all the others in the building, a pile of boxes and furniture was
heaped in the entrance way.
Don Marcelo passed the rest of the night tormented with the cold the only thing which worried him just
then. He had abandoned all hope of life; even the images of his family seemed blotted from his memory. He
worked in the dark in order to make himself more comfortable on the chests, burrowing down into the straw
for the sake of its heat. When the morning breeze began to sift in through the little window he fell slowly into
a heavy, overpowering sleep, like that of criminals condemned to death, or duellists before the fatal morning.
He thought he heard shouts in German, the galloping of horses, a distant sound of tattoo and whistle such as
the battalions of the invaders made with their fifes and drums. . . . Then he lost all consciousness of his
surroundings.
On opening his eyes again a ray of sunlight, slipping through the window, was tracing a little golden square
on the wall, giving a regal splendor to the hanging cobwebs. Somebody was removing the barricade before
the door. A woman's voice, timid and distressed, was calling repeatedly:
"Master, are you here?"
He sprang up quickly, wishing to aid the worker outside, and pushing vigorously. He thought that the
invaders must have left. In no other way could he imagine the Warden's wife daring to try to get him out of
his cell.
"Yes, they have gone," she said. "Nobody is left in the castle."
As soon as he was able to get out Don Marcelo looked inquiringly at the woman with her bloodshot eyes,
dishevelled hair and sorrowdrawn face. The night had weighed her down pitilessly with the pressure of
many years. All the energy with which she had been working to free Desnoyers disappeared on seeing him
again. "Oh, Master . . . Master," she moaned convulsively; and she flung herself into his arms, bursting into
tears.
Don Marcelo did not need to ask anything further; he dreaded to know the truth. Nevertheless, he asked after
her husband. Now that he was awake and free, he cherished the fleeting hope that what he had gone through
the night before was but another of his nightmares. Perhaps the poor man was still living. . . .
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER V. THE INVASION 153
Page No 156
"They killed him, Monsieur. That man who seemed so good murdered him. . . . And I don't know where his
body is; nobody will tell me."
She had a suspicion that the corpse was in the fosse. The green and tranquil waters had closed mysteriously
over this victim of the night. . . . Desnoyers suspected that another sorrow was troubling the mother still
more, but he kept modestly silent. It was she who finally spoke, between outbursts of grief. . . . Georgette was
now in the lodge. Horrorstricken and shuddering, she had fled there when the invaders had left the castle.
They had kept her in their power until the last minute.
"Oh, Master, don't look at her. . . . She is trembling and sobbing at the thought that you may speak with her
about what she has gone through. She is almost out of her mind. She longs to die! Ay, my little girl! . . . And
is there no one who will punish these monsters?"
They had come up from the cellars and crossed the bridge, the woman looking fixedly into the silent waters.
The dead body of a swan was floating upon them. Before their departure, while their horses were being
saddled, two officers had amused themselves by chasing with revolver shots the birds swimming in the moat.
The aquatic plants were spotted with blood; among the leaves were floating some tufts of limp white plumage
like a bit of washing escaped from the hands of a laundress.
Don Marcelo and the woman exchanged a compassionate glance, and then looked pityingly at each other as
the sunlight brought out more strongly their aging, wan appearance.
The passing of these people had destroyed everything. There was no food left in the castle except some crusts
of dry bread forgotten in the kitchen. "And we have to live, Monsieur!" exclaimed the woman with reviving
energy as she thought of her daughter's need. "We have to live, if only to see how God punishes them!" The
old man shrugged his shoulders in despair; God? . . . But the woman was right; they had to live.
With the famished audacity of his early youth, when he was travelling over boundless tracts of land, driving
his herds of cattle, he now rushed outside the park, hunting for some form of sustenance. He saw the valley,
fair and green, basking in the sun; the groups of trees, the plots of yellowish soil with the hard spikes of
stubble; the hedges in which the birds were singingall the summer splendor of a countryside developed and
cultivated during fifteen centuries by dozens and dozens of generations. And yet here he was alone at the
mercy of chance, likely to perish with hungermore alone than when he was crossing the towering heights
of the Andesthose irregular slopes of rocks and snow wrapped in endless silence, only broken from time to
time by the flapping of the condor's wings. Nobody. . . . His gaze could not distinguish a single movable
pointeverything fixed, motionless, crystallized, as though contracted with fear before the peals of thunder
which were still rumbling around the horizon.
He went on toward the villagea mass of black walls with a few houses still intact, and a roofless bell tower
with its cross twisted by fire. Nobody in the streets sown with bottles, charred chunks of wood, and
sootcovered rubbish. The dead bodies had disappeared, but a nauseating smell of decomposing and burned
flesh assailed his nostrils. He saw a mound of earth where the shooting had taken place, and from it were
protruding two feet and a hand. At his approach several black forms flew up into the air from a trench so
shallow that the bodies within were exposed to view. A whirring of stiff wings beat the air above him, flying
off with the croakings of wrath. He explored every nook and corner, even approaching the place where the
troopers had erected their barricade. The carts were still by the roadside.
He then retraced his steps, calling out before the least injured houses, and putting his head through the doors
and windows that were unobstructed or but half consumed. Was nobody left in Villeblanche? He descried
among the ruins something advancing on all fours, a species of reptile that stopped its crawling with
movements of hesitation and fear, ready to retreat or slip into its hole under the ruins. Suddenly the creature
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER V. THE INVASION 154
Page No 157
stopped and stood up. It was a man, an old man. Other human larvae were coming forth conjured by his
shoutspoor beings who hours ago had given up the standing position which would have attracted the
bullets of the enemy, and had been enviously imitating the lower organisms, squirming through the dirt as
fast as they could scurry into the bosom of the earth. They were mostly women and children, all filthy and
black, with snarled hair, the fierceness of animal appetite in their eyesthe faintness of the weak animal in
their hanging jaws. They were all living hidden in the ruins of their homes. Fear had made them temporarily
forget their hunger, but finding that the enemy had gone, they were suddenly assailed by all necessitous
demands, intensified by hours of anguish.
Desnoyers felt as though he were surrounded by a tribe of brutalized and famished Indians like those he had
often seen in his adventurous voyages. He had brought with him from Paris a quantity of gold pieces, and he
pulled out a coin which glittered in the sun. Bread was needed, everything eatable was needed; he would pay
without haggling.
The flash of gold aroused looks of enthusiasm and greediness, but this impression was shortlived, all eyes
contemplating the yellow discs with indifference. Don Marcelo was himself convinced that the miraculous
charm had lost its power. They all chanted a chorus of sorrow and horrors with slow and plaintive voice, as
though they stood weeping before a bier: "Monsieur, they have killed my husband." . . . "Monsieur, my sons!
Two of them are missing." . . . Monsieur, they have taken all the men prisoners: they say it is to work the land
in Germany." . . . "Monsieur, bread! . . . My little ones are dying of hunger!"
One woman was lamenting something worse than death. "My girl! . . . My poor girl!" Her look of hatred and
wild desperation revealed the secret tragedy; her outcries and tears recalled that other mother who was
sobbing in the same way up at the castle. In the depths of some cave, was lying the victim, halfdead with
fatigue, shaken with a wild delirium in which she still saw the succession of brutal faces, inflamed with
simian passion.
The miserable group, forming themselves into a circle around him, stretched out their hands beseechingly
toward the man whom they knew to be so very rich. The women showed him the deathpallor on the faces of
their scarcely breathing babies, their eyes glazed with starvation. "Bread! . . . bread!" they implored, as
though he could work a miracle. He gave to one mother the gold piece that he had in his hand and distributed
more to the others. They took them without looking at them, and continued their lament, "Bread! . . . Bread!"
And he had gone to the village to make the same supplication! . . . He fled, recognizing the uselessness of his
efforts.
CHAPTER VI. THE BANNER OF THE RED CROSS
Returning in desperation to his estate, Don Marcelo Desnoyers saw huge automobiles and men on horseback,
forming a very long convoy and completely filling the road. They were all going in his direction. At the
entrance to the park a band of Germans was putting up the wires for a telephone line. They had just been
reconnoitering the rooms befouled with the night's saturnalia, and were hahaing boisterously over Captain
von Hartrott's inscription, "Bitte, nicht plundern." To them it seemed the acme of wittruly Teutonic.
The convoy now invaded the park with its automobiles and trucks bearing a red cross. A war hospital was
going to be established in the castle. The doctors were dressed in grayish green and armed the same as the
officers; they also imitated their freezing hauteur and repellent unapproachableness. There came out of the
drays hundreds of folding cots, which were placed in rows in the different rooms. The furniture that still
remained was thrown out in a heap under the trees. Squads of soldiers were obeying with mechanical
promptitude the brief and imperious orders. An odor of an apothecary shop, of concentrated drugs, now
pervaded the quarters, mixed with the strong smell of the antiseptics with which they were sprinkling the
walls in order to disinfect the filthy remains of the nocturnal orgy.
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER VI. THE BANNER OF THE RED CROSS 155
Page No 158
Then he saw women clad in white, buxom girls with blue eyes and flaxen hair. They were grave, bland,
austere and implacable in appearance. Several times they pushed Desnoyers out of their way as if they did not
see him. They looked like nuns, but with revolvers under their habits.
At midday other automobiles began to arrive, attracted by the enormous white flag with the red cross, which
was now waving from the castle tower. They came from the division battling beyond the Marne. Their metal
fittings were dented by projectiles, their wind shields broken by starshaped holes. From their interiors
appeared men and more men; some on foot, others on canvas stretchersfaces pale and rubicund, profiles
aquiline and snubby, red heads and skulls wrapped in white turbans stiff with blood; mouths that laughed
with bravado and mouths that groaned with bluish lips; jaws supported with mummylike bandages; giants in
agony whose wounds were not apparent; shapeless forms ending in a head that talked and smoked; legs with
hanging flesh that was dyeing the First Aid wrappings with their red moisture; arms that hung as inert as dead
boughs; torn uniforms in which were conspicuous the tragic vacancies of absent members.
This avalanche of suffering was quickly distributed throughout the castle. In a few hours it was so completely
filled that there was not a vacant bedthe last arrivals being laid in the shadow of the trees. The telephones
were ringing incessantly; the surgeons in coarse aprons were going from one side to the other, working
rapidly; human life was submitted to savage proceedings with roughness and celerity. Those who died under
it simply left one more cot free for the others that kept on coming. Desnoyers saw bloody baskets filled with
shapeless masses of flesh, strips of skin, broken bones, entire limbs. The orderlies were carrying these terrible
remnants to the foot of the park in order to bury them in a little plot which had been Chichi's favorite reading
nook.
Pairs of soldiers were carrying out objects wrapped in sheets which the owner recognized as his. These were
the dead, and the park was soon converted into a cemetery. No longer was the little retreat large enough to
hold the corpses and the severed remains from the operations. New grave trenches were being opened near
by. The Germans armed with shovels were pressing into service a dozen of the farmerprisoners to aid in
unloading the dead. Now they were bringing them down by the cartload, dumping them in like the rubbish
from some demolished building. Don Marcelo felt an abnormal delight in contemplating this increasing
number of vanquished enemies, yet he grieved at the same time that this precipitation of intruders should be
deposited forever on his property.
At nightfall, overwhelmed by so many emotions, he again suffered the torments of hunger. All day long he
had eaten nothing but the crust of bread found in the kitchen by the Warden's wife. The rest he had left for
her and her daughter. A distress as harrowing to him as his hunger was the sight of poor Georgette's shocked
despondency. She was always trying to escape from his presence in an agony of shame.
"Don't let the Master see me!" she would cry, hiding her face. Since his presence seemed to recall more
vividly the memory of her assaults, Desnoyers tried, while in the lodge, to avoid going near her.
Desperate with the gnawings of his empty stomach, he accosted several doctors who were speaking French,
but all in vain. They would not listen to him, and when he repeated his petitions they pushed him roughly out
of their way. . . . He was not going to perish with hunger in the midst of his riches! Those people were eating;
the indifferent nurses had established themselves in his kitchen. . . . But the time passed on without
encountering anybody who would take pity on this old man dragging himself weakly from one place to
another, in the misery of an old age intensified by despair, and suffering in every part of the body, the results
of the blows of the night before. He now knew the gnawings of a hunger far worse than that which he had
suffered when journeying over the desert plainsa hunger among men, in a civilized country, wearing a belt
filled with gold, surrounded with towers and castle halls which were his, but in the control of others who
would not condescend to listen to him. And for this piteous ending of his life he had amassed millions and
returned to Europe! . . . Ah, the irony of fate! . . .
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER VI. THE BANNER OF THE RED CROSS 156
Page No 159
He saw a doctor's assistant leaning up against a tree, about to devour a slab of bread and sausage. His envious
eyes scrutinized this fellow, tall, thickset, his jaws bristling with a great red beard. The trembling old man
staggered up to him, begging for the food by signs and holding out a piece of money. The German's eyes
glistened at the sight of the gold, and a beatific smile stretched his mouth from ear to ear.
"Ya," he responded, and grabbing the money, he handed over the food.
Don Marcelo commenced to swallow it with avidity. Never had he so appreciated the sheer ecstasy of eating
as at that instantin the midst of his gardens converted into a cemetery, before his despoiled castle where
hundreds of human beings were groaning in agony. A grayish arm passed before his eyes; it belonged to the
German, who had returned with two slices of bread and a bit of meat snatched from the kitchen. He repeated
his smirking "Ya?" . . . and after his victim had secured it by means of another gold coin, he was able to take
it to the two women hidden in the cottage.
During the nighta night of painful watching, cut with visions of horror, it seemed to him that the roar of the
artillery was coming nearer. It was a scarcely perceptible difference, perhaps the effect of the silence of the
night which always intensifies sound. The ambulances continued coming from the front, discharging their
cargoes of riddled humanity and going back for more. Desnoyers surmised that his castle was but one of the
many hospitals established in a line of more than eighty miles, and that on the other side, behind the French,
were many similar ones in which the same activity was going onthe consignments of dying men
succeeding each other with terrifying frequency. Many of the combatants were not even having the
satisfaction of being taken from the battle field, but were lying groaning on the ground, burying their bleeding
members in the dust or mud, and weltering in the ooze from their wounds. . . . And Don Marcelo, who a few
hours before had been considering himself the unhappiest of mortals, now experienced a cruel joy in
reflecting that so many thousands of vigorous men at the point of death could well envy him for his hale old
age, and for the tranquillity with which he was reposing on that humble bed.
The next morning the orderly was waiting for him in the same place, holding out a napkin filled with
eatables. Good redbearded man, helpful and kind! . . . and he offered him the piece of gold.
"Nein," replied the fellow, with a broad, malicious grin. Two gleaming gold pieces appeared between Don
Marcelo's fingers. Another leering "Nein" and a shake of the head. Ah, the robber! How he was taking
advantage of his necessity! . . . And not until he had produced five gold coins was he able to secure the
package.
He soon began to notice all around him a silent and sly conspiracy to get possession of his money. A giant in
a sergeant's uniform put a shovel in his hand. pushing him roughly forward. He soon found himself in a
corner of the park that had been transformed into a graveyard, near the cart of cadavers; there he had to
shovel dirt on his own ground in company with the indignant prisoners.
He averted his eyes so as not to look at the rigid and grotesque bodies piled above him at the edge of the pit,
ready to be tumbled in. The ground was sending forth an insufferable odor, for decomposition had already set
in in the nearby trenches. The persistence with which his overseers accosted him, and the crafty smile of the
sergeant made him see through the deeplaid scheme. The redbeard must be at the bottom of all this.
Putting his hand in his pocket he dropped the shovel with a look of interrogation. "Ya," replied the sergeant.
After handing over the required sum, the tormented old man was permitted to stop gravedigging and wander
around at his pleasure; he knew, however, what was probably in store for himthose men were going to
submit him to a merciless exploitation.
Another day passed by, like its predecessor. In the morning of the following day his perceptions, sharpened
by apprehension, made him conjecture that something extraordinary had occurred. The automobiles were
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER VI. THE BANNER OF THE RED CROSS 157
Page No 160
arriving and departing with greater rapidity, and there was greater disorder and confusion among the
executive force. The telephone was ringing with mad precipitation; and the wounded arrivals seemed more
depressed. The day before they had been singing when taken from the vehicles, hiding their woe with
laughter and bravado, all talking of the near victory and regretting that they would not be able to witness the
triumphal entry into Paris. Now they were all very silent, with furrowed brows, thinking no longer about what
was going on behind them, wondering only about their own fate.
Outside the park was the buzz of the approaching throng which was blackening the roads. The invasion was
beginning again, but with a refluent movement. For hours at a time great strings of gray trucks went puffing
by; then regiments of infantry, squadrons, rolling stock. They were marching very slowly with a deliberation
that puzzled Desnoyers, who could not make out whether this recessional meant flight or change of position.
The only thing that gave him any satisfaction was the stupefied and downcast appearance of the soldiers, the
gloomy sulks of the officers. Nobody was shouting; they all appeared to have forgotten their "Nach Paris!"
The greenish gray monster still had its armed head stretched across the other side of the Marne, but its tail
was beginning to uncoil with uneasy wrigglings.
After night had settled down the troops were still continuing to fall back. The cannonading was certainly
coming nearer. Some of the thunderous claps sounded so close that they made the glass tremble in the
windows. A fugitive farmer, trying to find refuge in the park, gave Don Marcelo some news. The Germans
were in full retreat. They had installed some of their batteries on the banks of the Marne in order to attempt a
new resistance. . . . And the new arrival remained without attracting the attention of the invaders who, a few
days before, would have shot him on the slightest suspicion.
The mechanical workings of discipline were evidently out of gear. Doctors and nurses were running from
place to place, shouting orders and breaking out into a volley of curses every time a fresh ambulance load
arrived. The drivers were commanded to take their patients on ahead to another hospital near the rearguard.
Orders had been received to evacuate the castle that very night.
In spite of this prohibition, one of the ambulances unloaded its relay of wounded men. So deplorable was
their state that the doctors accepted them, judging it useless for them to continue their journey. They
remained in the garden, lying on the same stretchers that they had occupied within the vehicle. By the light of
the lanterns Desnoyers recognized one of the dying. It was the secretary to His Excellency, the Socialist
professor who had shut him in the cellar vaults.
At the sight of the owner of the castle he smiled as though he had met a comrade. His was the only familiar
face among all those people who were speaking his language. He was ghastly in hue, with sunken features
and an impalpable glaze spreading over his eyes. He had no visible wounds, but from under the cloak spread
over his abdomen his torn intestines exhaled a fatal warning. The presence of Don Marcelo made him guess
where they had brought him, and little by little he coordinated his recollections. As though the old
gentleman might be interested in the whereabouts of his comrades, he told him all he knew in a weak and
strained voice. . . . Bad luck for their brigade! They had reached the front at a critical moment for the reserve
troops. Commandant Blumhardt had died at the very first, a shell of '75 taking off his head. Dead, too, were
all the officers who had lodged in the castle. His Excellency had had his jaw bone torn off by a fragment of
shell. He had seen him on the ground, howling with pain, drawing a portrait from his breast and trying to kiss
it with his broken mouth. He had himself been hit in the stomach by the same shell. He had lain fortytwo
hours on the field before he was picked up by the ambulance corps. . . .
And with the mania of the University man, whose hobby is to see everything reasoned out and logically
explained, he added in that supreme moment, with the tenacity of those who die talking:
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER VI. THE BANNER OF THE RED CROSS 158
Page No 161
"Sad war, sir. . . . Many premises are lacking in order to decide who is the culpable party. . . . When the war
is ended they will have to . . . will have to . . ." And he closed his eyes overcome by the effort. Desnoyers left
the dead man, thinking to himself. Poor fellow! He was placing the hour of justice at the termination of the
war, and meanwhile hundreds like him were dying, disappearing with all their scruples of ponderous and
disciplined reasoning.
That night there was no sleep on the place. The walls of the lodge were creaking, the glass crashing and
breaking, the two women in the adjoining room crying out nervously. The noise of the German fire was
beginning to mingle with that of other explosives close at hand. He surmised that this was the smashing of the
French projectiles which were coming in search of the enemy's artillery above the Marne.
For a few minutes his hopes revived as the possibility of victory flashed into his mind, but he was so
depressed by his forlorn situation that such a hope evaporated as quickly as it had come. His own troops were
advancing, but this advance did not, perhaps, represent more than a local gain. The line of battle was so
extensive! . . . It was going to be as in 1870; the French would achieve partial victories, modified at the last
moment by the strategy of the enemies until they were turned into complete defeat.
After midnight the cannonading ceased, but silence was by no means reestablished. Automobiles were
rolling around the lodge midst hoarse shouts of command. It must be the hospital convoy that was evacuating
the castle. Then near daybreak the thudding of horses' hoofs and the wheels of chugging machines thundered
through the gates, making the ground tremble. Half an hour afterwards sounded the tramp of multitudes
moving at a quick pace, dying away in the depths of the park.
At dawn the old gentleman leaped from his bed, and the first thing he spied from the cottage window was the
flag of the Red Cross still floating from the top of the castle. There were no more cots under the trees. On the
bridge he met one of the doctors and several assistants. The hospital force had gone with all its transportable
patients. There only remained in the castle, under the care of a company, those most gravely wounded. The
Valkyries of the health department had also disappeared.
The redbearded Shylock was among those left behind, and on seeing Don Marcelo afar off, he smiled and
immediately vanished. A few minutes after he returned with full hands. Never before had he been so
generous. Foreseeing pressing necessity, the hungry man put his hands in his pockets as usual, but was
astonished to learn from the orderly's emphatic gestures that he did not wish any money.
"Nein. . . . Nein!"
What generosity was this! . . . The German persisted in his negatives. His enormous mouth expanded in an
ingratiating grin as he laid his heavy paws on Marcelo's shoulders. He appeared like a good dog, a meek dog,
fawning and licking the hands of the passer by, coaxing to be taken along with him. "Franzosen. . . .
Franzosen." He did not know how to say any more, but the Frenchman read in his words the desire to make
him understand that he had always been in great sympathy with the French. Something very important was
evidently transpiringthe illhumored air of those left behind in the castle, and the sudden servility of this
plowman in uniform, made it very apparent. . . .
Some distance beyond the castle he saw soldiers, many soldiers. A battalion of infantry had spread itself
along the walls with trucks, draught horses and swift mounts. With their pikes the soldiers were making small
openings in the mud walls, shaping them into a border of little pinnacles. Others were kneeling or sitting near
the apertures, taking off their knapsacks in order that they might be less hampered. Afar off the cannon were
booming, and in the intervals between their detonations could be heard the bursting of shrapnel, the bubbling
of frying oil, the grinding of a coffeemill, and the incessant crackling of riflefire. Fleecy clouds were
floating over the fields, giving to near objects the indefinite lines of unreality. The sun was a faint spot seen
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER VI. THE BANNER OF THE RED CROSS 159
Page No 162
between curtains of mist. The trees were weeping fog moisture from all the cracks in their bark.
A thunderclap rent the air so forcibly that it seemed very near the castle. Desnoyers trembled, believing that
he had received a blow in the chest. The other men remained impassive with their customary indifference. A
cannon had just been discharged but a few feet away from him, and not till then did he realize that two
batteries had been installed in the park. The pieces of artillery were hidden under mounds of branches, the
gunners having felled trees in order to mask their monsters more perfectly. He saw them arranging the last;
with shovels, they were forming a border of earth, a foot in width, around each piece. This border guarded the
feet of the operators whose bodies were protected by steel shields on both sides of them. Then they raised a
breastwork of trunks and boughs, leaving only the mouth of the cylindrical mortar visible.
By degrees Don Marcelo became accustomed to the firing which seemed to be creating a vacuum within his
cranium. He ground his teeth and clenched his fists at every detonation, but stood stockstill with no desire to
leave, dominated by the violence of the explosions, admiring the serenity of these men who were giving
orders, erect and coolly, or moving like humble menials around their roaring metal beasts.
All his ideas seemed to have been snatched away by that first discharge of cannon. His brain was living in the
present moment only. He turned his eyes insistently toward the white and red banner which was waving from
the mansion.
"That is treachery," he thought, "a breach of faith."
Far away, on the other side of the Marne, the French artillery were belching forth their deadly fire. He could
imagine their handiwork from the little yellowish clouds that were floating in the air, and the columns of
smoke which were spouting forth at various points of the landscape where the German troops were hidden,
forming a line which appeared to lose itself in infinity. An atmosphere of protection and respect seemed to be
enveloping the castle.
The morning mists had dissolved; the sun was finally showing its bright and limpid light, lengthening the
shadows of men and trees to fantastic dimensions. Hills and woods came forth from the haze, fresh and
dripping after their morning bath. The entire valley was now completely exposed, and Desnoyers was
surprised to see the river from the spot to which he had been rootedthe cannon having opened great
windows in the woods that had hid it from view. What most astonished him in looking over this landscape,
smiling and lovely in the morning light, was that nobody was to be seenabsolutely nobody. Mountain tops
and forests were bellowing without anyone's being in evidence. There must be more than a hundred thousand
men in the space swept by his piercing gaze, and yet not a human being was visible. The deadly boom of
arms was causing the air to vibrate without leaving any optical trace. There was no other smoke but that of
the explosions, the black spirals that were flinging their great shells to burst on the ground. These were rising
on all sides, encircling the castle like a ring of giant tops, but not one of that orderly circle ventured to touch
the edifice. Don Marcelo again stared at the Red Cross flag. "It is treachery!" he kept repeating; yet at the
same time he was selfishly rejoicing in the base expedient, since it served to defend his property.
The battalion was at last completely installed the entire length of the wall, opposite the river. The soldiers,
kneeling, were supporting their guns on the newly made turrets and grooves, and seemed satisfied with this
rest after a night of battling retreat. They all appeared sleeping with their eyes open. Little by little they were
letting themselves drop back on their heels, or seeking the support of their knapsacks. Snores were heard in
the brief spaces between the artillery fire. The officials standing behind them were examining the country
with their field glasses, or talking in knots. Some appeared disheartened, others furious at the backward flight
that had been going on since the day before. The majority appeared calm, with the passivity of obedience.
The battle front was immense; who could foresee the outcome? . . . There they were in full retreat, but in
other places, perhaps, their comrades might be advancing with decided gains. Until the very last moment, no
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER VI. THE BANNER OF THE RED CROSS 160
Page No 163
soldier knows certainly the fate of the struggle. What was most grieving this detachment was the fact that it
was all the time getting further away from Paris.
Don Marcelo's eye was caught by a sparkling circle of glass, a monocle fixed upon him with aggressive
insistence. A lank lieutenant with the corseted waist of the officers that he had seen in Berlin, a genuine
Junker, was a few feet away, sword in hand behind his men, like a wrathful and glowering shepherd.
"What are you doing here?" he said gruffly.
Desnoyers explained that he was the owner of the castle. "French?" continued the lieutenant. "Yes, French." .
. . The official scowled in hostile meditation, feeling the necessity of saying something against the enemy.
The shouts and antics of his companionsatarms put a summary end to his reflections. They were all staring
upward, and the old man followed their gaze.
For an hour past, there had been streaking through the air frightful roarings enveloped in yellowish vapors,
strips of cloud which seemed to contain wheels revolving with frenzied rotation. They were the projectiles of
the heavy German artillery which, fired from various distances, threw their great shells over the castle.
Certainly that could not be what was interesting the officials!
He half shut his eyes in order to see better, and finally near the edge of a cloud, he distinguished a species of
mosquito flashing in the sunlight. Between brief intervals of silence, could be heard the distant, faint buzz
announcing its presence. The officers nodded their heads. "Franzosen!" Desnoyers thought so, too. He could
not believe that the enemy's two black crosses were between those wings. Instead he saw with his mind's eye,
two tricolored rings like the circular spots which color the fluttering wings of butterflies.
This explained the agitation of the Germans. The French airbird remained motionless for a few seconds over
the castle, regardless of the white bubbles exploding underneath and around it. In vain the cannon nearest
hurled their deadly fire. It wheeled rapidly, and returned to the place from which it came.
"It must have taken in the whole situation," thought the old Frenchman. "It has found them out; it knows what
is going on here."
He guessed rightly that this information would swiftly change the course of events. Everything which had
been happening in the early morning hours was going to sink into insignificance compared with what was
coming now. He shuddered with fear, the irresistible fear of the unknown, and yet at the same time, he was
filled with curiosity, impatience and nervous dread before a danger that threatened and would not stay its
relentless course.
Outside the park, but a short distance from the mud wall, sounded a strident explosion like a stupendous blow
from a gigantic axean axe as big as his castle. There began flying through the air entire treetops, trunks
split in two, great chunks of earth with the vegetation still clinging, a rain of dirt that obscured the heavens.
Some stones fell down from the wall. The Germans crouched but with no visible emotion. They knew what it
meant; they had been expecting it as something inevitable after seeing the French aeroplane. The Red Cross
flag could no longer deceive the enemy's artillery.
Don Marcelo had not time to recover from his surprise before there came a second explosion nearer the mud
wall . . . a third inside the park. It seemed to him that he had been suddenly flung into another world from
which he was seeing men and things across a fantastic atmosphere which roared and rocked and destroyed
with the violence of its reverberations. He was stunned with the awfulness of it all, and yet he was not afraid.
Until then, he had imagined fear in a very different form. He felt an agonizing vacuum in his stomach. He
staggered violently all the time, as though some force were pushing him about, giving him first a blow on the
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER VI. THE BANNER OF THE RED CROSS 161
Page No 164
chest, and then another on the back to straighten him up.
A strong smell of acids penetrated the atmosphere, making respiration very difficult, and filling his eyes with
smarting tears. On the other hand, the uproar no longer disturbed him, it did not exist for him. He supposed it
was still going on from the trembling air, the shaking of things around him, in the whirlwind which was
bending men double but was not reacting within his body. He had lost the faculty of hearing; all the strength
of his senses had concentrated themselves in looking. His eyes appeared to have acquired multiple facets like
those of certain insects. He saw what was happening before, beside, behind him, simultaneously witnessing
extraordinary things as though all the laws of life had been capriciously overthrown.
An official a few feet away suddenly took an inexplicable flight. He began to rise without losing his military
rigidity, still helmeted, with furrowed brow, moustache blond and short, mustard colored chest, and gloved
hands still holding fieldglasses and map but there his individuality stopped. The lower extremities, in
their grayish leggings remained on the ground, inanimate as reddening, empty moulds. The trunk, in its
violent ascent, spread its contents abroad like a bursting rocket. Further on, some gunners, standing upright,
were suddenly stretched full length, converted into a motionless row, bathed in blood.
The line of infantry was lying close to the ground. The men had huddled themselves together near the
loopholes through which they aimed their guns, trying to make themselves less visible. Many had placed their
knapsacks over their heads or at their backs to defend themselves from the flying bits of shell. If they moved
at all, it was only to worm their way further into the earth, trying to hollow it out with their stomachs. Many
of them had changed position with mysterious rapidity, now lying stretched on their backs as though asleep.
One had his uniform torn open across the abdomen, showing between the rents of the cloth, slabs of flesh,
blue and red that protruded and swelled up with a bubbling expansion. Another had his legs shot away, and
was looking around with surprised eyes and a black mouth rounded into an effort to howl, but from which no
sound ever came.
Desnoyers had lost all notion of time. He could not tell whether he had been rooted to that spot for many
hours or for a single moment. The only thing that caused him anxiety was the persistent trembling of his legs
which were refusing to sustain him. . . .
Something fell behind him. It was raining ruin. Turning his head, he saw his castle completely transformed.
Half of the tower had just been carried off. The pieces of slate were scattered everywhere in tiny chips; the
walls were crumbling; loose window frames were balancing on edge like fragments of stage scenery, and the
old wood of the tower hood was beginning to burn like a torch.
The spectacle of this instantaneous change in his property impressed him more than the ravages of death,
making him realize the Cyclopean power of the blind, avenging forces raging around him. The vital force that
had been concentrated in his eyes, now spread to his feet . . . and he started to run without knowing whither,
feeling the same necessity to hide himself as had those men enchained by discipline who were trying to
flatten themselves into the earth in imitation of the reptile's pliant invisibility.
His instinct was pushing him toward the lodge, but half way up the avenue, he was stopped by another lot of
astounding transformations. An unseen hand had just snatched away half of the cottage roof. The entire side
wall doubled over, forming a cascade of bricks and dust. The interior rooms were now exposed to view like a
theatrical settingthe kitchen where he had eaten, the upper floor with the room in which he descried his
still unmade bed. The poor women! . . .
He turned around, running now toward the castle, trying to make the subcellar in which he had been
fastened for the night; and when he finally found himself under those dusty cobwebs, he felt as though he
were in the most luxurious salon, and he devoutly blessed the good workmanship of the castle builders.
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER VI. THE BANNER OF THE RED CROSS 162
Page No 165
The subterranean silence began gradually to bring back his sense of hearing. The cannonading of the
Germans and the bursting of the French shells sounded from his retreat like a distant tempest. There came
into his mind the eulogies which he had been accustomed to lavish upon the cannon of '75 without knowing
anything about it except by hearsay. Now he had witnessed its effects. "It shoots TOO well!" he muttered. In
a short time it would finish destroying his castlehe was finding such perfection excessive.
But he soon repented of these selfish lamentations. An idea, tenacious as remorse, had fastened itself in his
brain. It now seemed to him that all he was passing through was an expiation for the great mistake of his
youth. He had evaded the service of his country, and now he was enveloped in all the horrors of war, with the
humiliation of a passive and defenseless being, without any of the soldier's satisfaction of being able to return
the blows. He was going to diehe was sure of thatbut a shameful death, unknown and inglorious. The
ruins of his mansion were going to become his sepulchre. . . . And the certainty of dying there in the
darkness, like a rat that sees the openings of his hole being closed up, made this refuge intolerable.
Above him the tornado was still raging. A peal like thunder boomed above his head, and then came the crash
of a landslide. Another projectile must have fallen upon the building. He heard shrieks of agony, yells and
precipitous steps on the floor above him. Perhaps the shell, in its blind fury, had blown to pieces many of the
dying in the salons.
Fearing to remain buried in his retreat, he bounded up the cellar stairs two steps at a time. As he scudded
across the first floor, he saw the sky through the shattered roofs. Along the edges were hanging sections of
wood, fragments of swinging tile and furniture stopped halfway in its flight. Crossing the hall, he had to
clamber over much rubbish. He stumbled over broken and twisted iron, parts of beds rained from the upper
rooms into the mountain of debris in which he saw convulsed limbs and heard anguished voices that he could
not understand.
He leaped as he ran, feeling the same longing for light and free air as those who rush from the hold to the
deck of a shipwreck. While sheltered in the darkness more time had elapsed than he had supposed. The sun
was now very high. He saw in the garden more corpses in tragic and grotesque postures. The wounded were
doubled over with pain or lying on the ground or propping themselves against the trees in painful silence.
Some had opened their knapsacks and drawn out their sanitary kits and were trying to care for their cuts. The
infantry was now firing incessantly. The number of riflemen had increased. New bands of soldiers were
entering the parksome with a sergeant at their head, others followed by an officer carrying a revolver at his
breast as though guiding his men with it. This must be the infantry expelled from their position near the river
which had come to reinforce the second line of defense. The mitrailleuses were adding their tactac to the
cracks of the fusileers.
The hum of the invisible swarms was buzzing incessantly. Thousands of sticky horseflies were droning
around Desnoyers without his even seeing them. The bark of the trees was being stripped by unseen hands;
the leaves were falling in torrents; the boughs were shaken by opposing forces, the stones on the ground were
being crushed by a mysterious foot. All inanimate objects seemed to have acquired a fantastic life. The zinc
spoons of the soldiers, the metallic parts of their outfit, the pails of the artillery were all clanking as though in
an imperceptible hailstorm. He saw a cannon lying on its side with the wheels broken and turned over among
many men who appeared asleep; he saw soldiers who stretched themselves out without a contraction, without
a sound, as though overcome by sudden drowsiness. Others were howling and dragging themselves forward
in a sitting position.
The old man felt an extreme sensation of heat. The pungent perfume of explosive drugs brought the tears to
his eyes and clawed at his throat. At the same time he was chilly and felt his forehead freezing in a glacial
sweat.
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER VI. THE BANNER OF THE RED CROSS 163
Page No 166
He had to leave the bridge. Several soldiers were passing bearing the wounded to the edifice in spite of the
fact that it was falling in ruins. Suddenly he was sprinkled from head to foot, as if the earth had opened to
make way for a waterspout. A shell had fallen into the moat, throwing up an enormous column of water,
making the carp sleeping in the mud fly into fragments, breaking a part of the edges and grinding to powder
the white balustrades with their great urns of flowers.
He started to run on with the blindness of terror, when he suddenly saw before him the same little round
crystal, examining him coolly. It was the Junker, the officer of the monocle. . . . With the end of his revolver,
the German pointed to two pails a short distance away, ordering Desnoyers to fill them from the lagoon and
give the water to the men overcome by the sun. Although the imperious tone admitted of no reply, Don
Marcelo tried, nevertheless, to resist. He received a blow from the revolver on his chest at the same time that
the lieutenant slapped him in the face. The old man doubled over, longing to weep, longing to perish; but no
tears came, nor did life escape from his body under this affront, as he wished. . . . With the two buckets in his
hands, he found himself dipping up water from the canal, carrying it the length of the file, giving it to men
who, each in his turn, dropped his gun to gulp the liquid with the avidity of panting beasts.
He was no longer afraid of the shrill shrieks of invisible bodies. His one great longing was to die. He was
strongly convinced that he was going to die; his sufferings were too great; there was no longer any place in
the world for him.
He had to pass by breaches opened in the wall by the bursting shells. There was no natural object to arrest the
eye looking through these gaps. Hedges and groves had been swept away or blotted out by the fire of the
artillery. He descried at the foot of the highway near his castle, several of the attacking columns which had
crossed the Marne. The advancing forces were coming doggedly on, apparently unmoved by the steady,
deadly fire of the Germans. Soon they were rushing forward with leaps and bounds, by companies, shielding
themselves behind bits of upland in bends of the road, in order to send forth their blasts of death.
The old man was now fired with a desperate resolution;since he had to die, let a French ball kill him! And
he advanced very erect with his two pails among those men shooting, lying down. Then, with a sudden fear,
he stood still hanging his head; a second thought had told him that the bullet which he might receive would
be one danger less for the enemy. It would be better for them to kill the Germans . . . and he began to cherish
the hope that he might get possession of some weapon from those dying around him, and fall upon that
Junker who had struck him.
He was filling his pails for the third time, and murderously contemplating the lieutenant's back when
something occurred so absurd and unnatural that it reminded him of the fantastic flash of the
cinematograph;the officer's head suddenly disappeared; two jets of blood spurted from his severed neck
and his body collapsed like an empty sack.
At the same time, a cyclone was sweeping the length of the wall, tearing up groves, overturning cannon and
carrying away people in a whirlwind as though they were dry leaves. He inferred that Death was now
blowing from another direction. Until then, it had come from the front on the river side, battling with the
enemy's line ensconced behind the walls. Now, with the swiftness of an atmospheric change, it was blustering
from the depths of the park. A skillful manoeuver of the aggressors, the use of a distant road, a chance bend
in the German line had enabled the French to collect their cannon in a new position, attacking the occupants
of the castle with a flank movement.
It was a lucky thing for Don Marcelo that he had lingered a few moments on the bank of the fosse, sheltered
by the bulk of the edifice. The fire of the hidden battery passed the length of the avenue, carrying off the
living, destroying for a second time the dead, killing horses, breaking the wheels of vehicles and making the
gun carriages fly through the air with the flames of a volcano in whose red and bluish depths black bodies
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER VI. THE BANNER OF THE RED CROSS 164
Page No 167
were leaping. He saw hundreds of fallen men; he saw disembowelled horses trampling on their entrails. The
death harvest was not being reaped in sheaves; the entire field was being mowed down with a single flash of
the sickle. And as though the batteries opposite divined the catastrophe, they redoubled their fire, sending
down a torrent of shells. They fell on all sides. Beyond the castle, at the end of the park, craters were opening
in the woods, vomiting forth the entire trunks of trees. The projectiles were hurling from their pits the bodies
interred the night before.
Those still alive were firing through the gaps in the walls. Then they sprang up with the greatest haste. Some
grasped their bayonets, pale, with clamped lips and a mad glare in their eyes; others turned their backs,
running toward the exit from the park, regardless of the shouts of their officers and the revolver shots sent
after the fugitives.
All this occurred with dizzying rapidity, like a nightmare. On the other side of the wall came a murmur,
swelling in volume, like that of the sea. Desnoyers heard shouts, and it seemed to him that some hoarse,
discordant voices were singing the Marseillaise. The machineguns were working with the swift steadiness
of sewing machines. The attack was going to be opposed with furious resistance. The Germans, crazed with
fury, shot and shot. In one of the breaches appeared a red kepis followed by legs of the same color trying to
clamber over the ruins. But this vision was instantly blotted out by the sprinkling from the machine guns,
making the invaders fall in great heaps on the other side of the wall. Don Marcelo never knew exactly how
the change took place. Suddenly he saw the red trousers within the park. With irresistible bounds they were
springing over the wall, slipping through the yawning gaps, and darting out from the depths of the woods by
invisible paths. They were little soldiers, husky, panting, perspiring, with torn cloaks; and mingled with them,
in the disorder of the charge, African marksmen with devilish eyes and foaming mouths, Zouaves in wide
breeches and chasseurs in blue uniforms.
The German officers wanted to die. With upraised swords, after having exhausted the shots in their revolvers,
they advanced upon their assailants followed by the soldiers who still obeyed them. There was a scuffle, a
wild melee. To the trembling spectator, it seemed as though the world had fallen into profound silence. The
yells of the combatants, the thud of colliding bodies, the clang of arms seemed as nothing after the cannon
had quieted down. He saw men pierced through the middle by gun points whose reddened ends came out
through their kidneys; muskets raining hammerlike blows, adversaries that grappled in handtohand
tussles, rolling over and over on the ground, trying to gain the advantage by kicks and bites.
The mustardcolored fronts had entirely disappeared, and he now saw only backs of that color fleeing toward
the exit, filtering among the trees, falling midway in their flight when hit by the pursuing balls. Many of the
invaders were unable to chase the fugitives because they were occupied in repelling with rude thrusts of their
bayonets the bodies falling upon them in agonizing convulsions.
Don Marcelo suddenly found himself in the very thick of these mortal combats, jumping up and down like a
child, waving his hands and shouting with all his might. When he came to himself again, he was hugging the
grimy head of a young French officer who was looking at him in astonishment. He probably thought him
crazy on receiving his kisses, on hearing his incoherent torrent of words. Emotionally exhausted, the worn old
man continued to weep after the officer had freed himself with a jerk. . . . He needed to give vent to his
feelings after so many days of anguished selfcontrol. Vive la France! . . .
His beloved French were already within the park gates. They were running, bayonets in hand, in pursuit of
the last remnants of the German battalion trying to escape toward the village. A group of horsemen passed
along the road. They were dragoons coming to complete the rout. But their horses were fagged out; nothing
but the fever of victory transmitted from man to beast had sustained their painful pace. One of the equestrians
came to a stop near the entrance of the park, the famished horse eagerly devouring the herbage while his rider
settled down in the saddle as though asleep. Desnoyers touched him on the hip in order to waken him, but he
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER VI. THE BANNER OF THE RED CROSS 165
Page No 168
immediately rolled off on the opposite side. He was dead, with his entrails protruding from his body, but
swept on with the others, he had been brought thus far on his steady steed.
Enormous tops of iron and smoke now began falling in the neighborhood. The German artillery was opening
a retaliatory fire against its lost positions. The advance continued. There passed toward the North battalions,
squadrons and batteries, worn, weary and grimy, covered with dust and mud, but kindled with an ardor that
galvanized their flagging energy.
The French cannon began thundering on the village side. Bands of soldiers were exploring the castle and the
nearest woods. From the ruined rooms, from the depths of the cellars, from the clumps of shrubbery in the
park, from the stables and burned garage, came surging forth men dressed in greenish gray and pointed
helmets. They all threw up their arms, extending their open hands: "Kamarades . . . kamarades, non kaput."
With the restlessness of remorse, they were in dread of immediate execution. They had suddenly lost all their
haughtiness on finding that they no longer had any official powers and were free from discipline. Some of
those who knew a little French, spoke of their wives and children, in order to soften the enemies that were
threatening them with their bayonets. A brawny Teuton came up to Desnoyers and clapped him on the back.
It was Redbeard. He pressed his heart and then pointed to the owner of the castle. "Franzosen . . . great friend
of the Franzosen" . . . and he grinned ingratiatingly at his protector.
Don Marcelo remained at the castle until the following morning, and was astounded to see Georgette and her
mother emerge unexpectedly from the depths of the ruined lodge. They were weeping at the sight of the
French uniforms.
"It could not go on," sobbed the widow. "God does not die."
After a bad night among the ruins, the owner decided to leave Villeblanche. What was there for him to do
now in the destroyed castle? . . . The presence of so many dead was racking his nerves. There were hundreds,
there were thousands. The soldiers and the farmers were interring great heaps of them wherever he went,
digging burial trenches close to the castle, in all the avenues of the park, in the garden paths, around the
outbuildings. Even the depths of the circular lagoon were filled with corpses. How could he ever live again in
that tragic community composed mostly of his enemies? . . . Farewell forever, castle of Villeblanche!
He turned his steps toward Paris, planning to get there the best way he could. He came upon corpses
everywhere, but they were not all the graygreen uniform. Many of his countrymen had fallen in the gallant
offensive. Many would still fall in the last throes of the battle that was going on behind them, agitating the
horizon with its incessant uproar. Everywhere red pantaloons were sticking up out of the stubble, hobnailed
boots glistening in upright position near the roadside, livid heads, amputated bodies, stray limbsand,
scattered through this funereal medley, red kepis and Oriental caps, helmets with tufts of horse hair, twisted
swords, broken bayonets, guns and great mounds of cannon cartridges. Dead horses were strewing the plain
with their swollen carcasses. Artillery wagons with their charred wood and bent iron frames revealed the
tragic moment of the explosion. Rectangles of overturned earth marked the situation of the enemy's batteries
before their retreat. Amidst the broken cannons and trucks were cones of carbonized material, the remains of
men and horses burned by the Germans on the night before their withdrawal.
In spite of these barbarian holocausts corpses were every where in infinite numbers. There seemed to be no
end to their number; it seemed as though the earth had expelled all the bodies that it had received since the
beginning of the world. The sun was impassively flooding the fields of death with its waves of light. In its
yellowish glow, the pieces of the bayonets, the metal plates, the fittings of the guns were sparkling like bits of
crystal. The damp night, the rain, the rust of time had not yet modified with their corrosive action these relics
of combat.
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER VI. THE BANNER OF THE RED CROSS 166
Page No 169
But decomposition had begun to set in. Graveyard odors were all along the road, increasing in intensity as
Desnoyers plodded on toward Paris. Every half hour, the evidence of corruption became more
pronouncedmany of the dead on this side of the river having lain there for three or four days. Bands of
crows, at the sound of his footsteps, rose up, lazily flapping their wings, but returning soon to blacken the
earth, surfeited but not satisfied, having lost all fear of mankind.
From time to time, the sad pedestrian met living bands of men platoons of cavalry, gendarmes, Zouaves
and chasseurs encamped around the ruined farmsteads, exploring the country in pursuit of German fugitives.
Don Marcelo had to explain his business there, showing the passport that Lacour had given him in order to
make his trip on the military train. Only in this way, could he continue his journey. These soldiersmany of
them slightly woundedwere still stimulated by victory. They were laughing, telling stories, and narrating
the great dangers which they had escaped a few days before, always ending with, "We are going to kick them
across the frontier!" . . .
Their indignation broke forth afresh as they looked around at the blasted townsfarms and single houses, all
burned. Like skeletons of prehistoric beasts, many steel frames twisted by the flames were scattered over the
plains. The brick chimneys of the factories were either levelled to the ground or, pierced with the round holes
made by shells, were standing up like giant pastoral flutes forced into the earth.
Near the ruined villages, the women were removing the earth and trying to dig burial trenches, but their labor
was almost useless because it required an immense force to inter so many dead. "We are all going to die after
gaining the victory," mused the old man. "The plague is going to break out among us."
The water of the river must also be contaminated by this contagion; so when his thirst became intolerable he
drank, in preference, from a nearby pond. . . . But, alas, on raising his head, he saw some greenish legs on the
surface of the shallow water, the boots sunk in the muddy banks. The head of the German was in the depths
of the pool.
He had been trudging on for several hours when he stopped before a ruined house which he believed that he
recognized. Yes, it was the tavern where he had lunched a few days ago on his way to the castle. He forced
his way in among the blackened walls where a persistent swarm of flies came buzzing around him. The smell
of decomposing flesh attracted his attention; a leg which looked like a piece of charred cardboard was
wedged in the ruins. Looking at it bitterly he seemed to hear again the old woman with her grandchildren
clinging to her skirts"Monsieur, why are the people fleeing? War only concerns the soldiers. We
countryfolk have done no wrong to anybody, and we ought not to be afraid."
Half an hour later, on descending a hilly path, the traveller had the most unexpected of encounters. He saw
there a taxicab, an automobile from Paris. The chauffeur was walking tranquilly around the vehicle as if it
were at the cab stand, and he promptly entered into conversation with this gentleman who appeared to him as
downcast and dirty as a tramp, with half of his livid face discolored from a blow. He had brought out here in
his machine some Parisians who had wanted to see the battlefield; they were reporters; and he was waiting
there to take them back at nightfall.
Don Marcelo buried his right hand in his pocket. Two hundred francs if the man would drive him to Paris.
The chauffeur declined with the gravity of a man faithful to his obligations. . . . "Five hundred?" . . . and he
showed his fist bulging with gold coins. The man's only response was a twirl of the handle which started the
machine to snorting, and away they sped. There was not a battle in the neighborhood of Paris every day in the
year! His other clients could just wait.
And settling back into the motorcar, Desnoyers saw the horrors of the battle field flying past at a dizzying
speed and disappearing behind him. He was rolling toward human life . . . he was returning to civilization!
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER VI. THE BANNER OF THE RED CROSS 167
Page No 170
As they came into Paris, the nearly empty streets seemed to him to be crowded with people. Never had he
seen the city so beautiful. He whirled through the avenue de l'Opera, whizzed past the place de la Concorde,
and thought he must be dreaming as he realized the gigantic leap that he had taken within the hour. He
compared all that was now around him with the sights on that plain of death but a few miles away. No; no, it
was not possible. One of the extremes of this contrast must certainly be false!
The automobile was beginning to slow down; he must be now in the avenue Victor Hugo. . . . He couldn't
wake up. Was that really his home? . . .
The majestic concierge, unable to understand his forlorn appearance, greeted him with amazed consternation.
"Ah. Monsieur! . . . Where has Monsieur been?" . . .
"In hell!" muttered Don Marcelo.
His wonderment continued when he found himself actually in his own apartment, going through its various
rooms. He was somebody once more. The sight of the fruits of his riches and the enjoyment of home
comforts restored his selfrespect at the same time that the contrast recalled to his mind the recollection of all
the humiliations and outrages that he had suffered. . . . Ah, the scoundrels! . . .
Two mornings later, the door bell rang. A visitor!
There came toward him a soldiera little soldier of the infantry, timid, with his kepis in his hand, stuttering
excuses in Spanish: "I knew that you were here . . . I come to . . ."
That voice? . . . Dragging him from the dark hallway, Don Marcelo conducted him to the balcony. . . . How
handsome he looked! . . . The kepis was red, but darkened with wear; the cloak, too large, was torn and
darned; the great shoes had a strong smell of leather. Yet never had his son appeared to him so elegant, so
distinguished looking as now, fitted out in these rough readymade clothes.
"You! . . . You! . . ."
The father embraced him convulsively, crying like a child, and trembling so that he could no longer stand.
He had always hoped that they would finally understand each other. His blood was coursing through the boy's
veins; he was good, with no other defect than a certain obstinacy. He was excusing him now for all the past,
blaming himself for a great part of it. He had been too hard.
"You a soldier!" he kept exclaiming over and over. "You defending my country, when it is not yours!" . . .
And he kissed him again, receding a few steps so as to get a better look at him. Decidedly he was more
fascinating now in his grotesque uniform, than when he was so celebrated for his skill as a dancer and
idolized by the women.
When the delighted father was finally able to control his emotion, his eyes, still filled with tears, glowed with
a malignant light. A spasm of hatred furrowed his face.
"Go," he said simply. "You do not know what war is; I have just come from it; I have seen it close by. This is
not a war like other wars, with rational enemies; it is a hunt of wild beasts. . . . Shoot without a scruple
against them all. . . . Every one that you overcome, rids humanity of a dangerous menace."
He hesitated a few seconds, and then added with tragic calm:
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER VI. THE BANNER OF THE RED CROSS 168
Page No 171
"Perhaps you may encounter familiar faces. Family ties are not always formed to our tastes. Men of your
blood are on the other side. If you see any one of them . . . do not hesitate. Shoot! He is your enemy. Kill
him! . . . Kill him!"
PART III
CHAPTER I. AFTER THE MARNE
At the end of October, the Desnoyers family returned to Paris. Dona Luisa could no longer live in Biarritz, so
far from her husband. In vain la Romantica discoursed on the dangers of a return. The Government was still
in Bordeaux, the President of the Republic and the Ministry making only the most hurried apparitions in the
Capital. The course of the war might change at any minute; that little affair of the Marne was but a
momentary relief. . . . But the good senora, after having read Don Marcelo's letters, opposed an adamantine
will to all contrary suggestions. Besides, she was thinking of her son, her Julio, now a soldier. . . . She
believed that, by returning to Paris, she might in some ways be more in touch with him than at this seaside
resort near the Spanish frontier.
Chichi also wished to return because Rene was now filling the greater part of her thoughts. Absence had
shown her that she was really in love with him. Such a long time without seeing her little sugar soldier! . . .
So the family abandoned their hotel life and returned to the avenue Victor Hugo.
Since the shock of the first September days, Paris had been gradually changing its aspect. The nearly two
million inhabitants who had been living quietly in their homes without letting themselves be drawn into the
panic, had accepted the victory with grave serenity. None of them could explain the exact course of the battle;
they would learn all about it when it was entirely finished.
One September Sunday, at the hour when the Parisians are accustomed to take advantage of the lovely
twilight, they had learned from the newspapers of the great triumph of the Allies and of the great danger
which they had so narrowly escaped. The people were delighted, but did not, however, abandon their calm
demeanor. Six weeks of war had radically changed the temperament of turbulent and impressionable Paris.
The victory was slowly restoring the Capital to its former aspect. A street that was practically deserted a few
weeks before was now filled with transients. The shops were reopening. The neighbors accustomed to the
conventional silence of their deserted apartment houses, again heard sounds of returning life in the homes
above and below them.
Don Marcelo's satisfaction in welcoming his family home was considerably clouded by the presence of Dona
Elena. She was Germany returning to the encounter, the enemy again established within his tents. Would he
never be able to free himself from this bondage? . . . She was silent in her brotherinlaw's presence because
recent events had rather bewildered her. Her countenance was stamped with a wondering expression as
though she were gazing at the upsetting of the most elemental physical laws. In reflective silence she was
puzzling over the Marne enigma, unable to understand how it was that the Germans had not conquered the
ground on which she was treading; and in order to explain this failure, she resorted to the most absurd
suppositions.
One especially engrossing matter was increasing her sadness. Her sons. . . . What would become of her sons!
Don Marcelo had never told her of his meeting with Captain von Hartrott. He was maintaining absolute
silence about his sojourn at Villeblanche. He had no desire to recount his adventures at the battle of the
Marne. What was the use of saddening his loved ones with such miseries? . . . He simply told Dona Luisa,
who was alarmed about the possible fate of the castle, that they would not be able to go there for many years
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
PART III 169
Page No 172
to come, because the hostilities had rendered it uninhabitable. A covering of zinc sheeting had been
substituted for the ancient roof in order to prevent further injury from wind and rain to the wrecked interior.
Later on, after peace had been declared, they would think about its renovation. Just now it had too many
inhabitants. And all the ladies, including Dona Elena, shuddered in imagining the thousands of buried bodies
forming their ghastly circle around the building. This vision made Frau von Hartrott again groan, "Ay, my
sons!"
Finally, for humanity's sake, her brotherinlaw set her mind at rest regarding the fate of one of them, the
Captain von Hartrott. He was in perfect health at the beginning of the battle. He knew that this was so from a
friend who had conversed with him . . . and he did not wish to talk further about him.
Dona Luisa was spending a part of each day in the churches, trying to quiet her uneasiness with prayer. These
petitions were no longer vague and generous for the fate of millions of unknown men, for the victory of an
entire people. With maternal selfcentredness they were focussed on one single personher son, who was a
soldier like the others, and perhaps at this very moment was exposed to the greatest danger. The tears that he
had cost her! . . . She had implored that he and his father might come to understand each other, and finally
just as God was miraculously granting her supplication, Julio had taken himself off to the field of death.
Her entreaties never went alone to the throne of grace. Someone was praying near her, formulating identical
requests. The tearful eyes of her sister were raised at the same time as hers to the figure of the crucified
Savior. "Lord, save my son! . . . When uttering these words, Dona Luisa always saw Julio as he looked in a
pale photograph which he had sent his father from the trencheswith kepis and military cloak, a gun in his
right hand, and his face shadowed by a growing beard. "O Lord have mercy upon us!" . . . and Dona Elena
was at the same time contemplating a group of officers with helmets and reseda uniforms reinforced with
leather pouches for the revolver, field glasses and maps, with swordbelt of the same material.
Oftentimes when Don Marcelo saw them setting forth together toward Saint Honore d'Eylau, he would wax
very indignant.
"They are juggling with God. . . . This is most unreasonable! How could He grant such contrary petitions? . . .
Ah, these women!"
And then, with that superstition which danger awakens, he began to fear that his sisterinlaw might cause
some grave disaster to his son. Divinity, fatigued with so many contradictory prayers was going to turn His
back and not listen to any of them. Why did not this fatal woman take herself off? . . .
He felt as exasperated at her presence in his home as he had at the beginning of hostilities. Dona Luisa was
still innocently repeating her sister's statements, submitting them to the superior criticism of her husband. In
this way, Don Marcelo had learned that the victory of the Marne had never really happened; it was an
invention of the allies. The German generals had deemed it prudent to retire through profound strategic
foresight, deferring till a little later the conquest of Paris, and the French had done nothing but follow them
over the ground which they had left free. That was all. She knew the opinions of military men of neutral
countries; she had been talking in Biarritz with some people of unusual intelligence; she knew what the
German papers were saying about it. Nobody over there believed that yarn about the Marne. The people did
not even know that there had been such a battle.
"Your sister said that?" interrupted Desnoyers, pale with wrath and amazement.
But he could do nothing but keep on longing for the bodily transformation of this enemy planted under his
roof. Ay, if she could only be changed into a man! If only the evil genius of her husband could but take her
place for a brief half hour! . . .
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
PART III 170
Page No 173
"But the war still goes on," said Dona Luisa in artless perplexity. "The enemy is still in France. . . . What
good did the battle of the Marne do?"
She accepted his explanations with intelligent noddings of the head, seeming to take them all in, and an hour
afterwards would be repeating the same doubts.
She, nevertheless, began to evince a mute hostility toward her sister. Until now, she had been tolerating her
enthusiasms in favor of her husband's country because she always considered family ties of more importance
than the rivalries of nations. Just because Desnoyers happened to be a Frenchman and Karl a German, she
was not going to quarrel with Elena. But suddenly this forbearance had vanished. Her son was now in danger.
. . . Better that all the von Hartrotts should die than that Julio should receive the most insignificant wound! . .
. She began to share the bellicose sentiments of her daughter, recognizing in her an exceptional talent for
appraising events, and now desiring all of Chichi's dagger thrusts to be converted into reality.
Fortunately La Romantica took herself off before this antipathy crystallized. She was accustomed to pass the
afternoons somewhere outside, and on her return would repeat the news gleaned from friends unknown to the
rest of the family.
This made Don Marcelo wax very indignant because of the spies still hidden in Paris. What mysterious world
was his sisterinlaw frequenting? . . .
Suddenly she announced that she was leaving the following morning; she had obtained a passport to
Switzerland, and from there she would go to Germany. It was high time for her to be returning to her own;
she was most appreciative of the hospitality shown her by the family. . . . And Desnoyers bade her goodbye
with aggressive irony. His regards to von Hartrott; he was hoping to pay him a visit in Berlin as soon as
possible.
One morning Dona Luisa, instead of entering the neighboring church as usual, continued on to the rue de la
Pompe, pleased at the thought of seeing the studio once more. It seemed to her that in this way she might put
herself more closely in touch with her son. This would be a new pleasure, even greater than poring over his
photograph or rereading his last letter.
She was hoping to meet Argensola, the friend of good counsels, for she knew that he was still living in the
studio. Twice he had come to see her by the service stairway as in the old days, but she had been out.
As she went up in the elevator, her heart was palpitating with pleasure and distress. It occurred to the good
lady that the "foolish virgins" must have had feelings like this when for the first time they fell from the
heights of virtue.
The tears came to her eyes when she beheld the room whose furnishings and pictures so vividly recalled the
absent. Argensola hastened from the door at the end of the room, agitated, confused, and greeting her with
expressions of welcome at the same time that he was putting sundry objects out of sight. A woman's sweater
lying on the divan, he covered with a piece of Oriental draperya hat trimmed with flowers, he sent flying
into a faraway corner. Dona Luisa fancied that she saw a bit of gauzy feminine negligee embroidered in
pink, flitting past the window frame. Upon the divan were two big coffee cups and bits of toast evidently left
from a double breakfast. These artists! . . . The same as her son! And she was moved to compassion over the
bad life of Julio's counsellor.
"My honored Dona Luisa. . . . My DEAR Madame Desnoyers. . . ."
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
PART III 171
Page No 174
He was speaking in French and at the top of his voice, looking frantically at the door through which the white
and rosy garments had flitted. He was trembling at the thought that his hidden companion, not understanding
the situation, might in a jealous fit, compromise him by a sudden apparition.
Then he spoke to his unexpected guest about the soldier, exchanging news with her. Dona Luisa repeated
almost word for word the paragraphs of his letters so frequently read. Argensola modestly refrained from
displaying his; the two friends were accustomed to an epistolary style which would have made the good lady
blush.
"A valiant man!" affirmed the Spaniard proudly, looking upon the deeds of his comrade as though they were
his own. "A true hero! and I, Madame Desnoyers, know something about what that means. . . . His chiefs
know how to appreciate him." . . .
Julio was a sergeant after having been only two months in the campaign. The captain of his company and the
other officials of the regiment belonged to the fencing club in which he had had so many triumphs.
"What a career!" he enthused. "He is one of those who in youth reach the highest ranks, like the Generals of
the Revolution. . . . And what wonders he has accomplished!"
The budding officer had merely referred in the most casual way to some of exploits, with the indifference of
one accustomed to danger and expecting the same attitude from his comrades; but his chum exaggerated
them, enlarging upon them as though they were the culminating events of the war. He had carried an order
across an infernal fire, after three messengers, trying to accomplish the same feat, had fallen dead. He had
been the first to attack many trenches and had saved many of his comrades by means of the blows from his
bayonet and hand to hand encounters. Whenever his superior officers needed a reliable man, they invariably
said, "Let Sergeant Desnoyers be called!"
He rattled off all this as though he had witnessed it, as if he had just come from the seat of war, making Dona
Luisa tremble and pour forth tears of joy mingled with fear over the glories and dangers of her son. That
Argensola certainly possessed the gift of affecting his hearers by the realism with which he told his stories!
In gratitude for these eulogies, she felt that she ought to show some interest in his affairs. . . . What had he
been doing of late?
"I, Madame, have been where I ought to be. I have not budged from this spot. I have witnessed the siege of
Paris."
In vain, his reason protested against the inexactitude of that word, "siege." Under the influence of his
readings about the war of 1870, he had classed as a siege all those events which had developed near Paris
during the course of the battle of the Marne.
He pointed modestly to a diploma in a gold frame hanging above the piano against a tricolored flag. It was
one of the papers sold in the streets, a certificate of residence in the Capital during the week of danger. He
had filled in the blanks with his name and description of his person; and at the foot were very conspicuous the
signatures of two residents of the rue de la Pompea tavernkeeper, and a friend of the concierge. The
district Commissary of Police, with stamp and seal, had guaranteed the respectability of these honorable
witnesses. Nobody could remain in doubt, after such precautions, as to whether he had or had not witnessed
the siege of Paris. He had such incredulous friends! . . .
In order to bring the scene more dramatically before his amiable listener, he recalled the most striking of his
impressions for her special benefit. Once, in broad daylight, he had seen a flock of sheep in the boulevard
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
PART III 172
Page No 175
near the Madeleine. Their tread had resounded through the deserted streets like echoes from the city of the
dead. He was the only pedestrian on the sidewalks thronged with cats and dogs.
His military recollections excited him like tales of glory.
"I have seen the march of the soldiers from Morocco. . . . I have seen the Zouaves in automobiles!"
The very night that Julio had gone to Bordeaux, he had wandered around till sunrise, traversing half of Paris,
from the Lion of Belfort, to the Gare de l'Est. Twenty thousand men, with all their campaign outfit, coming
from Morocco, had disembarked at Marseilles and arrived at the Capital, making part of the trip by rail and
the rest afoot. They had come to take part in the great battle then beginning. They were troops composed of
Europeans and Africans. The vanguard, on entering through the Orleans gate, had swung into rhythmic pace,
thus crossing half Paris toward the Gare de l'Est where the trains were waiting for them.
The people of Paris had seen squadrons from Tunis with theatrical uniforms, mounted on horses, nervous and
fleet, Moors with yellow turbans, Senegalese with black faces and scarlet caps, colonial artillerymen, and
light infantry from Africa. These were professional warriors, soldiers who in times of peace, led a life of
continual fighting in the coloniesmen with energetic profiles, bronzed faces and the eyes of beasts of prey.
They had remained motionlesss in the streets for hours at a time, until room could be found for them in the
military trains. . . . And Argensola had followed this armed, impassive mass of humanity from the
boulevards, talking with the officials, and listening to the primitive cries of the African warriors who had
never seen Paris, and who passed through it without curiosity, asking where the enemy was.
They had arived in time to attack von Kluck on the banks of the Ourq, obliging him to fall back or be
completely overwhelmed.
A fact which Argensola did not relate to his sympathetic guest was that his nocturnal excursion the entire
length of this division of the army had been accompanied by the amiable damsel within, and two other
friendsan enthusiastic and generous coterie, distributing flowers and kisses to the swarthy soldiers, and
laughing at their consternation and gleaming white teeth.
Another day he had seen the most extraordinary of all the spectacles of the war. All the taxicabs, some two
thousand vehicles, conveying battalions of Zouaves, eight men to a motor car, had gone rolling past him at
full speed, bristling with guns and red caps. They had presented a most picturesque train in the boulevards,
like a kind of interminable wedding procession. And these soldiers got out of the automobiles on the very
edge of the battle field, opening fire the instant that they leaped from the steps. Gallieni had launched all the
men who knew how to handle a gun against the extreme right of the adversary at the supreme moment when
the most insignificant weight might tip the scales in favor of the victory which was hanging in the balance.
The clerks and secretaries of the military offices, the orderlies of the government and the civil police, all had
marched to give that final push, forming a mass of heterogenous colors.
And one Sunday afternoon when, with his three companions of the "siege" he was strolling with thousands of
other Parisians through the Bois de Boulogne, he had learned from the extras that the combat which had
developed so near to the city was turning into a great battle, a victory.
"I have seen much, Madame Desnoyers. . . . I can relate great events."
And she agreed with him. Of course Argensola had seen much! . . . And on taking her departure, she offered
him all the assistance in her power. He was the friend of her son, and she was used to his petitions. Times had
changed; Don Marcelo's generosity now knew no bounds . . . but the Bohemian interrupted her with a lordly
gesture; he was living in luxury. Julio had made him his trustee. The draft from America had been honored by
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
PART III 173
Page No 176
the bank as a deposit, and he had the use of the interest in accordance with the regulations of the moratorium.
His friend was sending him regularly whatever money was needed for household expenses. Never had he
been in such prosperous condition. War had its good side, too . . . but not wishing to break away from old
customs, he announced that once more he would mount the service stairs in order to bear away a basket of
bottles.
After her sister's departure, Dona Luisa went alone to the churches until Chichi in an outburst of devotional
ardor, suddenly surprised her with the announcement:
"Mama, I am going with you!"
The new devotee was no longer agitating the household by her rollicking, boyish joy; she was no longer
threatening the enemy with imaginary dagger thrusts. She was pale, and with dark circles under her eyes. Her
head was drooping as though weighed down with a set of serious, entirely new thoughts on the other side of
her forehead.
Dona Luisa observed her in the church with an almost indignant jealousy. Her headstrong child's eyes were
moist, and she was praying as fervently as the mother . . . but it was surely not for her brother. Julio had
passed to second place in her remembrance. Another man was now completely filling her thoughts.
The last of the Lacours was no longer a simple soldier, nor was he now in Paris. Upon her return from
Biarritz, Chichi had listened anxiously to the reports from her little sugar soldier. Throbbing with eagerness,
she wanted to know all about the dangers which he had been experiencing; and the young warrior "in the
auxiliary service" told her of his restlessness in the office during the interminable days in which the troops
were battling around Paris, hearing afar off the boom of the artillery. His father had wished to take him with
him to Bordeaux, but the administrative confusion of the last hour had kept him in the capital.
He had done something more. On the day of the great crisis, when the acting governor had sent out all the
available men in automobiles, he had, unasked, seized a gun and occupied a motor with others from his
office. He had not seen anything more than smoke, burning houses, and wounded men. Not a single German
had passed before his eyes, excepting a band of Uhlan prisoners, but for some hours he had been shooting on
the edge of the road . . . and nothing more.
For a while, that was enough for Chichi. She felt very proud to be the betrothed of a hero of the Marne, even
though his intervention had lasted but a few hours. In a few days, however, her enthusiasm became rather
clouded.
It was becoming annoying to stroll through the streets with Rene, a simple soldier and in the auxiliary
service, besides. . . . The women of the town, excited by the recollection of their men fighting at the front, or
clad in mourning because of the death of some loved one, would look at them with aggressive insolence. The
refinement and elegance of the Republican Prince seemed to irritate them. Several times, she overheard
uncomplimentary words hurled against the "embusques."
The fact that her brother who was not French was in the thick of the fighting, made the Lacour situation still
more intolerable. She had an "embusque" for a lover. How her friends would laugh at her! . . .
The senator's son soon read her thoughts and began to lose some of his smiling serenity. For three days he did
not present himself at the Desnoyers' home, and they all supposed that he was detained by work at the office.
One morning as Chichi was going toward the Bois de Boulogne, escorted by one of the nutbrown maids, she
noticed a soldier coming toward her. He was wearing a bright uniform of the new grayblue, the "horizon
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
PART III 174
Page No 177
blue" just adopted by the French army. The chin strap of his kepi was gilt, and on his sleeve there was a little
strip of gold. His smile, his outstretched hands, the confidence with which he advanced toward her made her
recognize him. Rene an officer! Her betrothed a sublieutenant!
"Yes, of course! I could do nothing else. . . . I had heard enough!"
Without his father's knowledge, and assisted by his friends, he had in a few days, wrought this wonderful
transformation. As a graduate of the Ecole Centrale, he held the rank of a sublieutenant of the Reserve
Artillery, and he had requested to be sent to the front. Goodbye to the auxiliary service! . . . Within two
days, he was going to start for the war.
"You have done this!" exclaimed Chichi. "You have done this!"
Although very pale, she gazed fondly at him with her great eyes eyes that seemed to devour him with
admiration.
"Come here, my poor boy. . . . Come here, my sweet little soldier! . . . I owe you something."
And turning her back on the maid, she asked him to come with her round the corner. It was just the same
there. The cross street was just as thronged as the avenue. But what did she care for the stare of the curious!
Rapturously she flung her arms around his neck, blind and insensible to everything and everybody but him.
"There. . . . There!" And she planted on his face two vehement, sonorous, aggressive kisses.
Then, trembling and shuddering, she suddenly weakened, and fumbling for her handkerchief, broke down in
desperate weeping.
CHAPTER II. IN THE STUDIO
Upon opening the studio door one afternoon, Argensola stood motionless with surprise, as though rooted to
the ground.
An old gentleman was greeting him with an amiable smile.
"I am the father of Julio."
And he walked into the apartment with the confidence of a man entirely familiar with his surroundings.
By good luck, the artist was alone, and was not obliged to tear frantically from one end of the room to the
other, hiding the traces of convivial company; but he was a little slow in regaining his selfcontrol. He had
heard so much about Don Marcelo and his bad temper, that he was very uncomfortable at this unexpected
appearance in the studio. . . . What could the fearful man want?
His tranquillity was restored after a furtive, appraising glance. His friend's father had aged greatly since the
beginning of the war. He no longer had that air of tenacity and illhumor that had made him unapproachable.
His eyes were sparkling with childish glee; his hands were trembling slightly, and his back was bent.
Argensola, who had always dodged him in the street and had thrilled with fear when sneaking up the stairway
in the avenue home, now felt a sudden confidence. The transformed old man was beaming on him like a
comrade, and making excuses to justify his visit.
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER II. IN THE STUDIO 175
Page No 178
He had wished to see his son's home. Poor old man! He was drawn thither by the same attraction which leads
the lover to lessen his solitude by haunting the places that his beloved has frequented. The letters from Julio
were not enough; he needed to see his old abode, to be on familiar terms with the objects which had
surrounded him, to breathe the same air, to chat with the young man who was his boon companion.
His fatherly glance now included Argensola. . . . "A very interesting fellow, that Argensola!" And as he
thought this, he forgot completely that, without knowing him, he had been accustomed to refer to him as
"shameless," just because he was sharing his son's prodigal life.
Desnoyers' glance roamed delightedly around the studio. He knew well these tapestries and furnishings, all
the decorations of the former owner. He easily remembered everything that he had ever bought, in spite of the
fact that they were so many. His eyes then sought the personal effects, everything that would call the absent
occupant to mind; and he pored over the miserably executed paintings, the unfinished dabs which filled all
the corners.
Were they all Julio's? . . . Many of the canvases belonged to Argensola, but affected by the old man's
emotion, the artist displayed a marvellous generosity. Yes, everything was Julio's handiwork . . . and the
father went from canvas to canvas, halting admiringly before the vaguest daubs as though he could almost
detect signs of genius in their nebulous confusion.
"You think he has talent, really?" he asked in a tone that implored a favorable reply. "I always thought him
very intelligent . . . a little of the diable, perhaps, but character changes with years. . . . Now he is an
altogether different man."
And he almost wept at hearing the Spaniard, with his ready, enthusiastic speech, lauding the departed
"diable," graphically setting forth the way in which his great genius was going to take the world when his
turn should come.
The painter of souls finally worked himself up into feeling as much affected as the father, and began to
admire this old Frenchman with a certain remorse, not wishing to remember how he had ranted against him
not so very long ago. What injustice! . . .
Don Marcelo clasped his hand like an old comrade. All of his son's friends were his friends. He knew the life
that young men lived. . . . If at any time, he should be in any difficulties, if he needed an allowance so as to
keep on with his paintingthere he was, anxious to help him! He then and there invited him to dine at his
home that very night, and if he would care to come every evening, so much the better. He would eat a family
dinner, entirely informal. War had brought about a great many changes, but he would always be as welcome
to the intimacy of the hearth as though he were in his father's home.
Then he spoke of Spain, in order to place himself on a more congenial footing with the artist. He had never
been there but once, and then only for a short time; but after the war, he was going to know it better. His
fatherinlaw was a Spaniard, his wife had Spanish blood, and in his home the language of the family was
always Castilian. Ah, Spain, the country with a noble past and illustrious men! . . .
Argensola had a strong suspicion that if he had been a native of any other land, the old gentleman would have
praised it in the same way. All this affection was but a reflex of his love for his absent son, but it so pleased
the impressionable fellow that he almost embraced Don Marcelo when he took his departure.
After that, his visits to the studio were very frequent. The artist was obliged to recommend his friends to take
a good long walk after lunch, abstaining from reappearing in the rue de la Pompe until nightfall. Sometimes,
however, Don Marcelo would unexpectedly present himself in the morning, and then the soulful
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER II. IN THE STUDIO 176
Page No 179
impressionist would have to scurry from place to place, hiding here, concealing there, in order that his
workroom should preserve its appearance of virtuous labor.
"Youth . . . youth!" the vistor would murmur with a smile of tolerance.
And he actually had to make an effort to recall the dignity of his years, in order not to ask Argensola to
present him to the fair fugitives whose presence he suspected in the interior rooms. Perhaps they had been his
boy's friends, too. They represented a part of his past, anyway, and that was enough to make him presume
that they had great charms which made them interesting.
These surprises, with their upsetting consequences, finally made the painter rather regret this new friendship;
and the invitations to dinner which he was constantly receiving bored him, too. He found the Desnoyers table
most excellent, but too tediousfor the father and mother could talk of nothing but their absent son. Chichi
scarcely looked at her brother's friend. Her attention was entirely concentrated on the war. The irregularity in
the mails was exasperating her so that she began composing protests to the government whenever a few days
passed by without bringing any letter from subLieutenant Lacour.
Argensola excused himself on various pretexts from continuing to dine in the avenue Victor Hugo. It pleased
him far more to haunt the cheap restaurants with his female flock. His host accepted his negatives with
goodnatured resignation.
"Not today, either?"
And in order to compensate for his guest's nonappearance, he would present himself at the studio earlier
than ever on the day following.
It was an exquisite pleasure for the doting father to let the time slip by seated on the divan which still seemed
to guard the very hollow made by Julio's body, gazing at the canvases covered with color by his brush,
toasting his toes by the beat of a stove which roared so cosily in the profound, conventual silence. It certainly
was an agreeable refuge, full of memories in the midst of monotonous Paris so saddened by the war that he
could not meet a friend who was not preoccupied with his own troubles.
His former purchasing dissipations had now lost all charm for him. The Hotel Drouot no longer tempted him.
At that time, the goods of German residents, seized by the government, were being auctioned off;a
felicitous retaliation for the enforced journey which the fittings of the castle of Villeblanche had taken on the
road to Berlin; but the agents told him in vain of the few competitors which he would now meet. He no
longer felt attracted by these extraordinary bargains. Why buy anything more? . . . Of what use was such
useless stuff? Whenever he thought of the hard life of millions of men in the open field, he felt a longing to
lead an ascetic life. He was beginning to hate the ostentatious splendors of his home on the avenue Victor
Hugo. He now recalled without a regretful pang, the destruction of the castle. No, he was far better off there .
. . and "there" was always the studio of Julio.
Argensola began to form the habit of working in the presence of Don Marcelo. He knew that the resolute soul
abominated inactive people, so, under the contagious influence of dominant willpower, he began several
new pieces. Desnoyers would follow with interest the motions of his brush and accept all the explanations of
the soulful delineator. For himself, he always preferred the old masters, and in his bargains had acquired the
work of many a dead artist; but the fact that Julio had thought as his partner did was now enough for the
devotee of the antique and made him admit humbly all the Spaniard's superior theories.
The artist's laborious zeal was always of short duration. After a few moments, he always found that he
preferred to rest on the divan and converse with his guest.
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER II. IN THE STUDIO 177
Page No 180
The first subject, of course, was the absentee. They would repeat fragments of the letters they had received,
and would speak of the past with the most discreet allusions. The painter described Julio's life before the war
as an existence dedicated completely to art. The father ignored the inexactitude of such words, and gratefully
accepted the lie as a proof of friendship. Argensola was such a clever comrade, never, in his loftiest verbal
flights, making the slightest reference to Madame Laurier.
The old gentleman was often thinking about her nowadays, for he had seen her in the street giving her arm to
her husband, now recovered from his wounds. The illustrious Lacour had informed him with great
satisfaction of their reconciliation. The engineer had lost but one eye. Now he was again at the head of his
factory requisitioned by the government for the manufacture of shells. He was a Captain, and was wearing
two decorations of honor. The senator did not know exactly how this unexpected agreement had come about.
He had one day seen them coming home together, looking affectionately at each other, in complete oblivion
of the past.
"Who remembers things that happened before the war said the politic sage. "They and their friends have
completely forgotten all about their divorce. Nowadays we are all living a new existence. . . . I believe that
the two are happier than ever before."
Desnoyers had had a presentiment of this happiness when he saw them together. And the man of inflexible
morality who was, the year before, anathematizing his son's behavior toward Laurier, considering it the most
unpardonable of his adventures, now felt a certain indignation in seeing Marguerite devoted to her husband,
and talking to him with such affectionate interest. This matrimonial felicity seemed to him like the basest
ingratitude. A woman who had had such an influence over the life of Julio! . . . Could she thus easily forget
her love? . . .
The two had passed on as though they did not recognize him. Perhaps Captain Laurier did not see very
clearly, but she had looked at him frankly and then hastily averted her eyes so as to evade his greeting. . . .
The old man felt sad over such indifference, not on his own account, but on his son's. Poor Julio! . . . The
unbending parent, in complete mental immorality, found himself lamenting this indifference as something
monstrous.
The war was the other topic of conversation during the afternoons passed in the studio. Argensola was not
now stuffing his pockets with printed sheets as at the beginning of hostilities. A serene and resigned calm had
succeeded the excitement of those first moments when the people were daily looking for miraculous
interventions. All the periodicals were saying about the same thing. He was content with the official report,
and he had learned to wait for that document without impatience, foreseeing that with but few exceptions, it
would say the same thing as the day before.
The fever of the first months, with its illusions and optimisms, now appeared to Argensola somewhat
chimerical. Those not actually engaged in the war were returning gradually to their habitual occupations. Life
had recovered its regular rhythm. "One must live!" said the people, and the struggle for existence filled their
thoughts with its immediate urgency. Those whose relatives were in the army, were still thinking of them, but
their occupations were so blunting the edge of memory, that they were becoming accustomed to their
absence, regarding the unusual as the normal condition. At first, the war made sleep out of the question, food
impossible to swallow, and embittered every pleasure with its funereal pall. Now the shops were slowly
opening, money was in circulation, and people were able to laugh; they talked of the great calamity, but only
at certain hours, as something that was going to be long, very long and would exact great resignation to its
inevitable fatalism.
"Humanity accustoms itself easily to trouble," said Argensola, "provided that the trouble lasts long enough. . .
. In this lies our strength."
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER II. IN THE STUDIO 178
Page No 181
Don Marcelo was not in sympathy with the general resignation. The war was going to be much shorter than
they were all imagining. His enthusiasm had settled on a speedy termination;within the next three months,
the next Spring probably; if peace were not declared in the Spring, it surely would be in the Summer.
A new talker took part in these conversations. Desnoyers had become acquainted with the Russian neighbor
of whom Argensola had so frequently spoken. Since this odd personage had also known his son, that was
enough to make Tchernoff arouse his interest.
In normal times, he would have kept him at a distance. The millionaire was a great believer in law and order.
He abominated revolutionists, with the instinctive fear of all the rich who have built up a fortune and
remember their humble beginnings. Tchernoff's socialism and nationality brought vividly to his mind a series
of feverish imagesbombs, daggers, stabbings, deserved expiations on the gallows, and exile to Siberia. No,
he was not desirable as a friend. . . .
But now Don Marcelo was experiencing an abrupt reversal of his convictions regarding alien ideas. He had
seen so much! . . . The revolting proceedings of the invasion, the unscrupulous methods of the German chiefs,
the tranquillity with which their submarines were sinking boats filled with defenseless passengers, the deeds
of the aviators who were hurling bombs upon unguarded cities, destroying women and childrenall this was
causing the events of revolutionary terrorism which, years ago, used to arouse his wrath, to sink into relative
unimportance.
"And to think," he said "that we used to be as infuriated as though the world were coming to an end, just
because someone threw a bomb at a grandee!"
Those titled victims had had certain reprehensible qualities which had justified their execution. They had died
in consequence of acts which they undertook, knowing well what the punishment would be. They had
brought retribution on themselves without trying to evade it, rarely taking any precautions. While the
terrorists of this war! . . .
With the violence of his imperious character, the old conservative now swung to the opposite extreme.
"The true anarchists are yet on top," he said with an ironical laugh. "Those who terrified us formerly, all put
together, were but a few miserable creatures. . . . In a few seconds, these of our day kill more innocent people
than those others did in thirty years."
The gentleness of Tchernoff, his original ideas, his incoherencies of thought, bounding from reflection to
word without any preparation, finally won Don Marcelo so completely over that he formed the habit of
consulting him about all his doubts. His admiration made him, too, overlook the source of certain bottles with
which Argensola sometimes treated his neighbor. He was delighted to have Tchernoff consume these
souvenirs of the time when he was living at swords' points with his son.
After sampling the wine from the avenue Victor Hugo, the Russian would indulge in a visionary loquacity
similar to that of the night when he evoked the fantastic cavalcade of the four horsemen of the Apocalypse.
What his new convert most admired was his facility for making things clear, and fixing them in the
imagination. The battle of the Marne with its subsequent combats and the course of both armies were events
easily explained. . . . If the French only had not been so fatigued after their triumph of the Marne! . . .
"But human powers," continued Tchernoff, "have their limits, and the French soldier, with all his enthusiasm,
is a man like the rest. In the first place, the most rapid of marches from the East to the North, in order to resist
the invasion of Belgium; then the combats; then the swift retreat that they might not be surrounded; finally a
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER II. IN THE STUDIO 179
Page No 182
seven days' battleand all this in a period of three weeks, no more. . . . In their moment of triumph, the
victors lacked the legs to follow up their advantage, and they lacked the cavalry to pursue the fugitives. Their
beasts were even more exhausted than the men. When those who were retreating found that they were being
spurred on with lessening tenacity, they had stretched themselves, halfdead with fatigue, on the field,
excavating the ground and forming a refuge for themselves. The French also flung themselves down, scraping
the soil together so as not to lose what they had gained. . . . And in this way began the war of the trenches."
Then each line, with the intention of wrapping itself around that of the enemy, had gone on prolonging itself
toward the Northeast, and from these successive stretchings had resulted the double course toward the
seaforming the greatest battle front ever known to history.
When Don Marcelo with optimistic enthusiasm announced the end of the war in the following Spring or
Summerin four months at the outsidethe Russian shook his head.
"It will be long . . . very long. It is a new war, the genuine modern warfare. The Germans began hostilities in
the old way as though they had observed nothing since 1870a war of involved movements, of battles in the
open field, the same as Moltke might have planned, imitating Napoleon. They were desirous of bringing it to
a speedy conclusion, and were sure of triumph. Why employ new methods? . . . But the encounter of the
Marne twisted their plans, making them shift from the aggressive to the defensive. They then brought into
service all that the war staff had learned in the campaigns of the Japanese and Russians, beginning the war of
the trenches, the subterranean struggle which is the logical outcome of the reach and number of shots of the
modern armament. The conquest of half a mile of territory today stands for more than did the assault of a
stone fortress a century ago. Neither side is going to make any headway for a long time. Perhaps they may
never make a definite advance. The war is bound to be long and tedious, like the athletic conquests between
opponents who are equally matched."
"But it will have to come to an end, sometime," interpolated Desnoyers.
"Undoubtedly, but who knows when? . . . And in what condition will they both be when it is all over?" . . .
He was counting upon a rapid finale when it was least expected, through the exhaustion of one of the
contestants, carefully dissimulated until the last moment.
"Germany will be vanquished," he added with firm conviction. "I do not know when nor how, but she will
fall logically. She failed in her masterstroke in not entering Paris and overcoming its opposition. All the
trumps in her pack of cards were then played. She did not win, but continues playing the game because she
holds many cards, and she will prolong it for a long time to come. . . . But what she could not do at first, she
will never be able to do."
For Tchernoff, the final defeat did not mean the destruction of Germany nor the annihilation of the German
people.
"Excessive patriotism irritates me," he pursued. "Hearing people form plans for the definite extinction of
Germany seems to me like listening to the PanGermanists of Berlin when they talk of dividing up the
continents."
Then he summed up his opinion.
"Imperialism will have to be crushed for the sake of the tranquillity of the world; the great war machine
which menaces the peace of nations will have to be suppressed. Since 1870, we have all been living in dread
of it. For forty years, the war has been averted, but in all that time, what apprehension!" . . .
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER II. IN THE STUDIO 180
Page No 183
What was most irritating Tchernoff was the moral lesson born of this situation which had ended by
overwhelming the worldthe glorification of power, the sanctification of success, the triumph of
materialism, the respect for the accomplished fact, the mockery of the noblest sentiments as though they were
merely sonorous and absurd phrases, the reversal of moral values . . . a philosophy of bandits which
pretended to be the last word of progress, and was no more than a return to despotism, violence, and the
barbarity of the most primitive epochs of history.
While he was longing for the suppression of the representatives of this tendency, he would not, therefore,
demand the extermination of the German people.
"This nation has great merits jumbled with bad conditions inherited from a not fardistant, barbarous past. It
possesses the genius of organization and work, and is able to lend great service to humanity. . . . But first it is
necessary to give it a douchethe douche of downfall. The Germans are mad with pride and their madness
threatens the security of the world. When those who have poisoned them with the illusion of universal
hegemony have disappeared, when misfortune has freshened their imagination and transformed them into a
community of humans, neither superior nor inferior to the rest of mankind, they will become a tolerant
people, useful . . . and who knows but they may even prove sympathetic!"
According to Tchernoff, there was not in existence today a more dangerous nation. Its political organization
was converting it into a warrior horde, educated by kicks and submitted to continual humiliations in order
that the willpower which always resists discipline might be completely nullified.
"It is a nation where all receive blows and desire to give them to those lower down. The kick that the Kaiser
gives is transmitted from back to back down to the lowest rung of the social ladder. The blows begin in the
school and are continued in the barracks, forming part of the education. The apprenticeship of the Prussian
Crown Princes has always consisted in receiving fisticuffs and cowhidings from their progenitor, the king.
The Kaiser beats his children, the officer his soldiers, the father his wife and children, the schoolmaster his
pupils, and when the superior is not able to give blows, he subjects those under him to the torment of moral
insult."
On this account, when they abandoned their ordinary avocations, taking up arms in order to fall upon another
human group, they did so with implacable ferocity.
"Each one of them," continued the Russian, "carries on his back the marks of kicks, and when his turn comes,
he seeks consolation in passing them on to the unhappy creatures whom war puts into his power. This nation
of warlords, as they love to call themselves, aspires to lordship, but outside of the country. Within it, are the
ones who least appreciate human dignity and, therefore, long vehemently to spread their dominant will over
the face of the earth, passing from lackeys to lords."
Suddenly Don Marcelo stopped going with such frequency to the studio. He was now haunting the home and
office of the senator, because this friend had upset his tranquillity. Lacour had been much depressed since the
heir to the family glory had broken through the protecting paternal net in order to go to war.
One night, while dining with the Desnoyers family, an idea popped into his head which filled him with
delight. "Would you like to see your son?" He needed to see Rene and had begun negotiating for a permit
from headquarters which would allow him to visit the front. His son belonged to the same army division as
Julio; perhaps their camps were rather far apart, but an automobile makes many revolutions before it reaches
the end of its journey.
It was not necessary to say more. Desnoyers instantly felt the most overmastering desire to see his boy, since,
for so many months, he had had to content himself with reading his letters and studying the snap shot which
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER II. IN THE STUDIO 181
Page No 184
one of his comrades had made of his soldier son.
From that time on, he besieged the senator as though he were a political supporter desiring an office. He
visited him in the mornings in his home, invited him to dinner every evening, and hunted him down in the
salons of the Luxembourg. Before the first word of greeting could be exchanged, his eyes were formulating
the same interrogation. . . . "When will you get that permit?"
The great man could only reply by lamenting the indifference of the military department toward the civilian
element; it always had been inimical toward parliamentarism.
"Besides, Joffre is showing himself most unapproachable; he does not encourage the curious. . . . Tomorrow
I will see the President."
A few days later, he arrived at the house in the avenue Victor Hugo, with an expression of radiant satisfaction
that filled Don Marcelo with joy.
"It has come?"
"It has come. . . . We start the day after tomorrow."
Desnoyers went the following afternoon to the studio in the rue de la Pompe.
"I am going tomorrow!"
The artist was very eager to accompany him. Would it not be possible for him to go, too, as secretary to the
senator? . . . Don Marcelo smiled benevolently. The authorization was only for Lacour and one companion.
He was the one who was going to pose as secretary, valet or utility man to his future relativeinlaw.
At the end of the afternoon, he left the studio, accompanied to the elevator by the lamentations of Argensola.
To think that he could not join that expedition! . . . He believed that he had lost the opportunity to paint his
masterpiece.
Just outside of his home, he met Tchernoff. Don Marcelo was in high good humor. The certainty that he was
soon going to see his son filled him with boyish good spirits. He almost embraced the Russian in spite of his
slovenly aspect, his tragic beard and his enormous hat which made every one turn to look after him.
At the end of the avenue, the Arc de Triomphe stood forth against a sky crimsoned by the sunset. A red cloud
was floating around the monument, reflected on its whiteness with purpling palpitations.
Desnoyers recalled the four horsemen, and all that Argensola had told him before presenting him to the
Russian.
"Blood!" shouted jubilantly. "All the sky seems to be bloodred. . . . It is the apocalyptic beast who has
received his deathwound. Soon we shall see him die."
Tchernoff smiled, too, but his was a melancholy smile.
"No; the beast does not die. It is the eternal companion of man. It hides, spouting blood, forty . . . sixty . . . a
hundred years, but eventually it reappears. All that we can hope is that its wound may be long and deep, that
it may remain hidden so long that the generation that now remembers it may never see it again."
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER II. IN THE STUDIO 182
Page No 185
CHAPTER III. WAR
Don Marcelo was climbing up a mountain covered with woods.
The forest presented a tragic desolation. A silent tempest had installed itself therein, placing everything in
violent unnatural positions. Not a single tree still preserved its upright form and abundant foliage as in the
days of peace. The groups of pines recalled the columns of ruined temples. Some were still standing erect, but
without their crowns, like shafts that might have lost their capitals; others were pierced like the mouthpiece of
a flute, or like pillars struck by a thunderbolt. Some had splintery threads hanging around their cuts like used
toothpicks.
A sinister force of destruction had been raging among these beeches, spruce and oaks. Great tangles of their
cut boughs were cluttering the ground, as though a band of gigantic woodcutters had just passed by. The
trunks had been severed a little distance from the ground with a clean and glistening stroke, as though with a
single blow of the axe. Around the disinterred roots were quantities of stones mixed with sod, stones that had
been sleeping in the recesses of the earth and had been brought to the surface by explosions.
At intervalsgleaming among the trees or blocking the roadway with an importunity which required some
zigzaggingwas a series of pools, all alike, of regular geometrical circles. To Desnoyers, they seemed like
sunken basins for the use of the invisible Titans who had been hewing the forest. Their great depth extended
to their very edges. A swimmer might dive into these lagoons without ever touching bottom. Their water was
greenish, still waterrain water with a scum of vegetation perforated by the respiratory bubbles of the little
organisms coming to life in its vitals.
Bordering the hilly pathway through the pines, were many mounds with crosses of woodtombs of French
soldiers topped with little tricolored flags. Upon these mosscovered graves were the old kepis of the
gunners. The ferocious woodchopper, in destroying this woods, had also blindly demolished many of the
ants swarming around the trunks.
Don Marcelo was wearing leggings, a broad hat, and on his shoulders, a fine poncho arranged like a
shawlgarments which recalled his fardistant life on the ranch. Behind him came Lacour trying to preserve
his senatorial dignity in spite of his gasps and puffs of fatigue. He also was wearing high boots and a soft hat,
but he had kept to his solemn frockcoat in order not to abandon entirely his parliamentary uniform. Before
them marched two captains as guides.
They were on a mountain occupied by the French artillery, and were climbing to the top where were hidden
cannons and cannons, forming a line some miles in length. The German artillery had caused the woodland
ruin around the visitors, in their return of the French fire. The circular pools were the hollows dug by the
German shells in the limy, nonporous soil which preserved all the runnels of rain.
The visiting party had left their automobile at the foot of the mountain. One of the officers, a former
artilleryman, explained this precaution to them. It was necessary to climb this roadway very cautiously. They
were within reach of the enemy, and an automobile might attract the attention of their gunners.
"A little fatiguing, this climb," he continued. "Courage, Senator Lacour! . . . We are almost there."
They began to meet artillerymen, many of them not in uniform but wearing the military kepis. They looked
like workmen from a metal factory, foundrymen with jackets and pantaloons of corduroy. Their arms were
bare, and some had put on wooden shoes in order to get over the mud with greater security. They were former
iron laborers, mobilized into the artillery reserves. Their sergeants had been factory overseers, and many of
them officials, engineers and proprietors of big workshops.
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER III. WAR 183
Page No 186
Suddenly the excursionists stumbled upon the iron inmates of the woods. When these spoke, the earth
trembled, the air shuddered, and the native inhabitants of the forest, the crows, rabbits, butterflies and ants,
fled in terrified flight, trying to hide themselves from the fearful convulsion which seemed to be bringing the
world to an end. Just at present, the bellowing monsters were silent, so that they came upon them
unexpectedly. Something was sticking up out of the greenery like a gray beam; at other times, this apparition
would emerge from a conglomeration of dry trunks. Around this obstacle was cleared ground occupied by
men who lived, slept and worked about this huge manufactory on wheels.
The senator, who had written verse in his youth and composed oratorical poetry when dedicating various
monuments in his district, saw in these solitary men on the mountain side, blackened by the sun and smoke,
with naked breasts and bare arms, a species of priests dedicated to the service of a fatal divinity that was
receiving from their hands offerings of enormous explosive capsules, hurling them forth in thunderclaps.
Hidden under the branches, in order to escape the observation of the enemy's birdmen, the French cannon
were scattered among the hills and hollows of the highland range. In this herd of steel, there were enormous
pieces with wheels reinforced by metal plates, somewhat like the farming engines which Desnoyers had used
on his ranch for plowing. Like smaller beasts, more agile and playful in their incessant yelping, the groups of
'75 were mingled with the terrific monsters.
The two captains had received from the general of their division orders to show Senator Lacour minutely the
workings of the artillery, and Lacour was accepting their observations with corresponding gravity while his
eyes roved from side to side in the hope of recognizing his son. The interesting thing for him was to see Rene
. . . but recollecting the official pretext of his journey, he followed submissively from cannon to cannon,
listening patiently to all explanations.
The operators next showed him the servants of these pieces, great oval cylinders extracted from subterranean
storehouses called shelters. These storage places were deep burrows, oblique wells reinforced with sacks of
stones and wood. They served as a refuge to those off duty, and kept the munitions away from the enemy's
shell. An artilleryman exhibited two pouches of white cloth, joined together and very full. They looked like a
double sausage and were the charge for one of the large cannons. The open packet showed some
rosecolored leaves, and the senator greatly admired this dainty paste which looked like an article for the
dressing table instead of one of the most terrible explosives of modern warfare.
"I am sure," said Lacour, "that if I had found one of these delicate packets on the street, I should have thought
that it had been dropped from some lady's vanity bag, or by some careless clerk from a perfumery shop . . .
anything but an explosive! And with this trifle that looks as if it were made for the lips, it is possible to blow
up an edifice!" . . .
As they continued their visit of investigation, they came upon a partially destroyed round tower in the highest
part of the mountain. This was the most dangerous post. From it, an officer was examining the enemy's line in
order to gauge the correctness of the aim of the gunners. While his comrades were under the ground or
hidden by the branches, he was fulfilling his mission from this visible point.
A short distance from the tower a subterranean passageway opened before their eyes. They descended
through its murky recesses until they found the various rooms excavated in the ground. One side of the
mountain cut in points formed its exterior facade. Narrow little windows, cut in the stone, gave light and air
to these quarters.
An old commandant in charge of the section came out to meet them. Desnoyers thought that he must be the
floorwalker of some big department store in Paris. His manners were so exquisite and his voice so suave that
he seemed to be imploring pardon at every word, or addressing a group of ladies, offering them goods of the
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER III. WAR 184
Page No 187
latest novelty. But this impression only lasted a moment. This soldier with gray hair and nearsighted glasses
who, in the midst of war, was retaining his customary manner of a building director receiving his clients,
showed on moving his arms, some bandages and surgical dressings within his sleeves, He was wounded in
both wrists by the explosion of a shell, but he was, nevertheless, sticking to his post.
"A devil of a honeytongued, syrupy gentleman!" mused Don Marcelo. "Yet he is undoubtedly an
exceptional person!"
By this time, they had entered into the main office, a vast room which received its light through a horizontal
window about ten feet wide and only a palm and a half high, reminding one of the open space between the
slats of a Venetian blind. Below it was a pine table filled with papers and surrounded by stools. When
occupying one of these seats, one's eyes could sweep the entire plain. On the walls were electric apparatus,
acoustic tubes and telephonesmany telephones.
The Commandant sorted and piled up the papers, offering the stools with drawingroom punctilio.
"Here, Senator Lacour."
Desnoyers, humble attendant, took a seat at his side. The Commandant now appeared to be the manager of a
theatre, preparing to exhibit an extraordinary show. He spread upon the table an enormous paper which
reproduced all the features of the plain extended before themroads, towns, fields, heights and valleys.
Upon this map was a triangular group of red lines in the form of an open fan; the vertex represented the place
where they were, and the broad part of the triangle was the limit of the horizon which they were sweeping
with their eyes.
"We are going to fire at that grove," said the artilleryman, pointing to one end of the map. "There it is," he
continued, designating a little dark line. "Take your glasses."
But before they could adjust the binoculars, the Commandant placed a new paper on top of the map. It was an
enormous and somewhat hazy photograph upon whose plan appeared a fan of red lines like the other one.
"Our aviators," explained the gunner courteously, "have taken this morning some views of the enemy's
positions. This is an enlargement from our photographic laboratory. . . . According to this information, there
are two German regiments encamped in that wood."
Don Marcelo saw on the print the spot of woods, and within it white lines which represented roads, and
groups of little squares which were blocks of houses in a village. He believed he must be in an aeroplane
contemplating the earth from a height of three thousand feet. Then he raised the glasses to his eyes, following
the direction of one of the red lines, and saw enlarged in the circle of the glass a black bar, somewhat like a
heavy line of inkthe grove, the refuge of the foe.
"Whenever you say, Senator Lacour, we will begin," said the Commandant, reaching the topmost notch of his
courtesy. "Are you ready?"
Desnoyers smiled slightly. For what was his illustrious friend to make himself ready? What difference could
it possibly make to a mere spectator, much interested in the novelty of the show? . . .
There sounded behind them numberless bells, gongs that called and gongs that answered. The acoustic tubes
seemed to swell out with the gallop of words. The electric wire filled the silence of the room with the
palpitations of its mysterious life. The bland Chief was no longer occupied with his guests. They conjectured
that he was behind them, his mouth at the telephone, conversing with various officials some distance off. Yet
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER III. WAR 185
Page No 188
the urbane and wellspoken hero was not abandoning for one moment his candied courtesy.
"Will you be kind enough to tell me when you are ready to begin?" they heard him saying to a distant officer.
"I shall be much pleased to transmit the order."
Don Marcelo felt a slight nervous tremor near one of his legs; it was Lecour, on the qui vive over the
approaching novelty. They were going to begin firing; something was going to happen that he had never seen
before. The cannons were above their heads; the roughly vaulted roof was going to tremble like the deck of a
ship when they shot over it. The room with its acoustic tubes and its vibrations from the telephones was like
the bridge of a vessel at the moment of clearing for action. The noise that it was going to make! . . . A few
seconds flitted by that to them seemed unusually long . . . and then suddenly a sound like a distant peal of
thunder which appeared to come from the clouds. Desnoyers no longer felt the nervous twitter against his
knee. The senator seemed surprised; his expression seemed to say, "And is that all? . . . The heaps of earth
above them had deadened the report, so that the discharge of the great machine seemed no more than the
blow of a club upon a mattress. Far more impressive was the scream of the projectile sounding at a great
height but displacing the air with such violence that its waves reached even to the window.
It went flying . . . flying, its roar lessening. Some time passed before they noticed its effects, and the two
friends began to believe that it must have been lost in space. "It will not strike . . . it will not strike," they
were thinking. Suddenly there surged up on the horizon, exactly in the spot indicated over the blur of the
woods, a tremendous column of smoke, a whirling tower of black vapor followed by a volcanic explosion.
"How dreadful it must be to be there!" said the senator.
He and Desnoyers were experiencing a sensation of animal joy, a selfish hilarity in seeing themselves in such
a safe place several yards underground.
"The Germans are going to reply at any moment," said Don Marcelo to his friend.
The senator was of the same opinion. Undoubtedly they would retaliate, carrying on an artillery duel.
All of the French batteries had opened fire. The mountain was thundering, the shell whining, the horizon, still
tranquil, was bristling with black, spiral columns. The two realized more and more how snug they were in
this retreat, like a box at the theatre.
Someone touched Lacour on the shoulder. It was one of the captains who was conducting them through the
front.
"We are going above," he said simply. "You must see close by how our cannons are working. The sight will
be well worth the trouble."
Above? . . . The illustrious man was as perplexed, as astonished as though he had suggested an interplanetary
trip. Above, when the enemy was going to reply from one minute to another? . . .
The captain explained that subLieutenant Lacour was perhaps awaiting his father. By telephone they had
advised his battery stationed a little further on; it would be necessary to go now in order to see him. So they
again climbed up to the light through the mouth of the tunnel. The senator then drew himself up, majestically
erect.
"They are going to fire at us," said a voice in his interior, "The foe is going to reply."
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER III. WAR 186
Page No 189
But he adjusted his coat like a tragic mantle and advanced at a circumspect and solemn pace. If those military
men, adversaries of parliamentarism, fancied that they were going to laugh up their sleeve at the timidity of a
civilian, he would show them their mistake!
Desnoyers could not but admire the resolution with which the great man made his exit from the shelter,
exactly as if he were going to march against the foe.
At a little distance, the atmosphere was rent into tumultuous waves, making their legs tremble, their ears
hum, and their necks feel as though they had just been struck. They both thought that the Germans had begun
to return the fire, but it was the French who were shooting. A feathery stream of vapor came up out of the
woods a dozen yards away, dissolving instantly. One of the largest pieces, hidden in the nearby thicket, had
just been discharged. The captains continued their explanations without stopping their journey. It was
necessary to pass directly in front of the spitting monster, in spite of the violence of its reports, so as not to
venture out into the open woods near the watch tower. They were expecting from one second to another now,
the response from their neighbors across the way. The guide accompanying Don Marcelo congratulated him
on the fearlessness with which he was enduring the cannonading.
"My friend is well acquainted with it," remarked the senator proudly. "He was in the battle of the Marne."
The two soldiers evidently thought this very strange, considering Desnoyers' advanced age. To what section
had he belonged? In what capacity had he served? . . .
"Merely as a victim," was the modest reply.
An officer came running toward them from the tower side, across the cleared space. He waved his kepi
several times that they might see him better. Lacour trembled for him. The enemy might descry him; he was
simply making a target of himself by cutting across that open space in order to reach them the sooner. . . .
And he trembled still more as he came nearer. . . . It was Rene!
His hands returned with some astonishment the strong, muscular grasp. He noticed that the outlines of his
son's face were more pronounced, and darkened with the tan of camp life. An air of resolution, of confidence
in his own powers, appeared to emanate from his person. Six months of intense life had transformed him. He
was the same but broaderchested and more stalwart. The gentle and sweet features of his mother were lost
under the virile mask. . . . Lacour recognized with pride that he now resembled himself.
After greetings had been exchanged, Rene paid more attention to Don Marcelo than to his father, because he
reminded him of Chichi. He inquired after her, wishing to know all the details of her life, in spite of their
ardent and constant correspondence.
The senator, meanwhile, still under the influence of his recent emotion, had adopted a somewhat oratorical air
toward his son. He forthwith improvised a fragment of discourse in honor of that soldier of the Republic
bearing the glorious name of Lacour, deeming this an opportune time to make known to these professional
soldiers the lofty lineage of his family.
"Do your duty, my son. The Lacours inherit warrior traditions. Remember our ancestor, the Deputy of the
Convention who covered himself with glory in the defense of Mayence!"
While he was discoursing, they had started forward, doubling a point of the greenwood in order to get behind
the cannons.
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER III. WAR 187
Page No 190
Here the racket was less violent. The great engines, after each discharge, were letting escape through the rear
chambers little clouds of smoke like those from a pipe. The sergeants were dictating numbers, communicated
in a low voice by another gunner who had a telephone receiver at his ear. The workmen around the cannon
were obeying silently. They would touch a little wheel and the monster would raise its grey snout, moving it
from side to side with the intelligent expression and agility of an elephant's trunk. At the foot of the nearest
piece, stood the operator, rod in hand, and with impassive face. He must be deaf, yet his facial inertia was
stamped with a certain authority. For him, life was no more than a series of shots and detonations. He knew
his importance. He was the servant of the tempest, the guardian of the thunderbolt.
"Fire!" shouted the sergeant.
And the thunder broke forth in fury. Everything appeared to be trembling, but the two visitors were by this
time so accustomed to the din that the present uproar seemed but a secondary affair.
Lacour was about to take up the thread of his discourse about his glorious forefather in the convention when
something interfered.
"They are firing," said the man at the telephone simply.
The two officers repeated to the senator this news from the watch tower. Had he not said that the enemy was
going to fire? . . . Obeying a sane instinct of preservation, and pushed at the same time by his son, he found
himself in the refuge of the battery. He certainly did not wish to hide himself in this cave, so he remained
near the entrance, with a curiosity which got the best of his disquietude.
He felt the approach of the invisible projectile, in spite of the roar of the neighboring cannon. He perceived
with rare sensibility its passage through the air, above the other closer and more powerful sounds. It was a
squealing howl that was swelling in intensity, that was opening out as it advanced, filling all space. Soon it
ceased to be a shriek, becoming a rude roar formed by divers collisions and frictions, like the descent of an
electric tram through a hillside road, or the course of a train which passes through a station without stopping.
He saw it approach in the form of a cloud, bulging as though it were going to explode over the battery.
Without knowing just how it happened, the senator suddenly found himself in the bottom of the shelter, his
hands in cold contact with a heap of steel cylinders lined up like bottles. They were projectiles.
"If a German shell," he thought, "should explode above this burrow . . . what a frightful blowing up!" . . .
But he calmed himself by reflecting on the solidity of the arched vault with its beams and sacks of earth
several yards thick. Suddenly he was in absolute darkness. Another had sought refuge in the shelter,
obstructing the light with his body; perhaps his friend Desnoyers.
A year passed by while his watch was registering a single second, then a century at the same rate . . . and
finally the awaited thunder burst forth, making the refuge vibrate, but with a kind of dull elasticity, as though
it were made of rubber. In spite of its thud, the explosion wrought horrible damage. Other minor explosions,
playful and whistling, followed behind the first. In his imagination, Lacour saw the cataclysma writhing
serpent, vomiting sparks and smoke, a species of Wagnerian monster that upon striking the ground was
disgorging thousands of fiery little snakes, that were covering the earth with their deadly contortions. . . . The
shell must have burst nearby, perhaps in the very square occupied by this battery.
He came out of the shelter, expecting to encounter a sickening display of dismembered bodies, and he saw his
son smiling, smoking a cigar and talking with Desnoyers. . . . That was a mere nothing! The gunners were
tranquilly finishing the charging of a huge piece. They had raised their eyes for a moment as the enemy's
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER III. WAR 188
Page No 191
shell went screaming by, and then had continued their work.
"It must have fallen about three hundred yards away," said Rene cheerfully.
The senator, impressionable soul, felt suddenly filled with heroic confidence. It was not worth while to bother
about his personal safety when other menjust like him, only differently dressedwere not paying the
slightest attention to the danger.
And as the other projectiles soared over his head to lose themselves in the woods with the explosions of a
volcano, he remained by his son's side, with no other sign of tension than a slight trembling of the knees. It
seemed to him now that it was only the French missilesbecause they were on his sidethat were hitting
the bull's eye. The others must be going up in the air and losing themselves in useless noise. Of just such
illusions is valor often compounded! . . . "And is that all?" his eyes seemed to be asking.
He now recalled rather shamefacedly his retreat to the shelter; he was beginning to feel that he could live in
the open, the same as Rene.
The German missiles were getting considerably more frequent. They were no longer lost in the wood, and
their detonations were sounding nearer and nearer. The two officials exchanged glances. They were
responsible for the safety of their distinguished charge.
"Now they are warming up," said one of them.
Rene, as though reading their thoughts, prepared to go. "Goodbye, father!" They were needing him in his
battery. The senator tried to resist; he wished to prolong the interview, but found that he was hitting against
something hard and inflexible that repelled all his influence. A senator amounted to very little with people
accustomed to discipline. "Farewell, my boy! . . . All success to you! . . . Remember who you are!"
The father wept as he embraced his son, lamenting the brevity of the interview, and thinking of the dangers
awaiting him.
When Rene had disappeared, the captains again recommended their departure. It was getting late; they ought
to reach a certain cantonment before nightfall. So they went down the hill in the shelter of a cut in the
mountain, seeing the enemy's shells flying high above them.
In a hollow, they came upon several groups of the famed seventy fives spread about through the woods,
hidden by piles of underbrush, like snapping dogs, howling and sticking up their gray muzzles. The great
cannon were roaring only at intervals, while the steel pack of hounds were yelping incessantly without the
slightest break in their noisy wrathlike the endless tearing of a piece of cloth. The pieces were many, the
volleys dizzying, and the shots uniting in one prolonged shriek, as a series of dots unite to form a single line.
The chiefs, stimulated by the din, were giving their orders in yells, and waving their arms from behind the
pieces. The cannon were sliding over the motionless gun carriages, advancing and receding like automatic
pistols. Each charge dropped an empty shell, and introduced a fresh one into the smoking chamber.
Behind the battery, the air was racking in furious waves. With every shot, Lacour and his companion received
a blow on the breast, the violent contact with an invisible hand, pushing them backward and forward. They
had to adjust their breathing to the rhythm of the concussions. During the hundredth part of a second,
between the passing of one aerial wave and the advance of the next, their chests felt the agony of vacuum.
Desnoyers admired the baying of those gray dogs. He knew well their bite, extending across many
kilometres. Now they were fresh and at home in their own kennels.
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER III. WAR 189
Page No 192
To Lacour it seemed as though the rows of cannon were chanting a measure, monotonous and fiercely
impassioned that must be the martial hymn of the humanity of prehistoric times. This music of dry,
deafening, delirious notes was awakening in the two what is sleeping in the depths of every soulthe
savagery of a remote ancestry. The air was hot with acrid odors, pungent and brutishly intoxicating. The
perfumes from the explosions were penetrating to the brain through the mouth, the eyes and the ears.
They began to be infected with the same ardor as the directors, shouting and swinging their arms in the midst
of the thundering. The empty capsules were mounting up in thick layers behind the cannon. Fire! . . . always,
fire!
"We must sprinkle them well," yelled the chiefs. "We must give a good soaking to the groves where the
Boches are hidden."
So the mouths of '75 rained without interruption, inundating the remote thickets with their shells.
Inflamed by this deadly activity, frenzied by the destructive celerity, dominated by the dizzying sway of the
ruby leaves, Lacour and Desnoyers found themselves waving their hats, leaping from one side to another as
though they were dancing the sacred dance of death, and shouting with mouths dry from the acrid vapor of
the powder. . . . "Hurrah! . . . Hurrah!"
The automobile rode all the afternoon long, stopping only when it met long files of convoys. It traversed
uncultivated fields with skeletons of dwellings, and ran through burned towns which were no more than a
succession of blackened facades.
"Now it is your turn," said the senator to Desnoyers. "We are going to see your son."
At nightfall, they ran across groups of infantry, soldiers with long beards and blue uniforms discolored by the
inclemency of the weather. They were returning from the intrenchments, carrying over the hump of their
knapsacks, spades, picks and other implements for removing the ground, that had acquired the importance of
arms of combat. They were covered with mud from head to foot. All looked old in full youth. Their joy at
returning to the cantonment after a week in the trenches, made them fill the silence of the plain with songs in
time to the tramp of their nailed boots. Through the violet twilight drifted the winged strophes of the
Marseillaise, or the heroic affirmations of the Chant du Depart.
"They are the soldiers of the Revolution," exclaimed Lacour with enthusiasm. "France has returned to 1792."
The two captains established their charges for the night in a half ruined town where one of their divisions
had its headquarters, and then took their leave. Others would act as their escort the following morning.
The two friends were lodging in the Hotel de la Siren, an old inn with its front gnawed by shellfire. The
proprietor showed them with pride a window broken in the form of a crater. This window had made the old
tavern signa woman of iron with the tail of a fish sink into insignificance. As Desnoyers was occupying
the room next to the one that had received the mark of the shell, the innkeeper was anxious to point it out to
them before they went to bed.
Everything was brokenwalls, floor, roof. The furniture, a pile of splinters in the corner; the flowered wall
paper, a fringe of tatters hanging from the walls. Through an enormous hole they could see the stars and feel
the chill of the night. The owner stated that this destruction was not the work of the Germans, but was caused
by a projectile from one of the seventyfives when repelling the invaders from the village. And he beamed on
the ruin with patriotic pride, repeating:
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER III. WAR 190
Page No 193
"There's a sample of French marksmanship for you! How do you like the workings of the seventyfives? . . .
What do you think of that now? . . ."
In spite of the fatigue of the journey, Don Marcelo slept badly, excited by the thought that his son was not far
away.
An hour before daybreak, they left the village, in an automobile, guided by another official. On both sides of
the road, they saw camps and camps. They left behind the parks of munitions, passed the third line of troops,
and then the second. Thousands and thousands of men were bivouacking there in the open, improvising as
best they could their habitations. These human anthills seemed vaguely to recall, with the variety of
uniforms and races, some of the mighty invasions of history; but it was not a nation en marche. The exodus of
people takes with it the women and children. Here there were nothing but men, men everywhere.
All kinds of housing ever used by humanity were here utilized, these military assemblages beginning with the
cave. Caverns and quarries were serving as barracks. Some low huts recalled the American ranch; others,
high and conical, were facsimiles of the gurbi of Africa. Many of the soldiers had come from the colonies;
some had been living as business men in the new world, and upon having to provide a house more stable than
the canvas tent, had recalled the architecture of the tribes with which they had had dealings. In this
conglomerate of combatants, there were also Moors, blacks and Asiatics who were accustomed to live outside
the cities and had acquired in the open a physical superiority which made them more masterful than the
civilized peoples.
Near the river beds was flapping white clothing hung out to dry. Rows of men with bared breasts were out in
the morning freshness, leaning over the streams, washing themselves with noisy ablutions followed by
vigorous rubbings. . . . On a bridge was a soldier writing, utilizing a parapet as a table. . . . The cooks were
moving around their savory kettles, and a warm exhalation of morning soup was mixed with the resinous
perfume of the trees and the smell of the damp earth.
Long, low barracks of wood and zinc served the cavalry and artillery for their animals and stores. In the open
air, the soldiers were currying and shoeing the glossy, plump horses which the trenchwar was maintaining in
placid obesity.
"If they had only been like that at the battle of the Marne!" sighed Desnoyers to his friend.
Now the cavalry was leading an existence of interminable rest. The troopers were fighting on foot, and
finding it necessary to exercise their steeds to keep them from getting sick with their full mangers.
There were spread over the fields several aeroplanes, like great, gray dragon flies, poised for the flight. Many
of the men were grouped around them. The farmers, transformed into soldiers, were watching with great
admiration their comrade charged with the management of these machines. They looked upon him as one of
the wizards so venerated and feared in all the countryside.
Don Marcelo was struck by the general transformation in the French uniforms. All were now clad in
grayblue, from head to foot. The trousers of bright scarlet cloth, the red kepis which he had hailed with such
joy in the expedition of the Marne, no longer existed. All the men passing along the roads were soldiers. All
the vehicles, even the oxcarts, were guided by military men.
Suddenly the automobile stopped before some ruined houses blackened by fire.
"Here we are," announced the official. "Now we shall have to walk a little."
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER III. WAR 191
Page No 194
The senator and his friend started along the highway.
"Not that way, no!" the guide turned to say grimly. "That road is bad for the health. We must keep out of the
currents of air."
He further explained that the Germans had their cannon and intrenchments at the end of this highroad which
sloped suddenly and again appeared as a white ribbon on the horizon line between two rows of trees and
burned houses. The pale morning light with its hazy mist was sheltering them from the enemy's fire. On a
sunny day, the arrival of their automobile would have been saluted with a shell. "That is war," he concluded.
"One is always near to death without seeing it."
The two recalled the warning of the general with whom they had dined the day before: "Be very careful! The
war of the trenches is treacherous."
In the sweep of plains unrolled before them, not a man was visible. It seemed like a country Sunday, when
the farmers are in their homes, and the land scene lying in silent meditation. Some shapeless objects could be
seen in the fields, like agricultural implements deserted for a day of rest. Perhaps they were broken
automobiles, or artillery carriages destroyed by the force of their volleys.
"This way," said the officer who had added four soldiers to the party to carry the various bags and packages
which Desnoyers had brought out on the roof of the automobile.
They proceeded in a single file the length of a wall of blackened bricks, down a steep hill. After a few steps
the surface of the ground was about to their knees; further on, up to their waists, and thus they disappeared
within the earth, seeing above their heads, only a narrow strip of sky. They were now under the open field,
having left behind them the mass of ruins that hid the entrance of the road. They were advancing in an absurd
way, as though they scorned direct linesin zigzags, in curves, in angles. Other pathways, no less
complicated, branched off from this ditch which was the central avenue of an immense subterranean cavity.
They walked . . . and walked . . . and walked. A quarter of an hour went by, a half, an entire hour. Lacour and
his friend thought longingly of the roadways flanked with trees, of their tramp in the open air where they
could see the sky and meadows. They were not going twenty steps in the same direction. The official
marching ahead was every moment vanishing around a new bend. Those who were coming behind were
panting and talking unseen, having to quicken their steps in order not to lose sight of the party. Every now
and then they had to halt in order to unite and count the little band, to make sure that no one had been lost in a
transverse gallery. The ground was exceedingly slippery, in some places almost liquid mud, white and caustic
like the drip from the scaffolding of a house in the course of construction.
The thump of their footsteps, and the friction of their shoulders, brought down chunks of earth and smooth
stones from the sides. Little by little they climbed through the main artery of this underground body and the
veins connected with it. Again they were near the surface where it required but little effort to see the blue
above the earthworks. But here the fields were uncultivated, surrounded with wire fences, yet with the same
appearance of Sabbath calm. Knowing by sad experience, what curiosity oftentimes cost, the official would
not permit them to linger here. "Keep right ahead! Forward march!"
For an hour and a half the party kept doggedly on until the senior members became greatly bewildered and
fatigued by their serpentine meanderings. They could no longer tell whether they were advancing or receding,
the sudden steeps and the continual turning bringing on an attack of vertigo.
"Have we much further to go?" asked the senator.
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER III. WAR 192
Page No 195
"There!" responded the guide pointing to some heaps of earth above them. "There" was a bell tower
surrounded by a few charred houses that could be seen a long ways offthe remains of a hamlet which had
been taken and retaken by both sides.
By going in a direct line on the surface they would have compassed this distance in half an hour. To the
angles of the underground road, arranged to impede the advance of an enemy, there had been added the
obstacles of campaign fortification, tunnels cut with wire lattice work, large hanging cages of wire which, on
falling, could block the passage and enable the defenders to open fire across their gratings.
They began to meet soldiers with packs and pails of water who were soon lost in the tortuous cross roads.
Some, seated on piles of wood, were smiling as they read a little periodical published in the trenches.
The soldiers stepped aside to make way for the visiting procession, bearded and curious faces peeping out of
the alleyways. Afar off sounded a crackling of short snaps as though at the end of the winding lanes were a
shooting lodge where a group of sportsmen were killing pigeons.
The morning was still cloudy and cold. In spite of the humid atmosphere, a buzzing like that of a horsefly,
hummed several times above the two visitors.
"Bullets!" said their conductor laconically.
Desnoyers meanwhile had lowered his head a little. he knew perfectly well that insectivorous sound. The
senator walked on more briskly, temporarily forgetting his weariness.
They came to a halt before a lieutenantcolonel who received them like an engineer exhibiting his
workshops, like a naval officer showing off the batteries and turrets of his battleships. He was the Chief of the
battalion occupying this section of the trenches. Don Marcelo studied him with special interest, knowing that
his son was under his orders.
To the two friends, these subterranean fortifications bore a certain resemblance to the lower parts of a vessel.
They passed from trench to trench of the last line, the oldestdark galleries into which penetrated streaks of
light across the loopholes and broad, low windows of the mitrailleuse. The long line of defense formed a
tunnel cut by short, open spaces. They had to go stumbling from light to darkness, and from darkness to light
with a visual suddenness very fatiguing to the eyes. The ground was higher in the open spaces. There were
wooden benches placed against the sides so that the observers could put out the head or examine the
landscape by means of the periscope. The enclosed space answered both for batteries and sleeping quarters.
As the enemy had been repelled and more ground had been gained, the combatants who had been living all
winter in these first quarters, had tried to make themselves more comfortable. Over the trenches in the open
air, they had laid beams from the ruined houses; over the beams, planks, doors and windows, and on top of
the wood, layers of sacks of earth. These sacks were covered by a top of fertile soil from which sprouted
grass and herbs, giving the roofs of the trenches, an appearance of pastoral placidity. The temporary arches
could thus resist the shock of the obuses which went ploughing into the earth without causing any special
damage. When an explosion was pounding too noisily and weakening the structure, the troglodytes would
swarm out in the night like watchful ants, and skilfully readjust the roof of their primitive dwellings.
Everything appeared clean with that simple and rather clumsy cleanliness exercised by men living far from
women and thrown upon their own resources. The galleries were something like the cloisters of a monastery,
the corridors of a prison, and the middle sections of a ship. Their floors were a half yard lower than that of the
open spaces which joined the trenches together. In order that the officers might avoid so many ups and
downs, some planks had been laid, forming a sort of scaffolding from doorway to doorway.
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER III. WAR 193
Page No 196
Upon the approach of their Chief, the soldiers formed themselves in line, their heads being on a level with the
waist of those passing over the planks. Desnoyers ran his eye hungrily over the file of men. Where could
Julio be? . . .
He noticed the individual contour of the different redoubts. They all seemed to have been constructed in
about the same way, but their occupants had modified them with their special personal decorations. The
exteriors were always cut with loopholes in which there were guns pointed toward the enemy, and windows
for the mitrailleuses. The watchers near these openings were looking over the lonely landscape like
quartermasters surveying the sea from the bridge. Within were the armories and the sleeping roomsthree
rows of berths made with planks like the beds of seamen. The desire for artistic ornamentation which even
the simplest souls always feel, had led to the embellishment of the underground dwellings. Each soldier had a
private museum made with prints from the papers and colored postcards. Photographs of soubrettes and
dancers with their painted mouths smiled from the shiny cardboard, enlivening the chaste aspect of the
redoubt.
Don Marcelo was growing more and more impatient at seeing so many hundreds of men, but no Julio. The
senator, complying with his imploring glance, spoke a few words to the chief preceding him with an aspect of
great deference. The official had at first to think very hard to recall Julio to mind, but he soon remembered
the exploits of Sergeant Desnoyers. "An excellent soldier," he said. "He will be sent for immediately, Senator
Lacour. . . . He is on duty now with his section in the first line trenches."
The father, in his anxiety to see him, proposed that they betake themselves to that advanced site, but his
petition made the Chief and the others smile. Those open trenches within a hundred or fifty yards from the
enemy, with no other defence but barbed wire and sacks of earth, were not for the visits of civilians. They
were always filled with mud; the visitors would have to crawl around exposed to bullets and under the
dropping chunks of earth loosened by the shells. None but the combatants could get around in these outposts.
"It is always dangerous there," said the Chief. "There is always random shooting. . . . Just listen to the firing!"
Desnoyers indeed perceived a distant crackling that he had not noted before, and he felt an added anguish at
the thought that his son must be in the thick of it. Realization of the dangers to which he must be daily
exposed, now stood forth in high relief. What if he should die in the intervening moments, before he could
see him? . . .
Time dragged by with desperate sluggishness for Don Marcelo. It seemed to him that the messenger who had
been despatched for him would never arrive. He paid scarcely any attention to the affairs which the Chief was
so courteously showing themthe caverns which served the soldiers as toilet rooms and bathrooms of most
primitive arrangement, the cave with the sign, "Cafe de la Victoire," another in fanciful lettering, "Theatre." .
. . Lacour was taking a lively interest in all this, lauding the French gaiety which laughs and sings in the
presence of danger, while his friend continued brooding about Julio. When would he ever see him?
They stopped near one of the embrasures of a machinegun position stationing themselves at the
recommendations of the soldiers, on both sides of the horizontal opening, keeping their bodies well back, but
putting their heads far enough forward to look out with one eye. They saw a very deep excavation and the
opposite edge of ground. A short distance away were several rows of X's of wood united by barbed wire,
forming a compact fence. About three hundred feet further on, was a second wire fence. There reigned a
profound silence here, a silence of absolute loneliness as though the world was asleep.
"There are the trenches of the Boches," said the Commandant, in a low tone.
"Where?" asked the senator, making an effort to see.
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER III. WAR 194
Page No 197
The Chief pointed to the second wire fence which Lacour and his friend had supposed belonged to the
French. It was the German intrenchment line.
"We are only a hundred yards away from them," he continued, "but for some time they have not been
attacking from this side."
The visitors were greatly moved at learning that the foe was such a short distance off, hidden in the ground in
a mysterious invisibility which made it all the more terrible. What if they should pop out now with their
sawedged bayonets, firebreathing liquids and asphyxiating bombs to assault this stronghold! . . .
From this window they could observe more clearly the intensity of the firing on the outer line. The shots
appeared to be coming nearer. The Commandant brusquely ordered them to leave their observatory, fearing
that the fire might become general. The soldiers, with their customary promptitude, without receiving any
orders, approached their guns which were in horizontal position, pointing through the loopholes.
Again the visitors walked in single file, going down into cavernous spaces that had been the old winecellars
of former houses. The officers had taken up their abode in these dens, utilizing all the residue of the ruins. A
street door on two wooden horses served as a table; the ceilings and walls were covered with cretonnes from
the Paris warehouses; photographs of women and children adorned the side wall between the nickeled glitter
of telegraphic and telephonic instruments.
Desnoyers saw above one door an ivory crucifix, yellowed with years, probably with centuries, transmitted
from generation to generation, that must have witnessed many agonies of soul. In another den he noticed in a
conspicuous place, a horseshoe with seven holes. Religious creeds were spreading their wings very widely in
this atmosphere of danger and death, and yet at the same time, the most grotesque superstitions were
acquiring new values without any one laughing at them.
Upon leaving one of the cells, in the middle of an open space, the yearning father met his son. He knew that it
must be Julio by the Chief's gesture and because the smiling soldier was coming toward him, holding out his
hands; but this time his paternal instinct which he had heretofore considered an infallible thing, had given
him no warning. How could he recognize Julio in that sergeant whose feet were two cakes of moist earth,
whose faded cloak was a mass of tatters covered with mud, even up to the shoulders, smelling of damp wool
and leather? . . . After the first embrace, he drew back his head in order to get a good look at him without
letting go of him. His olive pallor had turned to a bronze tone. He was growing a beard, a beard black and
curly, which reminded Don Marcelo of his fatherinlaw. The centaur, Madariaga, had certainly come to life
in this warrior hardened by camping in the open air. At first, the father grieved over his dirty and tired aspect,
but a second glance made him sure that he was now far more handsome and interesting than in his days of
society glory.
"What do you need? . . . What do you want?"
His voice was trembling with tenderness. He was speaking to the tanned and robust combatant in the same
tone that he was wont to use twenty years ago when, holding the child by the hand, he had halted before the
preserve cupboards of Buenos Aires.
"Would you like money? . . ."
He had brought a large sum with him to give to his son, but the soldier gave a shrug of indifference as though
he had offered him a plaything. He had never been so rich as at this moment; he had a lot of money in Paris
and he didn't know what to do with ithe didn't need anything.
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER III. WAR 195
Page No 198
"Send me some cigars . . . for me and my comrades."
He was constantly receiving from his mother great baskets full of choice goodies, tobacco and clothing. But
he never kept anything; all was passed on to his fellowwarriors, sons of poor families or alone in the world.
His munificence had spread from his intimates to the company, and from that to the entire battalion. Don
Marcelo divined his great popularity in the glances and smiles of the soldiers passing near them. He was the
generous son of a millionaire, and this popularity seemed to include even him when the news went around
that the father of Sergeant Desnoyers had arrived a potentate who possessed fabulous wealth on the other
side of the sea.
"I guessed that you would want cigars," chuckled the old man.
And his gaze sought the bags brought from the automobile through the windings of the underground road.
All of the son's valorous deeds, extolled and magnified by Argensola, now came trooping into his mind. He
had the original hero before his very eyes.
"Are you content, satisfied? . . . You do not repent of your decision?"
"Yes, I am content, father . . . very content."
Julio spoke without boasting, modestly. His life was very hard, but just like that of millions of other men. In
his section of a few dozens of soldiers there were many superior to him in intelligence, in studiousness, in
character; but they were all courageously undergoing the test, experiencing the satisfaction of duty fulfilled.
The common danger was helping to develop the noblest virtues of these men. Never, in times of peace, had
he known such comradeship. What magnificent sacrifices he had witnessed!
"When all this is over, men will be better . . . more generous. Those who survive will do great things."
Yes, of course, he was content. For the first time in his life he was tasting the delights of knowing that he was
a useful being, that he was good for something, that his passing through the world would not be fruitless. He
recalled with pity that Desnoyers who had not known how to occupy his empty life, and had filled it with
every kind of frivolity. Now he had obligations that were taxing all his powers; he was collaborating in the
formation of a future. He was a man at last!
"I am content," he repeated with conviction.
His father believed him, yet he fancied that, in a corner of that frank glance, he detected something sorrowful,
a memory of a past which perhaps often forced its way among his present emotions. There flitted through his
mind the lovely figure of Madame Laurier. Her charm was, doubtless, still haunting his son. And to think that
he could not bring her here! . . . The austere father of the preceding year contemplated himself with
astonishment as he caught himself formulating this immoral regret.
They passed a quarter of an hour without loosening hands, looking into each other's eyes. Julio asked after his
mother and Chichi. He frequently received letters from them, but that was not enough for his curiosity. He
laughed heartily at hearing of Argensola's amplified and abundant life. These interesting bits of news came
from a world not much more than sixty miles distant in a direct line . . . but so far, so very far away!
Suddenly the father noticed that his boy was listening with less attention. His senses, sharpened by a life of
alarms and ambushed attacks, appeared to be withdrawing itself from the company, attracted by the firing.
Those were no longer scattered shots; they had combined into a continual crackling.
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER III. WAR 196
Page No 199
The senator, who had left father and son together that they might talk more freely, now reappeared.
"We are dismissed from here, my friend," he announced. "We have no luck in our visits."
Soldiers were no longer passing to and fro. All had hastened to their posts, like the crew of a ship which
clears for action. While Julio was taking up the rifle which he had left against the wall, a bit of dust whirled
above his father's head and a little hole appeared in the ground.
"Quick, get out of here!" he said pushing Don Marcelo.
Then, in the shelter of a covered trench, came the nervous, very brief farewell. "Goodbye, father," a kiss,
and he was gone. He had to return as quickly as possible to the side of his men.
The firing had become general all along the line. The soldiers were shooting serenely, as though fulfilling an
ordinary function. It was a combat that took place every day without anybody's knowing exactly who started
itin consequence of the two armies being installed face to face, and such a short distance apart. . . . The
Chief of the battalion was also obliged to desert his guests, fearing a counterattack.
Again the officer charged with their safe conduct put himself at the head of the file, and they began to retrace
their steps through the slippery maze. Desnoyers was tramping sullenly on, angry at the intervention of the
enemy which had cut short his happiness.
Before his inward gaze fluttered the vision of Julio with his black, curly beard which to him was the greatest
novelty of the trip. He heard again his grave voice, that of a man who has taken up life from a new viewpoint.
"I am content, father . . . I am content."
The firing, growing constantly more distant, gave the father great uneasiness. Then he felt an instinctive faith,
absurd, very firm. He saw his son beautiful and immortal as a god. He had a conviction that he would come
out safe and sound from all dangers. That others should die was but natural, but Julio! . . .
As they got further and further away from the soldier boy, Hope appeared to be singing in his ears; and as an
echo of his pleasing musings, the father kept repeating mentally:
"No one will kill him. My heart which never deceives me, tells me so. . . . No one will kill him!"
CHAPTER IV. "NO ONE WILL KILL HIM"
Four months later, Don Marcelo's confidence received a rude shock. Julio was wounded. But at the same time
that Lacour bought him this news, lamentably delayed, he tranquilized him with the result of his
investigations in the war ministry. Sergeant Desnoyers was now a sublieutenant, his wound was almost
healed and, thanks to the wire pulling of the senator, he was coming to pass a fortnight with his family while
convalescing.
"An exceptionally brave fellow," concluded the influential man. "I have read what his chiefs say about him.
At the head of his platoon, he attacked a German company; he killed the captain with his own hand; he did I
don't know how many more brave things besides. . . . They have presented him with the military medal and
have made him an officer. . . . A regular hero!"
And the rapidly aging father, weeping with emotion, but with increasing enthusiasm, shook his head and
trembled. He repented now of his momentary lack of faith when the first news of his wounded boy reached
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER IV. "NO ONE WILL KILL HIM" 197
Page No 200
him. How absurd! . . . No one would kill Julio; his heart told him so.
Soon after, he saw him coming home amid the cries and delighted exclamations of the women. Poor Dona
Luisa wept as she embraced him, hanging on his neck with sobs of emotion. Chichi contemplated him with
grave reflection, putting half of her mind on the recent arrival while the rest flew far away in search of the
other warrior. The dusky, South American maids fought each other for the opening in the curtains, peering
through the crack with the gaze of an antelope.
The father admired the little scrap of gold on the sleeve of the gray cloak, with the skirts buttoning behind,
examining afterwards the dark blue cap with its low brim, adopted by the French for the war in the trenches.
The traditional kepi had disappeared. A suitable visor, like that of the men in the Spanish infantry, now
shadowed Julio's face. Don Marcelo noted, too, the short and well caredfor beard, very different from the
one he had seen in the trenches. The boy was coming home, groomed and polished from his recent stay in the
hospital.
"Isn't it true that he looks like me?" queried the old man proudly.
Dona Luisa responded with the inconsequence that mothers always show in matters of resemblance.
"He has always been the living image of you!"
Having made sure that he was well and happy, the entire family suddenly felt a certain disquietude. They
wished to examine his wound so as to convince themselves that he was completely out of danger.
"Oh, it's nothing at all," protested the sublieutenant. "A bullet wound in the shoulder. The doctor feared at
first that I might lose my left arm, but it has healed well and it isn't worth while to think any more about it."
Chichi's appraising glance swept Julio from head to foot; taking in all the details of his military elegance. His
cloak was worn thin and dirty; the leggings were spatterdashed with mud; he smelled of leather, sweaty
cloth and strong tobacco; but on one wrist he was wearing a watch, and on the other, his identity medal
fastened with a gold chain. She had always admired her brother for his natural good taste, so she stowed away
all these little details in her memory in order to pass them on to Rene. Then she surprised her mother with a
demand for a loan that she might send a little gift to her artilleryman.
Don Marcelo gloated over the fifteen days of satisfaction ahead of him. Sublieutenant Desnoyers found it
impossible to go out alone, for his father was always pacing up and down the reception hall before the
military cap which was shedding modest splendor and glory upon the hat rack. Scarcely had Julio put it on
his head before his sire appeared, also with hat and cane, ready to sally forth.
"Will you permit me to accompany you? . . . I will not bother you."
This would be said so humbly, with such an evident desire to have his request granted, that his son had not
the heart to refuse him. In order to take a walk with Argensola, he had to scurry down the back stairs, or
resort to other schoolboy tricks.
Never had the elder Desnoyers promenaded the streets of Paris with such solid satisfaction as by the side of
this muscular youth in his gloriously worn cloak, on whose breast were glistening his two decorationsthe
cross of war and the military medal. He was a hero, and this hero was his son. He accepted as homage to
them both the sympathetic glances of the public in the street cars and subways. The interest with which the
women regarded the fine looking youth tickled him immensely. All the other military men that they met, no
matter how many bands and crosses they displayed, appeared to the doting father mere embusques, unworthy
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER IV. "NO ONE WILL KILL HIM" 198
Page No 201
of comparison with his Julio. . . . The wounded men who got out of the coaches by the aid of staffs and
crutches inspired him with the greatest pity. Poor fellows! . . . They did not bear the charmed life of his son.
Nobody could kill him; and when, by chance, he had received a wound, the scars had immediately
disappeared without detriment to his handsome person.
Sometimes, especially at night, Desnoyers senior would show an unexpected magnanimity, letting Julio fare
forth alone. Since before the war, his son had led a life filled with triumphant love affairs, what might he not
achieve now with the added prestige of a distinguished officer! . . .
Passing through his room on his way to bed, the father imagined the hero in the charming company of some
aristocratic lady. None but a feminine celebrity was worthy of him; his paternal pride could accept nothing
less. . . . And it never occurred to him that Julio might be with Argensola in a musichall or in a
movingpicture show, enjoying the simple and monotonous diversions of a Paris sobered by war, with the
homely tastes of a sublieutenant whose amorous conquests were no more than the renewal of some old
friendships.
One evening as Don Marcelo was accompanying his son down the Champs Elysees, he started at recognizing
a lady approaching from the opposite direction. It was Madame Laurier. . . . Would she recognize Julio? He
noted that the youth turned pale and began looking at the other people with feigned interest. She continued
straight ahead, erect, unseeing. The old gentleman was almost irritated at such coldness. To pass by his son
without feeling his presence instinctively! Ah, these women! . . . He turned his head involuntarily to look
after her, but had to avert his inquisitive glance immediately. He had surprised Marguerite motionless behind
them, pallid with surprise, and fixing her gaze earnestly on the soldier who was separating himself from her.
Don Marcelo read in her eyes admiration, love, all of the past that was suddenly surging up in her memory.
Poor woman! . . . He felt for her a paternal affection as though she were the wife of Julio. His friend Lacour
had again spoken to him about the Lauriers. He knew that Marguerite was going to become a mother, and the
old man, without taking into account the reconciliation nor the passage of time, felt as much moved at the
thought of this approaching maternity as though the child were going to be Julio's.
Meanwhile Julio was marching right on, without turning his head, without being conscious of the burning
gaze fixed upon him, colorless, but humming a tune to hide his emotion. He always believed that Marguerite
had passed near him without recognizing him, since his father did not betray her.
One of Don Marcelo's pet occupations was to make his son tell about the encounter in which he had been
hurt. No visitor ever came to see the sublieutenant but the father always made the same petition.
"Tell us how you were wounded. . . . Explain how you killed that German captain."
Julio tried to excuse himself with visible annoyance. He was already surfeited with his own history. To please
his father, he had related the facts to the senator, to Argensola and to Tchernoff in his studio, and to other
family friends. . . . He simply could not do it again.
So the father began the narration on his own account, giving the relief and details of the deed as though seen
with his own eyes. . . .
He had to take possession of the ruins of a sugar refinery in front of the trench. The Germans had been
expelled by the French cannon. A reconnoitring survey under the charge of a trusty man was then necessary.
And the heads, as usual, had selected Sergeant Desnoyers.
At daybreak, the platoon had advanced stealthily without encountering any difficulty. The soldiers scattered
among the ruins. Julio then went on alone, examining the positions of the enemy; on turning around a corner
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER IV. "NO ONE WILL KILL HIM" 199
Page No 202
of the wall, he had the most unexpected of encounters. A German captain was standing in front of him. They
had almost bumped into each other. They looked into each other's eyes with more suspense than hate, yet at
the same time, they were trying instinctively to kill each other, each one trying to get the advantage by his
swiftness. The captain had dropped the map that he was carrying. His right hand sought his revolver, trying to
draw it from its case without once taking his eyes off his enemy. Then he had to give this up as uselessit
was too late. With his eyes distended by the proximity of death, he kept his gaze fixed upon the Frenchman
who had raised his gun to his face. A shot, from a barrel almost touching him . . . and the German fell dead.
Not till then did the victor notice the captain's orderly who was but a few steps behind. He shot Desnoyers,
wounding him in the shoulder. The French hurried to the spot, killing the corporal. Then there was a sharp
crossfire with the enemy's company which had halted a little ways off while their commander was exploring
the ground. Julio, in spite of his wound, continued at the head of his section, defending the factory against
superior forces until supports arrived, and the land remained definitely in the power of the French.
"Wasn't that about the way of it?" Don Marcelo would always wind up.
The son assented, desirous that his annoyance with the persistent story should come to an end as soon as
possible. Yes, that was the way of it. But what the father didn't know, what Julio would never tell, was the
discovery that he had made after killing the captain.
The two men, during the interminable second in which they had confronted each other, had showed in their
eyes something more than the surprise of an encounter, and the wish to overcome the other. Desnoyers knew
that man. The captain knew him, too. He guessed it from his expression. . . . But selfpreservation was more
insistent than recollection and prevented them both from coordinating their thoughts.
Desnoyers had fired with the certainty that he was killing someone that he knew. Afterwards, while directing
the defense of the position and guarding against the approach of reinforcements, he had a suspicion that the
enemy whose corpse was lying a few feet away might possibly be a member of the von Hartrott family. No,
he looked much older than his cousins, yet younger than his Uncle Karl who at his age, would be no mere
captain of infantry.
When, weakened by the loss of blood, they were about to carry him to the trenches, the sergeant expressed a
wish to see again the body of his victim. His doubt continued before the face blanched by death. The
wideopen eyes still seemed to retain their startled expression. The man had undoubtedly recognized him.
His face was familiar. Who was he? . . . Suddenly in his mind's eye, Julio saw the heaving ocean, a great
steamer, a tall, blonde woman looking at him with halfclosed eyes of invitation, a corpulent, moustached
man making speeches in the style of the Kaiser. "Rest in peace, Captain Erckmann!" . . . Thus culminated in a
corner of France the discussions started at table in midocean.
He excused himself mentally as though he were in the presence of the sweet Bertha. He had had to kill, in
order not to be killed. Such is war. He tried to console himself by thinking that Erckmann, perhaps, had failed
to identify him, without realizing that his slayer was the shipmate of the summer. . . . And he kept carefully
hidden in the depths of his memory this encounter arranged by Fate. He did not even tell Argensola who
knew of the incidents of the transatlantic passage.
When he least expected it, Don Marcelo found himself at the end of that delightful and proud existence which
his son's presence had brought him. The fortnight had flown by so swiftly! The sub lieutenant had returned
to his post, and all the family, after this period of reality, had had to fall back on the fond illusions of hope,
watching again for the arrival of his letters, making conjectures about the silence of the absent one, sending
him packet after packet of everything that the market was offering for the soldieryfor the most part, useless
and absurd things.
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER IV. "NO ONE WILL KILL HIM" 200
Page No 203
The mother became very despondent. Julio's visit home but made her feel his absence with greater intensity.
Seeing him, hearing those tales of death that her husband was so fond of repeating, made her realize all the
more clearly the dangers constantly surrounding her son. Fatality appeared to be warning her with funereal
presentiments.
"They are going to kill him," she kept saying to Desnoyers. "That wound was a forewarning from heaven."
When passing through the streets, she trembled with emotion at sight of the invalid soldiers. The
convalescents of energetic appearance, filled her with the greatest pity. They made her think of a certain trip
with her husband to San Sebastian where a bull fight had made her cry out with indignation and compassion,
pitying the fate of the poor, gored horses. With entrails hanging, they were taken to the corrals, and submitted
to a hurried adjustment in order that they might return to the arena stimulated by a false energy. Again and
again they were reduced to this makeshift cobbling until finally a fatal goring finished them. . . . These
recently cured men continually brought to her mind those poor beasts. Some had been wounded three times
since the beginning of the war, and were returning surgically patched together and regalvanized to take
another chance in the lottery of Fate, always in the expectation of the supreme blow. . . . Ay, her son!
Desnoyers waxed very indignant over his wife's low spirits, retorting:
"But I tell you that Nobody will kill Julio! . . . He is my son. In my youth I, too, passed through great dangers.
They wounded me, too, in the wars in the other world, and nevertheless, here I am at a ripe old age."
Events seemed to reinforce his blind faith. Calamities were raining around the family and saddening his
relatives, yet not one grazed the intrepid sublieutenant who was persisting in his daring deeds with the
heroic nerve of a musketeer.
Dona Luisa received a letter from Germany. Her sister wrote from Berlin, transmitting her letters through the
kindness of a South American in Switzerland. This time, the good lady wept for some one besides her son;
she wept for Elena and the enemies. In Germany there were mothers, too, and she put the sentiment of
maternity above all patriotic differences.
Poor Frau von Hartrott! Her letter written a month before, had contained nothing but death notices and words
of despair. Captain Otto was dead. Dead, too, was one of his younger brothers. The fact that the latter had
fallen in a territory dominated by their nation, at least gave the mother the sad comfort of being able to weep
near his grave. But the Captain was buried on French soil, nobody knew where, and she would never be able
to find his remains, mingled with hundreds of others. A third son was wounded in Poland. Her two daughters
had lost their promised lovers, and the sight of their silent grief, was intensifying the mother's suffering. Von
Hartrott continued presiding over patriotic societies and making plans of expansion after the near victory, but
he had aged greatly in the last few months. The "sage" was the only one still holding his own. The family
afflictions were aggravating the ferocity of Professor Julius von Hartrott. He was calculating, in a book he
was writing, the hundreds of thousands of millions that Germany must exact after her triumph, and the
various nations that she would have to annex to the Fatherland.
Dona Luisa imagined that in the avenue Victor Hugo, she could hear the mother's tears falling in her home in
Berlin. "You will understand, Luisa, my despair. . . . We were all so happy! May God punish those who have
brought such sorrow on the world! The Emperor is innocent. His adversaries are to blame for it all . . ."
Don Marcelo was silent about the letter in his wife's presence. He pitied Elena for her losses, so he
overlooked her political connections. He was touched, too, at Dona Luisa's distress about Otto. She had been
his godmother and Desnoyers his godfather. That was soDon Marcelo had forgotten all about it; and the
fact recalled to his mental vision the placid life of the ranch, and the play of the blonde children that he had
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER IV. "NO ONE WILL KILL HIM" 201
Page No 204
petted behind their grandfather's back, before Julio was born. For many years, he had lavished great affection
on these youngsters, when dismayed at Julio's delayed arrival. He was really affected at thinking of what
must be Karl's despair.
But then, as soon as he was alone, a selfish coldness would blot out this compassion. War was war, and the
Germans had sought it. France had to defend herself, and the more enemies fell the better. . . . The only
soldier who interested him now was Julio. And his faith in the destiny of his son made him feel a brutal joy, a
paternal satisfaction almost amounting to ferocity.
"No one will kill HIM! . . . My heart tells me so."
A nearer trouble shook his peace of mind. When he returned to his home one evening, he found Dona Luisa
with a terrified aspect holding her hands to her head.
"The daughter, Marcelo . . . our daughter!"
Chichi was stretched out on a sofa in the salon, pale, with an olive tinge, looking fixedly ahead of her as if
she could see somebody in the empty air. She was not crying, but a slight palpitation was making her swollen
eyes tremble spasmodically.
"I want to see him," she was saying hoarsely. "I must see him!"
The father conjectured that something terrible must have happened to Lacour's son. That was the only thing
that could make Chichi show such desperation. His wife was telling him the sad news. Rene was wounded,
very seriously wounded. A shell had exploded over his battery, killing many of his comrades. The young
officer had been dragged out from a mountain of dead, one hand was gone, he had injuries in the legs, chest
and head.
"I've got to see him!" reiterated Chichi.
And Don Marcelo had to concentrate all his efforts in making his daughter give up this dolorous insistence
which made her exact an immediate journey to the front, trampling down all obstacles, in order to reach her
wounded lover. The senator finally convinced her of the uselessness of it all. She would simply have to wait;
he, the father, had to be patient. He was negotiating for Rene to be transferred to a hospital in Paris.
The great man moved Desnoyers to pity. He was making such heroic efforts to preserve the stoic serenity of
ancient days by recalling his glorious ancestors and all the illustrious figures of the Roman Republic. But
these oratorical illusions had suddenly fallen flat, and his old friend surprised him weeping more than once.
An only child, and he might have to lose him! . . . Chichi's dumb woe made him feel even greater
commiseration. Her grief was without tears or faintings. Her sallow face, the feverish brilliancy of her eyes,
and the rigidity that made her move like an automaton were the only signs of her emotion. She was living
with her thoughts far away, with no knowledge of what was going on around her.
When the patient arrived in Paris, his father and fiancee were transfigured. They were going to see him, and
that was enough to make them imagine that he was already recuperated.
Chichi hastened to the hospital with her mother and the senator. Then she went alone and insisted on
remaining there, on living at the wounded man's side, waging war on all regulations and clashing with Sisters
of Charity, trained nurses, and all who roused in her the hatred of rivalry. Soon realizing that all her violence
accomplished nothing, she humiliated herself and became suddenly very submissive, trying with her wiles, to
win the women over one by one. Finally, she was permitted to spend the greater part of the day with Rene
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER IV. "NO ONE WILL KILL HIM" 202
Page No 205
When Desnoyers first saw the wounded artilleryman in bed, he had to make a great effort to keep the tears
back. . . . Ay, his son, too, might be brought to this sad pass! . . . The man looked to him like an Egyptian
mummy, because of his complete envelopment in tight bandage wrappings. The sharp hulls of the shell had
fairly riddled him. There could only be seen a pair of sweet eyes and a blond bit of moustache sticking up
between white bands. The poor fellow was trying to smile at Chichi, who was hovering around him with a
certain authority as though she were in her own home.
Two months rolled by. Rene was better, almost well. His betrothed had never doubted his recovery from the
moment that they permitted her to remain with him.
"No one that I love, ever dies," she asserted with a ring of her father's selfconfidence. "As if I would ever
permit the Boches to leave me without a husband!"
She had her little sugar soldier back again, but, oh, in what a lamentable state! . . . Never had Don Marcelo
realized the de personalizing horrors of war as when he saw entering his home this convalescent whom he
had known months beforeelegant and slender, with a delicate and somewhat feminine beauty. His face was
now furrowed by a network of scars that had transformed it into a purplish arabesque. Within his body were
hidden many such. His left hand had disappeared with a part of the forearm, the empty sleeve hanging over
the remainder. The other hand was supported on a cane, a necessary aid in order to be able to move a leg that
would never recover its elasticity.
But Chichi was content. She surveyed her dear little soldier with more enthusiasm than evera little
deformed, perhaps, but very interesting. With her mother, she accompanied the convalescent in his
constitutionals through the Bois de Boulogne. When, in crossing a street, automobilists or coachmen failed to
stop their vehicles in order to give the invalid the right of way, her eyes shot lightning shafts, as she
thundered, "Shameless embusques!" . . . She was now feeling the same fiery resentment as those women of
former days who used to insult her Rene when he was well and happy. She trembled with satisfaction and
pride when returning the greetings of her friends. Her eloquent eyes seemed to be saying, "Yes, he is my
betrothed . . . a hero!" She was constantly arranging the war cross on his blouse of "horizon blue," taking
pains to place it as conspicuously as possible. She also spent much time in prolonging the life of his shabby
uniformalways the same one, the old one which he was wearing when wounded. A new one would give
him the officery look of the soldiers who never left Paris.
As he grew stronger, Rene vainly tried to emancipate himself from her dominant supervision. It was simply
useless to try to walk with more celerity or freedom.
"Lean on me!"
And he had to take his fiancee's arm. All her plans for the future were based on the devotion with which she
was going to protect her husband, on the solicitude that she was going to dedicate to his crippled condition.
"My poor, dear invalid," she would murmur lovingly. "So ugly and so helpless those blackguards have left
you! . . . But luckily you have me, and I adore you! . . . It makes no difference to me that one of your hands is
gone. I will care for you; you shall be my little son. You will just see, after we are married, how elegant and
stylish I am going to keep you. But don't you dare to look at any of the other women! The very first moment
that you do, my precious little invalid, I'll leave you alone in your helplessness!"
Desnoyers and the senator were also concerned about their future, but in a very definite way. They must be
married as soon as possible. What was the use of waiting? . . . The war was no longer an obstacle. They
would be married as quietly as possible. This was no time for wedding pomp.
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER IV. "NO ONE WILL KILL HIM" 203
Page No 206
So Rene Lacour remained permanently in the house on the avenida Victor Hugo, after the nuptial ceremony
witnessed by a dozen people.
Don Marcelo had had dreams of other things for his daughtera grand wedding to which the daily papers
would devote much space, a sonin law with a brilliant future . . . but ay, this war! Everybody was having
his fondest hopes dashed to pieces every few hours.
He took what comfort he could out of the situation. What more did they want? Chichi was happywith a
rollicking and selfish happiness which took no interest in anything but her own love affairs. The Desnoyers
business returns could not be improved upon;after the first crisis had passed, the necessities of the
belligerents had begun utilizing the output of his ranches, and never before had meat brought such high
prices. Money was flowing in with greater volume than formerly, while the expenses were diminishing. . . .
Julio was in daily danger of death, but the old ranchman was buoyed up by his conviction that his son led a
charmed lifeno harm could touch him. His chief preoccupation, therefore, was to keep himself tranquil,
avoiding all emotional storms. He had been reading with considerable alarm of the frequency with which
wellknown persons, politicians, artists and writers, were dying in Paris. War was not doing all its killing at
the front; its shocks were falling like arrows over the land, causing the fall of the weak, the crushed and the
exhausted who, in normal times, would probably have lived to a far greater age.
"Attention, Marcelo!" he said to himself with grim humor. "Keep cool now! . . . You must avoid Friend
Tchernoff's four horsemen, you know!"
He spent an afternoon in the studio going over the war news in the papers. The French had begun an
offensive in Champagne with great advances and many prisoners.
Desnoyers could not but think of the loss of life that this must represent. Julio's fate, however, gave him no
uneasiness, for his son was not in that part of the front. But yesterday he had received a letter from him, dated
the week before; they all took about that length of time to reach him. Sublieutenant Desnoyers was as blithe
and reckless as ever. They were going to promote him againhe was among those proposed for the Legion
d'Honneur. These facts intensified Don Marcelo's vision of himself as the father of a general as young as
those of the revolution; and as he contemplated the daubs and sketches around him, he marvelled at the
extraordinary way in which the war had twisted his son's career.
On his way home, he passed Marguerite Laurier dressed in mourning. The senator had told him a few days
before that her brother, the artilleryman, had just been killed at Verdun.
"How many are falling!" he said mournfully to himself. "How hard it will be for his poor mother!"
But he smiled immediately after at the thought of those to be born. Never before had the people been so
occupied in accelerating their reproduction. Even Madame Laurier now showed with pride the very visible
curves of her approaching maternity, and Desnoyers noted sympathetically the vital volume apparent beneath
her long mourning veil. Again he thought of Julio, without taking into account the flight of time. He felt as
interested in the little newcomer as though he were in some way related to it, and he promised himself to aid
generously the Laurier baby if he ever had the opportunity.
On entering his house, he was met in the hall by Dona Luisa, who told him that Lacour was waiting for him.
"Very good!" he responded gaily. "Let us see what our illustrious fatherinlaw has to say."
His good wife was uneasy. She had felt alarmed without knowing exactly why at the senator's solemn
appearance; with that feminine instinct which perforates all masculine precautions, she surmised some hidden
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER IV. "NO ONE WILL KILL HIM" 204
Page No 207
mission. She had noticed, too, that Rene and his father were talking together in a low tone, with repressed
emotion.
Moved by an irresistible impulse, she hovered near the closed door, hoping to hear something definite. Her
wait was not long.
Suddenly a cry . . . a groan . . . the groan that can come only from a body from which all vitality is escaping.
And Dona Luisa rushed in just in time to support her husband as he was falling to the floor.
The senator was excusing himself confusedly to the walls, the furniture, and turning his back in his agitation
on the dismayed Rene, the only one who could have listened to him.
"He did not let me finish. . . . He guessed from the very first word. . . ."
Hearing the outcry, Chichi hastened in in time to see her father slipping from his wife's arms to the sofa, and
from there to the floor, with glassy, staring eyes, and foaming at the mouth.
From the luxurious rooms came forth the worldold cry, always the same from the humblest home to the
highest and loneliest:
"Oh, Julio! . . . Oh, my son, my son! . . .
CHAPTER V. THE BURIAL FIELDS
The automobile was going slowly forward under the colorless sky of a winter morning.
In the distance, the earth's surface seemed trembling with white, fluttering things resembling a band of
butterflies poised on the furrows. On one of the fields the swarm was of great size, on others, it was broken
into small groups.
As the machine approached these white butterflies, they seemed to be taking on other colors. One wing was
turning blue, another flesh colored. . . . They were little flags, by the hundreds, by the thousands which
palpitated night and day, in the mild, sunny, morning breeze, in the damp drip of the dull mornings, in the
biting cold of the interminable nights. The rains had washed and rewashed them, stealing away the most of
their color. Some of the borders of the restless little strips were mildewed by the dampness while others were
scorched by the sun, like insects which have just grazed the flames.
In the midst of the fluttering flags could be seen the black crosses of wood. On these were hanging dark
kepis, red caps, and helmets topped with tufts of horsehair, slowly disintegrating and weeping atmospheric
tears at every point.
"How many are dead!" sighed Don Marcelo's voice from the automobile.
And Rene, who was seated in front of him, sadly nodded his head. Dona Luisa was looking at the mournful
plain while her lips trembled slightly in constant prayer. Chichi turned her great eyes in astonishment from
one side to the other. She appeared larger, more capable in spite of the pallor which blanched her olive skin.
The two ladies were dressed in deepest mourning. The father, too, was in mourning, huddled down in the seat
in a crushed attitude, his legs carefully covered with the great fur rugs. Rene was wearing his campaign
uniform under his storm coat. In spite of his injuries, he had not wished to retire from the army. He had been
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER V. THE BURIAL FIELDS 205
Page No 208
transferred to a technical office till the termination of the war.
The Desnoyers family were on the way to carry out their long cherished hope.
Upon recovering consciousness after the fatal news, the father had concentrated all his will power in one
petition.
"I must see him. . . . Oh, my son! . . . My son!"
Vain were the senator's efforts to show him the impossibility of such a journey. The fighting was still going
on in the zone where Julio had fallen. Later on, perhaps, it might be possible to visit it. "I want to see it!"
persisted the brokenhearted old man. It was necessary for him to see his son's grave before dying himself,
and Lacour had to requisition all his powers, for four long months formulating requests and overcoming
much opposition, in order that Don Marcelo might be permitted to make the trip.
Finally a military automobile came one morning for the entire Desnoyers family. The senator could not
accompany them. Rumors of an approaching change in the cabinet were floating about, and he felt obliged to
show himself in the senate in case the Republic should again wish to avail itself of his unappreciated services.
They passed the night in a provincial city where there was a military post, and Rene collected considerable
information from officers who had witnessed the great combat. With his map before him, he followed the
explanations until he thought he could recognize the very plot of ground which Julio's regiment had occupied.
The following morning they renewed their expedition. A soldier who had taken part in the battle acted as
their guide, seated beside the chauffeur. From time to time, Rene consulted the map spread out on his knees,
and asked questions of the soldier whose regiment had fought very close to that of Desnoyers', but he could
not remember exactly the ground which they had gone over so many months before. The landscape had
undergone many transformations and had presented a very different appearance when covered with men. Its
deserted aspect bewildered him . . . and the motor had to go very slowly, veering to the north of the line of
graves, following the central highway, level and white, entering crossroads and winding through ditches
muddied with deep pools through which they splashed with great bounds and jar on the springs. At times,
they drove across fields from one plot of crosses to another, their pneumatic tires crushing flat from the
furrows opened by the plowman.
Tombs . . . tombs on all sides! The white locusts of death were swarming over the entire countryside. There
was no corner free from their quivering wings. The recently plowed earth, the yellowing roads, the dark
woodland, everything was pulsating in weariless undulation. The soil seemed to be clamoring, and its words
were the vibrations of the restless little flags. And the thousands of cries, endlessly repeated across the days
and nights, were intoning in rhythmic chant the terrible onslaught which this earth had witnessed and from
which it still felt tragic shudderings.
"Dead . . . dead," murmured Chichi, following the rows of crosses incessantly slipping past the sides of the
automobile.
"O Lord, for them! . . . for their mothers," moaned Dona Luisa, renewing her prayers.
Here had taken place the fiercest part of the battlethe fight in the old way, man to man outside of the
trenches, with bayonets, with guns, with fists, with teeth.
The guide who was beginning to get his bearings was pointing out the various points on the desolate horizon.
There were the African sharpshooters; further on, the chasseurs. The very large groups of graves were where
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER V. THE BURIAL FIELDS 206
Page No 209
the light infantry had charged with their bayonets on the sides of the road.
The automobile came to a stop. Rene climbed out after the soldier in order to examine the inscriptions on a
few of the crosses. Perhaps these might have belonged to the regiment they were seeking. Chichi also
alighted mechanically with the irresistible desire of aiding her husband.
Each grave contained several men. The number of bodies within could be told by the mouldering kepis or
rusting helmets hanging on the arms of the cross; the number of the regiments could still be deciphered
between the rows of ants crawling over the caps. The wreaths with which affection had adorned some of the
sepulchres were blackened and stripped of their leaves. On some of the crucifixes, the names of the dead
were still clear, but others were beginning to fade out and soon would be entirely illegible.
"What a horrible death! . . . What glory!" thought Chichi sadly.
Not even the names of the greater part of these vigorous men cut down in the strength of their youth were
going to survive! Nothing would remain but the memory which would from time to time overwhelm some
old countrywoman driving her cow along the French highway, murmuring between her sobs. "My little one! .
. . I wonder where they buried my little one!" Or, perhaps, it would live in the heart of the village woman clad
in mourning who did not know how to solve the problem of existence; or in the minds of the children going
to school in black blouses and saying with ferocious energy"When I grow up I am going to kill the Boches
to avenge my father's death!"
And Dona Luisa, motionless in her seat, followed with her eyes Chichi's course among the graves, while
returning to her interrupted prayer"Lord, for the mothers without sons . . . for the little ones without
fathers! . . . May thy wrath not be turned against us, and may thy smile shine upon us once more!"
Her husband, shrunken in his seat, was also looking over the funereal fields, but his eyes were fixed most
tenaciously on some mounds without wreaths or flags, simple crosses with a little board bearing the briefest
inscription. These were the German bodies which seemed to have a page to themselves in the Book of Death.
On one side, the innumerable French tombs with inscriptions as small as possible, simple numbersone,
two, three dead. On the other, in each of the spacious, unadorned sepulchres, great quantities of soldiers, with
a number of terrifying terseness. Fences of wooden strips, narrow and wide, surrounded these latter ditches
filled to the top with bodies. The earth was as bleached as though covered with snow or saltpetre. This was
the lime returning to mix with the land. The crosses raised above these huge mounds bore each an inscription
stating that it contained Germans, and then a number 200 . . . 300 . . . 400.
Such appalling figures obliged Desnoyers to exert his imagination. It was not easy to evoke with exactitude
the vision of three hundred carcasses in helmets, boots and cloaks, in all the revolting aspects of death, piled
in rows as though they were bricks, locked forever in the depths of a great trench. . . . And this funereal
alignment was repeated at intervals all over the great immensity of the plain!
The mere sight of them filled Don Marcelo with a kind of savage joy, as his mourning fatherhood tasted the
fleeting consolation of vengeance. Julio had died, and he was going to die, too, not having strength to survive
his bitter woe; but how many hundreds of the enemy wasting in these awful trenches were also leaving in the
world loved beings who would remember them as he was remembering his son! . . .
He imagined them as they must have been before the death call sounded, as he had seen them in the advance
around his castle.
Some of them, the most prominent and terrifying, probably still showed on their faces the theatrical cicatrices
of their university duels. They were the soldiers who carried books in their knapsacks, and after the fusillade
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER V. THE BURIAL FIELDS 207
Page No 210
of a lot of country folk, or the sacking and burning of a hamlet, devoted themselves to reading the poets and
philosophers by the glare of the blaze which they had kindled. They were bloated with science as with the
puffiness of a toad, proud of their pedantic and allsufficient intellectuality. Sons of sophistry and grandsons
of cant, they had considered themselves capable of proving the greatest absurdities by the mental capers to
which they had accustomed their acrobatic intellects.
They had employed the favorite method of the thesis, antithesis and synthesis in order to demonstrate that
Germany ought to be the Mistress of the World; that Belgium was guilty of her own ruin because she had
defended herself; that true happiness consisted in having all humanity dominated by Prussia; that the supreme
idea of existence consisted in a clean stable and a full manger; that Liberty and Justice were nothing more
than illusions of the romanticism of the French; that every deed accomplished became virtuous from the
moment it triumphed, and that Right was simply a derivative of Might. These metaphysical athletes with guns
and sabres were accustomed to consider themselves the paladins of a crusade of civilization. They wished the
blond type to triumph definitely over the brunette; they wished to enslave the worthless man of the South,
consigning him forever to a world regulated by "the salt of the earth," "the aristocracy of humanity."
Everything on the page of history that had amounted to anything was German. The ancient Greeks had been
of Germanic origin; German, too, the great artists of the Italian Renaissance. The men of the Mediterranean
countries, with the inherent badness of their extraction, had falsified history. . . .
"That's the best place for you. . . You are better where you are buried, you pitiless pedants!" thought
Desnoyers, recalling his conversations with his friend, the Russian.
What a shame that there were not here, too, all the Herr Professors of the German universitiesthose wise
men so unquestionably skilful in altering the trademarks of intellectual products and changing the
terminology of things! Those men with flowing beards and gold rimmed spectacles, pacific rabbits of the
laboratory and the professor's chair that had been preparing the ground for the present war with their
sophistries and their unblushing effrontery! Their guilt was far greater than that of the Herr Lieutenant of the
tight corset and the gleaming monocle, who in his thirst for strife and slaughter was simply and logically
working out the professional charts.
While the German soldier of the lower classes was plundering what he could and drunkenly shooting
whatever crossed his path, the warrior student was reading by the camp glow, Hegel and Nietzsche. He was
too enlightened to execute with his own hands these acts of "historical justice," but he, with the professors,
was rousing all the bad instincts of the Teutonic beast and giving them a varnish of scientific justification.
"Lie there, in your sepulchre, you intellectual scourge!" continued Desnoyers mentally.
The fierce Moors, the negroes of infantile intelligence, the sullen Hindus, appeared to him more deserving of
respect than all the erminebordered togas parading haughtily and aggressively through the cloisters of the
German universities. What peacefulness for the world if their wearers should disappear forever! He preferred
the simple and primitive barbarity of the savage to the refined, deliberate and merciless barbarity of the
greedy sage;it did less harm and was not so hypocritical.
For this reason, the only ones in the enemy's ranks who awakened his commiseration were the lowly and
unlettered dead interred beneath the sod. They had been peasants, factory hands, business clerks, German
gluttons of measureless (intestinal) capacity, who had seen in the war an opportunity for satisfying their
appetites, for beating somebody and ordering them about after having passed their lives in their country,
obeying and receiving kicks.
The history of their country was nothing more than a series of raidslike the Indian forays, in order to
plunder the property of those who lived in the mild Mediterranean climes. The Herr Professors had proved to
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER V. THE BURIAL FIELDS 208
Page No 211
their countrymen that such sacking incursions were indispensable to the highest civilization, and that the
German was marching onward with the enthusiasm of a good father sacrificing himself in order to secure
bread for his family.
Hundreds of thousands of letters, written by their relatives with tremulous hands, were following the great
Germanic horde across the invaded countries. Desnoyers had overheard the reading of some of these, at
nightfall before his ruined castle. These were some of the messages found in the pockets of the imprisoned or
dead:"Don't show any pity for the red pantaloons. Kill WHOMEVER YOU CAN, and show no mercy
even to the little ones." . . . "We would thank you for the shoes, but the girl cannot get them on. Those French
have such ridiculously small feet!" . . . "Try to get hold of a piano.". . . "I would very much like a good
watch." . . . "Our neighbor, the Captain, has sent his wife a necklace of pearls. . . . And you send only such
insignificant things!"
The virtuous German had been advancing heroically with the double desire of enlarging his country and of
making valuable gifts to his offspring. "Deutschland uber alles!" But their most cherished illusions had fallen
into the burial ditch in company with thousands of comradesatarms fed on the same dreams.
Desnoyers could imagine the impatience on the other side of the Rhine, the pitiful women who were waiting
and waiting. The lists of the dead had, perhaps, overlooked the missing ones; and the letters kept coming and
coming to the German lines, many of them never reaching their destination. "Why don't you answer! Perhaps
you are not writing so as to give us a great surprise. Don't forget the necklace! Send us a piano. A carved
china cabinet for the dining room would please us greatly. The French have so many beautiful things!" . . .
The bare cross rose stark and motionless above the limeblanched land. Near it the little flags were fluttering
their wings, moving from side to side like a head shaking out a smiling, ironical protestNo! . . . No!
The automobile continued on its painful way. The guide was now pointing to a distant group of graves. That
was undoubtedly the place where the regiment had been fighting. So the vehicle left the main road, sinking its
wheels in the soft earth, having to make wide detours in order to avoid the mounds scattered about so
capriciously by the casualties of the combat.
Almost all of the fields were ploughed. The work of the farmer extended from tomb to tomb, making them
more prominent as the morning sun forced its way through the enshrouding mists.
Nature, blind, unfeeling and silent, ignoring individual existence and taking to her bosom with equal
indifference, a poor little animal or a million corpses, was beginning to smile under the late winter suns.
The fountains were still crusted with their beards of ice; the earth snapped as the feet weighed down its
hidden crystals; the trees, black and sleeping, were still retaining the coat of metallic green in which the
winter had clothed them; from the depths of the earth still issued an acute, deadly chill, like that of
burnedout planets. . . . But Spring had already girded herself with flowers in her palace in the tropics, and
was saddling with green her trusty steed, neighing with impatience. Soon they would race through the fields,
driving before them in disordered flight the black goblins of winter, and leaving in their wake green growing
things and tender, subtle perfumes. The wayside greenery, robing itself in tiny buds, was already heralding
their arrival. The birds were venturing forth from their retreats in order to wing their way among the crows
croaking wrathfully above the closed tombs. The landscape was beginning to smile in the sunlight with the
artless, deceptive smile of a child who looks candidly around while his pockets are stuffed with stolen
goodies.
The husbandmen had ploughed the fields and filled the furrows with seed. Men might go on killing each
other as much as they liked; the soil had no concern with their hatreds, and on that account, did not propose to
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER V. THE BURIAL FIELDS 209
Page No 212
alter its course. As every year, the metal cutter had opened its usual lines, obliterating with its ridges the
traces of man and beast, undismayed and with stubborn diligence filling up the tunnels which the bombs had
made.
Sometimes the ploughshare had struck against an obstacle underground . . . an unknown, unburied man; but
the cultivator had continued on its way without pity. Every now and then, it was stopped by less yielding
obstructions, projectiles which had sunk into the ground intact. The rustic had dug up these instruments of
death which occasionally had exploded their delayed charge in his hands.
But the man of the soil knows no fear when in search of sustenance, and so was doggedly continuing his
rectilinear advance, swerving only before the visible tombs; there the furrows had curved mercifully, making
little islands of the mounds surmounted by crosses and flags. The seeds of future bread were preparing to
extend their tentacles like devil fish among those who, but a short time before, were animated by such
monstrous ambition. Life was about to renew itself once more.
The automobile came to a standstill. The guide was running about among the crosses, stooping over in order
to examine their weather stained inscriptions.
"Here we are!"
He had found above one grave the number of the regiment.
Chichi and her husband promptly dismounted again. Then Dona Luisa, with sad resolution, biting her lips to
keep the tears back. Then the three devoted themselves to assisting the father who had thrown off his fur
laprobe. Poor Desnoyers! On touching the ground, he swayed back and forth, moving forward with the
greatest effort, lifting his feet with difficulty, and sinking his staff in the hollows.
"Lean on me, my poor dear," said the old wife, offering her arm.
The masterful head of the family could no longer take a single step without their aid.
Then began their slow, painful pilgrimage among the graves.
The guide was still exploring the spot bristling with crosses, spelling out the names, and hesitating before the
faded lettering. Rene was doing the same on the other side of the road. Chichi went on alone, the wind
whirling her black veil around her, and making the little curls escape from under her mourning hat every time
she leaned over to decipher a name. Her daintily shod feet sunk deep into the ruts, and she had to gather her
skirts about her in order to move more comfortablyrevealing thus at every step evidences of the joy of
living, of hidden beauty, of consummated love following her course through this land of death and
desolation.
In the distance sounded feebly her father's voice:
"Not yet?"
The two elders were growing impatient, anxious to find their son's resting place as soon as possible.
A half hour thus dragged by without any resultalways unfamiliar names, anonymous crosses or the
numbers of other regiments. Don Marcelo was no longer able to stand. Their passage across the irregularities
of the soft earth had been torment for him. He was beginning to despair. . . . Ay, they would never find Julio's
remains! The parents, too, had been scrutinizing the plots nearest them, bending sadly before cross after
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER V. THE BURIAL FIELDS 210
Page No 213
cross. They stopped before a long, narrow hillock, and read the name. . . . No, he was not there, either; and
they continued desperately along the painful path of alternate hopes and disappointments.
It was Chichi who notified them with a cry, "Here. . . . Here it is!" The old folks tried to run, almost falling at
every step. All the family were soon grouped around a heap of earth in the vague outline of a bier, and
beginning to be covered with herbage. At the head was a cross with letters cut in deep with the point of a
knife, the kind deed of some of his comradesatarms"DESNOYERS." . . . Then in military abbreviations,
the rank, regiment and company.
A long silence. Dona Luisa had knelt instantly, with her eyes fixed on the crossthose great, bloodshot eyes
that could no longer weep. Till then, tears had been constantly in her eyes, but now they deserted her as
though overcome by the immensity of a grief incapable of expressing itself in the usual ways.
The father was staring at the rustic grave in dumb amazement. His son was there, there forever! . . . and he
would never see him again! He imagined him sleeping unshrouded below, in direct contact with the earth,
just as Death had surprised him in his miserable and heroic old uniform. He recalled the exquisite care which
the lad had always given his bodythe long bath, the massage, the invigorating exercise of boxing and
fencing, the cold shower, the elegant and subtle perfume . . . all that he might come to this! . . . that he might
be interred just where he had fallen in his tracks, like a wornout beast of burden!
The bereaved father wished to transfer his son immediately from the official burial fields, but he could not do
it yet. As soon as possible it should be done, and he would erect for him a mausoleum fit for a king. . . . And
what good would that do? He would merely be changing the location of a mass of bones, but his body, his
physical semblanceall that had contributed to the charm of his personality would be mixed with the earth.
The son of the rich Desnoyers would have become an inseparable part of a poor field in Champagne. Ah, the
pity of it all! And for this, had he worked so hard and so long to accumulate his millions? . . .
He could never know how Julio's death had happened. Nobody could tell him his last words. He was ignorant
as to whether his end had been instantaneous, overwhelminghis idol going out of the world with his usual
gay smile on his lips, or whether he had endured long hours of agony abandoned in the field, writhing like a
reptile or passing through phases of hellish torment before collapsing in merciful oblivion. He was also
ignorant of just how much was beneath this moundwhether an entire body discreetly touched by the hand
of Death, or an assemblage of shapeless remnants from the devastating hurricane of steel! . . . And he would
never see him again! And that Julio who had been filling his thoughts would become simply a memory, a
name that would live while his parents lived, fading away, little by little, after they had disappeared! . . .
He was startled to hear a moan, a sob. . . . Then he recognized dully that they were his own, that he had been
accompanying his reflections with groans of grief.
His wife was still at his feet, kneeling, alone with her heartbreak, fixing her dry eyes on the cross with a gaze
of hypnotic tenacity. . . . There was her son near her knees, lying stretched out as she had so often watched
him when sleeping in his cradle! . . . The father's sobs were wringing her heart, too, but with an unbearable
depression, without his wrathful exasperation. And she would never see him again! . . . Could it be possible! .
. .
Chichi's presence interrupted the despairing thoughts of her parents. She had run to the automobile, and was
returning with an armful of flowers. She hung a wreath on the cross and placed a great spray of blossoms at
the foot. Then she scattered a shower of petals over the entire surface of the grave, sadly, intensely, as though
performing a religious rite, accompanying the offering with her outspoken thoughts"For you who so loved
life for its beauties and pleasures! . . . for you who knew so well how to make yourself beloved!" . . . And as
her tears fell, her affectionate memories were as full of admiration as of grief. Had she not been his sister, she
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER V. THE BURIAL FIELDS 211
Page No 214
would have liked to have been his beloved.
And having exhausted the rain of flowerpetals, she wandered away so as not to disturb the lamentations of
her parents.
Before the uselessness of his bitter plaints, Don Marcelo's former dominant character had come to life, raging
against destiny.
He looked at the horizon where so often he had imagined the adversary to be, and clenched his fists in a
paroxysm of fury. His disordered mind believed that it saw the Beast, the Nemesis of humanity. And how
much longer would the evil be allowed to go unpunished? . . .
There was no justice; the world was ruled by blind chance;all lies, mere words of consolation in order that
mankind might exist unterrified by the hopeless abandon in which it lived!
It appeared to him that from afar was echoing the gallop of the four Apocalyptic horsemen, riding
roughshod over all his fellow creatures. He saw the strong and brutal giant with the sword of War, the
archer with his repulsive smile, shooting his pestilential arrows, the baldheaded miser with the scales of
Famine, the hard riding spectre with the scythe of Death. He recognized them as only divinities, familiar
and terriblewhich had made their presence felt by mankind. All the rest was a dream. The four horsemen
were the reality. . . .
Suddenly, by the mysterious process of telepathy, he seemed to read the thoughts of the one grieving at his
feet.
The mother, impelled by her own sorrow, was thinking of that of others. She, too, was looking toward the
distant horizon. There she seemed to see a procession of the enemy, grieving in the same way as were her
family. She saw Elena with her daughters going in and out among the burial grounds, seeking a loved one,
falling on their knees before a cross. Ay, this mournful satisfaction, she could never know completely! It
would be forever impossible for her to pass to the opposite side in search of the other grave, for, even after
some time had passed by, she could never find it. The beloved body of Otto would have disappeared forever
in one of the nameless pits which they had just passed.
"O Lord, why did we ever come to these lands? Why did we not continue living in the land where we were
born?" . . .
Desnoyers, too, uniting his thoughts with hers, was seeing again the pampas, the immense green plains of the
ranch where he had become acquainted with his wife. Again he could hear the tread of the herds. He recalled
Madariaga on tranquil nights proclaiming, under the splendor of the stars, the joys of peace, the sacred
brotherhood of these people of most diverse extraction, united by labor, abundance and the lack of political
ambition.
And as his thoughts swung back to the lost son he, too, exclaimed with his wife, "Oh, why did we ever come?
. . ." He, too, with the solidarity of grief, began to sympathize with those on the other side of the battle front.
They were suffering just as he was; they had lost their sons. Human grief is the same everywhere.
But then he revolted against his commiseration. Karl had been an advocate of this war. He was among those
who had looked upon war as the perfect state for mankind, who had prepared it with their provocations. It
was just that War should devour his sons; he ought not to bewail their loss. . . . But he who had always loved
Peace! He who had only one son, only one! . . . and now he was losing him forever! . . .
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER V. THE BURIAL FIELDS 212
Page No 215
He was going to die; he was sure that he was going to die. . . . Only a few months of life were left in him.
And his pitiful, devoted companion kneeling at his feet, she, too, would soon pass away. She could not long
survive the blow which they had just received. There was nothing further for them to do; nobody needed
them any longer.
Their daughter was thinking only of herself, of founding a separate home interestwith the hard instinct of
independence which separates children from their parents in order that humanity may continue its work of
renovation.
Julio was the only one who would have prolonged the family, passing on the name. The Desnoyers had died;
his daughter's children would be Lacour. . . . All was ended.
Don Marcelo even felt a certain satisfaction in thinking of his approaching death. More than anything else, he
wished to pass out of the world. He no longer had any curiosity as to the end of this war in which he had been
so interested. Whatever the end might be, it would be sure to turn out badly. Although the Beast might be
mutilated, it would again come forth years afterward, as the eternal curse of mankind. . . . For him the only
important thing now was that the war had robbed him of his son. All was gloomy, all was black. The world
was going to its ruin. . . . He was going to rest.
Chichi had clambered up on the hillock which contained, perhaps, more than their dead. With furrowed brow,
she was contemplating the plain. Graves . . . graves everywhere! The recollection of Julio had already passed
to second place in her mind. She could not bring him back, no matter how much she might weep.
This vision of the fields of death made her think all the more of the living. As her eyes roved from side to
side, she tried, with her hands, to keep down the whirling of her windtossed skirts. Rene was standing at the
foot of the knoll, and several times after a sweeping glance at the numberless mounds around them, she
looked thoughtfully at him, as though trying to establish a relationship between her husband and those below.
And he had exposed his life in combats just as these men had done! . . .
"And you, my poor darling," she continued aloud. "At this very moment you, too, might be lying here under a
heap of earth with a wooden cross at your head, just like these poor unfortunates!"
The sublieutenant smiled sadly. Yes, it was so.
"Come here; climb up here!" said Chichi impetuously. "I want to give you something!"
As soon as he approached her, she flung her arms around his neck, pressed him against the warm softness of
her breast, exhaling a perfume of life and love, and kissed him passionately without a thought of her brother,
without seeing her aged parents grieving below them and longing to die. . . . And her skirts, freed by the
breeze, molded her figure in the superb sweep of the curves of a Grecian vase.
The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse
CHAPTER V. THE BURIAL FIELDS 213
Bookmarks
1. Table of Contents, page = 3
2. The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse, page = 4
3. Vicente Blasco Ibanez, page = 4
4. PART I, page = 4
5. CHAPTER I. THE TRYST, page = 4
6. CHAPTER II. MADARIAGA, THE CENTAUR, page = 20
7. CHAPTER III. THE DESNOYERS FAMILY, page = 39
8. CHAPTER IV. THE COUSIN FROM BERLIN, page = 56
9. CHAPTER V. IN WHICH APPEAR THE FOUR HORSEMEN, page = 68
10. PART II, page = 82
11. CHAPTER I. WHAT DON MARCELO ENVIED, page = 83
12. CHAPTER II. NEW LIFE, page = 91
13. CHAPTER III. THE RETREAT, page = 101
14. CHAPTER IV. NEAR THE SACRED GROTTO, page = 118
15. CHAPTER V. THE INVASION, page = 131
16. CHAPTER VI. THE BANNER OF THE RED CROSS, page = 158
17. PART III, page = 172
18. CHAPTER I. AFTER THE MARNE, page = 172
19. CHAPTER II. IN THE STUDIO, page = 178
20. CHAPTER III. WAR, page = 186
21. CHAPTER IV. "NO ONE WILL KILL HIM", page = 200
22. CHAPTER V. THE BURIAL FIELDS, page = 208